ETIN BULLE OF THE GENERAL INDEX. (Illustrated articles are designated by an asterisk * before the page number.) Achimenes, A new, from Bolivia, 151. Agrimonia, The North American Species of, #508. ae, Notes on New England Marine, 1, *458. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North American Saxifragaceae, 67. A Neglected Carex, 92. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by H. H. Rusby in Bolivia, 1885-86. Musci, 471. A new Achimenes from Bolivia, 151. A new Gymnogramme from Venezuela, with re- marks on some other Venezuelan Ferns, 448. A new Oscillaria from California, *58. Antheridium of Targionia hypophylla, The De- velopment of the, *242. Antidromy, Further Observations on, 420. Antidromy Internal, 536. prey, Observations on, 202. af Ti to the Petioles of Liriodendra, *249.. rel liminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae, 223. Arisaema, The Stigmas and Pollen of, *369. Botanical Gardens, 331. Botanical Notes, 59, 152, 213, 252, 281, 423. Botany of the southeastern United States, Studies in the, 125, 295, 405. Carex, A neglected, 92. Carex vulpinoidea and allied Species, 21. Contributions to the Lichens of Maine, 7. Contributions to the Myxogasters of Maine, 307. Contributions to the Pyrenomycetes of Maine, 50. re ee 3 Allen, T, F., M. D., 6, 533, 535- es, «5 2I3- Benedict, A. L. “5 4345 _ Best, G. Bicknell, E. 'B., 21, 92, 130, 314, 508, 523. Bissel, CH. 283. Britton, E. a. 60, 110, 152, 159, 160, 161, 213, 283, 540. . 215, 253.2 3, 331- Addi » »T. DA Collins, F S., 1, 212, 458. Coville, Frederick V., 90, 137, 217. le, F. a “ 00. Elmore, My e, Edw. L., 25. arceery et L., 278. seas” Heller, A. A., 117,154. H ve ates 284, x : : i rae wed ae ta 2495377 soy Se D7) 9 US . ” rn '. H., 250. Macloskie, George, 202, 420, 536. MacMillan, ada dy 500, Macoun, J. W.,1 McDonald, Frank oe 425. McFadden, Effie, B., 242. Murrill, W. Alphonso, 425. Nash, Geo. V5, oe 147, 234, 252, 539- Pollard, C. L., 281. Porter, Thos. C., 153+ Rowlee, Ww. W., 19 320, 369. Rusby, H. H., ey 151s 37%. R ydberg, Pa taithi’B 301, 394, 429- Reuneider, Albert 153s 285, 323, 439° Scribner. F. » 141. Small, John K., 3. 125, 167, 217, 265, 284, 286, 295, 362, 495 455- Stone, Niadetwood, Pacies M.., 3812 400, 423, pee a Vail, Anna a ag 139+ Weigand, K. M., Scag Wheeler, C. F., 28 Wheelock, Wm. E, »M. D., 67. Desestion of a Supposed New Species of Fossil. Wood from Montana, #250. Diatomaceae from Nebraska, Fossil, 269. Drink Plants of the North American Indians, 335 Emory’s Report, 1848, Three Editions of, go. Ferns, remarks on some Venezuelan, 448. Florida Plants, Notes on some, 95. Fossil Diatomaceae from Nebraska, 269. re Fossil Wood from Montana, Description of a New Species of, #250. = m Mississippi, New Species of, 205. oe nantes ew Species of, 411. jbservations on Antidromy, 420. Gardens, Botanical, 331. Shs Genus Asimina in ‘North orth America, Revision se ces halozia in North America, The, , 381. lo Gene # Copia tn The mnt Grasses of the eastern United States, #1 Geum Canadense flavum tPoster) Britton, a valid cates ; New ot Noteworthy American, 147- Grass Notes, *1. a tee Gymnogramme from Venezuela, A new, 448. : Index to recent Literature relating to American — Botany, 27, 64, 113, 163, 219, 254, -_ 3259 1V Leguminosae, Studies in the, 139. Leguminous Pods from the Yellow Gravel at Bridgeton, N. J., New Species of, #46. Lichenology, Reinke’s Discussions of, 439. Lichens of Maine, Contributions to the, 7. Liriodendra, Appendages to the Petioles of, *249. Meibomia, Notes on, 139. Melastomaceae, Collected by Miguel Bang in Bolivia, New, 15, 276. Muskeag in Tamarack Swamps, Formation of Circular, #500. Musci, Collected by H. H. Rusby in Bolivia, 1885-86, 471. Myriophyllum, Notes on, 11. Myxogasters of Maine, Contribution to the, 307. New and noteworthy Species of Saxifraga, 362. New Melastomaceae collected by Miguel Bang in Bolivia, 15, 276. New or noteworthy American Grasses, 147. New Species of Fungi, 4112. New Species of Fungi from Mississippi, 205. New Species of Leguminous Pods from the Yel- low Gravel at Bridgeton, N. J., #46. New species of Nitella, #533, *535. Nitella, New species of, *533, #535. Nitella subspicata, *6. Note on Jungermannia Marchica, *12. Notes on Kuhnistera *117. Notes on New England Marine Algae, 1, #458. Notes on Meibomia, 139. Notes on Myriophyllum, rz. Notes on Potentiila, 244, 259) 301, *394, #429. Notes on some Florida Plants, 95. Notes on the Pine-inhabiting Species of Perider- mium, 400. Notes upon Maine Plants, 275. Observations on Antidromy, 202. O€nothera and its Segregates, 167. On a New Species of Scrophularia, 314. On the Formation of Circular Muskeag in Tama- rack Swamps, *500, Oxalis, Two Nuttallian Species of, 455. Peridermium, Notes on the Pine-inhabiting Species 2 400. Potentilla, Notes on, 244, <59, 301, 394, *420- Proceedings of the Club, 25, 63, 112, 162, 218, 288, 425, 463, 540. Proceedings of the second Annual Meeting of the Botanical Society of America, 345. Phyllotaxy as a Guide to Plant Analysis, 435. Pyrenomycetes of Maine, Contributions to the, 5°. Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology, 439. Resemblance of an Insect Larva to a Lichen . Fruit, 54: eviews, 109, 153, 213, 283, 320, 371, 463, 537- Revision of the Genus Asimina in North America, 234. Revision of the North American Thuidiums, *78. Salix candida and its Hybrids, *194. Saxifragaceae, A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North American, 67. Saxifragaceae, Two new Genera of, #18. Saxifraga, New and noteworthy Species of, 362. Saxifrages, Two California, 25. Scrophularia, On a new Species of, 314. Stanbury’s Report, Three Editions of, 137. Stem and Leaf, What is meant by, 278. Studies in the Botany of the southeastern United States, 125, 295, 405. E Studies in the Leguminosae—Notes on Meibomia, 139- Tamarack Swamps, On the Formation of Circular Muskeag in, *500. Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes, 526. Thallophytes, Terminology among the Orders of, 20. The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus sn gegen * 130. the Antheridium of Targi- The Development o onia bypophylla, *242. : he Genus Cephalozia in North America, 381. The North American Species of Agrimonia, *508. The Stigmas.and Pollen of Arisaema, *369. Three Editions of Emory’s Report, 1848, go. Three Editions of Stanbury’s Report, 137. Thuidiums, Revision of the North American, #78. Titles of Papers read before the Section of Botany, A. A. A. S., Buffalo Meeting, 350. Two California Saxifrages, 25. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae, #18. Two Nuttallian Species of Oxalis, 455. What is meant by Stem and Leaf, 278. GENERIC INDEX. Abies, 323, 465, 466, 468, 544. Abronia, 139. Acacia, 468. Acalepha, 32. Acer, 42, 43, 50, 52, 102, 202, 205, 436, 465, 547- Riana, os 151, 258. corus, 369. Acroitiohueh. 29°, 452, 453. Actea, 156. Actinella, 46, 292. Adiantum, 450, 451, 453- AEcidium,'114, 325, 402, 544. AEsculus, 326, 423, 436, 437, 464. Agassizia, 188 Agave, 34, 43, 442 292» 325- Agoseris, 220. > Agrostis, 276. Agrimonia, 508, 509, 510, 51%, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517» 518, 519, 520, 522, 523. Alectoria, 8. , Alisma, 222. Allium, 322. Alnus, 50, 51, 52, 55, 56, 322; 503. joe, 422. Alsophila, 423, 451, 453. Altenanthera, go. Alternaria, 353. Amanitopsis, 31. Amaurochaete, 310. Amblystegium, 160, 327. Amelanchier, 157, 348. ae Cito 44. mphicarpum, 544. Amphisphaeria, 53. Amphithrix, 2. Amphora, 271. Anabaena, 378. Andromeda, 208, 503, 505, 507. Andropogon, 145, 146, 258, 539- Fn ose 158. Anhalonium, 38, 39. Angelina, 57. Annona, 234, 235, 236, 238, 239 240. 1 293+ » 452, 454. . 165, 292, 469. Araiospora, 329. Aralia, 544. Arancarioxylon, 538. Arbutus, 290. Arceni \s 222. Archidium, 214. Arctostaphylos, 45» 351. Arcyria, 312, 313. 47 Aster, 104. | Burmannia, 173, 174» 175- _| Buxbaumia, 111, 214. Asimina, 28, 46, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, p> Ngee 2B. Aspergillus, 287. Aspidium, 290, 328, 451, 454, 466, 543. Asplenium, 32, 65, 125, 299% 425» 449» 459, 453, 468, 0. 0, 65, 157, 290, 291, 326, 543- Asterella, 257. Asteridium, 257. 2 Asterina, 51, 211. Astilbe, 67, 68. Astragalus, 217. Astrophyllus, 111. Atraphaxis, 407. Atriplex, 427. Avena, 222, 323- 2292. Baccharis, 469. Badhamia, 307, 308. sree den 10, 442. aileya, 90, gt. Tauren ik, 160, 258, 7, 480, 482. Bartramia, 111, 485, 486, 487. Bartramiopsis, 327. Batarrea, 428. Batrachospermum, 219. Bazzania, 381, 382, 383. Begonia, 32, 115. | Berberis, 45, 202, 469. Bertia, 53. ; Betula, 43, 287, 503. ' Biatosa, 10, 447. Bidens, 46. Blondia, 72. Blumenbachia, 421, 422. Ta, 07, Boletinus, 418, 468. Bovista, 327. Boykinia, 70, 71. Tee Brachythecium, 61, 160, 224, 258, 327- earns 542. raunia, 492, 493- Breutelia, 111, 486. Brizopyrum, 142, 143. 111. 323- ie Begun 5 e250 29h 907 AB ae A ot ajo ra, 421. feo inagrontis, 30, 115 Vi 3 . Callicarpa, 325. Callicosteila, 492. rtus, 354. Calosphaeria, 55. Sonoun 6. Salycophysum, 17. Calylophis, 186, 187. Calymperes, 64. Calypso, 326. Camarina, 294. Camarosporium, 287. Camassia, 292. panula, 423. Camptothecium, 61, 111, 159, 160, 233, 327. Campylopus, 111, 476, 477. 2, 3479 422. Capnodium, 51. Capraria, 298. Cardamine, 65, 155, 202, 348, 409. Carduus, 155, 220, 350. owrightia, 29, a, 32. Carex, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 92, 93, 94, 952 113, 157, 203, 219, 270, 322, 323, 421, 500, 503, 504, 505, 507. Cassia, 31, 281, 282, 348, 380. esetum, 220, 544. Catoscopium, 232. Caudalejeunea, 166. » 466. Celastrophyllum, 218, 294. Celastrus, 50, 51. Cenangella, 114. 2 97- ; Centaurea, 466. ° lozia, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, '» 39%» 392. 47°. 389), 30% 99 392, 393» 470. Ceratiomyxa, 307. XE ad. Ceratodon, 327, 474. Ceratolejeunea, 166. Chionanthus, 436. Chloris, 151, 257. Chroococcus, 444. pele gp 257. Cheyrtlannes an. 7" e > Chy arg 192, 193, 194. Citharexylum, 325. Cladonia, 9, 10, 360, 440, 441, 442, 443. Cladophora, 3. Cladosporium, 114, 294, 326. Clasmatodon, 160, 327. terosporium, 114, 287. Clathrus, 465. Clavaria, 53, 419, 468. Claviceps, 51. Claytonia, 202, 365. Clematis, 328, 469. Cleome, 409, 425, 467. Clerodendron, 325. Cliftonia, 208. Climacium, 61, 62, 223, 224, 232, 233. Clitocybe, 411, 468. Cnicus, 427. Cochlioda, 256. Coconeis, 271. Coelidium, 111. Coleosporium, 401, 423, 470. Collema, 446, 447. Collybia, 31. Cololejeunea, 166. r Columnea, 115. Comandra, 358. Comatricha, 309. Condrioderma, 308. Coniosporium, 326. Convolvulus, go. Coprinus, 31, 417. pair 446. ‘ordyceps, 51. Cornus, 103, 104, 206, 257, 436, 505, 348. Corticium, 52, 287. Cortinarius, 416, 468. Corylus, 54. Crataegus, 156, 347, 541. Craterium, 308. Cratoneuron, 90. Crepidotus, 31. ‘epis, 220. Cribraria, 310. Cronartium, 4or. Croton, 46. Crotonopsis, ror, 128. la, 209. Cryphaea, 111, 494. Cryptangium, 112. Cryptocarpus, 112. Cryptopetalum, 76. Cryptopodium, 486 Cryptosphaeria, 326, Ctenium, 329. Cucurbitaria, 53. Cuphea, 295. Cupressina, 497. Cupressus, 255, 291. uscuta, um, 378. um, 61, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228. , 124. leura, 271. » 271, 272. ium, 29» 31, 358. TOI, 102. 2 545- 326, Cystoclonium, 5. “ Gymoepotane ase Cystopleura, 272, Vil Cystopteris, 29, 544. Cytispora, 55, 114, 287. Daldinia, 57. Dalea, 117, 118, 119, 120, 122, 123, 124, 125. Dalibarda, 463. Danthonia, 222. Darlingtonia, 115. Dasylirion, 43. Dasyscypha, 29r. Datura, 39. Decodon, 112, Delphinium, 220. Dendrobangia, $47. Dendryphium, 326. Depazea, 54. Terris, 47. Desmodium, 139, 140, 141, 470. Desmotrichum, 1, 4. Diachaea, 309. Dialonectria, 52. Dianema, 3713. Diaphanophyllum, 111. Diaporthe, 54, 287, 326. Diatrypa, 56. Diatrypella, 56. Dicentra, 115. Dichaena, 58. Dichodontium, 258. Dicliptera, 410. Dicoria, 427. Dicranella, 111, 159, 475. Dicranobryum, 487. Dicranoweisia, 65, 258. Dicranum, 159, 258, 327; 380, 475, 476, 485- Dictydium, 310. Dictyonema, 446. Dictyosiphon, 461. Diderma, 308. Didymium, 308, 309. Didymodon, 111, 327, 474. Dimerosporium, 51, 257. Diolena, 277, 378. Dioscorea, 544. Dipladenia, 544. Diplodia, 114, 326. Diplodiella, 114. iplodina, rx4. - Discella, 54, 55. Discina, 358. Dispira, &. Distichlis, 141. Doellingeria, 256. Dorcadion, 111. Dothidella, 56. Dothidia, 53, 56, x14. Dothiella, 114. Dothiopella, 287. Dothiorella, 114. 2. Drummondia, 76, 161, 327. ‘ Dyropteris, 287, 290, 326, 329, 449) 45 451, 453» 454 Duranta, 325. 272. Enteridium, 311. Enteromorpha, 2, 3, 254, 458- ; Entodon, 112, 224, 295, 226, 227, 228, WP os » Entophysalis, r. Entosthodan, 483, 484. Ephedra, 255. Ephemerum, 214. Epicladia, 2, 113. Epichloe, 52. Epidendrum, 30. Epilobium, 427. , Epipactis, 354, 358. Episcia, 327. Equisetum, 500, sor. Eragrostis, 98, 207. Erigeron, 220, 427. Eriocarpum, 107, 257. Eriogonum, 157, 427- Eriophorum, 468, 502, 503, 504, 506, 507- Eryngium, 41, 108. Erysiphe, 50. Erythronium, 30, 202, 292. Eucephalus, 256. Eudarachne, 469. Eu-Lejeunea, 115. Eulobus, 169, 187. Eunotia, 272. Euonymus, 469. Eupatorium, 106, 256, 257, 436. Euphorbia, 59» 61, 209, 282, 378, 410. Euphrasia, 284, 285, 548. Eurotium, 51. Eurhynchium, 160, 327. Eustichia, 325. Eutypella, 55. Exobasidium, 221, 257- Fabronia, 497. Festuca, 276. Filago, 212. Fissidens, 159, 214. Flammula, 31, 415, 468. Fontinalis, 160, 378. Forstromia, 112. Fossombronia, 294. Fraechiaea, 53. Fragaria, 115, 159. Fragilaria, 272. Fraxinus, 436, 437- Fritillaria, 159- Fruliania, 381. Fucus, 5. Fuligo, 51, 308. Funaria, 161, 214, 357, 454- Fusarium, 258. Fusicladium, 287, 326. Galactia, 116 i Galera, 415, 468. Galpinsia, 168, 185, 186. Gatesia, 124, 410. Gaultheria, 46, 51. Geranium, 275, 379» 542- Geum, 245, 5232 524, 525- bberella. Graphis, 10. Gratiola, 297, 298. Griffithsia, 348, 428. Grimmia, 111, 159, 161, 327, 4772 478. Grindelia, 427. Gymnochilus, 66. Gymnocladus, 437. Gymnogramme, 448, 449, 450, 453» 463, 544. Gymnosporangium, 347. Habenaria, 100, 221, 257. Halosaccion, 6. Hamamelis, 50, 221, Haplosporella, 114, 326. Harrisonia, 494. Hartmannia, 169, 180, 181. Hautzschia, 273. Hebeloma, 416. Hechtia, 113. Hechysarum, 139, 140, 141. Hedeoma, 46. Hedysarum, 157, 220. Hedwigia, 112. Hedwigidium, 494. Helianthus, 222, 301, 357. Heliastrum, 256. Helminthosporium, 207, 287, 294. elonias, 203, 205, 420. Hemiarcyria, 312. Hemieva, 68, 70, 71. Hemitelia, 451, 452. Hemitrichia, 312. Hemizonia, 380. Hendersonia, 114. Henrya, 29. Hepatica, 66. Heracleum, 159. Heteropogon, 539. Heterothuidium, go. Heuchera, 18, 68, 72, 73,75. Hewardia, 450, 451. Heydenia, 3r. Hieracium, 217, 424. Hibiscus, 127, 128, 204, 427, 537- Holmgrenia, 223, 224, 231, 232. Holomitrium, 475. Holostigma, 188, 1g0. Homalocenchrus, 210, Homalopetalum, 258. he ie gain, 61, 159, 224, 233. ookeria, 111, 491, 492, 493. Horkelia, 244. mich tnt ag Hydrolea, 104. Hydrophyllum, 547. Hydrot + 447- Hygrobiella, 382, 383. ra dani 3%. Hy mium, 111. Hymenopappus, 292. Hypericum, 215, 546. Hypho! Hypnum, 79, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, H 52, 208. Hypocryta, "ag pypcsyees, Pe y _ £typoxylon, 56, 57. /sterium, 57. - Nlex, 29, 40, 63, 208, ar1, 50s. » 297» 298, 299, 428. Vill III, 159, 160, 227, 228, 229, 231, 232, eee Lep Tris, 41, 125, 203, 351, 465, 467. Isaria, 51. "| Isoetes, 205, 257. Isopyrum, 221, 291. Isothecium, 61, 111, 160, 233, 327 Ivesia, 244. Jacaranda, 422. Jacquemontia, 104, Jasione, 212, 290. : Jepsonia, 18, 19, 63, 68, 69, 116. Jouvea, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 258. Juglans, 43. Juncus, 59, 159. Jungermannia, 12, 13, 15, 114, 383, 3845 385, 38 387, 388, 389, 399, 391, 392, 393- Juniperus, 165. Jussiaea, 129, 185. Justicia, 410, Kalmia, 503. Kantia, 381, 382, 383. Kneiffia, 169, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 287, 293. Kosteletzkya, 29. Kuhnistera, 117, 118, IIg, 120, 121, 122, 123, 12. 125, 217, 256. . Labrella, 114. Lachnocaulon, 100. Lacinaria, 106, 107, 308. Lactarius, 51, 412, 468. Lagascea, 29. ae: 4: proderma, 309,}310, Lemprophyllun’, 2 I ; . Langloisia, 255. Lapageria, 163. Laphamia, 138. Larix, 502, 503, 505. ia, 112. Lasioplodia, 163. iosphaeria, 52. hyrus, 217. Laudatea, 446. Lavateria, 219. vauxia, 169, 182, Lecanora, g, 254, 440, 468. Lecidea, 10, 468. um, 46, 502, so ‘° >: Leersia, 113. » 503, 504, 505, 507 Lejeunea, 329s 381, 383. mbusia, 207, 208, 294. Lemna, 2g, 503. Lentinus, 413, 414, 468. ‘OCarpus, 308. Lepidodendron, 423, 536. Lepidozia, 381, 382, 383. iota, 411, 468. Leptarrhena, 67, 69. Leptaxis, 68, 72. ptodon, 112, [ePtodontium, 474, 482. Ogium, g, - Leptonema, 46a" 3 Leptosphaeria, 54. rye steer 2. “ uropetalon, 68, 76. Leskea, 160, 226, ng 497. 2a, 470, 546. Lindera, Linosyris, 139. Linnaea, 424. Liparis, 66. Liquidambar, 203, 205, 446, 537. Lippia, 165, 325. Liriodendron, 249, 25°, 288, 326. Liriophyllum, 249, 250°. Lithophragma, 68, 73, 74, 75+ _Lithospermum, 419. Lithothamnion, 5. Lobelia, 41, 275- Lonchocarpus, 47, 48; 49- Lonicera, 469. Lophidium, 53. Lophodermum, 57, 299, 294- Lophophora, 38, 39, 63. Lophozia, t2. Lycogala, 314. Lycopodioides, 111. Lyngbya, 3, 59, 458- Lyonia, 406. Lythrum, 276. Machaeranthera, 256. Macromitrium, 482. Macroscepis, 32. Macrosporium, 31. 114, 206, 353. Madotheca, 115. Magnolia, 46, 211. Malvastrum, 255, 328. Mammuillaria, 421, 467. Marasmius, 31, 413, 468. Marchantia, 281. re agg 380. ars a, 387. Sanaevallia, 9 ok Massaria, 54, 287- Massariella, 54. icago, 421. Megapterium, 169, 183, 184. ~~Meibomia, 139, 140, 141, 294. Melanconis, 55. 5 Melanomma, 53. Melanthium, 152, 254, 292. Melia, 101, Meliola, 255. Melosira, 273. Meniscium, 452, 453- Mentha, 276. Mentzelia, 427. Meridion, 273. Meriolix, 167, 168, 186, 187. Mertensia, 292. Mesoneuron, 47, 49. Metasphaeria, 326. Meteorium, 495, 496. Metzgeria, 115. Miconia, 15, 16, 17, 277, 278, 378. Micromitrium, 214. Micropeltis, 114. Microsphaera, 5r. icrothyrium, 51. Mielichhoferia, 489. Mikania, 467, 547. Mimosa, 467. qeoebtite, 256. itella, 68, 73, 74, 75, 76. Mitellopsis, ie made Mitreola, 129. re ne kagete ri2. nium, 111, 161, 327») 357- Mocinia, 165. ohne : ycena, 31. _ Myrica, 46, 126, 206. | Pectiantia, 76. ix Myrioblepharis, 66. Myriophyllum, 11, 52, 114. Nama, 104. Naucoria, 416. Navicula, 273, 274. Neckera, 111, 225, 226, 227, 496. Nectria, 52. Negundo, 436, 437. Nelumbo, 467. Nemalion, 325. Nemaspora, 55. ger “age 292. Nephrodium, 30, 32. Nephrolepis, 449, 453- Deleon 2 Nephropetalum, 380. Nicotiana, 219, 322. Nitella, 6, 7, 113, 254, 281, 283, 5337 534) 535 536 I 541. Nitzschia, 274. Nolina, 165. Nostoc, 444, 446. Nothoscordum, 292. Nowellia, 385. Nuphar, 205, 324, 420, 536. Nymphaea, 128, 165, 258, 464, 505- Odontochisma, 382, 383- OEnothera, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 1725 173 174, 175, 176, 177; 178, 179, 180, 1815 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187 188, 189, 190, 1911 192» 193» 104» 287, 293- Olea, 207. — Oligonema, 312- ) Oligotrichum, 111. Olyra, 220. (mphalia, 411, 412, 468. Onagra, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173- Ononis, 358. Oonopsis, 256. hora, 274 Ophiobolus, 54. Ophiodothis, 257- Ophioglossum, 64. Opuntia, 36, 37, 43, 66, 164. Orcadella, 311. Orchidocarpum, 234, 236, 238, 249- Oreodoxa, 221. Oreoweisea, 327- Orontium, 369, 424. Orthothecium, 61, 224, 228, 231, 232- Orthotrichum, 65, 111, 160, 161, 327, 482. Oryctes, 380. Oscillaria, 164. Oscillatoria, 58, 59, 166, 258- Oxalis, 35, 266, 267, 268, 380, 455, 456, 457 548. panes Oxytropis, 292. : aioe Ozomelis, 76. Pachylophus, 169, 181, 182. Palaeoxyris, 423. Paleohillia, 256. Memscvt 544. . ndanus, 421. : poeremnggyrg 147, 148, 149, 150, 210, 257» 258, Paspahim) 07) 6 cece i | Passiflora, 32. Peltiphylinm; 68, 7r. Pentstemon, 545. Perichaena, 313. Peridermium, 348, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 470. Peridiscus, 115. Perilla, 296. Peronospora, 6s. Persea, 46, 100, 207, 209. Pertusaria, 9, 380. Pestalozzia, 114, 209, 294, 544. Petalosteira, 72. Petalostemum, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, eer rag 65. eyssonellia, 5. Peziza, 558, 420, 468, 527. Phacelia, 256, 379. Phascum, 111, 214. Se: 257 hegopteris, » 453- Philonotis, 2 4 484, 485. Phieum, 358. Pholicta, 414, 468 A, 414, 468, Pho Pho: eecpa 459» 462, 543. Phymatodes, 450, Physalis, 380. ilocarpus, 427. Pilopogon, 476, Pilotrichella, 495, 496. Pinus, 155, 328, 351, 356, ata 522, 503, 546, 547. > le Pityoxylon, 251, 327. Placodium, 9. Plagiochila, 255. Plagiothecium, 65. Fiantago, 59» 106, 358, 366. us : 492, 403, 404, 405, 428, Pleuridium, 214. Pleuroclada, 382, 383. » 440. um, 292, Polygonella, 348, 40, 407, 408, 469. Pe um, 157, 276, 407» 420. es + 359 449» 453, 463. Polyporus, 114, 326, 418, 419, 468, mia, 2, 462. 4 123, 124, 125. ae 405, 406 v x Populus, 32, 218, 294. Porcelia, 236, 238, 240. Porella, 381. Porophyllum, 546. Porotrichum, 496. Porteranthus, 424. Portulaca, 126, 127, 258, Posoqueria, 221. Potamogeton, 28, 373, 505. i: Potentilla, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,.259, 260, “261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 292, 301, 302, 303» 30451305, 306, 328, 354, 358, 380, 394, 395, 39019397, 398, 399» 4292 430 431, 432, 433, 434, 435,,40818547- Pringleochloa, 222. Prionodon, 494. Prosopsis, 37, 422. Prunus, 53, 220, 348. Psathya, 66, 413. Psathyrella, 31, 417, 418, 468. Pseudoleskea, 498. Pseudophacidium, 114. Pseudotsuga, 46s. Pseudovalsa, 55, 56. Psilocybe, 415, 416. Psoralea, 117, 118, 120, 124, 217,427. Pterigynan TUM, 225, 227, 231. Pteris, 56, 453. Pterogonium, 111. Pterostemon, 165. Ptilidium, 383. Ptilota, 461, 543. uccinia, 114, 257, 326. 4 Punctaria, 4. ‘ Pylaisia, 61, 224, 228, 230, 231. Pylaisiella, 224, 228, 229, 230, 231. Pyrenopeziza, 291. Pyrrocoma, 65, 2g. Pyrus, 206, 326. Pyxidanthera, 76. : 'yxine, 8. Quercus, 51, 221, 322, 323, 352, 465, 543- Rachidospermum, Racomitri Rice 2 omitrium, 327, 477, 478. Radula, 98x. Ralpia, 1, 4. Ramalina, 440. Ranunculus, 156, 220, 379» 424. Raphidostegium, 159- Rauia, 82. Ravenelia, 114. Remiria, 163. Reseda, 251 Reticul: , Rhytiglossa, 410, Rhytisma, 257- one 59, 217, 295, 428, Psd R 27, 153, 2 257,427. Rell 3 19 9%, 7 , (ote 2 412,413, 468. es x1 Sabal, 99, 100, 257. Sabbatis, 129. Saccoglottis, 31, 544. Sacidium, 287. Sagittaria, 218, 294. Salaenia, 111. Salix, 28, 30, 50, 65, 163, 194, 195, 196, 197; 198, 199, 200, 201, 292, 322, 346, 503, 505, 506, 544. Salpingia, 185, 186. Salvia, 44, 46. Salvinia, 358. Sambucus, 52. Santalum, 116. Sapindus, 102. Sapromyces, 329. Sarracenia, 503, 506. Saxifraga, 18, 19, 25, 63, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 73, 114, 116, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 541. Saxifragopsis, 19, 20, 63, 68, 71, 116. Schinus, 32. Schistostega, 214. Schistophyllum, 111. Schizaea, 163, 166, 354. Schizohyllum, 59, 163. Schleropteris, 218. Schlottheimia, 483. Schollera, 503. Schwetzkea, 497, 498. Scirpus, 500, 505, Scleria, 98. Scleroderris, 291. Scleropteris, 294. Sclerothrix, 421. Sclerotina, 420, 468. Scolecotrichum, 209, 294. Scolymus, 379. Scoparia, 105, 257. Scrophularia, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 378- Scytosiphon, 4. Sebastiana, 164. Secotium, 31. » 1Ir. 137» 254- Smilacina, 292. 5 Solanum, 29, 379, 427, 467. Solid 29» 379» 427, 467. Sop! » 27, 40, 220, 300, 301, 358. Spathyema, 369. ~Sphaerella, “ig Sphaeria, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56 57- Sp Sp -‘Sphaeroplea, 116. Sphaeropsis, 114, 287, 326. Sphaerostigma, 169, 187, 188, 189, 199, 191, 192, 293- 50, 291. Sphagnum, 13, 116, 473, 499, 501, 502. Spiesia, 292. 50, * 1, 458. Splachnum, Fe a 7 112. Sporobolus, 116, 211. Sporodesmium, 114. Spragueola, 29r. Stableria, 111, Stanhopea, 65. Stanleya, 408, 409, 466. Stapelia, 221. Stauroneis, 274, 275. Steganosporium, 54. Stemonitis, 309. Stereodon, 228, 229, 231, 232. Sterocaulon, g. Stevia, 256, Sticta, 9, 447. Stictina, 447. Stictis, 114. Stipa, 289. Stopinaca, 406. Strangularia, 4. Streblonema, 3. Stropharia, 31. Stylisma, 206. Stylophorum, 31. Suksdorfia, 71. Sullivantia, 68, 71. Suriraya, 275. Swartzia, 111, 112. Swietenia, 467. Symplocarpus, 203. Synandrospadix, 28. Synchitrium, 114. . Synedra, 275. Syntrichia, 480, 481. Syrrhopodon, 64. Tabellaria, 275. Tamarix, 421. Targionia, 242, 327. Taraxacum, 328. Taraxia, 168, 184, 185. Telesonix, 70. Tellima, 68, 73, 74) 75- Tetranema, 3. Tetraplodon, 111, 351- Thalictrum, 349, 379- Thamnium, 160, 327 496. Thelidium, 447. | Thelephora, 31. © Theloschistes, 8. Thely ium, 466. Therofon, 68, 69, 79. psc 292. inax, 221. Thuidium, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, ymus, 322. Thysaneila, 348. fa eee eg 255- iarella, 68, 72,73. Tibonchina, 175 276, 277, 378. Tilia, 55, 292- Tillandsia, 51. Tortula, 111, 479, 480, 481, 482. Tradescantia, 158, 292. 327° T: i Trichia, 311, 312. t. Trillium, 2557298, 32% 398, 518- eae ae Verticillium, 287. Tropacolut, 2 : bh ; : Mer gt 31, ede 379, 410, ae - : ropidocarpun 5,29) 380, tex, 32 Vitis, 348, on 547. Volvatia, 3 ‘}eares, 101, 257, 408, 499, 469. | Webera, 111, rat 487 é Weisia, 111, 161, 327 Winteria, 211, 294. olffia, 293. - tilago, ort, 257, 204. Bt in 195, £06, 164, 257 502, 593, 505. as, ge 373- ; Vou. 23. Ae Oe Ee JANUARY, 1896. — oe s oe. BULLETIN © A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF Bor __ NATHANIEL LORD B ‘THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 1895. President, HON. ADDISON BROWN. Vice Presiaents, T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L. H. LIGHTHIPE. | Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., | ’ JOHN K. SMALL, g College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City. i Editor, ay reasurer, ‘7%. BRITTON, Pho D7 <<- HENRY OGDEN, pen College, New York City. 1x Pine Street, New York City, as Associate Editors, . a ‘EMILY oe GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. By : ANNA MURRAY VAIL, * BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. D. A. A. HELLER. Pena eae _ Curator, ete oe ae ‘Librarian, asada, BE. ROGERS. — EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH. ee PO Sees : Coitenitiee ju Prencadce, : . KANE. | : WM. E. WHEELOCK, Committee on hinbebiowde e CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. oe Cy Teed decors vet sees 64 W. sth Street, New York City, nS Library ana Herbarium Committee, — : ae FE ROGERS, HELEN MIN sae | EFFE A ‘SOUTHWORTH, : - Committees on s the Locat Flora, Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, NN. L. BRITTON, Ph.D, BL ise RUSBY, M. Dd, BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Vol. 23. _ Lancaster, Pa., January 30, 1806. No. 1. Notes on New England Marine Algae.—VI. By Frank S. COLutins. The species mentioned in the following notes have not, as far oe as I know, been recorded from our coast, except that Radfsia pusilla — : .g and Desmotrichum undulatum were mentioned in the Flora of io Mount Desert by Rand & Redfield, and Entophysalis granulosain my list of the algae of Atlantic City, N. J., Butterin, December 1888. Unless otherwise noted, the specimens were collected by me. ENTOPHYSALIS GRANULOSA Kurz. This species I have found at Cape Rosier, Maine; Mr. Isaac Holden finds it at Stratford, Conn.; and it occurs at Atlantic City, N. J.; probably it is com- - mon all along the coast. It forms a crumbly incrustation at high- _ . water mark, and seems to prefer lagoons or high tide-pools, where _ the water is quite salt and where the level does not vary much. _ It is figured and described in Bornet & Thuret, Notes Algologi- ques, I. pl. x. fig. 4 and 5, and distributed in Collins, Holden & __ Setchell, Phyc. Bor. Am. no. 152. | ; _ SprrutinA MenecHiniaNA Zan. Found in wieon, 1893, in , the salt marshes at Revere, Mass., in scattered — filaments : among other algae in a ditch of brackish water. It has a much : looser spiral than S. sudsalsa Ocrsted (S. tenuissima of Farlow’ -Manval). Figured and described in = Gomnont, Monogr. des Osc 270. pl. 7. fig. 28. 2 ae . ‘Hyprocoreum — “LNGBYACEUM 1 I 2 Monogr. des Oscill. 76. p/. 72. f. 8-10. This species was abundant at Goose Creek, Cape Rosier; Maine, in July of 1893 and of 1895, forming a rather thick, black, slimy coating on dead sticks Zostera, etc. AMPHITHRIX JANTHINA (Mont.) Bornet & Flahault. This occurs at Rockport, Mass., on wet cliffs just above high water mark; and var. TORULOSA (Grun.) B. & F. grows in abundance in the autumn months on stones ina ditch in the salt marshes at Re- vere, Mass. Though described by Bornet and Flahault as a fresh- water plant, at this last station it grows in company with brackish and marine species like Polystphonia subtilissima and LEctocarpus confervoides. EpicLapiA FLustrak Reinke, Atlas Deutscher Meeresalgen, 31. pl. 24. Appears to be common along the coast on Sertularia, Flustra, etc., the densely packed branching filaments forming a thin green coating on the host. Distributed in Phyc. Bor. Am., No. 160. _ In Farlow’s Manual of the Marine Algae of New England, Le Jolis is followed in including the species of Exteromorpha in the genus U/va, and considering most of our forms as subspecies or varieties. Subsequent study by Agardh, Ahlner, Reinbold and others has tended to considerably change this arrangement, and it is now generally recognized that Enxteromorpha should be con- sidered as a distinct genus, represented by quite a number of species in this region. £. compressa (L.) Grev., &. intestinalis Link, £. clathrata (Roth) J. Ag., E. Hopkirkii Harv. and £. ramu- losa (Engl. Bot.) Hook., which appear as synonyms in the manual, are now accepted as specific names, as is also 4. marginata J. Ag., which was recorded in the BuLLeTIN for December, 1884, under the name of Ulva marginata. E. micrococca Kiitz was mentioned by the writer in the Buttetin for November, 1891, and &. erecta in J. Agardh, Till Alg. Syst. 3: 152. To these can now be added the following : E. PROLIFERA (Fl, Dan.) J. Ag., a species resembling in habit £. compressa, from which it is distinguished by having the cells arranged in longitudinal series almost throught It Appears: to be common all along the coast. _ E. crivita (Roth) J. Ag. This species r resembles &. clathrate 3 in ramification, but the cells are not arranged in a netlike manner, resembling rather those of E. compressa, {rom which it is distin- guished by the uniform arrangement of the cells in longitudinal series, Thé ramuli often terminate in a single row of cells, which is, however, much shorter and less characteristic than in EZ. Hop- kirkii. It appears to be not uncommon. E. TorTA (Mert.) Reinbold. In this species the fronds are very slender, from two to eight cells in breadth, the cells always in longitudinal series and usually in cross rows; the branches are only one or two cells broad, resembling the filaments of 7etranema Percursum, but without the exactly symmetrical arrangement of cells in the latter. I found it at Eagle Island, Penobscot Bay, Maine, in July, 1894, growing in company with other Zxteromor- Phas, Cladophora expansa, Lyngbya aestuarii, etc., in a lagoon reached by only the highest tide, and the water of which often be- came by continued evaporation, salter than the ocean. At this same locality I found, in July 1893, a plant in regard to which I have been in some doubt, but I venture to describe it as E. CRUCIATA n. sp. Fronds branching, mostly of a single series of cells, but at the point of branching of two series or sometimes more; branches is- Suing at right angles or nearly so, usually opposite, but sometimes alternate or secund, simple, usually short, tapering ; monosiphonous filaments usually 20-30 yz. diam.; cells about as long as broad, cell wall very thick; in the irregular cellular masses where several a issue near together, the cells are rounded, up to50 yw iam. The general appearance of the fronds is somewhat like that of Rhizoclonium, and the shorter branches somewhat resemble those — of the latter genus; but the branches are much more numerous and longer; they are mostly opposite, but sometimes issue two or three on the same side of the main filiment. Younger parts bright green, older nearly colorless. Found unattached, among: as floating masses of Cladophora, Enteromorpha and Lyngbya in Wee GS shallow water of lagoon, Eagle Island, Maine, July, 1893. STREBLONEMA FASCICULATUM Thuret. S. volubilis Pp ringsh Beitriige zur Morphologie der Meeresalgen, p/. ///., B. Growin in the fronds of Castagnea virescens, Spectacle Island, Feno ly 4 Bay, Maine. Distinguished by the relatively large, branching plurilocular sporangia. EcrocaRPUS AECIDIOIDES Rosenvinge, Gronlands Havalger, 894. fig. 27. A minute species, forming spots barely visible to naked eye, on old fronds of Laminaria species. The vegeta- tive filaments grow in the interior of the frond of the host plant ; when fruiting, the sori are formed directly under the epidermis, which is pushed upward and finally ruptured. Found at York Island, near Isle au Haut, Maine, July, 1894. DESMOTRICHUM UNDULATUM (J. Ag.) Reinke, Atlas, 15. p/. rz. Resembles a small Puxctaria, and grows commonly on Zostera marina in quiet bays. The Punctaria latifolia var. Zosterae, ot Farlow’s Manual, is probably in part identical with this species. I have found it on the coasts of Maine and Massachusetts, and Mr. Holden finds it at Bridgeport, Conn. Specimens from the latter locality are distributed in Phyc. Bor. Am. no. 129. In company with this species we generally find more or less of the following : D. sBatticum Kiitz. A much slenderer species, mostly of a single series of cells, ending in a long, colorless hair. See Reinke, Atlas, 15. p/. 72. The limits of species are very difficult to de- fine in this and the related genera, and it would not be difficult to arrange an uninterrupted series of specimens from the fine, Ecto- carpus-like D. scopulorum to the coarse, leathery Pwnctaria planta- ginea. RaLrsiA PUSILLA (Stromf.) Holmes & Batters (Stragularia pusilla Stromfelt, Notarisia, 3: 382. pl. 3. f. g. 1888). The smallest species of the genus and of quite different habitat from the others, which grow on rocks and woodwork, while this is epiphytic. The original description gives it as occurring on Laminaria; on the New England coast I have found it from Marblehead to Mount Desert, growing on Chaetomorpha aerea and C. Melagonium, form- ing thin, black “collars’’ around one or more cells in the upper part of a filament. | SCYTOSIPHON LOMENTARIUS COMPLANATUS Rosenvinge, Gronl. Hav. 863. hea This variety, described from Greenland specimens, has been _ found by Mr. Holden growing abundantly and luxuriantly at ae Bridgeport, Conn. It is a spring plant, disappearing in early . y 5 summer; it differs from the type by the flattened, not constricted _ frond, and by the lack of paraphyses when in fruit. Distributed in Phyc. Bor. Am. no. 173. Fucus Arescuouci Kjellman, Handbok i Skandinaviens Hafsalg- flora, I: IT. A northern form, growing on exposed rocky shores near high- water mark. It resembles some forms of F-. vesiculosus that grow in similar localities, but is distinguished by the hermaphrodite conceptacles. The narrow, closely and regularly forked fronds with the ultimate segments at nearly uniform height, and ending in small spherical or ovate receptacles, distinguish it from F eden- Zatus and Ff. evanescens, both of which, moreover, grow near low- water mark. It approaches nearer to F. platycarpus, and the re- ceptacles are often margined as in the latter; there may be inter- mediate forms, but the types seem distinct, F. platycarpus being a larger plant with broader frond, and having the fruiting segments lateral. /. Areschougii occurs from Marblehead northward, and is very commonion the coast of Maine. CHANTRANSIA CORYMBIFERA Thuret. This interesting species, the only one of the genus in which occurs a true sexual reproduction by means of antheridia, tricho- gynes and carpospores, was collected for the first time in America by Mr. George Waterman, in August 1893, at Marblehead, Mass. It has since been found at Wood's Hole, Mass., by Mr. C. P. Nott, and specimens from the latter locality are distributed in Phyc. Bor. Am. no. 192. In both localities it grew on Ceramium rubrum and Cystoclonium purpurascens. Figured and described in Bornet & Thuret, Notes Algologiques, 16. p/. 5. PEYSSONELLIA RoseENviNGII Schmitz, in Rosenvinge, Gronl. Hav. 782. 7.8. A specimen which-I found at Spectacle Island, July, 1894, is identified by Rosenvinge with this species. It fs = grew on a mussel shell, and I have found the same species on — 5 Several occasions growing on the shells of live crabs. In every. |. case it grew, not directly on the crab or mussel shell, but ona Lithothamnion, which Rosenvinge identifies with L. circumscriptum Stromf. Whether the P. Dudyi of Farlow’s Manual i is the same as this, or whether we have two species, I cannot oy jas ae as I 6 know there have been only sterile plants observed here, probably " because the plants fruit in winter. HaLosaccion scopuLa Stromfelt, Meeresalgen Islands, 173; Om Algvegetationen vid. Islands Kuster, 29. pl. 7, f. 16; pl. 2. f. 1. A form agreeing very well with Stromfelt’s description and figure was found by me at York Island, Maine, July, 1894. In view of the great range of variation in Halosaccion ramentaceum, it is doubtful if this can be given higher rank than that of a variety. In my notes on N. E. Marine Algae, V., in the BuLLETIN for November, 1891, I mentioned Calothrix Contareniit as found at Revere Beach, Mass. Dr. Bornet informs me that the specimens from this locality were wrongly determined, and are nearer to C. Sasciculata, the difference from the type of the latter being chiefly a matter of dimensions. Nitella subspicata sp. nov. a By “Fe oES AGEN, (PLATE 253.) Nitella monarthrodactyla, furcata, homoeophylla, monoica, gymnocarpa, acuminata. Plants from fifteen to twenty centimetres high, diffusely branched ; leaves acuminate, those of sterile verticils, spreading, diffuse, of the fertile verticils contracted, forming somewhat dense heads (remotely spike-like). Fertile verticils arise from within the verticil of the sterile leaves on peduncles which are some- times very short and sometimes elongated. The. leaves are once | divided; terminal segments (3 or 4) one-celled, long- acuminate, somewhat inflated at the middle. Antheridia 240 in diameter. Sporophydia one to three at a node of the leaf (usually two), 306 long from base to tip of coronula. Nucleus 225 long, 200 broad, with six prominent acute ridges, nearly black. Membrane of the spore quite smooth. Measurements: stem diameter, 780 to 830, leaf diameter 488, 500 to 610; terminals diam., 400, 464 and 490. . Collected in Missouri by J. W. Blankinship. This plant is nearly related to Mitella subglomerata A. Br., from which it differs by its more contracted “ heads ;” its smaller _antheridia and odspores, as well as by the perfectly smooth _ 7 / spore-membrane, by which it is also distinguished from the other species of the acuminata group. These specimens show a varia- tion in the character of the leaves of a verticil; they are frequently dimorphous, but never heterophylious as in J. clavata A. Br. of the Pacific coast. A similar heteromorphous character of the leaves (some simple and sterile, others branched and fertile) may also be found in Nitella Blankinshpii (found in the same region), and it has seemed possible that some transitional forms leading toward JV. clavata A. Br. would be found, especially as in both of these species we find a tendency to an inflation of the terminals so com- monly a character of clavata. But the difference between hetero- morpha and true heterophylla is constant and fundamental in the development of the nodal cells, rather than accidental and variable. | Explanation of Plate 253. Fig. 1, plant natural size; fig. 3, stem verticil and- leaf 25; figs. 3 and 4, leaf nodes with terminals 25, fig. 5, nature spore <52- Contributions to the Lichens of Maine.—ll. By F, L. HARVEY. The following list embraces lichens collected last August in the vicinity of Jackman and about Orono by the writer ; about Bangor by Mr. O. W. Knight; at N. Lubec and in Aroostook Co., by Miss Cummings and Miss Teller. Miss Cummings’ specimens were principally from the head waters of the St. John and were distributed in « Decades of N. A. Lichens.” The Jackman speci-— mens were from the headwaters of Penobscot, Kennebec and De Loup rivers. Sandy Bay Mt. mentioned in the list is 12 miles northeast from Jackman and on the Canadian boundary. The | numbers above 115 are accessions to the State flora. Those be- ~ low 115 refer to new localities for species mentioned in a pre- . vious list (BULLETIN, September, 1894. +389). We are under do ligation to Miss Cummings for the examination | of ecim 8 Fam. USNEEI. 116. CETRARIA JUNIPERINA PinastrI Ach. On coniferous trees and rail fences, St. Francis, Aroostook Co., no. 94 (Cummings & Teller); Jackman and Orono (Harvey). 7. C. ciliaris Ach. On rail fences, Jackman (Harvey). 8. C. lacunosa Ach. On spruce trees; very finely developed ; Bangor (O. W. Knight); Orono (Harvey). 15. Usnea barbata plicata Fr. Jackman (Harvey). 16. U. longissima Ach. On spruce trees, Jackman (Harvey). 17. Alectoria jubata calybeiformis Ach. Common, Jackman (Harvey). Fam. PARMELIEI. 19. Zheloschistes concolor (Dicks.). On apple trees, St. Fran- cis, Aroostook Co., no. 99 (Miss Cummings) ; Orono (Harvey); Bangor (O. W. Knight). 117. T. LycHneus (Nyl.). On maple bark. Orono; (Harvey.) 21. Parmelia tiliacea (Hoffm.) Floerk. On various trees; St. Francis, Aroostook Cd., no. 102 (Cummings & Teller); Jack- man (Harvey). 23. P. physodes (L.) Ach. Jackman; (Harvey). Our speci- mens are like gb in Dec. N. A. L. (Cummings). 118. P. pHysopEs opscuraTA Ach. Orono (Harvey). 119. P. ovtvacea (L.) Ach. On cherry trees, St. Francis Aroos- took Co., 105 (Cummings & Teller); Orono (Harvey). 120. P. ampicua (Wulf.) Ach. Dead and charred logs, St. Francis, 108 (Cummings & Teller). 121. P. AMBIGUA ALBESCENS Wahl. With the above, 109 (Cum- mings & Teller). y 32. Physcia speciosa (Wulf.) Nyl. On various trees, Gla- cial Lake, Aroostook Co., 110 (Cummings & Teller). 122. P. nypoteuca (Muhl.) Tuck. On Trees, Jackman (Harvey). 33. P. stellaris (L.). Orono (Harvey). | Fam, PELTIGERL 123. PYXINE SOREDIATA Fr. Specimens from Jackman seem to be this (Harvey). | 9 42. Sticta amplissima (Scop.) Mass. Rocks and trees, Jack- man (Harvey). 44. S. pulmonaria (L.) Ach. On trees, Jackman (Harvey). 124. NEPHROMA ARcTICUM (L.) Fr. On rocks; abundant; sum- mit of Sandy Bay Mt., near Jackman (Harvey). 49. Peltigera aphthosa (L.) Hoffm. On earth and decaying logs; Ft. Fairfield, no. 160 (Cummings & Teller). P. polydactyla (Neck.) Hoffm. Jackman (Harvey). 125. P. cantna sponciosa Tuck. Mossy logs, St. Francis, no, 118 (Cummings & Teller). 126. P. CANINA SOREDIATA Scheer, Ach. On earth, St. Francis, no. 119 (Cummings & Teller). 127. P. canina spurtA Ach. Earth, St. Francis, 119 (Cummings & Teller). Fam. COLLEMEI. 128. Leprocium TENuIssImuM (Dicks.) Koerb. On earth and moss, Van Buren, 125a (Cummings & Teller). 129. PLACODIUM AURANTIACUM ( Light.) Naeg. & Hepp, Orono (Har- vey). Fam. LECANOREI. 130. Lecanora suprusca (L.) Ach. Orono (Harvey). 131. L Hacent Ach. On logs in railroad embankment, Fort Fairfield, 132 (Cummings & Teller). 67. L. varia (Ehrh.) Nyl. Orono (Harvey). 132. L.vartasymmicta Ach. Rail fences; ran Buren, 167 (Cum- mings & Teller). 71. Pertusaria multipunctata (Turn.) Nyl. Maple trees; Mar’s Hill, 135 (Cummings & Teller); Orono (Harvey). 72. P. communis DC. Rail fences, N. Lubec, 136 (Cummings _ & Teller). . 133. P. retoptaca (Ach.) Schaer. Rail fences, Van Buren, 137 (Cummings & Teller). Fam. CLADONIEI. 76. Sterocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. Jackman (Harvey). 79. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. "rote kak Ais 10 quash Plantation, Aroostook Co., 139 (Cummings & Teller); Jack- man (Harvey). 134. C. FIMBRIATA TUBAEFORMIS Fr, (Ground), Sandy Bay Mt. near Jackman (Harvey). 81. C. gracilis verticilata Fr. Jackman (Harvey); Bangor (O. W. Knight). 83. C. gracilis hybrida Schaer. Jackman (Harvey); Bangor (Knight). 84. C. gracilis elongata Fr. Earth, Sandy Bay near Jackman (Harvey). 86. C. squamosa Hoffm. Jackman (Harvey ; Orono (Harvey); Bangor (Knight). 88. C. furcata crispata Fr. Jackman (Harvey). 135. C. FURCATA RACEMOSA Fl. In moss on rocks, head of Pame- domcook Lake, Falls of Tumble-down-Dick stream (Harvey); Bangor (O. W. Knight). 90. C. rangiferina (L.) Hoffm. Jackman (Harvey). 91. C. rangiferina sylvatica L. Jackman (Harvey). 93. C. amaurocrea (F\.) Schaer. Jackman (Harvey). 94. C. uncialis(L.) Fr. Orono (Harvey). 136. C. DEForMis (L.) Hoffm. On earth and logs, St. Francis 14! (Cummings & Teller); Jackman (Harvey). 137. C. piciraLa (L.) Hoffm. Rotten wood and earth, St. Francis 142 (Cummings & Teller). 100. C. cristatella Tuck. Earth, Sandy Bay Mt. bsabees Bangor (O. W. Knight). Fam. LECIDEEI. 138. Baromyces syssorpEes(LL.)Schaer. Sandy banks, St. Francis, 144 (Cummings & Teller). : 139. BrarorA GRANULOSA (Ehrh.). Bank, St. Francis, Tp. 18, R 10, Aroostook Co., 145 (Cummings & Teller). 140. B, micuiariA (Fr.). On wood, Orono (Harvey). 141. LECIDEA MELANCHIMA Tuck. Rail fences, N. Lubec, 146 (Cummings & Teller); Orono (Harvey). 108. Buellia parasema (Ach.) Th. Fr. Jackman (Harvey). | Fam. OPEGRAPHEI. 114. Grapuis scripra (L.) Ach. Birch bark, Jackman ike 11 Notes on Myriophyllum. M. Farwellii Morong, When Dr. Morong described this species, material for a full description of the flowers was lacking, and the only known locality for the plant was in a small pond in Keweenaw county, Mich. Since then it has been collected in Wilton, and the Piscataquis River, in Maine, by M. L. Fernald, and by myself in two widely separated localities in Vermont. I first collected it in a small mountain pond in Johnson, Lamoille county, and later in a set-back of the West River at W. Towns- hend, Windham county. I have thus been able to collect abund- ant material at different stages of flowering and fruiting and to study the habit of the plant with some care. The habit of the Johnson plant is somewhat different from that of typical 17. Far- wellit; I have never found it rooting, but floating near the surface in large quantities, sometimes sinking to the bottom when heavily fruited. It blossoms in June and early July, and matures fruit in July and early August. Its fruit is almost precisely like that of the type in every particular. The Townshend plant has the same rooting habit and the Same peculiarities of submerged growth and fruiting as the type, but its fruit is larger, darker and matures a month later, in early September. The ridges of tubercules run more irregularly and the tubercules themselves are much larger than those of the type. The lower tubercules take the form of short, hooked spines. Of the flowers Dr. Morong said: * Judging from specimens furnished it is dioecious, as I can find only pistillate flowers. Petals four, oblong, delicate, purplish in color, including four abortive stamens, which have silk-like filaments and minute, unde- veloped anthers.” The flowers were alike in both forms of my collecting, perfect; petals four, oblong, purplish; stamens four, a little shorter than the petals; filaments glabrous, somewhat longer than the short oblong anthers; stigmas plumose, sub-sessile. I have not examined the very earliest flowers, but the later ones were all perfect, As in other species, the upper portion ofa stem will often be in flower while the lower portion bears mature fruit. * Bull. Torr. Bot, Club, 18: 146. ee 12 In each case the plant grew in shallow, quiet water with a muddy bottom. I believe this plant will be found all along the north- eastern border of the United States and in Canada, and I would suggest that collectors be on the lookout for it. It is strange that none of the works on North American Botany mention the two bractlets at the base of the flowers in ell species of Myriophyllum. So far as I know, Engler and Prantl in Natiirlichen Pflanzen Familien and Martius in Flora Brasiliensis are the only ones mentioning these bractlets. I first found them in Myriophyllum Farwellii, where they are small, lanceolate and hyaline, as also in JZ. tenellum Big., WM. hippuroides Nutt., M. pin- natum (Walt.), M@. Mexicanum Watson, M. laxum Shutt. They are ovate and very large and conspicuous in J. spicatum, being two-thirds the size of the bracts and as firm in texture. In JZ. alterniflorum D.C. they are smaller than in M. spicatum, but simi- lar in texture and shape. In M. verticillatum L. they are quite conspicuous, ovate and hyaline. In MM. heterophyllum Michx., ovate, serrate and hyaline. In JZ. humile (Raf.), minute, oblong- ovate and membranous. A. J. Grout. Co.tuMBiaA CoLLecr, New York. A Note on Jungermannia Marchica Nees. By ALEXANDER W. EVANS. (PLATES 254, 255.) The hepatic before us is a most clearly marked species of Dumortier’s subgenus Lophozia ; but, probably on account of its extreme rarity, it remained for a long time strangely overlooked or misunderstood by both European and American botanists. During the forty years which followed Nees von Esenbeck’s publi- cation of the plant, Jungermannia Marchica, as a distinct species, quite disappeared from German literature. In the Synopsis Hepaticarum the only allusion to it is a brief description under — Nees’ first name, /. socia, var. obtusa ; and even the type specimen, as Herr Stephani has recently. determined, is labeled in the same _ way. Apparently nothing further was seen of the species in Ger- _ 18 many until the beginning of the last decade, when it was redis- covered by Herr Warnstorf near Neuruppin. His specimens were sent for examination to Herr Limpricht, who referred them cor- rectly to 7. Marchica and published a full and accurate description of the species.* The plant was found last summer by Herr Léske of Berlin and the writer, in the Grunewald near that city, and it has also been reported from Scandinavia.+ Meanwhile, in the United States, Austin found the species, de- termined it as /. polita Nees, and distributed it under this name as No. 46 of his Hepaticae Boreali-Americanae. It here came before the attention of Lindberg, who recognized it as distinct from /. polita and described it as Jungermannia laxan. sp. But he soon suspected its identity with /. M/archica; for, in 1879,} he gives the latter as a possible synonym of /. /axa, and, in 1886,§ he states positively that they are the same plant. Quite recently the species has been rediscovered in this country by Mr. Rand.|| The following description is drawn largely from the Grune- wald specimens, which closely agree with those of Austin’s dis- tribution, and also, as Herr Stephani kindly informs me, with the type in the Nees herbarium: JUNGERMANNIA Marcuica Nees, Naturgesch. der europiisch. Lebermoose, 2: 77. 1836. J. socia Nees, var. obtusa Nees, |. c. 2: 72. 1836. J. polita Aust. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1869: 220. {not Nees.] J. laxa Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 529. 1875. Dioicous, creeping among Spagna or loosely caespitose, pale green, becoming bleached or brownish with age; stems prostrate or ascending, thick and wiry, mostly simple, varying in color from pale green through reddish-brown to deep purplish-black, and bearing scattered rhizoids, which exhibit the same variations in — color; leaves of the sterile stems and of the fertile stems in the lower part distant, obliquely inserted, not decurrent, broadly quad- * Eine verschollene Jungermannia. Flora, 65: 45- 1882. os +Arnell, H. W. Bot. Notiser, 1894 : 49. Several facts regarding the history and ee Synonymy of the species are also given here. es a $Musci Scand.7 1879. [Footnote.] § Meddel. Soc. F. et Fl. Fenn. 13: 233. 18860 0 aa | Flora of Mt. Desert Island, Maine. 224. 1894 = 14 rate, 2 to 4-lobed to about the middle, the sinuses usually obtuse or rounded, the lobes mostly plane but occasionally somewhat convex, broadly ovate, with rounded apex and entire margins; underleaves very rarely present, similar to the leaves but smaller ; leaves of the fertile stems in the upper part contiguous, sometimes: decurrent, the lobes becoming strikingly convex, crispate and irregularly sinuous or dentate; perichaetial bracts two pairs, simi- lar in size and form to the upper stem-leaves but more incised and subdivided ; inner bracteole free, usually 2-lobed, of the same character as the bracts; second bracteole (when present) similar to the inner one, but usually a little smaller and frequently bearing on its surface I or more ligulate appendages, a cluster of which, in some cases, entirely replaces the leafy expansion of the bract- eole; perianth ovate-cylindrical, exserted, terete except in the upper third, where it is very obtusely keeled, the mouth somewhat contracted, minutely denticulate; perigonial bracts in about 5 pairs, imbricated, complicate, 2 or 3-lobed, similar to the leaves when explanate. Stems up to 2.5 cm. long, 0.50 mm. in diameter ; leaves averag- ing I mm. in length and 1.25 mm. in width; perichaetial bracts I. —1.25 mm. long by 22.5 mm. wide; perianth 3 mm. long, 1 mm. in diameter ; perigonial bracts 1.50 mm. long by 1.75 mm. wide; leaf-cells thin-walled, polygonal, in the middle of the leaf 0.044— 0.064 mm. in diameter. Near Closter, New Jersey (Austin); Beach Mountain, Mount Desert Island, Maine (Rand). The plant is apparently as rare with us as it is in Europe, but it is undoubtedly often passed by. The wiry stems wind in and out among the branches of a sphagnum tuft and are completely hidden from sight, while the pale leaves are scarcely to be distinguished by their color from the sphagnum leaves among which they grow. When we pull the tuft apart, the deep purplish color of the stems becomes apparent and at once distinguishes the plant from its allies. The stem is pentagonal in section and is bounded by an epidermoidal layer of cells with thickened walls; on the postical aspect, the pigmentation is especially well marked and affects the walls of these cells, the rhizoids springing from them, and, to a_ less degree, the two or three layers of cells just within them; : 15 the other internal cells of the stem have thin and colorless walls. The perianth is one layer of cells in thickness down to the very base. Jungermannia polita Nees is not a close ally of this plant, and may be at once distinguished from it by its smaller compli- cate leaves, the cells of which have thickened walls and well de- veloped trigones. A rather closer relationship to /. Marchica may be discovered in the J. Novae-Caesareae* of the writer, * Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 308. A/. 767. 1893. which is found in somewhat similar localities. The last named Species differs in its weaker habit, in its pale and delicate stems, in its smaller leaves with less rounded lobes and smaller cells, in its simpler bracts and single connate bracteole, and in its peri- anth, which is keeled to below the middle and more deeply den- ticulate at the mouth. The nearest European ally, 7. Mildeana Gottsche, has not yet been reported from America. YALE UNIVERSITY. Description of Plates 254, 255. | Fig. 1. Plants, twice natural size. Fig. 2. Sterile stem, postical view (< 18). Fig. 3. Female stem, antical view (>< 18). Fig. 4. Female stem, lateral view (< 18). Figs. 5, 6. Inner perichaetial bracts (>< 22). Fig. 7. Inner bracteole CX 22). Figs. 8, 9. Second perichaetial bracts (>< 22). Fig. 10, Second bracteole (>< 22). Fig. 11. Transverse section of perianth in upper fourth (>< 22). Fig. 12 Male spike, antical view (>< 12). Figs. 13, 14. Perigonial bracts (< 22). Fig. 15. Cells from middle of leaf (< 265). + New Melastomaceae collected by Miguel Bang in Bolivia. By A. CoGNIAUX. MICONIA GLOMERULIFERA (sect. Cremanium); ramis obtuse te- tragonis, junioribus petiolis paniculis calycibus foliisque subtus ad 3 nervos brevissime denseque stellato puberulis; foliis longe Pee latis, anguste ovatis, obtusiusculis, basi rotundatis, margine integer- rimis vel vix undulato subdenticulatis et brevissime subsparseque 16 - getuloso ciliatis, 7-nerviis, supra brevissime subsparseque setuloso- scabriusculis, subtus brevissime et densiuscule plumoso-puberulis ; floribus 5-meris, sessilibus, minute glomerulatis; calyce late cam- panulato, breviter obtuseque 5-dentato; antheris apice biporosis. Rami robustiusculi, juniores petioli pedunculique cinereo-fusci. Petiolus robustiusculus, 4-9 cm. longus. Folia rigidiuscula, supra intense viridia, subtus viridi-cinerea, 16-25 cm. longa, 8-13 cm. lata, nervis subtus valde prominentibus, nervulis numerosis sub- rectus satis ramulosis. Paniculae late pyramidatae, 12-13 cm. longae, ramis divaricatis, satis ramulosis. Calyx cinereus, 1.5 mm. longus et latus. Petala albescentia, latae obovata, apice retusa, 0.5 mm. longa. Staminum filamenta flexuosa, 1.5 mm. longa; antherae anguste obovoideae, 0.6-0.7 mm. longae. (No. 2856.) MICONIA MICRANTHA (sect. Cremanium); ramis obtuse te- tragonis, junioribus petiolis paniculisque vix furfuraceo-puber- ulis; foliis magnis, longiuscule petiolatis, ovato-oblongis, ob- tusiuscule breviterque acuminatis, inferne satis attenuatis basi acutis vel acutiusculis, margine vix undulato-denticulatis, et brevis- sime remoteque setuloso-ciliatis, 5-nerviis, utrinque glaberrimis; floribus 5-meris, minutissimis, breviter pedicellatis; calyce glabro, globoso-urceolato, brevissime obtuseque, 5-dentato; antheris apice biporosis; stigmate peltato. Rami robustiusculi, juniores petioli pedunculique purpura- scentes. Petiolus satis gracilis, 2-5 cm. longus. Folia membran- acea, supra intense viridia, 12-20 cm. longa, 5-9.5 cm. lata, nervis subtus valde prominentibus, nervulis numerosis leviter prominenti- bus. Paniculae late pyramidatae multiflorae, 8-12 cm. longae; rami divaricati, acutiusculi-tetragoni, valde ramulosi ; pedicelli 1-2 mm. longi. Calyx flavo-viridis, vix 1 mm. longus et crassus. Petala flavescentia, obtuse quadrata; apice truncata vel subemar- -ginata; 0.5 mm. longa et lata. Staminum filamenta flexuosa, 0.5 mm. longa; antherae obovoideae; 0.3 mm. longae. Stylus crassus, 1.5 mm. longus. (No. 2858.) 7 Miconia PLuMIFERA Triana, var. Banci. Rami superne satis compressi, ad nodos longe barbati, caeteris tenuiter stel- lato-puberuli et setis longissimis subfasciculatis basi incrassatis subsparse hirsuti. Folia longe acuminata, supra tenuiter bulbata non vel vix strigosa, subtus creberrime minuteque foveolata et tenuiter stellato-puberula. (No. 2283.) : 17 Oés.—Dans les Monographiae Phanerogamarum 7: 891, ou jai d’ecrit le type de cette espéce comme ayant une pétiole long de 547 cm.; mais d’aprés mes notes, dans Vexemplaire récolté par Pearce, qui se trouve 4 l’herbier de Kew, la plus grande feuille a une petiole long de 18 cm. : MIconta CYANOcARPA Naud. var. PARVIFOLIA Petivlus 7-17 mm. longus. Folia supra dense hirtella, subtus densissime brevi- terque villosa, 5-9 cm. longa, 2.5-4 cm. lata. (No, 2259.) TIBOUCHINA MEMBRANIFOLIA (sect. Dictanthera); ramis ob- scure tetragonis, densiuscule-longe, adpresseque setosis; foliis lanceolatus, longiuscule acuminatis, basi acutis vel interdum subrotundatis, margine obscure remoteque denticulatis et ciliatis, 5-nerviis nervis lateralibus inferne longiuscule coalitis, utrinque longiuscule sparse adpressique setosis; calyce glanduloso, setis brevibus adpressis sparse vestito, lobis triangularibus, acutis, tubo dimidio brevioribus; staminibus glabris, satis inaequalibus, Majorum connectivo basi breviuscule producta. Rami graciles, cinereo-virides paulo ramulosi. Petiolus gra- cilis densiuscule adpressique setosus, 7-13 mm. longus. Folia tenuiter membranacea, supra intense viridia, subtus satis palli- diora, in eodem jugo satis inaequalia; majora 8-13 cm. longa et 18 32 mm. lata, minora 3-7 cm. lata et 8-18 mm. lata. Paniculae pauciflorae, foliosae, subcongestae; 2-4 cm. longae. Calycis tubus viridis, anguste campanulatus, 4 mm. longus lobi erecti, 2 mm. longi. Petala longiuscule ciliata. Staminum filamenta 4 vel 6 mm. longa; antherae leviter arcuatae, 4 vel 5 mm. longae, con- nectivo infra loculos 1 vel 2 mm. longi producto. Stylus gracilis, 8-9 mm. longus. (No. 2857.) CaLycopHysuM PEDUNCULATUM Kars. et Triana var. VILLOSUM Rami cirrhri pedunculi calycisque densiuscule et breviuscule Villosi. Petiolus longiuscule denseque villoso-lanatus. Folia Supra densiuscule breviterque pilosa vix hirtella, subtus cinereo- Canescentia breviter denseque villoso-lanata. Flores (imperfecte evoluti) ut videtur paulo minores. (No. 2244.) 138 Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae, By JouHN K. SMALL. (PLATEs 256, 257.) _ Inthe course of a study of the genus Sazifraga, several species now referred to it appear to be erroneously so placed. Repeated attempts to retain them where they were originally placed, or to transfer them to related genera have proved fruitless, and I confi- dently propose the two new genera here to be described. Dr. Torrey remarks on Saxifraga Parryi, in the Botany of the Mexican Boundary Survey and others elsewhere to the same effect, that it is “a remarkable species, with the calyx and habit of a small Heuchera, but it is decandrous and the ovary is wholly free as well as two-celled.”” I make this species the type of a new genus. JEPSONIA. Slender acaulescent slightly pubescent herbs, perennial by corms. Leaves (usually vernal) all basal, suboricular in outline, cordate, petioled, slightly lobed and toothed; scapes (usually autumnal) wiry, simple or branched above; flowers in terminal cymes or cymose panicles; calyx campanulate with a flat base, its edge five-toothed ; petals five, inserted just below the sinuses of the calyx; stamens ten, inserted on the calyx tube below the petals; filaments subulate, the alternate ones longer and slightly surpassing the calyx; ovary two-celled, free from and partially filling the calyx, its carpels united to about the middle; placenta central ; follicles united at the base, tipped by the straight slender styles which diverge at an angle of about ninety degrees; stigmas peltate; seeds irregular in outline, ribbed and crested, with a pinched and curved base ; embyro minute, erect in one end of the endosperm, Leaves sub-orbicular, broader than long ; calyx-teeth shorter than the tube, "J: PARRYE Leaves ovate-orbicular, longer than broad; calyx-teeth as long as the tube, or longer. 2, J. MALVAEFOLIA, I. JEPSONIA Parryi (Torr.). Saxifraga Parry: Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 69. p/. 25. 1859. Perennial by an ovoid fleshy corm, scapose, wiry, sparingly — pubescent throughout. Leaves.(appearing in the spring) all basal, — - ri 19 suborbicular in outline, 2-2.5 cm. in diameter, cleft into seven cre- nately toothed crenate lobes, cordate, slightly pubescent on both surfaces, on petioles about equalling the blade; scapes (appearing in late summer or fall) usually two or four together, rarely solitary, erect, 4-25 cm. tall, simple or branched above; flowers few in a terminal cyme or cymose panicle ; calyx campanulate with a trun- cate base, 4-6 mm. high, marked with ten brown branching nerves, its five triangular obtuse teeth about one-half as long as the tube; petals white with brownish or purple nerves, elliptic-obiong or elliptic-lanceolate, sometimes nearly ovate, 4-6 mm. long, about as long as the calyx, obtuse ; stamens ten, the alternate ones longer, inserted on the calyx-tube above the middle (below the petals); filaments slender, subulate ; follicles 7-9 mm. long, united at the base, the body nearly included in the calyx, the slender tips sur- passing the calyx and diverging at right angles; seeds small, dull- brown, I mm. jong, irregularly oblong, provided with two ribs and two crests. (Plate 256, copied from Bot. Mex. Bound. Survey.) Original locality, « Dry Hills near San Diego and San Luis Rey, California.” Found later near San Diego (Orcutt, 1885); lone, Amador County (Parry, 1887). Flowering in November and December. 2, JEPSONIA MALVAEFOLIA (Greene). Saxifraga malvaefolia Greene, Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 121. 1882. Original locality, « Santa Rosa Island.” Found later on Santa Cruz Island, These two remarkable plants form a very distinct and natural §enus, They are strikingly different from any species of Sazi- Sraga in habit and the flower affords good characters. The calyx 'S simply toothed instead of cleft or parted, the petals and stamens are inserted in the upper part of the calyx-tube and not down where the ovary and calyx meet. The ovary fills but a small part _Of the calyx-tube and its stigmas are peltate and conspicuous, Op- Posed to the capitate and inconspicuous ones in Saaifraga, the y seed with its pinched and twisted base, its ribs and crests, has oe : Parallel in related genera. SAXIFRAGOPSIS n. gen. ae Low Caulescent caespitose, sparingly glandular- ilose- plants Perennial by woody rootstocks. Stems straw-like, rather . der not fleshy, sparingly leafy; leaves alternate, membr € blade articulated to the petiole and not ae aU petiole wiry, dilated into a scarious ribbed base; inflor- escence consisting of a terminal thyrsoid-panicle, its cymules peduncled ; subtended by small bracts; pedicels usually bearing several opposite or nearly opposite bractlets below the flowers; flowers white, rather crowded; calyx hemispheric, its tube rib- bed, united to the ovary, its segments five, unequal in size and shape, reflexed; petals five, inserted just below the sinuses of the calyx tube, long-clawed, at length deflexed; stamens ten, con- verging ; filaments inserted at the bases of the calyx segments, di- lated below into two thin wings ; anthers ovoid-sagitate or broadly- oblong-sagitate, four-angled especially when old; ovary very short when young, soon elongating, immersed in a red glandular disk; placenta central; follicles slender, the bodies united, the tips erect, seeds minute, smooth, somewhat curved. ~ I. SAXIFRAGOPSIS FRAGARIOIDES ( Greene ). Saxifraga fragarioides Greene, Bull. Torr. Club, 8: 121. 1881. Rootstock horizontal, stout, woody, I-15 cm. long, covered by the dilated, membranous bases of old petioles; stems somewhat scape-like, erect or ascending, 1-3 dm. high, strict or flexuous above, bearing several leaves which are smaller but otherwise simi- lar to the lower ones; leaves thin, cuneate or cuneate-obovate, 1-5 cm. long, rounded and coarsely toothed at the apex entire be- low the middle, sparingly ciliate, dark green above, paler beneath, marked with several palmately radiating nerves, obtuse at the base, on slender petioles 2-3 cm. long, flowers greenish, 6 mm. broad, in dense panicled cymules whose branches are subtended by linear entire or toothed bracts ; calyx hemispheric, its tube united to the overies, ‘its segments longer than the tube or at length shorter, ovate, ciliate, obtuse, relexed when dry; petals oblong- spatulate or spatulate, persistent, ¥Y% longer than the sepals; at. length reflexed; filaments filiform-subulate; follicles narrowly conic, 6-7 mm. high, red, united only % from base, the summits erect; seeds oblong or obvoid,.5 mm. long, smooth. (Plate 25 a Original locality, « High mountains west of Mt. Shasta, Cali- fornia.” High altitudes in the mountains of Northern California and Southern Oregon; Cliffs overhanging Castle Lake, Siskyiou county, California and top of the Siskyiou Mountains near Waldo, Oregon. : 21 Carex vulpinoidea Michx, and allied Species, By E, P. BICKNELL. A careful study of Carex vulpinoidea Michx., continued from the field into the herbarium, has made it plain to me that this Species, as accepted, is a composite one, embracing at least three or four distinct plants on our eastern seaboard alone. One of these plants is an old species, here revived—the Carex setacea of Dewey, which I am satisfied should never have been discredited y it will be recalled that it was endorsed by Dr. Torrey. The other two seem never to have been distinguished, and reference to all the citations. in the published synonomy of C. vulpinoidea dis- covers no name applicable to either. CAREX VULPINOIDEA Michx. Culm 11%4°-214° tall ( 1°-3° ), sharp-angled, very scabrous on the angles above, or throughout, leafy. Leaves long and _nar- rowly attenuate, mostly exceeding the culm, 1°-2° long, 1/-2”, sometimes 214" wide, often somewhat appressed and crowded. Head at maturity greenish or dull brown, narrow, commonly 134’ -3’ long, 2-3” wide, the spikelets below either in contiguous or Separated compound clusters or in short, appressed or ascending densely-flowered branches which often appear like oblong or linear spikes ; larger spikelets narrowly oblong, the smaller subglobose. Small forms of. the plant show the spikes aggregated into linear heads only 114/-2’ long; in more attenuate forms the heads may be much interrupted and elongated, even slender and inclined, reaching a length of six inches, the lower branches an. inch or more distant on the rachis. Occasionally in stout forms the head 1s much congested throughout and 4’-6” wide; rarely it is looser and bears at the base closely compound ascending branches an inch in length. Ail the clusters of the head are subtended by se- taceous, often flexuous bracts, the lowermost usually well-devel- oped and elongated, even 8’ long. Perigynia very small, numer- ous, loosely spreading, the conspicuous points often somewhat recurved, at maturity greenish or pale brown, sometimes yellowish- brown, membranous, flattish, mostly distinctly few-n ‘rved on the © oe Outer face, frequently nerveless on inner face, ovate, often from a di- ag lated or sub-cordate base, acuminate into a mostly slender, smooth co to serrulate-hispid, sharply-toothed beak which usually equals or nearly equals the body of the perigynium; body of perigynium ¥"'—3¢’ long and wide, more or less corky in the margins basally _ Or at the sides. Achene broadly ovate-oblong, small, 4" or less ; long. Scales small, whitish with a green keel, becoming pal apna 22 dull brown or sometimes yellowish-brown, little noticeable in the spikelet excepting their awns which, though not usually conspicu- ous, are evident and, with their spreading points of the perigynia, give the heads a sharply roughened appearance. In low grounds and meadows, and along ditches, often grow- ing in dense tufts. Canada to Florida and Texas, west at least to Minnesota and Kansas. CAREX XANTHOCARPA 0. Sp. Culm longer and often stouter than in C. valpinoidea, 1 ¥%4°-4° tall (1°-5°), much exceeding the leaves, scabrous on the angles above, very smoothand bluntly triangular or even subterete below. Leaves fewer and less crowded and appressed than in wvzlpinoidea, mostly under 1° long, rarely 1%°, 1%4’-3”” wide. Head early yellowish or tawny, narrowly oblong, sometimes ovoid, mostly dense and uninterrupted, 34’-214’ long, 3/’-6” wide, the spikes closely glomerate-subcompound throughout, or the lowermost more distinctly compound and looser, but not separated, forming ovoid, somewhat spreading clusters. Bracts mostly short and in- conspicuous, the lowermost not often noticeably developed. Spikes plump, ovoid, densely many-flowered, the perigynia ascend- ing, often slightly incurved, finally somewhat spreading, becoming” bright yellow, markedly plano-convex and narrowly sharp edged, mostly ovate-elliptic from a cuneate pointed base, or sub-rhom- boidal (those low in the spikes sometimes with a broader, more abrupt base), nearly beakless, or graduated into a short, very rough-margined, minutely two-toothed beak. Walls of the perigyn- ium thickish and subcoriaceous, but not corky-thickened in the margins, either nerveless or obscurely few-nerved on the some- what turgid outer face, often with a median ridge on the flat inner face; body of perigynium about twice as large as in vudpi- noidea, i" or more long, 1” or less wide. Achene broadly oblong, about 4%” long. Scales longer than in vulpinoidea, but shorter awned, early becoming bright tawny or yellowish-brown and very noticeable in the spikes. Scarcely tufted, growing in low fields or in open levels on higher ground. In the cover of C. vulpinoidea in the Columbia Herbarium, I find specimens as follows: Cambridge, Mass., 1845, E. Tuckerman, Jun. Ohio, Sullivant. The plant is common at New York and is unmistakable when once it is understood. Not infrequently it is found growing with — C. vulpinoidea, from which it is clearly distinct. gee oe 23 CAREX XANTHOCARPA ANNECTENS Ni. var. Lower and more slender than C. xanthocarpa, 114°-3° tall; culms trigonous, scabrous above, smooth and sometimes subter- ete below, exceeding the leaves. Leaves mostly 6’—1° long, often very narrow, 1’’-2’’ wide. Head short, 34’-1 4’ long, 3’’-4” wide, green, varying to dull yellowish or greenish-tawny, the spikes noticeably bracteate, the lowest bract frequently exceeding the head. Spikes globose to ovoid-oblong, mostly distinct and loosely aggregated below the apex of the head, or the lowest, or lower two or three, slightly separated, either all simple and distinct or the lower subglomerate with smaller spikelets at their bases. In small forms the head may consist of only 6-8 globose more or less distinct spikes. Spikes relatively few-flowered, the perigynia finally loosely spreading, mostly exceeded by the awns of the scales, which gives the head a somewhat bristly appearance. Peri- gynia dilated-ovate or suborbicular (rarely narrower) mostly from a broad base, narrowed or abruptly contracted to the short rough- margined beak, sometimes slightly corky in the edges, few-nerved in the middle of the outer face, often broader than long, the body 1’’ or more broad, 1” or less long. Achene broadly ovate-oblong or suborbicular, nearly truncate at base, 14’” or more wide. About damp thickets in low grounds and in moist woods. Common at New York. In the Columbia College Herbarium are specimens from Staten Island (Britton) and North Carolina (Curtis), In the present state of our knowledge of it this is a very puz- zling plant. It has an aspect of its own, which makes it easy to recognize in the field, so far as I have observed it, yet certain her- barium specimens suggest that it shades into reduced forms of xan- thocarpa. I have seen no specimens which were not clearly separable from C. vulpinordea, although the general appearance of the head is often closely similar. Smaller forms having heads of few simple spikes sometimes bear a singularly close resemblance to C. Mulen- berghit enervis. The plant differs from C. xanthocarpa mainly in simpler, looser | and more bracteate, greener heads, more loosely-flowered spikes | with spreading perigynia, longer-awned, paler scales which appear more bristly in the spikes, broader and more greenish perigynium, : : broader achene. From vulpinoidea it differs in shorter leaves» ae longer culm, shorter and simpler heads, larger and broader perigy- : nium, with much shorter and rougher beak, larger achene. a 24 I suspect that a better knowledge of this plant will show that it is sufficiently individualized to stand as a species. CAREX SETACKA Dewey. Culm 11%4°-4° tall, mostly exceeding the long leaves, trigo- nus, often with concave sides, sharply serrulate-scabrous on the angles above, smooth below. Leaves 1°—2° long, 1/-3/ wide. Head about 2’ long (1%4'-2%4’), 3-5’ wide, silvery-green to chestnut brown, mostly narrow with much broken outlines, often with short ascending branches at the base. Spikelets mostly ovoid-oblong, those terminating the branches sometimes attenuate and loosely flowered at the base, simple and crowded above, be- coming somewhat alternate and glomerate-clustered or compound below, the lowest cluster sometimes separated. Head throughout either setaceously short-bracteate, the lowest bract not more prom- inent than those above, or all the bracts short and inconspicuous. Spikelets rather densely flowered, chaffy, the scales conspicuous, nearly concealing the appressed to subspreading perigynia. Peri- gynia lanceolate, graduated from a truncate base into a narrow beak, and smooth and nerveless or nearly so ( se/acea ),or elliptic- lanceolate to ovate, with less abrupt base and short beak and — mostly somewhat wrinkled-nerved ( C. scabrior Sartwell), 13477 1%” long, 4-34” wide, the edges of the beak strongly serrulate or subaculeolate hispid. Achene larger than in vulpinoidea. As compared with valpinoidea the perigynium is without corky-thickened margins, and is more evenly graduated into a much rougher beak; the scales are larger, giving a chaffy appearance to the spikes, and are silvery-hyaline (scadrior) or becoming chestnut (setacea), in contrast with the smailer greenish-white or yellowish- brown scales of vulpinoidea, and are mostly more acuminate into a more delicate awn; the lower bract of the head is never much elongated or foliaceous, and altogether the head has a distinctly different appearance. I feel assured that a close acquaintance with this plant in life and a full series of specimens would only serve to emphasize its distinctness from C. vulpinoidea. The description of Carex setacea here given is drawn to include the Carex scabrior of Sartwell. A type specimen of the latter (Carices Americae Septentrionalis. H.P. sartwell, M.D., No.72) | is in the Herbarium of Columbia College, and the plant is well figured among Boott’s illustrations of C. vulpinoidea (Ill. pl. 409). With this guidance I have been able without any hesitation to — refer to scaérior rather than to sefacea, a specimen collected at New | 25 York. While it would be ill advised to propose a revival of C. Scabrior on the evidence at command, attention may well be drawn to the very probable distinctness of the two plants. Two Californian Saxifrages. SAXIFRAGA FALLAX, Perennial, fibrous-rooted, propagating by abundant subter- ranean short rhizomatous offsets; stem scapiform, 8-12 inches high, loosely cymose-paniculate at summit, the whole minutely and sparsely glandular-hispidulous, but with no villous hairs; leaves thin, ovate or oval, subcordate, or truncate at base, saliently toothed or only repand; calyx very deeply cleft, the segments re- flexed; petals white, obovate-oblong, obtuse, emarginate; _fila- ments very short; anthers green; mature carpels divergent almost from the base. - A northeast Californian and subalpine ally of the widely dis- tributed S. Califernica, differing from that in its short subterranean offsets, its emarginate petals and almost completely divergent carpels. I have it only from Lassen’s. Peak, where it was col- lected by Mrs. Austin long since, and from above Donner Lake, where I obtained it last summer. SAXIFRAGA APRICA. .S. umbellulata Greene, Eryth. 1: 222. The name first assigned to this small, but common and well marked Species of sunny exposures near the crest of the Sierra, must yield to the much earlier S. wmbellulata of Hook. f. & Thoms. Epw. L. GREENE. Proceedings of the Club. ANNuaL MEETING, TuEsDAY EVENING, JANUARY 14TH, 1896. The President occupied the chair and there were 39 persons present. Hee Se a The following were elected active members: Miss Mary Edgar, : s Mr. S. Sidney Smith, Mrs. S. Sidney Smith, Miss Mary Appleton, Miss Mary Farley, Miss Laura H. Knupfer, Mr. C. L. Allen, Mr. — B. A. Gilbert, Mr. Per Axel Rydberg, Mr. Oliver A. Farwell. The Finance Committee reported through the Secretary that no business had been before them for transaction during the. 26 The Committee on Admissions reported that 41 nominations ‘had been referred to them during the year and all had been re- ported favorably. The Instruction Committee reported upon the classes in Anatomy and Morphology, conducted by Dr. Jelliffe during the past summer. The Herbarium Committee reported a great improvement effected in the condition of the herbarium, as well as an increase in its size during the year. An interesting general report was made by the Field Com- mittee. Upon the nomination of the Secretary, Miss Southworth (now Mrs. V. N. Spaulding) was elected a corresponding member. A communication was read from the Pharmaceutical Era, offering to print abstracts of the proceedings of the Club if the Secretary would furnish the same. The proposition was unani- mously approved. The Treasurer reported the most prosperous year in the Club’s history, the total receipts having been $1,885.55, and a balance on hand of $35.02. The Buchanan fund, with accrued interest, now amounts to $493.18. The Recording Secretary reported the most prosperous year in the history of the Club, the active membership being 191; total membership 335, a net gain of 15 for the year. The average at- tendance had been 41, number of important scientific papers 21, of which 15 had been published. The Corresponding Secretary reported having attended to all the general correspondence of the Club during the year. The Editor reported the publication of 522 pages of BULLETIN and 85 pages of Memoirs, with a large number of illustrations. Under election of officers, Mr. Le Brun was unanimously in- structed to cast an affirmative ballot for the reélection of all the officers of the preceding year, with the exception of Dr. Wheelock to succeed Miss Southworth (removed to Michigan) as Librarian, and Miss Ingersoll to succeed Miss Rogers as Curator, Miss Rogers desiring to be relieved. This action having been taken, the following officers were declared elected for the ensuing year: * 27 OFFICERS FOR 1896. President, Hon. Addison Brown; Vice-Presidents, T. F. Allen, M. D., L. H. Lighthipe ; Recording Secretary, Henry H. Rusby, M. D., College of Pharmacy, New York City; Corresponding . Secretary, John K. Small, Columbia College, New York City; Treasurer, Henry Ogden, 11 Pine street, New York City; Editor, N. L. Britton, Ph. D., Columbia College, New York City; Asso- ciate Editors, Emily L. Gregory, Ph. D., Arthur Hollick, Ph. B., Anna Murray Vail, Byron D. Halsted, Sc. D., A. A. Heller; Curator, Miss Helen Ingersoll; Librarian, Wm. E. Wheelock, M. D. The announced paper of the evening on “The Anatomy of the Leaf of Solidago pauciflosculosa,’ by Miss Alice M. Isaacs and Miss Marian Satterlee, was then read by Miss Isaacs. The paper was illustrated by colored charts and specimens, and was discussed by the President, Dr. Gregory, Dr. Britton, Prof. Bur- gess and others. It will be printed in a subsequent issue of the BULLETIN. Dr. Rusby remarked on cases of poisoning of horses, appa- rently by fungi growing upon golden rods. Among the visitors present were Dr. D. Morris, the assistant director of the Royal Gardens at Kew, and Mr. E. P. Sheldon, of the University of Minnesota, both of whom, in response to invi- tations, favored the Club with interesting remarks. Mrs. Britton exhibited a copy of the recent work by Prof. Douglas H. Campbell on Ferns and Mosses, and spoke in praise of the book. Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. Ashe, W. W. Notes on the Sumacs. Bot. Gaz. 20: 548, 549 A/. : 37- 16D. 1895. Rhus Caroliniana sp. nov. its Aubert, A.B. Diatomées du Mont Ktaadn. (Katahdin. Lee ie 2: 211. S.—D. 1895. . Bailey, W..W. Compound leaves in Rubus odoratus. Bull. Torr. . Bot. Club, 22: 471. ae ead a 28 Barnhart, J.H. The Nomenclature Question: concerning homonyms. Bot. Gane a2: §10;. 511. - 17 ‘N. 1895. Bather, F. A. Decapitalization. Bot. Gaz. 20: 511. 17 N. 1895. Bastin, E. S., and Trimble, H. A Contribution to the Knowledge of some North American Coniferae. Am. Journ. Pharm. 68: 21-29 f. 8. Ja. 1896. 2 Beals, A. T. The Ferns of Mount Toby, Mass. Linn. Fern Bull. ie tere | Sees Bebb, M.S. Notes on some arborescent Willows of North America— I_-V. Gard. & For. 8: 363; 364; 372; 3733 4233 4735 482. S.- D. 1895. Behm, M. Beitrage zur anatomischen characteristik der Santalaceen. Bot. Centralb. 62: 65-193. 1895. (Reprinted.) References to many American species. Behr, H. H. Changes in Fauna and Flora of California. On the Power of Adaptation of Insects. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 5: 368-376. 12 Au. 1895. Bennett, A. Notes on otamogetons. Journ. Bot. 33: 371-374. D. 1895. Notes on Brazilian species. Beringer, S. M. hus Poisoning. Am. Journ. Pharm. 68: 18-20. Ja. 1896. Bessey, C. E. Sargent’s Studies of the Forests of Japan. Am. Nat. 29: 1049-1056. D. 1895. Boynton, M.F. Observations upon the Dissemination of Seeds. Bot. Gaz. 20: 502-503. 17N. 1895. Britton, E.G. Contributionsto American Bryology—XI. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 447-458. p/. 248, 249. 30 N. 1895. Britton, N. L. Additions to and new Localities for the local Flot. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. Staten Island, 5: 11. 14 D. 1895. Brown, N. E. Synandrospadix comisbae Gard. Chron. 18: - 769. f. 1377. 28 D. 1895. Cockerell, T. D. A. Some western Weeds and alien Weeds in the West. Bot. Gaz. 20: 503. 17 N. 1895. Corbett, L. C. The Papaw, Asimina triloba. Gard. & For. 8: 494- J. O07. 14D, tage: Coulter, J. M., and Rose, J. N. ‘Report on Mexican ‘Uibeltiterae. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 289-309. 14 D. 1895. 29 Coulter, J. M. The Botanical Outlook. Pamph. pp. 28. 1895. Address delivered before the Botanical Seminar of the University of Nebraska. Coville, F. V. The Botanical Explorations of Thomas Coulter, in Mexico and California. Bot. Gaz. 20: 519-531. p/.. 75. 1D, 1895. Craig, T. Lemna Valdiviana Philippi (?) Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. Staten Island, 5: 11. 14D. 1895. Cratty, R. A. Notes on the Phaenogams of Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Sci. Iowa, 3: 136-152. 16 D. 1895. Davis, K.C. Key to the woody Plants of Mower county, in southern Minnesota, in their Winter Condition. Pamph. pp. 7. Austin, Minn. 1895. Deane, W. Notes from my Herbarium—IV. Bot. Gaz. 20: 492- — 495. 17 N. 1895. Dewey, L. H. Distribution of the Russian Thistle in North America. Bot. Gaz. 20: sor. fig. 17 N. 1895. Dietel, P. Uber Uredo Polypodit. Oesterr. Bot. Zeitsch. 44: 46-49. 1894. Beuneeecs the difference between Uredo Polypodii (Pers.) on Cystopteris fra- gilis and Uredo Aspidiotus Pk. on Phegopteris Dryopteris. Eastwood, A.. On heteromorphic Organs of Seguoia sempervirens. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5: 170-176. pl. 15-18. 13 My. 1895. Eisen, G. Explorations in the Cape Region of Baja California in 1894. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5: 733-775. pl. 72-75. 30 O. 1895. Contains numerous references as to the flora and to former expeditions of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences. : Farlow, W. G. Mimicry of Fungi in Insects. Bot. Gaz. 20: 547- 548. 16D. 1895. Wh Fernald, M. L. Undescribed Plants from western Mexico. Collected . principally by Frank H. Lamb in the winter of 1894-5. Bot. ee, 20: 532-537. 16 D. 1895. New species in Kosteletzkya, Ilex, Gliricidia, Triumfetta, Lagascea, Catet, Nee Lpomoea, Solanum, Carlowrightia, Henrya and Tillandsia. Fowler, J. Vegetable Physiology. Queen’s Quarterly, 3: Lees oa Ja. 1896. Fox, H.G. On the Genus Cypripedium L. with Reference to Minne. sota Species. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: 423-449. ple 21-27. 20N. 1895. 1) ee 30 Galloway, B. T. Observations on the Development of Uncinuda spi- ralis. Bot. Gaz. 20: 486-491. p/. 32, 337. 17 N. 1895. Ganong, W. F., Director, and Cawning, E. J., Head Gardener. List of Seeds collected in 1895. Circ. Bot. Gard. Smith College, 1 pp. 4. D. 1895. Glatfelter, N. M. Sax Wardi Bebb. Science (II.) 2: 582-583. 1 N. 1895. Hill, E. J. A Season with the native Orchids.—I.-II. Gard. & For. SB: 412; 422. O. 1895. - Hill, E. J. Vaccinium vacidlans with white Fruit. Gard. & For. 8: 503. 18D. 1895. Hemsley, W. B. Cactaceae in the Galapagos Islands. Nature, 53: af. 44 SN. 3595: Hollick, A., and Britton, N. L. Flora of Richmond county, New York. Additions and new localities, 1891-1895. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 460-462. 30 N. 1895. Holzinger, J. N. Some Hepaticae of Minnesota. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. g: 460. 2N. 1895. Humphrey, J. E. On some Constituents of the Cell. Ann. Bot. 9: 561-579. pl. 20. D. 1895. : James, J. F. Remarks on some recent Fungi exsiccati. Science (II.) 2: 654-656. 15 N. 1895. Jeffrey, E. C. Polyembryony in Erythronium Americanum Ann. Bot. 9: 537-541. pl. 9. D. 1895. Jenman, G. S. Mephrodium baie Seb dejectum. Gardn. Chron. 18: 640. 30N. 1895. A new species from Demerara, Jones, M.E. Contributions to Western Botany.—VII. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5: 611-732. 3 O. 1895. Kearney, T. H., Jr. Calamagrostis scopulorum Jones. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 517. 30 D. 1895. Kelsey, F.D. Note on Aster. Bot. Gaz. 20: 549. 16 D. 1895. Kranzlin, F. Eine neue LZpidendrum—Art. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 607. N. 1895. : A new species from Costa Rica is described under the name of E pidendram Bar- beyanum, Kranzlin, F. Eine neue Rodriguesia—Att. — Herb. Boiss. 3: 630. pl. 78. D. 1896. _ A new species from Costa Rica. 31 . Liebner, C. Lchinocereus Knippelianus. Monats. Kakteenk. ‘% 170. 20N. 1895. Loesener, T. Plantae Selerianae.—II. Bull. Herb. -Boiss. 3: 6og- 629. Al. 17. D. 1895. Macloskie, G. Antidromic Problems. Science (II.) 2: 681-682. 22 N. 1895. Macloskie, G. Vegetable Spiralism. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 466-470. 30 N. 1895. MacDougal, D. T. Poisonous Influence of various Species of Cypri- pedium, Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: 450-451. 20N. 1895. Meehan, J. Viburnum Lantana. Gard. & For. 8: 518. 25 D. 1895. Nash, G. V. New or noteworthy American Grasses.—II.-III. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 463-465; 511-512. N.-D. 1895. Morris, D. A Jamaica Drift Fruit. Nature, 53: 64-66. f. 53. 21 N. 1895. Saccoglottis Amazonica Matt. Peck, C.H. New species of Fungi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 485- 493. 30 D. 1895. New species in Amanttopsis, Tricholoma, Collybia, Mycena, Hygrophorus, Ma- rasmius, Volvaria, Pluteus, Inocybe, Flammula, Crepidotus, Strcpharia, Hypho- loma, Psathyrella, Coprinus, Thelephora, Secotium, Macrosporium and Heydenia. Pollard, C. L. Notes on some southern Cassias. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 513-516. p/. 250-252. 30 D. 1895. C. multipinnata and C. depressa, new species. Prain,D. An Account of the Genus Argemone. Journ. Bot. 33: 325- 333» 363-371. N.—D. 1895. Prain, D. A Revision of the Genus Chzlidonium, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 570-587. N. 1895. The author includes Stylophorum diphyllum Nutt. under the name C. diphyl um Michx. in the genus Chelidonium. Reiche, K. Die Botanischen Ergebnisse meiner Reise in die Cordil- — leren von Nehuelbuta und von Chillan. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 22: 1-16. os 19 N. 1895. eh ee Rolfe, R.A. New Orchids. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1895. : N. 1895, . Three new species are described from South America. Rose, J. N. Descriptions of Plants, mostly nen, trom. = United States. Contr. U. Ss. Nat. Herb. 3: a 1-323: 14. abies oe 32 Rothrock, J. T. The Bitter-Nut Hickory. Forest Leaves, 5: 89. D. 1895. Illustrations are given of Carya amara Nutt. Rusby, H. H., and Jelliffe, S. E. Essentials of Vegetable Pharma- cognosy, pp. 149. f. 560. 1895. Reprinted from Pharmaceutical Era, 1895. Rusby, H. H. The poisonous Plants of the vicinity of New York City. pp.1-19. 1895. Reprinted from Alumni Assoc. Journal, Coll. Pharm. N. Y. D. 1895. Sargent, C.S., Editor. Chamaedorea glaucifolia. Gard. & For. 8: 504. f. 70. 18 D. 1895. Sargent, C.S. Populus heterophylla. Gard. & For.g: 13.f.2. 8 Ja. 1896. Sargent, C.S., Editor. The California Fan Palm. Gard. & For. 8: 472.7. 05: - 27 N. 1895. Sargent, C. S. The Pepper-tree. Gard. & For. 8: 502. f. 69. 18 D. 1895. Note on Schinus eddies in California, Sargent, C.S. Yucca Whipplei. Gard. & For. 8: 414. f. 56. “16 O. 1895. | Schlechter, R. Asclepiadaceae Kuntzeanae. Oestr. Bot. Zeitsch. 45: 449-454. D. 1895. Seven South American species. Sheldon, E. P. A Study of some Minnesota Mycetozoa. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: 462-482. 20 N. 1895. Sheldon, E.P. Sisymbrium altissimum Linn. in Minnesota. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 471-472. 30 N. 1895. Smith, J.D. Undescribed Plants from Guatemala and other Central American Republics.—XVI. Bot. Gaz. 20: 538-546. p/. 36. 16 D. 1895. New species in Fassifora, Begonia, Macroscepis, Acalypha, uletased and WVe- phrodium, Stizenberger, E. A list of Lichens collected by Mr. Robert Reu- leaux in the western parts of North America. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5* 535-538. 30 Ag. 1895. Squires, R. M. Tree Temperatures. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: 452-459. 20 N. 1895. —PLATE 253. OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BULLETIN BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 254. JUNGERMANNIA MARCHICA NEES. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 255. e* 4 /3 1S - JUNGERMANNIA MARCHICA NEES. Cl BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 256. JEPSONIA PARRYI (TORR.) SMALL. “a. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 257. SAXIFRAGOPSIS FRAGARIOIDES (GREENE) SMALL, Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ] VoLuME I. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N. L, Britton and H.'H.. Rusby (1867), 4.6554. 4 5 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton CIS88) so coe eck | ee ee es 25 cents, An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South not yet completed.) The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By Nui Britton. The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . 25 cents. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7%ssa, Adans; - By N. L. Betton Ci880)}p ee _ . . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton (1880), oS Sk ee ee ener . . 25 cents. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- ‘OCk 4iseo S., hs San fae creer ape 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton (1800) Se I AS ae ee . . . 25 cents. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. — By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents. UBD 6 Or ee . . . 25 cents. Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong (1891), . . pe ee ae ee . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton (16 a “. . 25 cents, Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By S odll VotumeE II. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North America. By N. L. Britton (1892),. . ..- +. + = 25 cents, Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N. Ey, Britton C1S97), 6 Pig A SOR KS Ng. 2 a New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. pei C1B68) i ee ae ee old Oe ee Be Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L. : Britton (1892), ae Soa ar 5 A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By Jo gee: oe Hi (1992). Ne ea a A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong x 1669); 3 opted ree The Ne fee tS: Species of Lespedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893), a banc An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in vers sag . 1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L, Britton, with the ee ee Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), - - +--+ ut) en 8 Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By C1593) Fe Ne ee a New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Vil. By (189 ee owe Sree eerb “ NE a Pa Ui Seay cae eo z Coutrthertions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. ore pas No. 47. Notes upon various Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas Wnt CANO ce a eee eo he 25 cents, Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. CNG ee ea oe el ae as Pe es . 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum—I\. By Elizabeth G. Britton Ge): - 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K. Sing (ISO4 Nye ey es oe ae . . 25 cents. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other Species. By A.A. Heller (1894) 2 2. . . . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By 'N. L. Brit- RON ARO oe ae ek See ee see . . 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of Cuscuta. “By W..D. Matthew (1893)) 2°. 2°. a. . . 25 cents. A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail COON ea ee: i es ee ae 3 25 cents. VotuME III. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution. DY Ne La Dritton (i804), ee oa Me eee _ . 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, Y¥ I. Western Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton: (4804), jo . . 25 cents. New and interesting Species of /o/ygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents. Contributions to American ology, VII. A revision of the Genus /#ys- comitrium. By Elizabeth rd Dron CiGGG ys bs . . 25 cents. The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents. A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents. New or little known Plants of the ree states, .- By TF. Hi. Kearney, Jr. COMA ira cern er ee ee ee re 25 cents. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By Carlton C; Curtis (1804), oc. . 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, + By John K. Small (1894), . . . 25 cents. Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth ae OIRO CTR, ae a se ee 25 cents. The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894) 25 cents. A preliminary Revision of the Genus La¢hyrus in North America. By Theodore G. White (1894), ieee ee a5 cents. Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) . 25 cents. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. "By “John K. Small C1804) oe ee Se ee ee a 25 cents. Some new Florida Plants. “By ge agen A Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley y Barks (1895), . . 25 cents. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By Anna Murray Vaii (1895), pC al tigen os am gina 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scou- feria with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton met ee re 25 cents. Ra eo eee Studies in the neers of the Southeastern United States, III. ae Poke K. Ee Ss . 25 cents. Piscean patens, 2, On a Hybrid growing with pp Recaey see serrata Sull. 3. Ona fasccsanae Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens. BY aig 2d NO an as ons. Some sig “hybrid Oa from the Southern States, By John K. Small — Notes‘en'soae Florida Pans. By Geo. V Nash. (18955) me “a5 cents. No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during the summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton and Anna Murray Vail (1895). 50 cents. VoLuME IV, (F905), a eo eee eg eae ae 25 cents, he 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents. 9. 79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small | No. S Eo? ee a sry ae ee a ae Acie 25 cents. 0. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo, V. Nash (1895). N Ses 25 cents, 9. 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895). 25 cents, No. 82, Some specical phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- N. der (3808): 6s ae, en ne age Nees a GS Gene 0. 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail N CIOQR Soe Re ey 25 cents. 0. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. Title-pages for Vols, II, and III, can be supplied. “ € seri€s as above listed will be supplied for $12. Opies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, may be had for $2. Address PRoF. N. L, BRITTON, Columbia College, NEW YORK CITY. FOR SAL.E. A Complete Set of the North American Fungi. 34 Centuries, all in good condition. The set comprises Ellis N. A. F. (Series 1st, Centuries I-XV), and Ellis & Everhart’s N. A. F. (Series 2d, Centuries XVI-XXXIV). PRICE, S300. Address, J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly journal embracing all departments of the science. Well illustrated. Contributions from eminent investigators. In- teresting news column relating to botanists and their writings. $3.00 a Year. 30 Cents a Single Number. PUBLISHERS AND EDITORS: ee a JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest, Ill. CHAS. R. BARNES, Madison, Wis. — ). 0 ARTHUR Tate. For Poisoning Herbarium Specimens, Air-Tight Cases for Carbon Bisulphide Poisoning or for Permanent Use. A NEW PATTERN, CAPACITY 2000 SHEETS. Price, $15.00. Another Form, Single Pigeon Holes, 85 Cents Each. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co. one > EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. aes WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J... MANUFACTURER OF FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES. MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AIL- : WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL. DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES. CHARACEA OF AMERICA. The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVited/a, as fol- lows: WVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin- «shipit, Allen ; Missouriensis, Allen ; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. 5 glomeruli ifera, A. Br., with ‘fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho- graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued | from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the: actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address : Tre. ALOEWw, a, 10 East 36th St., N. ¥- MEMOIRS : - FROM THE . Pabedan of Botany of Columbia College VOLUME 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus An Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00. is For copies address, _ PROF. N. L. BRITTON, _ ‘(COLUMBIA + ORE NEW YORK cry, ESTABLISHED I 85 ¥. EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical a 205, 207, 209 & am Third Ave,, Corner of 18th Street, | ~NEW YORK SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR -E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone Ware. / ie See Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). : ‘Prof. Jolly’s Specific eee ‘Bal- } ances, etc. Le Brun F. Decicntes & Co. oO b> Pans, Platinum. pee ee eaerserecat2 ‘Tronesdorf’s C. Pe Cc : * SPECIALTIES. $-Bectenoseosicll Apparatus, Normal Gradua ed Gk oe ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Be jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Me Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Cope Burners and ned use se Furnaces, tape: ar = *h Sugar Chemists "LABORATORY ¢ OUTF "PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. (1) THE BULLETIN. This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with font és pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with . many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum, — Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for . England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. ~ Back Numpers.—The BuLietin was published from 1870 to 1875, ‘inclusive in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to Yun on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years. The price of this volume is $5.00, Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed ‘separately. Price of each $2.00. Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be dia ae mypees. (2) THE MEMOIRS. ‘The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers. ce also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those omitted from this list cannot be had separately. ' Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto cual on the Paces of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. No. 3—-An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr, H. H. pete South Segagiatae with pp siictnetes of many new oo ae Richard A oe: Tae No. 2.—Contributions to the: isc of Virginia, with two 0 plates. By n Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. fete No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species o of the © Genus Poly William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. Vol. 3. No. ed ees North Gectins and contigo 3A meration rot the ln cole in Bla by Mig ugh H. Ray “Pies, — a BULLETIN OF THE A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTAN NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON, _ AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB, Drink Plants of the North Ametican Indians . Be) THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 1896. President, HON. ADDISON BROWN, Vice Presiaents, T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE. at fee hacia Secretary, . Corresponding Secretary, — . HENRY, H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL, © eed “College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City. ey Editor, Y Treasurer, N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN, | Columbia College, New York City. . 13"Pine Street, New York ae : Associate Editors, as as ae ee: EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., — ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. By ae _ ANNA MURRAY VAIL, ae BYRON Db. HALSTED, Se. t, ye A. A. HELLER. Curator, a eee Librarian, HELEN. M. INGERSOLL, WM. E. ns cio te M. De vy na - Committee on Finance, ee oe gee J. L KANE. ae WM, E. WHEELOCK, MD. Committee on Admissions, ‘CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, "JEANNETTE & B. GREENE, M. Ds 5s orleans tte S | GoW, sah pene ok er, Library ona | Herbarium: 2 . JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Drink Plants of the North American Indians. By Dr. V. Havarp, U, S. A. These plants may be considered under three heads :— Ist. Those yielding alcoholic liquors. ni) 2d. Those yielding stimulating, exhilarating or intoxicating Principles other than alcohol. , Bo. sone 3d. Those furnishing palatable j juices, or, by infusion, yc Ae beverages more or less used to quench thirst. oe As foreign to my purpose, I shall exclude all plants from which 1 “ale are prepared only for medicinal uses. - Plants yielding alcoholic liquors. se authorities substantially agree that American initia : north of Mexico, had not acquired the knowledge of preparing 2 alcoholic drinks at the time of the landing of Columbus, and that, Whatever their vices may have been, they were free from that of drunkenness, Thus the missionary priest Gabriel Sagard, in D History of Canada se after cece — inte : peranc - Says: | a. a Our savages, in their feasts, are, thank God, free from. Misfortune, for they use neither wine, beer nor cider; if ge: among them asks for a drink, which very rarely hay pans 34 In Mexico, the Maguey (Agave Americana) has been cultivated from time immemorial for the abundant sap, or aguamiel, which collects in the cavity made in the heart of the plant by the re- moval of the young central leaves and is then fermented into pulque, the national drink of Mexico. Pulque smells much like half turned buttermilk, but is ccoling, refreshing, nutritious and stimulating. It contains 3 to 4 per cent. of alcohol and is there- fore about as strong as beer. The historian Sahagun says that long before the conquest, the use and abuse of pulque were so general that one of the Aztec kings forbade the sale of it and punished drunkenness with death. The Mexican liquor, mescal, or vino mescal, manufactured by distillation from the baked, pounded and fermented heads of several species of Agave, was unknown to the Aztecs, who like other American aborigines were ignorant of distillation, an art introduced from Europe. They only knew the first part of the process, how to macerate and boil the baked heads in water and ferment the decoction, so as to ob- — tain a sort of “mescal beer’ which, however, does not appear to have been a popular beverage. The discovery, in some parts of Mexico, of crude stills con- structed of native material, has led some authors to think that dis- tillation may have been practiced on this continent before the coming of Columbus, but there is no ground for such belief in the accounts of the first explorers nor in the Indian traditions. Agave Americana does not grow naturally north of Mexico. Of our few native species of Agave, none produce the abundant sap necessary for the making of pulque, and they are mostly used for food purposes. The Indians of. Arizona and New Mexico, however, according to Col. Cremony, who lived several years among them before our Civil War, knew then how to prepare “mescal beer” from the heads of Agave Parryi and A. Palmert. According to Oviedo and Von Humboldt, maize was used in the religious rites of both Mexicans and Peruvians, and sugar pro- cured from it, as well as a vinous liquor called chicha, “ drunken- ness having already become frequent under the Aztec dynasty.” How much of this drunkenness is attributable to chicha and how — much to pulque would be difficult to determine. It is probable — enough that both Feed were _ important factors: in the: 30° demoralization and degeneration of the Aztecs which enabled Cortez, with a handful of men, to conquer the whole empire of Montezuma. The cultivation of Maize, as we know, spread rapidly north- ward from Mexico, so that even before the days of Columbus it was the Principal crop of all the agricultural Indians from the Rio Grande to the St. Lawrence and from the Atlantic to the Colorado of the West. Considering the abundance of corn among our Indians, and their craving for all intoxicants, it seems almost incomprehensible that the primitive and very simple art of making corn beer should never have found its way north of the Rio Grande, For several generations, the Apaches of Arizona and New Mexico have been known to prepare from corn an alcoholic drink which they called tizwin or tulpi. They are extremely fond of it and have ignored or defied all ordinances for its suppression ; tiz- Win formerly figured prominently in all their ceremonial dances which were generally preceded by a long fast in order the better to €xperience its full intoxicating effects. It is oae of the strange circumstances of this obscure subject that the Apaches have al- ways been nomadic, hunting and plundering Indians, seldom planting any vegetables and always more inclined to steal corn than to raise it, On the other hand, their agricultural neighbors, the Pimos, Papagos and Pueblo Indians, with always plenty of maize in stock, do not sezm to have indulged in tizwin although they must, of course, have known its preparation and effects; their abstinence was probably a matter of indifference, perhaps of _ pr inciples ; caring less for intoxicants than the roving and murder- : Ous Apaches, they had not yet developed a taste for it. ne e | Iam unable to determine the exact time when the Apaches _ began the manufacture of tizwin ; the first explorers of California, — . Arizona and New Mexico say nothing about it or any other alco- holic drink. I am informed by an army officer, stationed at the San Carlos agency, Arizona, that the old men of the tribe say ened = it began long before their time, that their fathers learned it bakin the Chiricahuas (then dwelling on the Mexican border), who them- : selves learned it from the Mexicans. But it seems impossible that _ this knowledge should have reached the Indians of ae 36 fore the conquest of Mexico, without spreading to all or most agricultural and corn-raising Indians, so that, in the absence of more positive information, we may assume that it was obtained from the Mexicans, or Mexican Indians, who towards the end of the last or the beginning of this century traded among the tribes north of the Gila river, or were carried into captivity to their rancherias. This assumption is strengthened by the fact that the Apaches are of northern origin, and that none of their many tribes ever lived in Mexico. From the Mexicans, likewise, and at about the same time, in my opinion, came the knowledge of the other alcoholic beverages prepared by our southwestern tribes. It is worth noting that at the only part of the American con- tinent trodden by the foot of Christopher Columbus, namely the coast of Venezuela, the great discoverer observed and recorded the two alcoholic drinks used by the natives ; they were the same as in Mexico, one prepared from corn, the other from the Maguey. The most striking botanical feature of southwest Arizona and northern Sonora, as well as one of the wonders of the vegetable world, is the far-famed Giant Cactus (Cereus giganteus Engelm.), the Suhuara or Pitahaya of the Mexicans, a fluted column 30 to 50 feet _ high, crowned, in season, with handsome pink flowers. The fruit is two to three inches long, full of a rich crimson pulp of fine fla- vor and a great dainty to the Indians and Mexicans of the region. From it they prepare a clear light-brown syrup which is used as a substitute for sugar, and a fermented liquor having the taste and smell of sour beer, although somewhat stronger. The still larger and sweeter fruit of Cereus Thurberi Engelm. or Pitahaya dulce of Sonora and Lower California, is used for the same purposes. Accord- ing to Colonel Cremony, already quoted, “It is upon this liquor that the Pimos, Maricopas and Yumas get drunk once a year, the revelry continuing for a week or two at atime; but it is also a custom with them to take regular turns so that only one-third of the party is supposed to indulge at a time, the remainder being required to take care of their stimulated comrades and protect them from in- — juring each other or being injured by other tribes.” The fruit of several species of Opuntia, especially O. Tuna Mill. and O. Ficus-Jndica Haw., has also been used by Mexican — Indians to make an intoxicating drink, called colonche, with a — 37 pink color and the taste of hard cider. They peel and then press it; the juice is passed through straw sieves and placed by the fire or in the sun where it begins to ferment in about an hour. We also have species of Opuntia available for the purpose in our south- western territory but I am not aware that they ever were utilized in this way. Several species of Yucca, notably Y. édaccata Torr., Y. macro- carpa Coville and Y. 7reculeana Carr., of our southwestern terri- tory and northern Mexico, bear a fleshy, banana-like fruit which is delicious when ripe. It contains a‘large proportion of sugar and is easily converted by the Chihuahua Indians into a fermented beverage which is sometimes distilled by the Mexicans into indif- ferent aguardiente. The Mezquite (Prosopis juliflora DC.) is by far the most com- mon tree or shrub of the immense desert tracts drained by the Rio Grande, Gila and Lower Colorado, as it is the most useful to their inhabitants, supplying both food and fuel. The fruit is a bean-like pod containing more than half its weight of nutritive Principles, especially sugar in the proportion of 25 to 30 per cent.; when cooked, pounded, mixed in water and strained, it yields a very nutritive and pleasant beverage called “atole;” this readily, undergoes fermentation whereby a kind of beer is produced, for- _ merly much used by the Colorado and Gila River Indians. Another species of Prosopis (P. pudescens Benth.), called Screw Bean or Tornillo and also very abundant in the same region, bears likewise a very saccharine fruit used in the same way. ee This ends the list of plants yielding alcoholic liquors. It ap- pears that the only United States Indians preparing these liquors were those of our southwestern border. The most obvious reason _ for this geographical peculiarity is that these Indians have always © : had relations with the Mexican natives and were visited at a very © early date by white men; thus Arizona and New Mexico were — pretty thoroughly explored by Spaniards before Hudson entered the Bay of New York or the May Flower landed at nichosonsi : Rock. : We might perhaps account for the ignorance of our eastern é Indians concerning “corn beer” which, after all, ‘is only a vile beverage, but we may” well wonder at 38 To say nothing of our many kinds of berries, more species of Grapes grow in this country than in all the rest of the world and, for many tribes, must have been a staple food; again, nothing 1s easier than to make wine, the process consisting merely in press- ing out the juice and letting it ferment. It is strange indeed they should not have stumbled upon it. 2. Plants yielding stimulating, exhilarating or intoxicating principles not alcoholic. While stationed on the Rio Grande, west of the Pecos, my attention was drawn to a plant, called Peyote, which appears re possess remarkable properties. It is Amhalonium sngelmannt Lem. (A. fissuratum Engelm.), a napiform, tuberculous cactus, 2-3 inches long and hardly rising above ground. Mexicans cut it into slices which are kept dry for medicinal purposes, being com- monly used in fevers. It is principally as an intoxicant, however, that it has become noted along the Mexican border, being eaten ' raw or added to native tizwin to make it stronger. It is said that Indians or Mexicans partaking of this adulterated tizwin become temporarily crazy and uncontrollable. Closely related to Anhalonium isthe genus Lophophora recently separated from it by Prof. Coulter. ZL. Wiliiamsii var. Lewinit Coult. (Anhalonium Lewinitt Hennings) is a small hemispherical cactus, 2 to 3 inches wide, with the tubercles in 13 sinuous ribs, and covered above with silky hairy tufts. It is found in barren rocky soil along both sides of the lower Rio Grande and south- ward. It is said to be the Peyote or Peyotl of northern Mexico, and to possess rather ill-defined deliriant or intoxicant properties whether used alone or added to native drinks. The “tops,” under the name of Mescal Buttons, have been the subject of more or less investigation. Lewin and Heffter found in them several alkaloids and at least two resinous substances, the latter being the active principles. An alcoholic extract, accord- ing to Lewin, produces in animals symptoms almost identical with those caused by strychnine, being in small doses a cardiac and respiratory stimulant. 7 Very different, however, were the results of careful experi- ments made by Dr. Prentiss and Dr. Morgan of Washington who found that the chief physiological effect was the pepaction.! of 39 beautiful colored visions in an ever-changing and brilliant picture; it was attended with wonder and admiration, but no merriment, delirium or intoxication. The Kiowa Indians were formerly much addicted to the use of this plant in their religious ceremonies when dwelling on the Rio Grande and, although now living in the Indian territory, have not yet given it up. Each Indian chews and swallows 10 or 12 buttons at intervals between sundown and morning and then sits quietly fora day or two enjoying the pleas- urable effects of the drug. ne It is impossible to reconcile the results of Lewin with those of Prentiss and Morgan, and I am inclined to believe that they - worked with different plants. Further experiments are much needed with all species of Anhalonium and Lophophora. According to H. H. Bancroft, Mexican Indians used various herbs and roots to make their drinks more intoxicating, the most powerful of which ‘was a kind of mushroom which excited the Passions and caused the partaker to see snakes and divers other visions.” In Lower California the Indians, says the same author, “ found drunkenness in the fumes of a certain herb smoked through a Stone tube and used chiefly during festivals.” This herb was doubtless a species of Datura. According to Dr. Palmer, the California, Colorado River and Payute Indians prepare a beverage © from the leaves and seeds of Datura metelowdes which excites, in- toxicates, and then stupefies them. It was also added to alcoholic drinks to render them more effective. The same species is the a Toloachi of southern Texas and northern Mexico, a name also ap- a Plied to the Mexican D. guercifolia H.B.K., and perhaps other — 2 species. The Zoloachi has marked deliriant properties and is — Credited, in the popular mind, with having caused ste — bie 3 the unfortunate empress Carlotta. : Another well-known plant which may be mentioned here is Sophora secundiftora Lag., the Frijolillo of Texas. The’ red bean-— like seed contains an alkaloid, sophorine, a strong jrritant-narcotic - poison. According to Bellanger, the Indians near San Antonio formerly used it as an intoxicant, half a bean producing . delirious _ exhilaration followed by a slee; which lasts 2 2 or 3 days,"'and it _ asserted that a whole bean wicilt 40 however that it was used in infusion or decoction, or added to other drinks, although this is likely enough, the bean being very hard and difficult to chew. The most interesting plant of this class is doubtless //ex Vomt- ‘tori Aiton (1. Cassine Walt.), the Cassine or Yupon of our south- ern Indians. It is a handsome evergreen shrub or small tree with thick elliptical leaves about an inch long, crenate-serrate, very ob- tuse, and small bright red berries. It grows near salt water, never very far in the interior, from Virginia southward along the whole © east and west coasts of Florida and the Gulf coast, to the Colorado | river of Texas. 2 Prof. Venable, of the University of North Carolina, in 1883 found in the dried leaves 0.27 per cent. of caffeine. In a previous investigation he had found 0.32 per cent. He also determined that the leaves alone contain this alkaloid and that the two botani- cally allied species, /. opaca and J. Cassine L. (L. Dahoon Walt.) are entirely destitute of it. The only other kind of //ex contain- ing caffeine appears to be J. Paraguayensis St. Hil. of South America, the Paraguay tea or mate of Brazil which, according to Peckolt, averages 0.50 per cent. of the alkaloid. Long before the advent of the whites, our Southern Indians were in the habit of drinking a decoction of the leaves of this plant, as testified by all early explorers. This decoction or ‘black drink,” as it was called from its color, was used not only by all the coast Indians from Carolina to Florida and Texas, but also by the Indians of the interior on both sides of the Mississippi, the leaves being an important article of trade. It was prepared by thor- _ oughly boiling in water the carefully toasted leaves, then allowing _ to cool, meanwhile stirring up briskly or pouring it from one bowl to another until it became frothy. Dr. E. M. Hale who gathered much information on the Cassine (Bull. no. 14, U. S. Depart. of Agriculture, 1891), and who appears somewhat biased in its favor, says: : “In my experiments I find that an infusion of cassine leaves — with boiling water, after standing till cool, gives a scarcely percep- : tible taste and slight odor. This- infusion, if boiled for half an — hour, gives a dark liquid, like very strong black tea, of an aroma- — tic odor, sui generis, not like coffee, but more like Oolong tea ; - 41 without its pleasant rose odor. The taste is like that of an inferior: black tea, quite bitter, but with little delicacy of flavor. It is not an unpleasant beverage, and I can imagine that the palate would — become accustomed to it, as to mate, tea or coffee.”’ We may then assume that the “black drink” was a weak coffee or tea with a large admixture of tannin, and free from intoxicating effect. It also appeared to contain an ingredient with decided sudorific and diuretic properties. Wm. Bartram in his “ Travels in Florida” (1792), tells of his feasting with the Indian king of Apalachicola, spending the greater . part of the night ‘in drinking cassine and smoking tobacco.” He describes the ceremonious presentation of the conch-shells full of “black drink” to the king and his guests, but prudently abstains from expressing any judgment on the quality of the bev- erage. It does not appear to have been liked by the explorers to whom the hospitable Indians always offered it. Jean Ribault ( 1666 ) says: ‘I tasted it and did not find it very bad,” which is faint praise. Dominique de Gourges ( 1567 )“ pretended to drink it but swallowed none Ghat a It is likely enough that the Indians had several methods of Preparing it, sometimes, for purposes of conviviality, making the decoction rather weak, but at religious festivals making it very Strong and doubtless adding other ingredients, such as the Button Snakeroot (Eryngium aquaticum) and perhaps /ris versicolor or even Lobelia inflata, with the effect of imparting strong emetic Properties to the mixture. At such festivals the Indians drank Copious drafts of it which in a short time made them vomit freely and easily ; they continued drinking and ejecting for one or two days until they had sufficiently cleansed themselves. om Dr. Hale, in the bulletin above referred to, states that some- times the decoction was allowed to ferment and then became an alcoholic beverage “ capable of causing considerable intoxication.” It is strange he should make such an assertion when all the evi- dence he adduces, from many observers, clearly shows that it Se never had any such effect. Thus McCullough in his « Researches:” _ “This tea may have been slightly stimulating, but it seems to_ have had no other than a diaphoretic or diuretic effect;” also Le _ Moine in his « Narrative”: “It strengthens and nourishes 42 body and yet does not fly to the head, as we have observed on oc- casions of these feasts of theirs;” and Mrs. Oliver, as quoted by A. S. Gatschet: “It was very bitter and said to be intoxicating, but, if so, it could only have been when drunk to great excess, as it never seemed to produce any visible effect upon them.” We can safely arrive at the same conclusion by the reflexion that no alco- hol can be expected from a leaf practically destitute of sugar, Or sugar-making elements. It remains to be said that the “black drink” has never been used by the whites as an habitual beverage, not even in times when tea and coffee were almost unattainable luxuries; but that, considering the abundance of the Cassine along some 2,000 miles of our coast, it seems desirable to definitely ascertain its exact economic value. 3. Plants furnishing palatable juices or, by infusion, pleasant beverages and used mainly for the purpose of quenching thirst. Among the plants furnishing wholesome and palatable juices the first place belongs to the Maples, specially the Sugar Maple (Acer saccharum Marsh.), White or Silver Maple (A. saccharinum L.) and the Red Maple (A. ruédrumL.). It has been clearly shown that the Indians knew the value of the sap of the Sugar Maples, that they drank it and made sugar from it before the advent of the whites; thus the Recollect missionary Le Clercq (1675-169!) writes: “Our ordinary food was that of the savages, namely saga- mite, or cornmeal, squashes and beans, to which we added, as seasoning, marjoram, purslane, a certain species of balm and small wild onions. Our drink was water from the brook, or if one of uS was indisposed, we split the bark of a Maple from which flows 4 — sweet sap, which is collected in a bark vessel and considered a precious remedy.” The principal use of the maple sap, however, was to sweeten — food, as mentioned by Joutel, the companion of La Salle: «We — arrived at Chicagou in March (1688) and did not have much food, but Providence gave us, to mix with our cornmeal, a manna, the sap sseterapsci from maples which are common Sonus very large in _ this region.” a The primitive Indian mettiot of ane sugar, before the in- s troduction of metal kettles, was to throw red-hot stones in vessels — fee See 43 of bark or wood, or again, to freeze the syrup repeatedly in shal- low basins and throw off the ice. Box Elder (Acer Negundo L.), one of our most widely distrib- uted trees, also yields an abundant saccharine sap in the spring utilized by our northern and western Indians. Equally valuable, in this respect, is our White Walnut (Juglans cinerea L.), for “if tapped immediately before the leaves unfold, it yields a richly saccharine juice from which sugar may be obtained nearly, if not quite, equal to that from the Sugar Maple” (U. S. Disp.). Most species of Birch (Betula) yield the same quality of sap, and the Indians undoubtedly knew its value, although they seem _ to have been ignorant of the very pleasing effects of modern “birch beer”’ obtained by fermenting the sap of B. denta and B. lutea. ; In our western deserts, where water is scant, nature provides Pulpy juicy plants from which Indians can often quench their thirst. Chief among these are several species of cactus, especially of Opuntia whose fruit (prickly pear), as well as the fleshy leaves Or joints, contain an abundance of wholesome juice. Besides O. Tuna and O. Ficus-Indica, already noticed, O. Engelmanni Salm. and 2 or 3 analogous species so abundant along our southwestern © boundary are especially noteworthy. Cattle and sheep are very fond of the leaves of these piants which are to them food and drink during the dry season, so that flocks of sheep fed upon them need not be driven to water for several months. Several species of Echinocactus may also be mentioned in this _ - connection, especially 4. Visnaga Hook. of the central plateau of = Mexico and £& Wislizent Engelm. of our southwestern territory ; they are called Barrel Cactus from their appearance, the stem be- ing sometimes 4 to 5 feet high and 1 to 2 feet in diameter. The | pulp of the stem is full of watery juice of a pleasant acidulous taste = and has often been welcomed by thirsty travelers. eee Many species of Agave with thick fleshy leaves, although | . mostly used by Mexicans and Indians for food, contain a large — ae _ Proportion of watery juice which can easily be pressed out for — drinking. This juice, although not unpalatable, has not the sweet . taste which cooking alone develops in it. The Sotol (Dasylirion __ Lexanum Sheele) of Texas and northern Mexico shares exactly the 44 properties of Agave as a food and drink plant, not only for Indians but also for bear and other animals. The very succulent young stems of Agave and Yucca are also prized by Indians who are often seen sucking them with marked enjoyment. Another desert plant which the thirsty native utilizes is Am- mobroma Sonorae Torr., the Sand-Food, a leafless parasite in the sand-hills of south Arizona and Lower California. The long creeping stems are not only a palatable food but also a good sub- stitute for water. Many plants contain mucilaginous, starchy or saccharine prin- ciples which are readily imparted to water by infusion or decoc- tion, rendering it more nutritive and palatable, maple syrup OF sugar, honey, or dried fruit rich in glucose being often added to the mixture. The flour of maize, as well as that of Mezquite and Screw Bean, are thus frequently used by Mexicans and Indians. Salvia polystachya Ort. is largely cultivated in northern and central Mexico, under the name of Chia, for its small glossy seeds rich in mucilage and oil. After careful roasting they are ground into meal which, when thrown into water, expands to several — times its original bulk, the mucilage rapidly dissolving; by the addition of sugar, lemon juice or orange-flower water, a very agreeable, wholesome and demulcent beverage is obtained still very popular in Mexico. Other species used for the same puf- pose are: S. Columbariae Benth., the California Chia, common in California and extending to Arizona and Mexico; S. carduacea Benth., of southern California and S. tiliacfolia Wahl, of northern Mexicw. Sometimes, tart or acidulous fruits were bruised in water: to make it more cooling, refreshing and palatable. This was partic- — ularly the case with several species of Sumach: Rhus glabra L., R. hirta Sudw. and R. copallina L., east of the Rocky Mountains; R. integrifolia B. & H. and R. ovata Wats., of southern California and Lower California. ~ R. integrifolia has very acid berries cov- ered with a white oily efflorescence said to be even more tart than _ the pulp; they are frequently gathered by Indians and used fresh, . dried or roasted in preparing a very refreshing drink. The fruit — of X. ovata is described by Orcutt as being very acid, but coated — with a thin crust having the ee of bebeguae ‘ag ‘sweet ne . 45 delicious in flavor as the best of refined sugar” and formerly much collected by the natives; a combination of the acid pulp with the sweet crust making excellent lemonade. In California, the Manzanitas are also used for this purpose. Arctostaphylos Manzanita Parry, the Common Manzanita, has a smooth apple-like fruit, 4-6 lines broad, reddish-brown when ripe, mildly astringent, but decidedly acid; it makes a pleasant cooling drink in summer. A. tomentosa Douglas has a somewhat smaller pubescent fruit. Likewise used in this manner is the fruit of our two species of Shepherdia, S. argentea Nutt., the Bullberry of the Missouri re- gion, and S. Canadensis Nutt., the Soapberry of the northern States and British America. That of the former contains 2 to 3 per cent. of free acid; that of the latter contains a small propor- tion of saponin, so that when triturated in water and beaten up it Produces a thick foam which, when sweetened, is highly prized by the natives. : Other common native plants with tart fruit imparting a pleas- antly acidulous taste to water are the Barberries, specially Berberis Canadensis Mill. of the east, B. repens Lindl. and B. aguifolium Pursh. of the Rocky Mountains and Pacific States, and 2, trifo- “ata Moric. of Texas and Mexico. Finally, we may note a few of the plants used in infusion to make aromatic teas. These plants are many; in fact, there is. hardly any scented vegetable within reach which has not been © used at some time by natives in prepaying beverages, 7s Perhaps oftener for medicinal purposesgthan to Simply gratify the palate. on Sassafras tea, made from the root of the Sassafras tree, was a’ favorite substitute for Chinese tea in the South during our Civil War, and had always been appreciated by Indians, although they — never suspected the superior charms of “root-beer.” During the _ 7 war for independence, the colonists used, as a substitute for the imported article, the leaves of New Jersey Tea (Ceanothus Ameri-— canus L..) which had at least the merit of being very common. It is quite probable that its virtues had been indicated by the natives. It does not contain theine but a’ very minute pees of a bi ter deco cs alkaloid, ceanothine, eo ng er, W 46 properly dried and prepared, it is aromatic and not unpleasant, . certainly a good substitute for indifferent black tea.” A very fragrant drink was also prepared from the Spice-Bush (Li- dera Benzoin Blume), as well as from Wintergreen (Gauitheria pro- cumbens) and Sweet Fern (Myrica asplenifolia). Much less accept- able must have been the infusion from Marsh Tea (Ledum palustre L.) and Labrador Tea (ZL. Groenlandicum Oeder) which, but speci- ally the first, contain an acrid aromatic oil. According to Pursh and more recent observers, the dried leaves and flowers of the Sweet Goldenrod (Solidago odora Ait.) are a pleasant and whole- some substitute for tea. While in western Texas, I became farniliar with the Encenilla or Chaparral Tea (Croton corymbulosus Engelm.) quite abundant in that region. An infusion of the flowering tops makes a very palatable drink much used by Mexicans and Indians, as well as by our colored U. S. soldiers who prefer it to coffee. It appears to be entirely devoid of theine or any other stimulating principle except volatile oils. Other plants similarly used and valued in the same country and northern Mexico are Bidens Bigelovit Gray, Salvia ballotaefora Benth., Hedeoma Drummundit Benth. and Acti- nella odorata Gray. New Species of Leguminous Pods from the Yellow Gravel at Bridgeton, N. J. By ARTHUR HOLLICK. (Plates 258, 259.) In a paper read before the Club some years since, and subse- quently published in the ButieTin, * I mentioned the occurrence, in great abundance, of leguminous pods, in the Yellow Gravel | sandstone at Bridgeton, N. J., with which were associated leaves of common eastern North American trees and shrubs, such as Magnolia acuminata L., Asimina triloba (L.) Don., Persea Borbonia (L.) Spreng. etc. In the final identification of the material these pods remained as incongruous elements, apparently representing 3 * Palaeobotany of the Yellow Gravel at Bridgeton, N. a cepa Torr. tie . Chub, o 19? 330-333. 47 the genera Mezoncurum and Lonchocarpus (including Derns and Pongamia), which are of tropical or southern distribution and are not now known north of Mexico. The first named genus is not €ven reported from any part of the American continent, but is confined to tropical Asia and Africa, with a single species (JZ. brachycarpum Benth.) in Australia. The genus Lonchocarpus oc- curs in South America, Africa, Asia and Australia. The sub- genus Poxgamia is confined to Asia and Australia. In the fossil state the species thus far described and figured in these genera are few and more or less unsatisfactory. In Mezoneurum four have been recognized, viz. : 1. Mezoneurum Radobojanum Ung. Syll. Plant. Foss. Part 2, 28. pl. rr. fig r. 2. M. lygodioides Ung. Denksch. Wien Akad. 11: 172. pl. 8. Jig. 18. 1856, 3. M. tripos Ung. 1. c. 173. pl. 8. fig. 19. 4. WW. dimidiatum Wat. Plant. Foss. Bass. Paris, 244. pd. 60. Jig. 10, Of these the first and last mentioned are pods. The others are mere problematic organisms of but little value in this connec- tion. All are from Tertiary strata in Europe. In the genus Lonchocarpus two fossil forms have been recog- nized, viz: 1. Lonchocarpus latifolius Kth., a living species, reported from the Pleistocene (?) strata of Chorillo, Cuba, by P. P. Galtés, in a work entitled, « Memoria sobre unos fossiles vegetales encontrados 2 €n el Chorillo.” * j 2. L. obtusifolius Engelh. Abh. Isis, 1894.7. p/. 2. fig. 22; Abh. Senckb. Naturforsch. Gesellsch. 19: 17. pl. 3. fig. 1. 1895; leaves from Tertiary strata in South America. ee The only fossil representative of the subgenus Pongamia to — : which I have been able to obtain any reference is P.{ protogaea _ Massalongo, Neu. Jahrb. Min. 1857, 778, where it is mentioned in — a list of plants from the Tertiary strata of Monte Bolca, Italy: fe. Was subsequently described in Atti Reale Inst. Veneto di Sci. * This reference was given me by Professor Lester F. Ward, of the United States : a Geological Survey, but neither of us has had access to the wok, and * 4 ~o a a = ‘Whether the fossil was a pod or a leaf. ee eo, 1 Spelled: Aenpanfe. 0) oj Pa Math, Naturwiss. Classe, Pee 369. 1894. 48 Lett. ed. Art. (III.) 3: 769, 1858, and later both leaves and fruit were figured in “ Specimen Photographicum,” 97. p/. 40. figs: 2, 3, 1859, but I have unfortunately not had access to these works. The exact geologic age of the Bridgeton sandstone has not been definitely settled, but it evidently represents late Tertiary or Pleistocene, containing a flora which is almost identical, in both species and genera, with that of the latitude of Virginia at the present time. The main point of interest in connection with these pods is that whereas their former companions are yet represented, both in genera and species, in the living vegetation of the region, the genera to which they are referred are no longer to be found there, but are elements in a more tropical flora. The fact that I have been unable to compare them satisfactorily with living species would indicate, taken in connection with the other circumstances of their occurrence, that they represent the last struggle for life of these genera in this latitude, due to the changing climatic condi- tions which preceded the advent of the Ice Age. Previous to that time they were widely distributed throughout both conti- nents. The north temperate species were obliterated, and only those which existed further south were able to continue their ex- istence. This supposition is also strengthened by the reference of the fossil species found further south to the living Lonchocarpus latifolius. : The facts in regard to the past history and distribution of these _ genera are of the utmost significance when taken in connection — with their present distribution. Several of the problems of their present distribution would be exceedingly difficult of explanation _ if we did not have these facts to guide us. The improbable theory of migration in recent times is no longer a necessary one, and we are led to the rational conclusion that genera, the species of which are now widely separated in different portions of the earth, were formerly of universal distribution but have become extinct over many wide areas where they formerly existed, due to changes in environment.* | * In this connection see “ Zur Theorie der Entwickelung der jetzigen Floren der Erde aus der Tertiarflora.” C, F. von Ettingshausen. Sitzb. Wien ~~ Wiss. = 49 ; For purposes of comparison I have introduced figures of pods representing living three species, viz: Mezoneurum cucullatum L., Pongamia glabra Vent. and Lonchocarpus neuroscapha Benth. and Copies of two figures representing fossils which have been referred to the first of these genera, viz: MJezoneurum dimidiatum Wat.and M. Radobojanum Ung. The new species are: MEZONEURUM BRIDGETONENSE N. sp. ( Plate 258, Figs.,1-7.) Pods 21% in. to 4 in. long by 1 in. to 134 in. wide in middle, obtuse and slightly recurved at end, abruptly rounded or attenu- ated at base; suture prominent, distant about 4 in. from middle of nearest margin; reticulations more or less prominent laterally, extending from suture to farthest margin, with occasional cross connections, few or none between suture and nearest margin. Loncuocarpus Novak-CAESAREAE N. sp. (Plate 259, figs. 6-8.) Pods about 234 in. long by 1 in. to 1% in. wide in middle, tapering to end and base, recurved at end, curved or recurved at ase; suture prominent, distant about 14 in. from middle of nearest Margin; reticulations more or less prominent laterally, between Suture and farthest margin, with cross connections which give an appearance of forking, a few more or less obscure and simple nerves €tween suture and nearest margin. Explanation of Plates. PLATE 258. Figs. 1-7. Mezoneurum Bridgetonense Hollick. PLATE 259. Fig. 1. Mesoneurum dimiaiatum Wat, Plant. Foss. Bass. Paris, 244. p/. 60. fig. 10. Fig. 2, Mezoneurum cucullatum L. Cult. in Kew gardens. Specimenin Herb, Columbia College. n Fig. 3. Pongamia glabra Vent. Hong Kong. Specimen in Herb. Columbia ege. PL. 99, Fig. 5. Mesoneurum Radobojanum Ung. Syll. Plant. Foss. part 2, 28. pi. it, ———Fg.6.8. Lonchocarpus Novae-CacsareaeWollick. = Fig. 4. Lonchocarpus neuroscapha Benth. From Mart. Fl. Brasil. 15: part 1 _ oe 50 Contribution to the Pyrenomycetes of Maine.—l, By F. L. Harvey. The following list of Pyrenomycetes is based upon collections made by the Rev. Joseph Blake, and in the Blake Herbarium at the Maine State College, or in lists of Maine Cryptogams turned over to the writer- by Mr. Blake before his death. To the above are added all the species, so far as known, that have been recorded from Maine in the literature upon fungi, together with such forms as have been detected by the writer since 1886. The list is of course incomplete, as each year several species have been added. It includes a few species not noted by Ellis from the United States, also several species not before reported from Maine. Additional references to Maine species by collectors will be gratefully received. We are under great obligations to Mr. J. B. Ellis and Mr. C. H. Peck for the examination of specimens. Family ERYSIPHEAE. 1. Sphaerotheca Humuli (DC.). On Spiraea salicifolia L. and Humulus Lupulus, Orono (Harvey). 2. S. Mors-uvae(Schw.). On species of Rides, Orono (Harvey). 3. Exysiphe communis (Wallr.). Herb. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist. (Fuller), Cumberland (Blake). Hosts not stated. On /isum sativum, Orono (Harvey). 4. £. Cichoracearum DC. On dandelion leaves (W. C. Ste- venson), as E. Montagnei Lev.; Harrison (Blake), as E. phlogts Schw. On various species of Compositae, Orono (Harvey). 5. E. graminis DC. Common on lawn grasses in shaded places, Orono (Harvey). 6. Uncinula Necator (Schw.). Very abundant on Delaware grapes, Orono (Harvey). i 7. U. circinata C. & P. On Acer dasycarpum, Orono (Harvey). 8. WV. Salicis (DC.). On Salix species. Very common, Orono (Harvey). ae 9. Phyllactinia suffulta (Reb.). On Hamamelis Virginiana, — Celastrus scandens and Alnus serrulata. Very abundant, Orono = (Harvey). 3 51 10. Podosphaera Oxyacanthae (DC.). On cultivated plums, Orono (Harvey). 11. Microsphaera Vaccinii (Schw.). Jackman (Harvey). On V. corymbosum var. atrococcum Gray. 12. M. Alni (DC.). On honeysuckle, Portland (C. C. Balles). C.& P. Ery. U. S. 20, as Dubyi Lev., which is regarded by Burrill as WZ. Alni. On Alnus serrulata, very common, Orono (Harvey). 13. MZ. quercina (Schw.). On Quercus nigra, Orono (Harvey). Family II. PERISPORIEAE. 14. Dimerosporium Collinsit (Schw.). Wells (Blake). No host given, but probably on Amelanchier. 15. Asterina Celastri E.& K. On leaves of Celastrus scandens, Orono (Harvey). 16. A. Gaultheriae Curtis. On living leaves of G. procumbens. Common, Orono (Harvey). 17. Microthyrium microscopicum Desm. Cumberland (Blake). Capnodium Pini B. & C. Berk. and Curt. North Am. Fungi n. 982, Me. (Blake). 18. Eurotium herbariorum (Wigg.). Common on neglected herbarium specimens, Orono (Harvey). 19. Claviceps purpurea (Fr). Common on various species of §tasses, cultivated and wild about Orono (Harvey). 20. Cordyceps militaris (Linn.). Conidial stage in Blake Herb. : as [saria farinosa, also in the ascigerous form as Zorrubia militaris Fr. Cumberland (Blake). . 21. Cordyceps ophioglossoides (Eht.). Cumberland (Blake). 22. Hypomyces Lactifluorum (Schw.). Portland (Fuller). Sprague’s N. Eng. Myc. from S. Paris, Wells (Blake). On Lac- tarius in beech and birch woods. Orono, August (Harvey). 23. H. violaceus Tul. Parasitic upon Fuligo septicaL. A sin- gle infested specimen found on moss at Greenfield, Me., Oct., 1895. (Harvey), ee 24. Hypocrea rufa (Pers.) Blake Herb. as Titchoderma viride Pers. Cumberland (Blake), Orono, on decaying wood (Harvey). : 25. H. Schwweiniteii (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria contorta Schw. Cumberland (Blake.) SA ag gee oe ea hen eS 52 26. H. Richardsoni Berk. & Mont. Cumberland (Blake) Jour. Mycol. June, ’86, p. 62, from Maine, but no authority. On willow and poplar, Orono (Harvey). According to the recent investigations of Herman Schrenk (BULLETIN, 21: 385) this form is a Corticium and should be C. pesizoideum (Schw.). 27. Hypocrella Hypoxylon Pk. Stems of living grasses, Me. (Scribner). Journ. Mycol. June, ’86, p. 67. 28. Epichloe typhina (Pers.). On grass, July, Bradley, Me. (Harvey). 29. Nectria cinnabarina (Tode). Portland (Fuller). Cumberland (Blake). Orono(Harvey). Common on honey locust, rock maple, staghorn sumach and apple in the conidial stage (Zudbercularia _ vulgaris Tode). On red raspberry, white pine, poplar and bass- wood we find a form (Zubercularia nigricans Fr.), which, if we are correct, should also be referred to JV. cinnabarina (Tode.). In Blake’s Herb. is 7: granulata P. Cumberland (Blake). We find this mentioned only by Cooke (Vol. IL, p. 557-8), where he seems to refer it to the above. 30. V. Sambuci E.& E. On Sambucus Canadensis. Old- town (Harvey). 31. WV. coccinea (Pers.). re re (Blake). On dead branches of Acer saccharinum. Orono (Harvey). 32. NV. vulpina Cke. Pushaw Lake, Oldtown, Aug., 1895 (Harvey). 33. WV. dispersa C. & E. Maine (Blake), on pine bark. Jour. - Mycol. Dec., ’86, p. 133, as Dialonectria dispersa C. & E. 34. LV. episphaeria (Tode). On species of Sphaeria upon Alnus serrulata. Orono (Harvey). . 35. Chilonectria Coryli (Fckl.). Hard maple. Orono, Dec. (Harvey). 36. Gibberella pulicaris (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria puli- caris. Cumberland (Blake). Family TRICHOSPHAERIEAE. 37. Venturia compacta Pk. Orono (Harvey). | 38. Lastosphaeria hirsuta(Fr.). Oldtown, Aug., 1895 (Harvey). ae 39. L. mutabilis (Pers.).: In Blake Herb. as bi eet mutabilis S Pers. Harrison (Blake). 53 Family MELANOMMEAE. : 40. Rosellinia Desmazierti (B. & Br.). Cumberland (Blake). On birch in Maine (Grev. 4: 106). Probably the Maine speci- mens were from Blake (?) Blake Herb. as Sphaeria Desmazierii. At. R. Clavariae (Tul.). On Clavaria spinulosa Pers. Orono, Aug. (Harvey). 42. Bombardia fasciculata Fr. In Blake Herb. as Sphaerta 4ombarda Batsch, from Cumberland (Blake). 43. Bertia moriformis (Tode.). Rotten firwood, Orono, No- vember ; Oldtown, Sept., 1895 (Harvey). 44. Melanomma pulvis-pyrius (Pers.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria myricarpa Fr, Cumberland (Blake). Family CERATOSTOMEAE. 45. Ceratostoma spina (Schw.). Blake Herb. as Sphacria spina Schw. Cumberland (Blake). : Family AMPHISPHAERIEAE. 46. Amphisphaeria Oronoersis E. & E. Sphaeria Oronoensis E.& E. Journ. Mycol. 3: 117. On spruce timbers in a cellar | in Orono, 1887 (Harvey). Also found on spruce in the woods. 47. A. s sfeeteiod (Fr.). Blake Herb. as equates applanata Fr. Wells (Blake). Family LOPHIOSTOMEAE. 48. Lophidium compressum (Pers.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria angustata Pers. Cumberland (Blake). Family CUCURBITARIEAE. 49. Cucurbitaria elongata (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria elongata Fr. Cumberland ( Blake). 50. C. Berberidis (Pers.). Blake Herb. as Cuctertrtaria Berber- idis Fr. Cumberland ( Blake). 51. Fraechiaea callista ( B. & C.). Cumberland ( Blake). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria callista B. & C. ae 52. Otthia morbosa (Schw.)= Plowrightia morbosa (Schw.) aoe Sacc. Common on Prunus gee, Somacie and domestic pee Wee Orono (Harvey). 53- Parodiella grammodes( Kze.). Herb. Port. Ne Nat. - Hist se: ( Fuller ) as Dothidia perisporioides B. & CG. ee _ acea B. & Br. On Willow, Orono Larbate: 54 Family SPHAERELLOIDEAE. 54. Sphaerella maculiformis (Pers.). Blake Herb. as Sphaerella maculiformis Pers. Cumberland (Blake). 55. S. Smilacicola (Schw.). Sprague’s New. Eng. Mycol. (Proc. B.S. N. H. 6: 319 (Morse) as Depazea Smilacicola Schw. Family GNOMONIEAE. 56. Gnomonia Corylii (Batsch.). Port. Socy. Nat. Hist. Coll. as Gnomontiella Coryli. Blake Herb. as Sphaena Coryliu Batsch. Cumberland (Blake). On leaves-of Corylus Americana. Orono (Harvey). 57. G. fimbriata (Pers.). Harrison (Blake). 58. G. errabunda (R. et D.). Spragues N. Eng. Mycol. Port- land (E. S. Morse) as Sphaeria errabunda Desm. Family PLEOSPOREAE. 59. Leptosphaeria fuscella (B. & oe: Blake Herb., Cumber- land (Blake). 60. L. Doliolum (Pers.). Blake Hews, Cumberland (Blake). 61. L. comatella (C. and C.). Blake Herb., Cumberland (Blake). 62. Ophiobolus porphyrogonus (Tode.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria rubella Pers. Cumberland (Blake). Family MASSARIEAE. 63. Marsaria inquinans (Tode.). On dead maple limbs. Orono, Dec. (Harvey). 64. Massariella scoriadea (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria scor- idea Fr. Cumberland (Blake). 65. M. pupula (Fr.). Conidial stage on sugar maple, Steganos- porium pyriforme Hoff. Orono, Nov. (Harvey). Family VALSEAE. af 66. Diaporthe leiphaemia (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Valsa leiphaemia — Fr. Cumberland, Me. (Blake). 67. D. Salicella.(Fr.). Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat: Hist. 6: 319 | (Blake). Blake Herb.as Sphaeria Salicella Fr. Cumberland (Blake). _ This species, in the conidial form, was sent by Blake to Sprague, — Berkeley and Curtis, and appears in their lists as Discella pede o 55 68. D. syngenesia (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria Frangulae Pers. Cumberland (Blake). 69. Valsa Americana B. & C. Blake Herb. Wells and Cumber- land ( Blake ). 70. V. modesta (Schw.). Blake Herb. Cumberland ( Blake ). 71. V. deformis ( Fr.). On birch. The ferruginous stroma ap- pearing as waxy spots on the bark. Orono, Dec. ( Harvey ). 72. V. rufescens (Schw.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria aculeans Schw.=Sphaeria rufescens Schw. Cumberland ( Blake ). 73. V. truncataC.& P. Wells (Blake.) 74. V. rhizina (Schw). Berk. & Curt. N. A. F. ( Blake ). 75. V. ambiens (Pers). Wells ( Blake). On willow, Orono ( Harvey ). 76. V. salicina (Pers.). Spermogonia in Blake Coll. as Cyis- bora fugax Fr. Cumberland (Blake). 77. V. quaternata (Pers.). Blake Coll. as Sphaeria quaternata Fr. Cumberland (Blake). The spermogonial stage (Lzbertella Saginea) is very common on birch bark. Orono (Harvey). 78. V. nivea (Hoff.). Dead poplar. Orono, Dec. (Harvey). 79. V. colliculus (Wormsk.). In Blake Herb. as Sphaeria collt- culus, which we have not been able to trace, but presume it is the above. Cumberland (Blake). 80. Eutypella cerviculata (Fr.). Orono (Harvey). : 81. £. similis (Karst.). On Alnus serrulata, Orono, Sept. (Harvey). 82. LEutypa Spinosa (Pers.). Blake Herb..as Sphacria spinosa 3 : Pers. Cumberland (Blake). 83. Calosphaeria ciliatula (Ft.). On dead birch limbs. Orono | (Harvey). . Family MELANCONIDEAE. 84. Melanconis stilbostoma (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria ao pulchella and the spermogonia as Memaspora crocea Fr. Cumber- land (Blake). Sprague’s New Eng. Mycol. Portland (E.S. Morse). On birch, Orono (Harvey). ; : oe 85. M. tiliacea (Ell.).. On Tilia Americana, Orono, ag ae (Harvey). 86. Pseudovalsa inihaes 3 Blalte Coll. Be pecatner™ Sartell he Cumberland (Blake). 56 87. P. lanciformis (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria lanciformis Fr. Cumberland (Blake). Family MELOGRAMMEAE. 88. Valsaria éxasperans (Gerard). Harrison (Blake). maple, Orono, Dec. (Harvey). Family DIATRYPEAE. 89. Diatrypa stigma (Hoff.). Orono (Harvey). 90. D. platystoma (Schw.). Hard maple. Orono (Harvey). oi. D. disciformis (Hoff). On beech. Wells (Blake). 92. D. albopruinosa(Schw.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria Diestent Mont. Cumberland (Blake). 93. Anthostoma microsporum Karst. On Alnus. Wells (Blake). Orono (Harvey). Blake Herb. as Diatrype microspora EL. 94. Diatrypella quercina (Pers.). Harrison (Blake). Blake Coll. as Sphacria quercina Pers. 95. D. verrucaeformis (Ehr.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria verrucae- Jormis. Cumberland (Blake). 96. D. betulina Pk. On dead birch twigs, Orono (Harvey). 97. Phyllachora Trifolit (Pers.). On clover leaves, Blake Herb. as Polythrincum Trifolit Kze., which according to Cooke is proba- bly the conidial form of the above. Harrison (Blake). Also in Blake Herb. as Sphaeria Trifolii Pers. Cumberland (Blake). 98. P. Pteridis (Reb.). On leaves of Pteris aquilina, Mt. Desert (Redfield). Common about Orono (Harvey). 99. Dothidella betulina (Fr.). Blake Herb. as Dothidea betu- tina Fr. Cumberland (Blake). 100. D. Ulmi Schw. Harrison (Blake). 101. Dothidea Ribesia (Pers.). Berk. and Curt. N. A. Fungi from Me. (Blake). Blake Herb. Cumberland (Blake). Family XYLARIEAE. 102. Hypoxylon coccineum Bull. Blake Herb. as Sphaeria Sragiformis Pers. Cumberland (Blake). On beech, Orono. Jack- _ man (Harvey). i . 103. Hl. enteromelon (Schw.). Sprague’s N. Eng. Myc. Port- E land (Morse). Blake Herb. as Sphaena enteromela Schw. , 57 104. £7. fuscum (Pers.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria fusca Pers., and S. confluens Willd. On dead alder, beech, etc., Orono. Jack- man (Harvey). 105. ff. smultiforme Fr. Blake Herb. Cumberland (Blake). Common, Orono (Harvey). 106. H. multiforme var. adultum Fr. On yellow birch, Orono (Harvey). This form was named by Peck from specimens from Orono, and is not mentioned by Ellis. 107. #1. glomiforme B. & C. Cumberland (Blake). 108. 1. cohaerens (Pers.). Blake Herb. as Sphaeria cohaerens Pers. Cumberland (Blake). On beech, Orono (Harvey). 109. 4. Morse B. & C. Ber. & Curt. N. A. F. from Maine (Blake & Morse). Blake Coll. as H. Blakei B. & C.; Cumberland (Blake). On dead alder. Common, Orono (Harvey). 110. H. perforatum (Schw.). Dead wood, Orono (Harvey). 111. £1. rubiginosum (Pers.). Orono (Harvey). Our form is Tegarded as varietal by Peck. A. fuscopurpureum Schw. Orono, Me., Oct., 1895 (Harvey). 112. Daldiniaconcentrica(Bolt.). Sprague’s Cont. N. Eng. Myc. Portland (Fuller). Common on Safx, Orono (Harvey). 113. D. vernicosa (Schw.). Orono (Harvey). 114. Aylaria polymorpha (Pers.) Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. Coll. NO. 54. Portland (Fuller); Cumberland (Blake). 115. X. corniformis Fr. Rotten wood and ground, Orono (Harvey), 116. Angelina rufescens (Schw.). Orono (Harvey). 117. LHysterium pulicare Pers. Cumberland (Blake). _ 18. Aysterographium Fraxini (Pers.). Blake Herb. as Hyster- tum Fraxini Pers. Cumberland (Blake). Family HYPODERMIEAE. 119. Lophodermium Juniperinum (Fries). Port. Soc. N. H - Coll., No, 107, Portland (Fuller). In above Coll. as Hysterium o : Juniperinum Fr. 120. LZ. Arundinaceum culmigenum (Fr.). Sprague’s New : . Eng. Myc. Wells (Blake). Common on grasses ane pescliae: Orono (Harvey). sa Ges 121. L. Pinastri (Schrad.). Blake Herb. as Hysterium Pinasirs 58 Schrad. Cumberland (Blake). Port. Soc. Nat. Hist. Coll., No. 100. Portland (Fuller). Family DICHAENACEAE. 122. Dichaena Faginae (Pers.). On living beech. Cumberland (Blake). A new Oscillatoria from California. OSCILLATORIA TRAPEZOIDEA 0. sp. Trichomes aeruginous, forming a thin loosely-woven stratum of a dull blue-green color, firm, straight, 12-15 » in diameter, slightly attenuated and in most instances somewhat arcuate at the apices, provided with a delicate sheath; articulations 2 4-3" times shorter than the diameter, 4-6» long, with delicately granulose protoplasm, near the end of the filament prominently enlarged at the joints, giving, in sectional view, a somewhat trape- zoidal form to the secondary cells; apical cell pyramidal or con- ical, sometimes bluntly rounded, not capitate; no calyptra. Hab.: bottom of pond. Pasadena, California. Oc- _ tober, 1895. Collected by Prof. A. J. McClatchie. eS The hormogones are almost constantly arcuate at \ each end and, with few exceptions in opposite direc- tions, so that they may be said to be somewhat sigmoid in form. In the mature filaments this arcuate character is, however, not always present, at least at both ends. In the same way the degree of attenuation and the shape of the end of the filament may vary to a consid- erable ‘degree. Thus the apex may be globose or bulging, truncated, giving an almost square outline to the cell, or, going to the other extreme, it may be somewhat pointed, which is more common. The bulging character furnished by the ends of the mature cells near the extremity of the filament is con- stant and peculiar to the species so far as is known. One might represent such a cell by placing, base to base, two low glass beakers with flaring edges. The two flaring edges would then be the ends of the primary cell, while the line made by the bases of the beakers could be taken as the new cell-wall thrown across, separating the oo two secondary cells. “a Vee: 59 The middle portion of the filament presents a straight, un- broken outline. Rarely a distinct constriction at all the joints of a filament occurs. The difficulty of distinguishing between Lyngbya and Oscilla- Zoria is well illustrated by this species. ‘lhe existence of a sheath would naturally lead one to place it in the former genus, but the sheath in this case is extremely delicate and observed only ina few instances. In Lyngbya there is a distinct sheath containing numerous sliding hormogones. In general character O. trapezotdea perhaps resembles O. chaly- bea Mertens, but is larger, shows no spiral arrangement and is clearly distinguished by the shape of the terminating cells of the filament. JosEPHINE E. TILDEN. UNIversiry oF MINNESOTA, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. Botanical Notes. Notes from Plum Island and Fisher's Island, N. Y—It may be of interest to note the occurrence upon Plum Island and Fisher’s Island, N. Y., of a few plants beyond their hitherto recorded range. In August, 1892, the writer discovered Juncus dichotomus Ell. * gtowing upon Plum Island, and during the past summer found it to be not rare upon Fisher’s Island also. Ligusticum Scoticum 1. has been known for some years to be frequent upon Fisher’s Island; in August, 1895, a station for it was found on the north shore of Plum Island. ae In 1892 Plantago elongata Pursh (P. pusilla Nutt.) was detected growing on the south side of Fisher’s Island. Near the east end of the same island is a small colony of Euphorbia glyptosperma — Engelm. far out of its cited range. Cuar.es B. Graves. New Lonpon, Conn. Schizohyllum Egelingianum E. & E., BULLETIN, 22: 439. Le have lately found this fungus on a dead apple tree in Mr. Bull’s orchard, at Mesilla, New Mexico; the specimens have been identi- fied by Mr. Ellis. It is new to the U. S. flora. i ee ae ect ta a Fd), Pay COCKERELE, N. M. Aor. Ex. Sta. Nov., 1895. Ha ee ae or are 60 Reviews. Introduction to the Study of Fungi: By M.C. Cooke, LLD. 8vo, pp. 360. London, Adam and Charles Black, 1895. This is in some respects an elementary work and in others the author may presuppose a fair working knowledge of Fungi. It is designed for the use of collectors, not so much in giving rules for gathering and preserving specimens, as to put before them a large fund of information the bringing together of which has been the work of a long and busy life spent largely among the objects treated. Dr. Cooke has been one of the great workers in fungi from the standpoint of the collector and systematic student. The work before us is divided into three parts, namely, organ- ography, classification and distribution. Under Part I. chapters are given upon mycelium, carpophore, receptacle, fertilization and similar divisions. In general the plan under each heading is to pass from the simpler to the more complex forms, whether it be mycelium, spores or fertilization. The main portion ( Part II.) of the work inten up by chaptets the leading groups and, mentioning the leading genera, introduces the reader to the types and their modifications. While the work is fairly well illustrated it is noticed that many of the cuts have done service in the author’s “ Handbook of Brit- ish Fungi,” and other works. Some disappointment may be ex- perienced in working with the index, as it is brief and the glos- sary has a similar fault. The classification worked out by Brefeld is presented in tabulated form, not that it is accepted by the author, but because suggestive and influential. In its presentation the publishers might have been more fortu- nate in the selection of paper, etc. It is a heavy book without reason sufficient to the reviewer, and this will detract, in America at least, from its usefulness. Byron D. HALsteb. Contribution to the Flora of Yucatan. C.¥.Millspaugh. Pub. Field Col. Mus. Bot. Ser. 1: 1-64. pl. 1-4. In this first botanical paper from the Field Columbian Mu. seum, of Chicago, Dr. Millspaugh enumerates the species col- lected by him while scone Mr. slags: V. Armour’ s a a 61 expedition to Yucatan last. winter. He has also compiled in the publication the little previous knowledge of the region from the incidental collections of Johnson, Linden, Schott and Gaumer. His collections embrace 136 forms new to the re- gion, of which two (Euphorbia Armourii and E. astroites heterap- pendculata) are described as new. We congratulate the Museum upon the character of its publications, and specially upon the style of issue, which seems to include all the excellent points of a perfect departmental serial. . The series included are: Botany, Geology, Zoology, Ornithol- osy and Ethnology. Die Laubmoose. ‘Part 27, Hypnaceae. K.G. Limpricht. (Rab. Kryptfl. 4: part 3, 1-64. 1896). This part begins the third volume of the mosses, which is to include three families or groups as called by the author, compris- ing the Isothecieae, Brachythecieae and Hypneae. Of these, the Isotheciae are treated in this number, including the genera Cylin- Arothecium, Climacium, Isothecitum, Orthothecium, Homalothecium, Platygyrium and Pylaisia. The Camptotheciums also are described and the key to the Brachytheciums is given. The keys, descrip- tions and illustrations are of the usual high order of merit, and we Welcome this part as throwing much light on the species of the same genera occurring in the United States. We note that Platy- &yrium repens var. sciuroides is described from specimens so Named and distributed by Sauter in Breutel’s Musci Frondosi, No. 206. According to some studies recently undertaken by Mr. Grout, at the Herbarium of Columbia College, the description of this variety under the name is antedated by P. repens var. orthocla- dn Kindb., showing that Kindberg did not sufficiently study and Compare his variety with European exsiccatae, and that Limpricht Was not aware that an American name antedated his description. A similar case occurs in Climacium, where Austin published in the Muscj App. No. 289. 1874, a variety of C. Americanum, Which he called var. fiuitans. Subsequently Renauld and Cardot) | Published a description (Bot. Gaz. 15: 59. 1890) for this same — _ Variety under the name of C. Americanum var. Kindbergi, a _ Rame much less suitable and acceptable to us than Austin’s for _ this aquatic form of the species. It is interesting to learn that: 62 there also exists a variety fluitans of C. dendroides, which also grows floating on the edges of ponds and lakes, while the nor- mal form of both species may be found higher up on the dry banks. E. G. Britton. Elements of Plant Anatomy. By Emily L. Gregory, Ph. D. Ginn & Co., Boston. The present small volume of 150 pages is a welcome addition to the few works which deal exclusively with plant anatomy. The author’s preface defines the scope of the work, and if it is taken within the definition of its writer we consider it a very excellent guide to the study of plant anatomy for beginners, especially if it is accompanied by class-room work. | ‘The book begins with a general description of the morphology of the plant cell, and is followed by a study of the cell-wall, in which the morphology and the chemical modifications are de- scribed. This second chapter is, we think, a very excellent one. In chapter 3, upon cell-contents, the general chemical features of the cytoplasm and the nucleoplasm, in view of the vast amount of recent cytological work, might have been more definite and ex- tended ; especially could this be said of the process of karyokinesis, Chapter 4, upon the tissues, is brief and might have been better illustrated. It deals with the general anatomy of the tissues and serves as an introduction to chapter 5, which treats of the ana- tomical features of the Algae, Fungi, Lichens and Thallose Hepaticae; and to chapter 6, which deals with the details of the anatomy of the Cormophytes, the Mosses, Ferns, Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons. Chapter 7 describes the secondary growth of the stems of Dicotyledons and Gymnosperms, and is an excellent condensed account of this somewhat complicated process. The book is one that is especially intended as a class-room work to follow a given line of lectures, and as such the fewness of the illustrations may not be said to constitute a fault, but a few more would certainly add to its value. There isa lack of biblio- graphical references which we think would serve as a direct stimu- lus to further work to a few students at least. The author is per- haps fuller on some controversial points still in dispute than one would expect in a work of this size, but this, when supplemented _ by oral teaching, could be put in proper correlation with the rest. _ 63 The book is in no sense a work for technical students, and in this respect may lose a certain amount of influence that it other- Wise would gain. On the whole the work is timely, as there has been little pub- lished in this country which makes such an easy and yet compre- hensive introduction to the work of Sachs, DeBary and Vines. Hitherto, the student has had, in the main, to search through a mass of detail in these works to find the underlying principles, but in Dr. Gregory’s work the main facts are outlined clearly, in excellent English, and the book loses nothing of its scientific value by being simple and concise. S. E. J. Proceedings of the Club. WEDNESDAY EVENING, JANUARY 29TH, 1896. Dr. Britton occupied the chair and there were 38 persons Present. The following persons were elected active members: Miss Helen A. Parsons, Miss Helen M. Smith, Dr. Max Mayer, Miss Laura Skinner, Mr. James A. Kelsey, Dr. Albert Schneider, Dr. E. H. James, Mr. Frank G. Hills, Mr. Charles H. Allen and Mr. Eustice H. Gane. The club then listened to the reading of the announced papers. Dr. Valery Havard, in his paper on “Drink Plants of the North American Indians,” discussed three classes of such plants: first, those like Maguay and Maize, yielding alcoholic beverages; Second, those like Lophophora and Ilex vomitoria, yielding bever- ages which intoxicate or stimulate, but not by virtue of alcoholic constituents; third, those like Chia seeds and Aus fruits, yield- ing beverages drunk only for their refreshing properties. The . Paper was discussed by Dr. Britton and Dr. Rusby, and is pub- lished in full in this issue of the BuLLETIN. : Dr. John K. Small was unable to present his paper, “ Prelimi- nary Notes on the North American species of Sazifraga” in full, Owing to delay in the receipt of material required for study. Be Proposed to separate from Saxifraga two new genera, Jepsoma: a | a Saxifragopsis, as published i in the —: BOLLETIN. Pa ee 64 Dr. N. L. Britton proposed a number of new species of Cyper- — acez, reducing two others, and contributing a large number of in- teresting notes upon this family. Dr. Britton also upheld Pursh’s Lalium umbellatum, which has usually been accepted in herbaria as L. Philadelphicum. His position was supported by numerous specimens, and was endorsed by Mr. Rydberg. Turspay Eveninc, FEBRuARY II, 1896. The President occupied the chair and there were 38 persons present. Miss E. J. Stone and Miss Susie E. Brown were elected active members. Mr. A. A. Heller read his announced paper, “ Botanizing in Hawaii.’ The paper was illustrated by lantern views and was listened to with great interest. It was discussed by the President, Dr. Britton, Mr. Gilbert and the Secretary, after which Mr. Heller communicated furthed observations on the subject. Mr. Arthur Hollick was unable to be present to read his paper entitled “ Leguminous Pods from the Yellow Gravel Sandstone at Bridgeton, N. J.” In his place Dr. Britton presented the chief points in connection with the subject, exhibiting specimens of the fossils. The paper is published in this issue of the BULLETIN. Mr. B. D. Gilbert announced that he had brought to the meet- ing some specimens of a peculiar species of Ophioglossum from Iceland, which he invited the members to examine. ° Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany: Bastin, E. S. and Trimble, H. A Contribution to the Knowledge of some North American Coniferae. Am. Journ, Pharm. 68: 65-72- J. 9. Fo 1896. Bescherelle, E. Essai sur le genre Calymperes. Ann. des Sci. Nat. — (8) 1: 247-308. 1895. Four species from the United States are recognized, C. disesyoviae, C, Donnellit, C. Richardi and C, Brittoniae, Besch. a new species, collected by J. D. Smith in in Florida in 1880. C. crispum is referred to piguiees crispus Aust, as origi- nally described. Bessey, C. E. The Box-Elder on the Plains. Gard. & For. 9: 33. 22 Ja. 1896. : Botanical Seminar, University of Nebraska. Additions to the reported Flora of the State. Rep. Bot. Surv. Neb. 4: 24-48. 20 Ja. t895. Contributions by Messrs. Rydberg, Saunders, Elmore, Pound and Clements. Coville, F. V. Botany of Yakutat Bay, Alaska, with a Field Report by F. Funston. Contr. U.S Nat. Herb. 3: 325-383. 15 Ja. 1896. Glatfelter, N. M. Relations of Salix Missouriensts Bebb, to S. cor- data Muhl. Trans. Acad. St. Louis, 7: 137-144 Al. 3. 4 Ja. 1896. Greene, E. L. Eclogae botanicae, No. 2. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1895 : 546-554. 1 F. 1896. New species in Trifolium, Boisduvaha, Vaterianella, Lessingia, Pyrrocoma, Aster and Vagnera. Revision of Tropidocarpum. Holzinger, J. M. Report on a Collection of Plants made by J. H. Sandberg and Assistants in northern Idaho, in the Year 1892. Conte. U.S. Nat. Herb. 3: 205-287. pl. g. 23 N. 1895. New species in Cardamine, Peucedanum, Dicranowetsia, Orthoumtrich, Bryuim, Plagiothecium and Peronospora. Hooker, i. BD. Stanhopea Haseloviana. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: fi. 7452. Ja. 1896. Native of Peru. Jenman, G. S. Asplenium (Daraca) Perkinsii. 19: 8. 4 Ja. 1896. A new species from British Guiana, with notes on 4. Willdenovit. _ Jenman, G.S. Ferns: Synoptical List.—XXVIL-XXVII. Bull. Bot. Depart. Jamaica, 1: 75, 85. My-—Je. 1894. Jenman, G. S. Ferns: Synoptical List.—XXIX.-XXXI. Bot. Depart. Jamaica, 2: 195, 266, 285. S—D. 1895. Le Jolis, A. Remarques sur la Nomenclature Hépaticologique. Mém. Soc. Nationale Sci, Nat. Math. Cherbourg, 29: 105-182. 1892-95. Contains references to American Hepatics. MacFarlane, J. M., and McElwee, A. Botanic Garden of the ~ University of Pennsylvania. 1895. Pamph. pp. 8. Philadelphia. D. 1895. ) Macoun, J. M. Contributions from the Herbarium of the Geological a Survey of Canada—V., VI., VII. Can. Rec. Sci. Reprinted. Record of numerous localities. Gardn. Chron. Bull. | Bats Exchange List of Seeds collected —_ ] Z Ja. May Ji. bite oe 66 Meehan, T. Aefatica triloba. Meehans’ Month. 6: 21 p/. 2. F. 1896. Meehan, T. JZi~aris Jiliifolia. Meehans’ Month. 6: 1. fl. 2. Ja. 1896. - Moore, S. LeM. The phanerogamic Botany of the Matto Grosso Ex- pedition, 1891-92. Trans. Linn. Soc. London (II.) 4: 265-516. p/ 21-39. D. 1895. Descriptions of many new species. Noak, F. Neuere, in den éstlichen Staaten Nord-Amerikas aufgetre- tene Pflanzenkrankheiten. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankheiten, 5: 336- 342. 1895. A résumé of the work published by B. D. Halsted, of the New Jersey Agricultureal Experiment Station, 1891-93. Pound, R. and Clements, F. E. New Species of Fungi. Rep. Bot. Surv. Neb. 4: 5-23. 20 Ja. 1896. Descriptions of 54 species from Nebraska. Trichurus Clements & Shear is a new genus and Gymmnochilus anew generic name proposed for Psathya Fr. Penzig, O. Considérations générales sur les anomalies des Orchideées. Mém. Soc. Nationale Sci. Nat. Math. Cherbourg. 29: 79-104. 1892- ages American orchids are mentioned, Pasquale, F. lodea Canadensis Rich. nelle provincie meri- dioneli d’ italia. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1896: 5 Ja. 1896. Rimbach, A. Durch Wanzen verursachte Schidigung des Cacao im Kiistenlande von Ecuador. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankheiten, 5: 32!— . 324. 1895. ; Rydberg, P. A. Flora of Nebraska. Part. 21, Rosales. 8vo. pp. 82- » figs. 30 D, 1895. Sargent, C. Ba. Editor. Plane Trees. Gard. & For. g: 51. /: 6. _4 F. 1896, Schumann, K. EZchinocactus Trolliettii. Monatssch. Kakteenk. 5: 384. D. 1895. aeaeter, R. New or peculiar aquatic Fungi. —Il. Bot. Gaz. 20: 477- . 485. ph gr. 17 N. 1895. Describes Gonapodya polymorpha and Myrioblepharis paradoxa, new species. Thaxter, R. New or peculiar American rales bala —I, Bot. Gaz — 20: 513-518. pl. 34. 16 D. 1895. a ° Dispira Americana, new species. a Toumey, J. W. Opuntia arborescens in Se. Southwest. Gard. & For. 9: 2. f. 1. i Ja. 1896. Fst E 258. BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLAT TIN OF THE TORREY ~ “4 BULL ee es = ZZ we — M MEZONEURUM BRIDGETONENSE HOLLICK. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 259. RECENT AND FOSSIL LEGUMINOUS PODS. Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ] VouuME I. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N. L, Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), ..... . . 25 cents. New or ‘Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton CWORR a a es ree ge ae et ee, 25 cents, An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ; not yet completed.) The Genus //icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . 25 cents. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the ve caw and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L. ritton The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888), . . 25 cents. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7zssa,_ Adan. By Ni 1 Bette. (2880), eG . . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IL By N. L. Britton 180 ieee ee . . 25 cents. A Teaiie List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- Ce ad ee eat ee ee 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Ill. By N. L. Britton (1800), ee oO Oe eee ee 25 cents. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L. Britton. CRORE a ee . . 25 cents. Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulez. By Thos. Morong C1BGID GEG Re Oe ea a eno 2c a 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton (1801) or Ge Bee Pee” Oe Peers . 25 cents, Review of the North American Species ‘of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich Ries.(1892), : . 25 cents. A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus M/eibomia occurring in the United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents. VotumE II. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North America, By N.-L. Britton (1802); os Gg eee: 25 cents. Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from — Bolivia. By N. L. Britton (1892), . . __ 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North "American Phanerogams, VI. " ByN. L. Britton (1502 8 ea . . 25 cents, Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alhes. “By N. L. Britton (1892), 25 cents. A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John x. frog SOR a a a ee ae 25 Pes MS cachas of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. pietior WO a oe ee a 25 cents. The coger fe Species of Lespedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893), 25 cents. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay, 1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. ..- ++ +--+. $1.50 Further Notes on American pene of Polygonum. By John jer pa (1893), 2 New we Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton CHOOT ko . , 25 cents. Contsiietions to American Bryology, II1.—Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, .. 25 cents. New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), 25 cents. — The Altitudinal Distribution of the ene gia vag Appalachian Mountain Sys- tem. By John K. Small (1893), .....-..-..+.. 25 cents, Notes upon various Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas ema (thet i a Ss. ere 25 cents, Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1893), . ne ene te cee eee _ . . 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American Smell (1506), ss eee : ers . 25 cents. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other Cuscuta, By W. D. Matthew (1893), ...... -. . . 25 cents, A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail (1894), POE a eS ce ee Be oe Bae ee ge ee aE 6 25 cents. No. 56. A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents. No. 57. New or little known Plants of the Southern States, By T. H. Kearney, Jr. NONE ae eo Re og oe Te ee ee ere No. 58. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thalius. By Carlton C. Cartis (1894), ke a Ate i eS ee No. 59. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K. SOA COE), uate ot, eee eee 25 cents. No. 60, Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth Oy BOR: (1S9G pe ee 25 cents. No. 61. The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894) 25 cents. No. 62. A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By Theodore G. White (1894), NOS Be eg eee gs 25 cents. No. 63. . Two Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (4804) 5, 299 Cee No. 64. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small oy Re a ee Gr or Rey ony Raa TO 25 cents. No. 65. Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents. No. 66. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby( 1894), 25 cents. No. 67. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . . 25cents. No. 68. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By Ane: Miirthy Vell (ign a, ae 25 cents. No. 69. Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scou- feria with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton. OBSje eo 2k es a4 Oh No. 70. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K Small (1895), | ee ee . . 25 cents. No. 71. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S. A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. By N. L. Britton and T, H. Kearney, Jr. (1894),. ....... . 50 cents. No. 72. Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of Physcomitrella patens, 2. Ona Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma serrata Sull. 3. On a European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens. By Elizabeth G. Britton(1895), ..,..... . . 25 cents. Some new hybrid 5 (1895), LS geet gity Fe RO REE, ee am Sil. ebm ie Rta o - - 25 Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash. hOOOS 5 ics m the Southern States, By John Ky Small — & No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during the summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton and Anna‘Myrray Vail ( 1895). 50 cents. VoLuME IV. No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents. No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton ISQGs 2 ee eo as gs Beales be 25 cents. (SBOE 5 : RP a OS Coy 25 cents. No. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1898). No. 8 Be : ; _ 25 cents. . 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895). Ws Sos ° . Sake hee se 25 cents, . 82, Some specical phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- No. 8 OR CIBGS). 6 a ‘oe oe 0. 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail No. & (1805). 28 OA hee aes 25 cents. 0. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. Title-pages for Vols. II. and III. can be supplied. a series as above listed will be supplied for $12. opies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, may be had for $2... Address Pror. N. L, BRITTON, Columbia College, NEW YORK CITY. | FOR SALE. ‘A Complete Set of the North American Fungi. 34 Centuries, all in good condition. The set comprises Ellis N. A. F. (Series 1st, Centuries I-XV), and Ellis & Everhart’s N. A. F. (Series 2d, Centuries XVI-XXXIV). PRICE, $300. Address, J. B. ELLIS, - Newfield, N. J. FOR SALE at a Great Reduction. The First 8 Centuries ( Unbound) OF ELLIS AND EVERHART’S FUNGI COLUMBIANA. Address: Aw Je GROUT, Herbarium of Columbia College, Me Wes For Poisoning Herbarium Specimens, Air-Tight Cases for Carbon Bisulphide Poisoning or for Permanent Use. A NEW PATTERN, CAPACITY 2000 SHEETS. Price, $15.00. Another Form, Single Pigeon Holes, 85 Cents Each.. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co. —~> EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS See WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J., MANUFACTURER OF FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES. MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL- WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL. DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES. —— CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae of America is ready. It contains descriptions and etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: JVitella Leibergi sp. Ov: WA _ cronata. A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; gracilis (Smith) Ag.' (transilis sp. nov.) ; ¢enuissima (Desv.) Coss, et Germ.; pygmaca A. Br.; mi- nuta Allen (Maxceana sp. nov.) ; intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part'I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be icagh after the systematic part shall have been completed. T. F. ALLEN, : 10 East 36th St., New York City. MEMOIRS - FROM THE .. Department of Botany of Columbia college ; veer ME 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus — Polygonum. By Dr. John K. Small. Quarto, pp. 178, 85. plates. — _ Price, $6.00. For copies address, PROF. N. L. BRITTON, © COLUMRIA COLLEGE. NEW YORK. ave ' ESTABLISHED 1851. EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, C 205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave, Corner of 18th Street, : NEW "YORK. . SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR e. -March’s Szline Chemical ‘Stone Ware. Schleicher & Schuell’s 5 Caeaeue: Pure and Common Filter Paper. c Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). ¢ | Prof, Jolly’s Specific Gravity . ances, etc. Le Brun F. Desmontes. i Co, 0 Paris, Laner tries oe SPECIALTIES: ce feccnchoeee yas Noraiat wane Gla ware, Porcelain a the Roval pen and Meissen, Factories, Bohe Hanienored Platina, Raines aa Weights, “Copperware, 1 he Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Appeene and . Sugar Chemists. : “LABORATORY ¢ ouTFr TS , ; PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. (1) THE BULLETIN. _. ‘This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four ie pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with “many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. -. Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for _ England, Messrs,-Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. _ Back Numpers.—The BuLLeTIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive _ in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these _ five volumes i is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to- run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years, The price of this volume is ‘$5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa- z rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which ‘may be had for — _ §0 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed A Senet. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete. Fes (2) THE MEMOIRS. a : * The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The sacstes es ean also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those — : Riapitted fromm this list cannot be had separately. ws ‘Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto observed on the Coasts ae of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. the other of Martius in the Podos- temaceae. Three genera of Phanerogams are displaced by homonyms in mosses. They are Hedwigia Swartz, 1788, Burseraceae, by Hed- wigta Ehrh., 1781. Sporledera Bernh., 1842, Pedaliaceae, by Sfor- ledera, Hampe, 1827. Swartzia Schreb., 1791, Leguminosae, by Swartzia Ehrh., 1787. A table of hononyms in Bryophyta and Spermatophyta is given, and a long list of works he has consulted. There is also a complete index. 1n many cases the original cita- _ tions are quoted, which renders this criticism of particular value to those who cannot verify the original descriptions. Evizasetu G. Britton Proceedings of the Club. WEDnEsDAY EVENING, FEBRUARY 26, 1896. Vice-President Allen in the chair and 29 persons present. Mr. C. D. Lippencott and Miss Amy Schiissler were elected active members. The announced paper of the evening by Prof. Byron D. Hal- sted, “ Economic Field Botany,” was illustrated by numerous in- teresting lantern-slides. A communication was read from Mr. Chas. H. Winston, of Richmond College, submitting a specimen of Ligusticum Canadense. Dr. Britton made some remarks upon the separation of the Liliaceae, as usually understood, into four distinct families. 113 Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. Allen, T. F. WVitel/a subspicata sp. nov. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 6-7. pl. 253. 30 Ja. 1896. Bailey, L. H. Notes on Carex. XVIII. Bot. Gaz. 21: 1-8. pi. J. 16 Ja. 1896. C. Hassei, multimoda, Idahoa, Congdoni, Arkansana and Eggertii, new species, four new varieties and a new hybrid. Bailey, L. H. and Powell, G. H. Cherries. Bull. Corn. Univ. Exp. Sta. 98: 380-414. f. 77-90. Gives a botanical classification. Bain, S. M. Fungicides on Peach Foliage. Bull. Tenn. Exp. Sta. 8: 34-40. O. 1895. Baker, J.G. Hechtia argentea. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: pl. 7460. F. 1896. Bicknell, E. P. Carex vulpinoidea Michx. and allied Species. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23; 21-25. 30 Ja. 1896. Describes Carex xanthocarpa as new and one new variety, Bureau, Edward. Reévision du Genre Catfa/jpa. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, (III.) 6: 169-208. f/. 3, g. 1894. American species mentioned. os Campbell, D. H. A new Californian Liverwort. Bot. Gaz. 21: 9-13. pl. 2. 16 Ja. 1896. Geothallus tuberosus new genus and species. Chester, F. D. Experiments in the Treatment of Peach Rot and of Apple Scab. Bull. Del. Exp. Sta. 29: pp. 24 pics. 1895. Cogniaux, A. New Melastomaceae collected by Miguel Bang in Bolivia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 15-17. 30 Ja. 1896. Collins, F. S. Notes on the New England marine Algae.—VI. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 1-6. 30 Ja. 1896. LE picladia cruciata n, sp. Crozier, A _ A. The Common Names of the Clovers. Bull. Mich. Exp. Sta. 125: 14-27. Je. 1895. Dewey, L. H. Distribution of Prickly Lettuce in the United States. ie Bot. Gaz. 2r: 34-35- 16 Ja. 1896. Dewey, L. H. Legislation against Weeds. Bull. U. S. weit of & Agri. Div. Bot. 17: Rae 60. 18 D. 1895. a 114 Dietel, P. Einige neue exotische Pilze. Hedwigia, 34: 291—292. 20 D. 1895. New species in Ravenelia, Puccinia, Uromyces and Synchytrium, Eastwood, A. New Localities for west American Plants. Erythea, 4: aac) 3B. 2606, Eastwood, A. New Localities for two introduced Plants. Erythea, 4: 342.35. 1 F. 1896. One of these is the dreaded Russian thistle. Eastwood, A. elargonium anceps Ait. Erythea, 4: 34. 1 F. 1896. Notes appearance in California as a ballast plant. Ellis, J. B., and Bartholomew, E. New Kansas Fungi. Erythea, 4: 1-4. 2Ja. 23-29. 1 F. 1896. New species in Polyporus, Puccinia, Cenangella, Stictis, Phoma, Aposphaeria, Dothiorella, Cytispora, Spaeropsis, Haplosporella, Diplodia, Diplodiella, Diplo- dina, Septoria, Hendersonia, Pestalozzia, Labrella, Cladosporium, Macrosporiums Clasterisporium, Cercospora and Sporodesmium. Evans, A. A note on /ungermannia Marchica Nees. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 12-15. pl. 254, 255. 30 Ja. 1896. Fisher, J.O.R. Lichens of Licking County, Ohio. Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. g: 11-14. D. 1895. Fox, W. F. The Adirondack Black Spruce. Ann. Rep. Forest Comm. N. Y. 1894: 121-198. Z/. 76. 1895. Greene, E. L. Dates of Publication of Nuttall’s Compositae. Ery- thea, 3: 177,178. 11 D. 1895. Greene, E.L. Two California Saxifrages. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 25. 30 Ja. 1896. Saxtfraga fallax u. sp. Grout, A.J. Notes on Myriophyllum. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, a3: 30 Ja. 1896. Harvey, F. L. Contributions to the Lichens of Maine.—II. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 7-10. 30 Ja. 1896. Hennings, P. Fungi Blumenavienses. Hedwigia, 34: 335-338. 20 D. 1895. New species in Puccinia, Uredo and Aecidium from the province of S. Catharina in Brazil. Hennings, P. Nachtrage zu den Fungi Goyazenses. Hedwigia, 34: 319-324. 20D. 1895. Sirentiloma n. g. (Ustilag.) and new species in Puccinia, Uredo, Aecidium, Phyllachora, Dothidea, Dothiella, Micropeltis and Pseudophacidium from Brazil. 115 Holm, T. Contributions to the Flora of Greenland. Proc. Aca. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1895: 543-545. 1 F. 1896. Holm, T. Fourth List of Additions to the Flora of Washington, D. C. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10: 29-43. 26 F. 1896. Holzinger, J. M. Two new Species of Idaho plants. Bot. Gaz. 21: 36. 16 Ja. 1896. Fragaria Helleri and Rosa Macdougali new. Hooker, J.D. Begonia umbraculifera. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: p/. 7457+ F. 1896. Hooker, J.D. Bifrenaria tyrianthina, Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: p/. 7462. F. 1896, Howell, T. Distribution of the Darlingtonia in Oregon. Erythea, 3: 175: 21 D. 1895. Jack, J. B., and Sthepani, F. Hepaticae Lorentzianae. Hedwigia, 34: 313-318. 20 D. 1895. List of 25 species from the Argentine cordilleras including Madotheca Loventziana, Lu-Lejeunea clavatifiora, Metogeria tmberbis and Anthroceros Argentinus new, Jones, M.E. Calamagrostis scopulorum Jones. Erythea, 4: 35-37- 1 F. 1896. : Keller, I. Notes on the Study of the Cross-Fertilization of Flowers by Insects. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1895: 555-561. 1896. LaWall, C. H. The Shaddock, Grape Fruit, and Forbidden Fruit. Am. Journ. Pharm. 68: 121-130. Mr. 1896. MacMillan, C. Some Comments, on those Chapters in Kerner and Oliver’s ‘‘ Natural History of Plants’? which deal with Reproduction. Bot. Gaz. 21: 20-25. 16 Ja. 1896. Meehan, T. Dacentra Cucullaria. Meehans’ Month. 6: 41. Mr. 1896. sn G. V. Teriainbloey of the Inflorescence of Grasses. Bot. gic, ae 21: 41. 16 Ja. 1896. wee Pes D. Arracacia ? filiformis. Wook. Icon. Pl. 25: oe 2429-0 Ja. 1896. Pa Oliver, D. Columnea filipes. “Hook. Icon. Pl. 25: pé er : rr ae Oliver, D. Cynometra Trinitensis. Hook. Icon. PL 25: it 7443 es Ja. 1896. : Oliver, D, Peridiscus /udidus. Hook. Icon. ¥L 25: oa cae gg ee a 116 Oliver, D. Santalum Fernandezianum. Wook. Icon. 25: pé. 2430. Ja. 1896. Pammel, L. H. Squirrel Tail Grass, or Wild Barley, Bull. Ia. fx Sta. 30: 302~319.. 6 F. 1896. Parish, S. B. . Biographical Sketch of M. S. Bebb. Erythea, 4: 29-31. 2 Ja. 1896. Price, F. W. Tree Names. The Forester, 2: 2-4. 1 Ja. 1896. Rothrock, = a" The Swamp White Oak. Forest Leaves, 5: 104. J. 1896. Scribner, F. L. Notes on Sporobolus. Bot. Gaz. 21: 14-16. 16 Ja. 1896. : Setchell, W. A. Sphaeroplea annulina in California. Erythea, 4: 45, 2B 7-3896. Small, J. K. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 18-20. pl. 256, 257. 30 Ja. 1896. Fepsonia founded on Saxifraga Farryiand S, malvacfolia, and Saxifragopsis founded on S. fragarioides. Smith, J. G. The Validity of Mr. Nash’s Changes. Bot. Gaz. 21: 16-19. 16 Ja. 1896. Starnes, H. N. Grape Culture. Bull. Ga. Exp. Sta, 28: 228-294. SJ. 48. 1895. | . Townsend, C.H. T. On the Bio-Geography of Mexico, Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. Trans. Texas Acad. bens 1: 71-96. 1895. A zone division, largely based on vegetation. Treat, M. The Heaths among the Pines in = Winter. Gard. & For. 8: 492. 11 D. 1895. Vail, A.M. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 500-512. 30 D. 1895. Describes G. fasciculata and two varieties, new. Vail, A. M. Two undescribed Species of Rhynchosia. Bull. Torr Bot. Club, 22: 458. “30 N.-1895- R. Michauxii and R. T. orreyt from Florida and Texas. Warnstorf, C. Beitrage zur Kenntnis exotischer Sphagna. All. Bot. Zeitsch. 1: 92; 1153; 134; 187; 203; 227. My.—D. 1895. Enumeration of many tropical American species. Watts, R. L. The Wild Onion. Bull. Tenn. ee Sta. 8: 22-34. J Ji. 1895. ae _ Wilcox, T. E. Poison Sumach once more. Gard. & For. 8: 478 aay N. 8855; re as i BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 260, je 8. FS rele or bee Min nt KAO: COON DAM AIK asce DOD ALAN UU NY SCO y.: a NTNG ay 7 © te E.L.HYATT Del. THUIDIUM PHILIBERTI — LIMPR. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 26r. Ria 4: VGMine ve 4/ ' ayy TL * inte iii ever] ae TT ree E.LHYATT fee ‘THUIDIOM VIRGINIANUM @oRtD LINDB. Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ] VotuME I, A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N. Li, Britowand HH. Hy Rasby (1887), a 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton CIRC R ee ee a es ee ee 25 cents, An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ; not yet completed.) The Genus Aicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L. Britton. The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),: . . . . 25 cents. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa, Adans. By IN: 3: Britton (iGsoyg eas eg 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton CROOO)) eS A ea ie ie a ee es 25 cents. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- ORM CEOQO Sy 8s ak ger eh ee ge ee . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton (1800), op ee a ee ee ee 25 cents. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton. (ISQY) i Gh er eS ee a es 25 cents. Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong 10 a ea gig Ge aa de poeta) 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton C1005), 2 Ve eae ee oe ee 25 cents, Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich 25 cents. RR ee aes A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/ezbomia occurring in the United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents. VotumeE II. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North Anierica. - By N. LL. Britton (1892),. . 25 se cs 2s _ . 25 cents. Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N. la palok (iO eS a ea 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton a 2 ae ee ent ae weet) o « Se Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L. PT os oie ness es oe we ee ie eee 25 cents. A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small TES) ch ok EN ee oe ee ew ae x New Gade of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong . 25 cents. Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. + - +++ +++ $1.50 Further Notes on jbo AE Species Me Polygonum. By John K. Small Pf as a ee te 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton Ca eee a eee 8 ae ._. 25 cents, Contributions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . . 25 cents. The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys- tem. By John K, Small (1893), . +--+ +++ +++ . 25 cents, Notes upon various Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas Leen Cae ee oe a a ee 25 cents, Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. MO ae ee ee gee ee Boy Oe alk 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, [V. Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum—Ill. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K. RIS CP ao ae oe ee eg ge ks Gr ee 25 cents. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other petiess ey Ry PONENT (TOGA ye en 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit- ee ne ke mk ee Sc ee ee 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American Species of Wezssta (Ulota). By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), 25 cents. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of meena. ey W. 0). MANeW (1902)... oe kl 25 cents, A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail CARON ck es Si ON ead EG hee ek Oy ace 25 cents. VoLumE III. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution. BY. D4 DRUG C1806), oS a Se ee ee 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum. By Elateth G. Brittoe (1990), 8 ss ee. 25 cents. New and interesting Species of /olygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus Phys- comitrium. By Elizabeth G, Britton ( 89648), 5 6226S es SS pee, The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents, A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents. New or little known Plants of the Southern States. , By T. H. Kearney, Jr. CIO ee ey ee ele es cee eee 25 cents. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By Catton ©. CamietiOGh)y ie 5 ea Se ee SS 25 cents. Small (1804), we Sete aoe ee ee or ae gk Se - . 25 cents. Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth Fs BBO (TRO a ae ee 25 cents. The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894) 25 cents. A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lashyrus in North Amer ca. By Poe Va ee ie es 25 cents, Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1804), .. . 25 cents. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . . 25 cents. Ceti Cracca. By RROOR i ie ee eee ee ge ee 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K. Small (1895), Be Sate EN re eco wag ae me ges Le mee eae a sae 25 cents. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S. A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. By — N. L. Britton and T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894),. . 1... . 50 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of Physcomitrella patens. 2. On a Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma serrata Sull, 3. On a European Hybrid of Piyscomitrella patens. By Elizabeth G, Britton (rigs), 5. ea 25 cents. Seed on hybrid from the ern States. By John K. Small OF) 6 8 se be ee See eee we ea pg ee ee COUR Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo, V Nash. (1895,). . , 25 cents, _ No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in ectorads during the summer of 1892. By N. L. Brittonand Anna Murray Vail ( 1895). 50 cents. VoLuMmE IV. No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents. No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American ee IX. By N. L. Britton CMRAB yk eee iets saws oo me ae ee ae 25 cents. No. 78. The Genus Cexchrus in North America. By Geo, “V. Nash (1895), 25 cents. No. 79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small CRO a a a ee as ee ee . 25 cents. No. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. No. 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.) 25 cents. No. 82, Some specical phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- ORT CR i a ae ae . . 25 cents. No. 83. A Study of the Genus Galactia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail C008 8 eee a eee Oe . 25 cents. No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. No. 85. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents. No. 86. Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell CiRQOK SO ee oe ae ee _ , 25 cents. No. 87. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax- ifragaceae. By Wm. E. Wheelock. (1896),. . ....+. 25 cents, No. 88. A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell ( 1896), . . . 25 cents, No. 89. Notes on some Florida Plants, IJ. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . , 25 cents. Title-pages for Vols. II. and III. can be supplied. The series as above listed will be supplied for $12. Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, may be had for $2. Address PROF. N. L. BRITTON, Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY. FOR SALE. A Complete Set of the North American Fungi. 34 Centuries, all in good condition. The set comprises Ellis N. A. F. (Series 1st, Centuries I-XV), and Ellis & Everhart’s N. A. F. (Series 2d, Centuries XVI-XXXIV). PRICE, S300. Address, J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J. FLORIDA PLANTS FOR SALE. I have a few sets of my 1895 collection still left unsold; also one set of the 1894 collection. FLORIDA FUNGI. A few sets still on hand. A large number of new species and varieties are embraced in the above collections. Lists furnished on application to GEO. V. NASH, Columbia University, NEW YORK, N, ¥,,U. 6 A. s For Poisoning Herbarium Specimens, Air-Tight Cases for Carbon Bisulphide Poisoning or for Permanent Use, ' A NEW PATTERN, CAPACITY 2000 SHEETS. Price, $15.00. Another Form, Single Pigeon Holes, 85 Cents Each. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co. —~> EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. <“— WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J., MANUFACTURER OF FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES. MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL- WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL. DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES. ae CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae of America is ready. It contains descriptions and etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: JVitella Leibergi sp. nov. ; mu- cronata A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; gracilis (Smith) Ag. (¢ransilis sp. nov.) ; ¢enuissima (Desv.) Coss. et Germ.; pygmaea A. Br.; mt- nuta Allen (Afaxceana sp. nov.) ; intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be prepared after the systematic part shall have been completed. T. F. ALLEN, 10 Hast 36th St., New York City. MEMOIRS - + FROM THE ... Department of Botany of Columbia College. VOLUME 1, A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum. By Dr. John K. Small. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00. For copies address, PROF. N. L. BRITTON, COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY. ESTABLISHED 1851, EIMER & “AMEND p MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatu S 205, 207, 209 an Third Ave, a Tea. of 18th Street, —_- NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR is E. March’s Seeline Chemical Sto Ware. Schleicher & -Schuell’s ‘Chem o Pure and Common Filter Paper. "Discus Co Scheibler’s. Saccha ters: (Polariscopes). > Prof, Jolly’s” Specific G ances, etc. - PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. (4) THE BULLETIN. fi This journal has fieen published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four e “pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with “many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. - Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, ro shillings. Agents for England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. ‘ ‘Back Numpers.—The red nett was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive - price of this volume is $5.00. eee 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa- ely, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for — cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed rately. ‘ ee of each ot 00. Vols. 8 =“ 17 cannot now be Gel ticnes pomplets: eas (@) THE MEMOIRS. The. subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The ie can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. ‘Those ed from this list cannot be had separately. _ olume I, No. 2—A List. of the Marine Algze hitherto cheriea on the Colin v Jersey and Staten Island. _By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. No. 3.— ~An ‘Enumeration of the ‘Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby Peers, aoe HB csa over at yeu new. rican a By Retard ieee Price, ( e 2 L— On is Food Material “a Buds oe pres with two eae is ete ss Halsted. . and A: ur Hollick. ‘Bros 75 cents. : ne 98 of the North American iam E.. Wheelock ae OF THE A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY. : EDITED BY. e NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON, _ AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB. 3 DON TENTS. Ge igs pee areata ae at os ee me < PAGE, ae ae ee _ Noteson Xuhmistera: A.A. Heller (PuaTR 262. “THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1896. : President, HON. ADDISON BROWN. é Vice Presiaents, T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE. Corresponding Secretary, Recording Secretary, JOHN K. SMALL, HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., _ College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia University, New York City. Editor, d Treasurer, aoe N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN, a) Columbia University, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City. Associate Editors, ae EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B, Ry _ ANNA MURRAY VAIL, | BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. D., ae . Curator, - E oi Librarian, — < "HELEN M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. WHEELOCK,;M.D. SA MARE fo ce ss "WM. E, WHEELOCK, M.D- CORNELIUS V VAN BRUNT, | ‘JEANNETTE B. GREENE, ! M. Da ee ine hicen oad New York City. oo ssth Street, Nee York Clee: = - Library ana Herbarium Committee, JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, HELEN M. INGERSOLL, _ : Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE. — BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Notes on Kuhnistera, By A. A. HELLER. PLATE 262. The genus Awhnistera was published by Lamarck, in Ency- clopedie Methodique, 3: 370 (1789), who based it upon the “ Kuhniae affinis” or “ Anonymos pinnat.” of Walter, and gave it the name of Aushnistera Carolinensis, from its resemblance to the genus Kuhunia of the Compositae. Walter, who did not know ex-_ actly where to place the plant, consigned it to his - convenient Anonymos. This in some respects peculiar plant has had an interesting history and a variety of names. Jussieu, in Gen. Pl. 355 “1789), under the description of Dalea, adds: ‘‘Speciam habeo siccam, me habitu flosculosam Eupatorii instar sed Dalea fere congeneram cui calix communis polyphyllus imbricatus multiflorus, calix proprius _ inferus 5-partitus plumosus, petala 5 subaequalia eamer: : caetera similia.” This is folloswat by a an. observation of Ventenat, in Tab. Pe 305 (1794) under Kuhnistera Carolinensis, who says that the. plant of which Jussieu gave a short description, after having presented the characters of Dalea, is, according to Michaux, this Anonymos of - Walter; Kuhnistera differs above all from the genera following by the disposition of the flowers in a corymb, by its involucre an by the plumose divisions of the calyx Srp. The genera folloy > Michaux evident: 118 means that the information was given either verbally or by cor- respondence, as they were co-workers. Michaux, in Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 50 (1803), described the genus Petalostemum, taking as types P. albidum, pl. 37, f. 1, and P. vio- laceum, pl. 37, f. 2. Under it he included Auhnistera Carolinensis Lam., calling it P. corymbosum. _ Willdenow, in Sp. Pl. 1338 (1803), issued subsequent to Mich- aux’s Flora, places the plant under Dalea, and calls it Dalea Kuhnistera, taking his characters from Ventenat, the latter clause of whose description reads: “ Quodlibet florum, capitulum magno- bractearum numero est tectum, quae calycem communem quasi repraesentant et totae plantae habitum Eupatorii conciliant.” Poiret, in Lam., Encycl. 5: 694 (1804), calls it Psoralea corym- éosa. After mentioning the corymbose heads, he adds: “They are provided with large oval bracts, scales, almost like an involucre, at the base of the flowers.” Pursh, in Fl. Am. Sept. 462 (1814), takes up the name Pefalos- temon corymbosum, of Michaux, and remarks: “ This singular plant appears, at first sight, to belong to the class Syngenesia (Compos- itae), and certainly is the connecting link between that class and the present.” De Candolle, in Prodr. 2: 244 (1825), assigns it to a section Kuhnistera, of Petalostemon, and asks: “An genus proprium?” Bartling, in Ord. Nat. Pl. 410 (1830), treats Kuhnistera and Petalostemon, as separate genera. . Don, in Gen. Syst. 2: 222 (1832), follows De Candolle, and quotes him throughout. Torrey and Gray, in Fl, N. Am. 1: 312 (1838), say, speaking of Petalostemon corymbosus : “ This species, on account of its habit, its large involucrate bracts, deeply divided and plumose calyx, and narrow. petals, has been separated as a distinct genus, but scarcely on sufficient grounds, for several other species have a similar calyx and very narrow petals and in P. multiflorum the stem is somewhat corymbosely branched. There is no other tie ihe how- ever, with. similar spikes.” _ Endlicher, in Gen, Pl. 1270 (1840), divides Puiu into two sections, Eupetalostemon and Kuhnistera. - Lindley, in Veg. King. Ed. 3, 554 (1853), considers Kuhnastera and Petalostemon as separate genera. 119 With the idea of finding sufficient characters to separate Au/n- istera of Lamarck from Petalostemon of Michaux, I have spent some time in hunting up the literature of the subject. As will be seen from the extracts given above, botanists since the time of Michaux who were really acquainted with the plants which they described have maintained but one genus, some of them making a section of Kuhnistera. My own examinations of the different species have failed to establish enough constant differences to separate them into two genera. The plant of Walter is strikingly different in its general appearance from the other species, but the differences are of de- gree rather than of kind. All of the species have a greater or less number of empty bracts at the base of the flower-head. In pinata these are broadly ovate or almost orbicular, especially the outer row, which usually bears small leaflets. If these outer empty bracts were constant and of a different shape from the inner ones we would have a good character, but they are not. The outer- most bracts are almost obicular, the innermost oblong, with a gradual transition from the one to the other, as we proceed from the outside to within. _ The narrow petals and slender plumose ak: -lobes can hardly be considered sufficient ground for generic distinction, for as noted by Torrey and Gray we have these conditions in several other species, although no other species has the calyx-lobes so long in proportion to the length of the tube. Unless better and more constant characters can be found to keep up to distinct genera, the latter name of Petalostemon Michaux must give way to Ku/nistera of Lamarck, as set forth by Kuntze, — in Rev. Gen. Pl. 192 (1891). ; ae The following is a provisional list of the species as known to © me at the present time, and is printed preliminary to a descriptive monograph of the genus. KUHNISTERA Lam. Encycl. 3: 370. 1789. KuuNisTERA CANDIDA (Michx.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Fh ew 2 1891. ; : Petalostemon sdadii Michx. FI. Bor. Am. 2: 49. 1803. te Datea candida Poir. in Lam. Encycl. 5: 604. 1804. sac 120 Petalostemon virgatum Nees & Schwein., in Ne uwied, Reise Nord. Am. 2: 432. 1839. A Mississippi Valley species, occurring in Minnesota, Wiscon- sin, Illinois, Nebraska, Kansas, Kentucky, Tennessee, Mississippi, Louisiana, and in the Saskatchewan region, where it was collected by Bourgeau. KUHNISTERA CARNEA (Michx.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemum carneum Michx. F1. Bor, Am, 2: 49. 1803. Psoralea carnea Poir. in Lam. Encycl. 5: 694. 1804. Dalea carnea Spreng. Syst. 3: 326. 1826. Petalostemon roseum Nutt. Amer. Journ. Sci. (I.) 5: 298. 1822. Georgia and northern Florida. Nuttall’s P. roseum does not seem to be distinct from this species. KUHNISTERA COMPACTA (Spreng.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Datea compacta Spreng. Syst. 3: 327. 1826. Petalostemon macrostachyum Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 176. 1828. Petalostemon compactus Swezey, Neb. FI. Pl. 6. 1891. Nebraska and Colorado. KUHNISTERA DECUMBENS (Nutt.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon decumbens Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 93. 1834. Northeastern Texas. KUHNISTERA EMARGINATA (T, & G.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon emarginatum T. & G. Fl. N. Am.1: 311. 1838. A Texan species. _KUANISTERA EXILIS (A. Gray) ae Rev. Gen, Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon exilis A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 41. 1893. New Mexico, Arizona and Mexico. The bracts of this plant are like those of true Da/ea, but there are only five stamens, hav- ing the structure of those of Kuhunistera. As stated by Gray in the original description, “ The lowest bracts broader and less sub- ulate-pointed than the upper,” in this respect having the same character as K. pinnata. KuanisTera Feayi (Chapm.) Nash, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 149. 1895. Fetalostemon Feayi Chapm. FI, States, Suppl. 615. 1884. 121 Apparently confined to central Florida. It is close to K. car- nea, but seems to be distinct. KUHNISTERA FLAVESCENS (S.Wats.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. ' Petalostemon flavescens, S. Wats. Amer. Nat. 7: 299. 1873. KUHNISTERA FOLIOSA (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon foliosus A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 7 : 336. 1868. Illinois and Tennessee. KUHNISTERA GATTINGERI n. sp. Perennial, stems a foot in length or more, usually branching from the base, sometimes decumbent, sparingly glandular and. pubescent, sometimes villous on the peduncles; leaflets two or three pairs, narrowly linear or oblong, one-half to three-fourths of an inch long, one line in width or less, dull and glandular on the upper side, light green beneath, the mid-vein prominent; spikes on rather short peduncles, cylindrical, loose, especially when old, one inch to two and a half incheslong; bracts slightly longer than the calyx, oval-lanceolate, slender-pointed, glandular, pubescent; calyx pubescent with spreading hairs, the lanceolate lobes slightly shorter than the tube and more pubescent; petals deep rose-purple ; ovary and base of style pubescent. This plant has been distributed as Petalostemon decumbens Nutt., but Nuttall’s type, collected «on the plains of the Red River,” is preserved in the herbarium of Columbia University, and is a very different species. I take pleasure in dedicating it to Dr. A. Gattinger, who first collected it about Nashville and Lavergne, Tenn. Some of his specimens are in Curtiss’ North American Plants, no. 565. Dr. Chas. Mohr has also collected it at Russel- ville, Ala., a form with somewhat laxer inflorescence, and more pubescent calyx. KUHNISTERA GRACILIS (Nutt.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon gracile Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 92. 1834. Petalostemon bicolor Bertol. Bot. Zeit. g: 902. 1842-51. Fide A. Gray. os A species of the gulf coast extending from Florida to Lou- isiana. The majority of the plants which are in herbaria labeled Petalostemon gracile belong to KX. oligophylla. True gracilis has not been found outside of the range given. Pe. KuHNISTERA GRISEA (T. & G.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon griseum T. & G. Fi. N. Am. i Bie. thee 122 Texas and Indian Territory. Petalostemon luteolus S. Wats., is P. Sabinalis S. Wats. Al- though the name /wteo/us appears in Patterson’s Check-List, it has no foundation, being a label name given to a specimen of P. Sa- binalis. KUHNISTERA MICROPHYLLA (T. & G.). Petalostemon phleoides var. microphyllum T.& G. Fl. N. Am, 1: 340. : F633. The much smaller and 4 more numerous leaflets, as well as the pubescence, readily separate this plant from K. phleoides. A Texan species. ; KUHNISTERA MULTIFLORA (Nutt.) Heller, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 197. 1894. : Petalostemon multifiorum Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila.7: 92. 1834. Kuhnistera candida var. multi tflora Rydberg, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 54. 1895. The corymbose and capitate inflorescence of this species debar it from being classed with K. candida. The ovate bracts, shorter than the calyx, although of lesser importance, do not agree with candida either, as shown by Mr. Rydberg’s description. There is only one other species in the genus, K. pinnata, which is corym- bosely branched. I have seen specimens from Kansas, Indian Territory and Texas only. KUHNISTERA OBovATA (T. & G.). Petalostemon obovatum T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 310. 1838. Dalea agastachya Moric. P|. Nouv. 65. pl. zg. 1839. Kuhnistera agastachya Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. In Mem. Am. Acad. (Plantae Fendlerianae) 4: 33 (1849), Dr. Gray says in a foot note: “ Dalea agastachya Moric. Pl. Nouv. Amer. pl. 44 (1839) is Petalostemon obovatum T.& G.,” thus proving conclusively that odovatum is the earlier name. Moricand’s work was issued in parts, dating from 1833-46. A Texan species. > KounisTera oricopnytia (Torr.). Petalostemon gracile var. oligophyllum Torr. in Emory’s Mil. Rec. 139. 1848. Kuhnistera occidentalis Heller. Trans. N.Y. Acad, Sci: sa: 33. oF, 1895. 123 Kuhnistera candida var. occidentalis Rydberg, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 154. S. 1895. The Mexican Boundary Survey of Emory having been con- fused with the work cited above, the identity of this species was only recently established. The type, but unnamed, is in the her- barium of Columbia University. Ona small slip of paper pasted upon the sheet is recorded in Torrey’s hand “ Emory, Sept. 28th, 1846. Valley of Del Norte.” By referring to the journal, we find that on September 28, 1846, the expedition was near Albuquerque, New Mexico. Specimens from Arizona, New Mexico, Kansas, Indian Territory and South Dakota are typical, and readily distin- guished from K. candida by the lax inflorescence, blunt spikes, and smaller, thicker and more obtuse leaflets, but in Nebraska there are some forms which approach candida. It has a more western and southwestern range than any other of the white- flowered species. In the lower part of its range, candida is not found far from the Mississippi river, and the typical plant is found only from the original region, Tennessee, Illinois and northward. KUuHNISTERA ORNATA (Dougl.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon ornatus Dougl.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 138. 1830. Datea ornata Eaton & Wright, 219. 1840. Petalostemon macrostachys T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 309. In ; part. 1833; An Oregon species. KuunisTERA PuLEorDES(T. & G.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 182. 1891. Petalostemon phleoides T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 310. 1838. Petalostemon glandulosus Coult. & Fish. Bot. Gaz. 18: 299. 1893. : A comparison of the type of phlecides and a duplicate type of glandulosus, both of which are in the Columbia University herbarium, clearly shows theth to be identical. The oblique calyx is a marked character in this —— Texas. : Cee KunNIsTERA PINNATA (Walt.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. ae Anonymos pinnat. Walt. Fl. Car. 103. 1788. Sg ae Kuhnistera Carolinensis Lam. Encycl. 3: 370. 1789. : Petalostemum — Michx. at Bor. ae, a: 50. 1803. i. 124 Dalea Kuhnistera Willd. Sp. pl. 3: 1337. 1803. Psoralea corymbosa Poir. in Lam. Encycl. 5: 694. 1804. Cylipogon virgatum Raf. Journ. Phys. 89: 97. 1819. Gatesia Alabamensis Bertol. Bot. Zeit. 899. 1842-51. In the coast region from North Carolina to Alabama. KUHNISTERA PULCHERRIMA Heller, Cont. Herb. F. & M. Coll. 1: SO; 02. 2S 8605: Petalostemon virgatum Scheele, Linnaea,21: 401. 1848. Not Nees, 1839. North central Texas. KUHNISTERA PURPUREA (Vent.) MacM. Met. Minn. Val. 32. 1892. Dalea purpurea Vent. Hort. Cels. p/. 40. 1800. Petalostemum purpureum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 50. pl. 37.f. 2. 1803. Dalea violacea Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 1337. 1803. Psoralea purpurea Poir. in Lam. Encycl. 5: 694. 1804. Northwest Territory, Saskatchewan, Dakota, Minnesota, Ne- braska, Illinois, Missouri, Kansas and Arkansas. KUHNISTERA REVERCHONI (S. Wats.). Petalostemon Reverchoni S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 449. 1886. A species of northern Texas. KUuHNISTERA SABINALIs (S, Wats.). Petalostemon Sabinalis S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 448. 1886. ; Bandera County, southwestern Texas. KUHNISTERA SEARLSIAE (A.Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon Searlsiae A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 380. 1873. Nevada, the original locality, and Arizona. KUHNISTEKA TENUIFOLIA (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon tenutfolius A. Gray, ue. Am. Acad: ti: 7% 1876. Arkansas, New Mexico, Arizona. KuuNISTERA TENUIS (Coulter). Petalostemon violaceus var. tenuis Coulter, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 34. 1890. : : 125 This is a very good species, quite distinct from the Petalostemon violaceus, which has been made dumping ground of various red- flowered species which are not at all related to it. This species is much more closely related to Reverchoni than to purpurea. Coleman county, southeastern Texas. KUHNISTERA VILLOSA (Nutt.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Petalostemon villosum Nutt. Gen. 2: 85. 1818. Datlea villosa Spreng. Syst. 3: 326. 182). Sackatchewan, Minnesota, South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States —V, By JoHN K. SMALL. ASPLENIUM BRADLEYI D.C. Eaton, Bull. Torr. Club, 6: 11. 187 3. Although not extending the known geographic area, King’s and Crowder’s mountains, N. C., furnish two more stations for this rare fern. I found it on the two isolated peaks just mentioned, in th summer of 1894; it grew both on the cliffs at the summits and in crevices on large boulders on the slopes and at the base of the mountains. The leaves varied from less than one decimeter to between two and three decimeters in length. PIAROPUS CRASSIPES (Mart.) Britton, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 241. 1893. Mr. A. H. Curtiss informs me that this plant escaped from cul- tivation a few years ago and has now become a serious obstruc- | tion to navigation in the tributaries of the St. John’s river. It has _ established itself in other parts of Florida. Iris CAROLINIANA S. Wats. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 514. 1890. In the spring of 1893 great quantities of this lately described _ Iris were found east of the great Dismal Swamp in Virginia by _ Dr. Britton and myself. During the spring of 1894 Tracy and — Earle secured good fruiting specimens at Pointe du Chene, Lou- ae isiana (no. 2898), and last summer I found it very common in the - swamps about Macon, —— and oe the middle part» of that state. 126 Myrica PUMILA (Michx.). Myrica cerifera var. pumila Michx. F]. Bor. Am. 2: 228. 1803. It seems strange that this so-called variety of Myrica cerifera has never before been given specific rank. CASTANEA NANA Muhl. Cat. 86. 1813. Mr. Kearney has recently given us an excellent description* of this characteristic chinquapin. He omitted, however, the most striking character of the species. During last July and August I had an opportunity to observe C. zana at various points in south- eastern Georgia, where it is plentiful and distributed in large patches over the hot sandy wastes. In its relatives, Castanea den- tata and C. pumila, we find typical trunks.or main stems developed above ground, but in the case of C. zava the main stem never rises to the surface of the soil, but grows along at the depth of one or several inches beneath the surface, sending up lateral branches at intervals. A comparative study of the anatomy of this stem would doubtless prove interesting. ArIsTOLocHifA Nasuit Kearney, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 485. 1894. Last July I collected good fruiting specimens of this plant along the Flint River, below Albany, Ga. The species is readily separable from the related A. Serpentaria by its more deeply lobed capsule, which is just about one-half as long. Mr. A. H. Curtiss has sent me specimens which he gathered in northeastern Florida several years ago. PORTULACA CORONATA N. sp. Rather stout, succulent, glabrous and somewhat shining, the roots fibrous, descending and freely branching; stem simple and erect, or diffusely branched from I or 2 cm, above the root, nearly terete, its branches spreading and ascending, bright flesh-colored or magenta, rarely lead-colored, the branches usually alternate, sometimes almost opposite, conspicuously articulated with the stem, the ends clavate and more or less tinged with green ; leaves sessile or nearly so, the lower ones usually oblanceolate, the upper ones oblong or oblong-lanceolate, alternate, except a whorl of from three to eight at the ends of the branches, flat, obtuse or rarely acutish, conspicuously articulated with the stem, somewhat fugacious, bright green, inconspicuously ciliolate with depressed * Bull, Torr. Club, 21: 261. 127 trichomes; midrib rather indistinct; flowers about 5 mm. broad, yellow; sepals 2 mm. long, triangular, sometimes broader than high, obtuse, hooded at the apex; petals small, 2 mm. long, ovate or oblong-obovate, obtuse, marked with five or seven nerves; stamens eleven or twelve; pisti] 2 mm. long, three to four-cleft, the segments obovate or spatulate, well covered with stigmatic processes; capsule hemispheric or turbinate-hemispheric, 2-3 mm. long, 5 mm. in diameter, surmounted by a conspicuous crown, developed from the edge of the calyx where the lid joins the capsule; lid flattish, not crested, sometimes slightly depressed in the center; seeds twenty to forty, cochleate, gray, covered with acute or acutish pyramidal papillae. Collected in September, 1894, just below the summit of Little Stone Mountain, De Kalb County, Georgia. It grows in com- pany with P. ~ilosa in shallow depressions which have become partially filled with a sandy soil by the disintegration of the granite. There is a great contrast between it and the last named species, the plants are usually stouter, less dense in habit and the stems and branches bright magenta, whilst those of P. pilosa are of a light or dark shade‘ of green. It is more closely allied to P. Zanceolata Engelm. of southern and western Texas, from which it differs in the smaller flowers, and the sessile or nearly sessile leaves. The leaves are also different in shape and are never acute. The petals are not like those of P. /anceolata, and unfold in cultivated specimens about eight o'clock in the morning. TWO SPECIES OF HIBISCUS. _ Dr. Gray, in revising this genus for the Synoptical Flora, and in the fifth edition of his Manual, merged Michaux’s H. granai- florus into H. lasiocarpus of Cavanilles. It is difficult to under- stand on what grounds he did this, as the two species are so strik- ingly dissimilar. A comparison of their diagnostic characters is here given. Hipiscus LastocarpPus Cav. Diss. 3: 159. pl. 70. f. 7. 1787. Hibiscus grandiflorus A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 102. 1867. Not . Michx. with a dense pubescence consisting of long branched strigose-like Stem pubescent, leaves ovate, the upper surface clothed ca : hairs with a metallic or brownish-green tinge, the lower surface somewhat paler and less densely pubescent; calyx inconspicuously _ ribbed; bractlets as long as the calyx or longer, pectinate- 128 ciliate; petals 6-8 cm. long; style slender, its branches not arising from the same point. HIBISCUS GRANDIFLORUS Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 46. 180 3 Stem glabrous ; leaves hastate, three-lobed, broader than long (except the uppermost), the upper surface velvety with dense pubescence, bright green, the lower surface whitish, densely canes- cent; petioles glabrous; calyx prominently ribbed; bractlets about one-half the length of the calyx, velvety; petals 12-15 cm. long; style stout, its branches arising from the same point. ‘I have seen specimens of 1. grandiflorus from several places in Florida. Michaux says it also occurs in Georgia and Mississippi. On the other hand #. /asiocarpus ranges from Louisville west- ward and north in the Mississippi Valley to Illinois and Missouri. Cavanilles gives a good figure of H. /asiocarpus which in no way suggests Michaux’s plant. NYMPHAEA ORBICULATA N. sp. Perennial, robust, pubescent, except the upper surface of the leaves, bright green. Leaves orbicular or nearly so, 3-4 dm. in diameter, somewhat crisped, the lobes at the base conspicuously overlapping, the upper surface rough with irregular papillae, the lower surface pubescent with short shining silvery hairs, marked with numerous secondary nerves ; petiole variable in length, faintly striate, clothed with silky pubescence, like the lower surface of the leaves; flowers about 6 cm.in diameter; sepals oblong-obovate, 5 cm. long, obtuse, somewhat eroded, faintly ribbed ; disk 2 cm. in diameter; fruit subglobose, 4~5 cm. in diameter; seeds ovoid, 4.5 mm. long, with a ridge on one side. Collected in a small lake near Thomasville, southern Georgia. In flower and fruit throughout July. Differs from Nymphaea advena in its orbicular leaves with their overlapping basal lobes, the peculiar pubescence and the ovoid seeds instead of the more nearly globose ones of that species. CROTONOPSIS SPINOSA Nash, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 1 $7. 100s: I met with quantities of this very distinct species during the past summer in the valley of the St. Mary’s River, in southeastern Georgia. In the field, as in the herbarium, this plant does not suggest C. dinearis, its mode of growth and habit separating it at once. In Engler & Prantl we notice a figure of P. spinosa, which is intended to represent P. /inearis. This shows that the species was collected some years ago and that a specimen found its way to Europe. 129 RuHEXIA FLoripANA Nash, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 150. 1895. This Rhexia, hitherto known from but a single locality in Florida, is now known to occur in Georgia. I collected fine speci- mens of it during the past season north of the St. Mary’s River, in the neighborhood of hammocks, in Charlton county. Their char- acters show nothing different from the originals, except that my specimens are more robust. ‘ JUSSAEA SUFFRUTICOSA L. Sp. Pl. 388. 1753. Dr. Carl Mohr has found this plant established on the river bank at Mobile, Alabama. This is the first record of its occur- rence within the Southern States. GayussaciA ursINA (M. A. Curtis) T. & G.; Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. (II). 3: 49. 1846. While in the mountains of northern Georgia, in the summer of 1893, I found this rare Gaylussacia at three localities. It is quite scarce in the canon at Tallulah Falls and produces little fruit, but some miles north, on the North Carolina boundary, the damp mountain slopes about Estotoah Falls and the Thomas Bald are covered with the shrub, growing from one to four feet tall and producing quantities of the large black fruit, which is not at all insipid, as has been stated. On some mountains it covers areas many acres in extent. Cyxocronum ancustirouium (T. & G.). Mitreola sessilifolia var. angustifolia T.& G. Fl. N. A. 2: 45. 1841. Annual, or perennial (?), slender, glabrous, pale green and Sad- batia-like. Stems erect, 2-6 dm., simple or sparingly branched above, virgate; leaves varying from narrowly lanceolate, 2-4 cm. long, somewhat fleshy, becoming thin in drying, obtuse or acutish at the apex, entirely sessile or the lowest short-petioled, not prom- _ inently nerved; flowers usually in a somewhat compound termi- _ nal cyme; calyx narrowly campanulate, 2.5—3 mm. long, parted — to below the middle, its segments ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, den- — ticulate ; corolla at length much longer than the calyx, whitish, 3-5 mm. long, marked with dark stripes (3 to each segment), its tube _ somewhat constricted at the throat, about as long as the linear- lanceolate, erect or converging, rather obtuse segments ; capsule sessile or nearly so, 4 mm. long, its two horns slightly longer than . the body, converging; seeds brown, .3 mm. long, ovoid, rather pointed at the apex, slightly and minutely pitted. ae Original locality, Middle Florida. In wet places, southern — Georgia and Florida. ee ee 130 RUDBECKIA BICOLOR Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7; 81 (1834). This species of more western distribution has been collected in eastern Florida. Mr. A. H. Curtiss has found it growing in pine barrens near Jacksonville (no. 4759). Some years since he se- cured it in fertile fields in Duval county, but distributed it under the name of another species (no. 1423). In 1894 Prof. Tracy se- cured a remarkably slender form at Biloxi, Mississippi (no. 2896). The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United .States (Genus Sisyrinchium), By EuGeEnE P. BICKNELL. (PLATES 263-265). , No conclusive answer has yet been given to the old question whether there exists more than one East American species of Blue-eyed Grass. The common resource of throwing together under one name all eastern specimens belonging to the genus is easy botany but poor morals. Neither does the recognition of two forms or species satisfy the botanical conscience. It would ap- pear that only when we take notice of three or more kinds of Blue-eyed Grasses do we find ourselves bearing somewhere near the truth. It matters little whether these £inds be rated, accord- ing to the conceptions of different minds, as species or as forms of less signal rank; the pith of the matter lies in this, that each kind upholds a certain definite type of individualization which has been established in nature. I venture to propose a new eastern species in this confused genus only on the authority of facts perfectly clear to my mind. Nor do I doubt that any student who may approach the subject guided by out-of-doors study will reach views not greatly at vari- ance with my own. Nomenclature. An inquiry into the nomenclature of the East American forms of Szsyrinchium discloses the unsuspected fact that our common Blue-eyed grass of the Atlantic States is without any available 131 name. The plant has been variously known as S. Lermudianum L., S. angustifolium Miller and S. anceps Cav. These names are in indiscriminate use to-day. It has been a subject of disagreement whether the name Ser- mudiana of Linnaeus belongs more properly to the Bermudan than to the American plant. The title of the insular species is certainly not without a slight flaw of indirection ; on the other hand it can scarcely be held that the claim of the continental plant is better founded—its support involves an undue insistence on merely technical points at best of uncertain bearing in this par- ticular case. In these circumstances that course seems to be right which unreservedly concedes the name Bermudiana to the Bermudan plant. But even in its time-honored employment in American botany the name Sermudiana, it appears, has been used to designate quite another form of Szsyrinchium than the one to which it was ap- plied in Species Plantarum. Its application by Linnaeus was not at all, or only in doubtful part, to the plant of our Atlantic sea- beard which has borne the name—the plant with broadly-winged, branching stem and subequal spathal bracts. The species which was primarily, if not solely designated by Linnaeus, is the plant of more northward extension, having a slender, simple stem and unequally bracted spathe, which has been known by Michaux’s name, mucronatum. Linnaeus’s description is distinctive of neither species, but his plant was based on Plukenet (Phyt. p/. 67, f. z. 1691, and Almag. 345, 1696) and on Dillenius (Hort. Elth. 49, p/. gz, f. 49. 1732). Plukenet both by description and illustration is perfectly clear; his plant is the one we have been calling mucronatum. It may be added that the precedence given as to the American over the Bermudan plant in Species Plantarum is in conformity with the numbering of Plukenet’s figures, which, singularly enough, reverses the order of the figures themselve, ae and of the descriptions as well. = The exact plant of the Species Plantarum is so perfectly estab- oS lished by the primary reference to Plukenet that it is of little con- sequence to find that Dillenius is ambiguous. Watson, indeed, ou has interpreted the Dillenian plant as being the equivalent of our ; so-called mucronatum. Still, the ance in Hort. ai eee to : 132 represent, in part at least, our Atlantic States plant, and it would thus seem probable that~ Dillenius actually had both species, but failed to distinguish between them. ‘This, however, is fortunately not now material to the proper assignment of names. First after Linnaeus, Miller (Dict. ed. VII., 1759) discussed the American plant, as he understood it, naming it S. angustifolium and citing Dillenius. To the extent of this citation the exact sig- nificance of Miller’s name might be held to be doubtful, but his description, as Watson has emphasized, points unmistakably to our simple-stemmed plant. Whatever doubt of this might other- wise have been is forestalled by Miller himself. In his « Gar- deners’ and Botanists’ Dictionary” (1807) he redescribes his plant in clear terms, adopting for it the name S. anceps Cav., and citing his own earlier name as a synonym. The bearing of S. avceps Cav. is not doubtful; the plant falls conclusively into line with | that of Linnaeus and of Miller as our simple-stemmed species. The true name of this plant is thus found to be S. angusti- folium Miller, as Watson has already maintained (Proc. Am. Acad. 24: 86-7). The name S. anceps Cav. was adopted by Watson for our branched species on the ground that Cavanilles’ illustration shows one plant bearing a short branch. The remaining evidence of the figures, as well as the unequivocal text, was thus quite unaccount- ably overlooked. Asa matter of fact, also, S. angustifolium some- times develops a short lateral branch, just as the figure shows. Earlier than Cavanilles, Lamarck described the American plant as S. gramineum from specimens cultivated in France (Encyc. 1: 408. 1783). His description is entirely satisfactory and identi- fies his plant perfectly with Miller's S. angustifolium described from specimens cultivated in England. The synonomy of S. angustifolium will therefore stand as follows: S. angustifolium Miller, Dict. ed. VII. (1759). S. Bermudiana L. Sp. Pl. 954. In part. 1753. S. gramineum Lam. Encyc. 1: 408. 1783. S. anceps Cav. Diss. 6: 345. pl. 190, f. 2. 1788. S. mucronatum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2. 33. 1803. The first clear presentation of our branched species was by 183 Curtis (Bot. Mag. p/. 464. 1799), who gives an excellent illustration of our exact plant naming it S. gramineum. This name, however, as we have seen, was preoccupied through its use by Lamarck. The curious fact thus develops that this plant appears never to have been described under a name not a synonym of S. angusti- Jolium. It may now, therefore be called S. gramnoides. y Our eastern Species of Blue-Eyed Grass. SISYRINCHIUM GRAMINOIDES nom. nov. ~ S. gramineum Curtis, Bot. Mag. pl. 464. 1799. Not S. grami- neum Lam. Encyc. 1: 408. 1783. S. Bermudianum of American authors, not Linnaeus, S. anceps S. Watson in A. Gray’s Manual, Ed. 6, 515. Not Cavanilles. Specific Characters: Green or subglaucous, drying dark; stem bifurcate, winged; leaves thin; stem and leaves with scabrous edges, 1’’-3’’ wide; bracts of spathe subequal, acuminate ; floral- scales brownish-tinged ; capsule large, 114’"-3’’ wide; seeds 14” or more in diameter, pitted. Commonly over 1° high (6’-2°); green or somewhat glaucous, usually drying dark. Stems wing-flattened, mostly 11%4’’-2” wide (1’’-3’’), the wing-margins perceptibly broadened upward from base totop. Leaves thin and grass-like,as broad as the stem and from one-half to three-quarters its length, or rarely equalling it, minutely serrulate or denticulate on the edges, as are the stem and the branches, or usually so. Stem dividing above or from about the middle into two (exceptionally three or four) branches 2’—8’ long, subtended by a conspicuous grass-like leaf which is slightly nar- rowed above the compressed-clasping base and broadened higher up, as are the larger basal leaves. Branches winged, mostly sub- _ erect and unequal, but variable, usually the inner one elongated _ and erect, the outer one about half its length, often curved, broader, sometimes over 1’ wide with its margins passing un- interruptedly into the continuous spathe; rarely the outer branch may be the longer, or the two may be subequal ; occasionally the _ outer one divides into two peduncles subtended by a leafy bract. _ Not infrequently simple and leafless scapes rise among the nor- mally branched ones, simulating the stem of S. angustifolium. Bracts of spathe usually green and herbaceous (sometimes pur- plish), compressed, usually serrulate-scabrous on the keel, the outer one with scarious margins usually only below the middle, ‘. subequal (occasionally the outer one is sowewhat elongated, es- : 134 pecially when thescape is simple); inner bract narrowly acuminate or acute, 6’-10” long. MHyaline floral scales narrow, becoming distinctly brownish-tinged. Divisions of perianth 4/’-5” long, 11%4’’_2"’ wide, sparsely pubescent on outer surface. Young capsule pubescent as in our other species. Capsules usually 3 or 4 (ex- ceptionally more) subglobose, about 2’ long and broad (1 %4’”-3’), disposed to be spreading or even recurved on slender pedicels 8’’— 12’’ long. Seeds .04—05 in. in diameter, black, globose, more or less pitted. (Plate 263.) Eastern States south from Massachusetts, but exact distribu- tion not well made out. Grassy places generally, preferably in damp soil; sometimes it occurs in shaded woods, where it is deep green and forms large separate tufts producing a profusion of finally prostrate stems. In drier, open situations it is erect and somewhat glaucous; among deep grass in low grounds the stems may be weak and ascending, and the tufted habit nearly or quite lost. Several specimens from coastwise localities from New Jersey southward agree in having three and four clustered branches, de- cidedly purplish spathes, narrow stem and narrow attenuate leaves. Specimens from Florida, which will doubtless prove to be sepa- rable, are coarser in habit with elongated narrowly attenuate, even flexuous leaves often exceeding the stem, short, clustered peduncles, the bracts of the spathe strongly white-margined, the inner bract commonly longer than the outer one, the hyaline floral scales long and often exerted beyond the bracts, ¥ SISYRINCHIUM ATLANTICUM pn. sp. Specific Characters: Pale and glaucous, not drying dark; stem slender and wiry, branched, margined or narrowly winged; stem and leaves 1{’’-1’’ wide, very smooth, leaves rather stiff; bracts of spathe subequal; inner bract obtuse or truncate; floral scales silvery white; capules oblong 34-114’ wide; seeds 14(”—-1%4” in diameter, pitted or nearly smooth. Much slenderer ‘than S. graminoides, when growing with it mostly taller. Pale and glaucous, not drying dark; very smooth except the branches and tips of the leaves which are minutely “denticulate-scabrous. Stem often inclined or becoming prostrate, much longer than the leaves, 8’-2° high, slender and rather wiry, uniformly margined or narrowly winged, often subterete at base, usually less than 1’ wide, sometimes only 14’, dividing above into 135 two (I—3) short slender branches, or the outer branch elongated as a spreading prolongation of the stem and again branched. Oc- casionally a simple stem is developed, its spathe sometimes show- ing a slightly elongated outer bract. Leaves rather firm and stiff, narrow, I” wide or less, attenuate often arcuate, from 4-34 the length of the stem. Stem-leaf much smaller and narrower than in S. graminoides, scarcely or not at all broadened above. Branches slender, even filiform, narrowly margined, especially the outer one, 1%4’-4’ long, mostly short and subequal, either parallel or some- what spreading, when branched again often widely spreading, geniculate at the node and bearing a secondary leaf. Stem and branches usually purple-spotted and slightly constricted at the nodes and below the spathes. Spathes as a rule plumper and more narrowed at the base than in S. graminoides, often deflected, the bracts subequal, somewhat membranous, usually purplish; outer bract commonly with white scarious margins extending to the tip; inner. bract 5-8” long, broader than in S. granunoides, the tip white-scarious, rounded or truncate, or even retuse, the midvein excurrent asa minute point. Hyaline floral scales mostly longer and broader than in S. graminoides, clear white. Divisions of perianth generally shorter and broader than in S. graminoides, 4”-4%” long, 1144”-2%4” wide, finely pubescent on outer surface. Capsules 2-7, usually 5, oblong, 34’-114” wide, 1/’-2’’ long, at maturity more contiguous than in gvaminoides on shorter sub- erect pedicels, the valves usually thicker; pedicels often flattened and finely margined. Seeds .02~.04 inches in diameter, subglo- bose, dark, finely wrinkled-pitted to nearly smooth. (Plate 264). East Massachusetts to Florida, mostly near the coast in sandy soil, or about the borders of salt marshes. It may be either densely caespitose or of scattered growth. I have observed this plant closely for a number of years in — Van Cortlandt Park, New York City, where it grows inabundance over a low field bordering a brackish marsh often in company with S. graminoides. The two plants as they grow together are seen to be clearly distinct and no intergrading forms are found. I have also collected the plant on the New Jersey coast, and Dr. Britton informs me that it isthe common species on Staten Island. SISYRINCHIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Miller. ™ Low, commonly 6’—8’ high (3’-14’), pale and glaucous, usually . strict and stiff. Leaves narrow, from almost setaceous to 1” wide (rarely more lax, and 114” wide), sometimes equalling or exceed- ing the stem but mostly about one-half its length; edges ofleaves and stem either smooth or minutely serrulate or denticulate. Stem simple (rarely with a short lateral | branch), narrow, 74” or less to 136 1” wide, slightly winged or merely margined, terminated by the solitary spathe, or with two spathes geminate within the enclosing outer bracts. Bracts often conspicuously purplish, very unequal, the outer one commonly twice the length of the inner, sometimes rigidly prolonged to four times its length, becoming over two inches long, sometimes minutely papillose or even papillose-puber- ulent; inner bract often appearing gibbous in the spathe, 6-12” long, attenuate or acute. Flowers variable, sometimes very, deli- cate on slender curved pedicels, often large with the pedicels strict and erect; divisions of perianth sometimes 6’ long, the broader series 214’ wide, minutely pubescent on outer surface; floral scales either clear white or brownish-tinged. Capsules 1-9, glo- bose, often larger than in graminoides, on straighter, less exserted pedicels, seeds often larger than in gramuinoides, .o4~.00 in. long, mostly obliquely obovate-oblong, often angled, brownish, smooth or with coarse shallow pitting. (Plate 265.) In damp or dry soil, sometimes on sterile hills and in dry up- land pastures. From Newfoundland to Saskatchewan, south to Connecticut and New York and along the mountains to North Carolina, in the interior to Kentucky, Missouri and Kansas. It would appear from the foregoing description of S. angusti- folium that the species is subject to not a few rather striking vari- ations. I have little doubt, however, that my description em- braces rather a group of closely related plants than the mere range of variation shown by a single one. In the material at command, however, I cannot find any certain warrant for the subdivision of the group, nor can I fully assure myselfas to the value of any one of the apparently several component forms. It is probable, in- deed, that study of these plants in life shall have to lead the way to the correct understanding of their relationships. : The true S. angustifolium would appear to range from — Newfoundland far westward through Canada and southward through the Alleghenies to North Carolina, finding in Connecti- cut and New York its southern limit near the coast. Specimens agree generally in drying blackish like S. graminoides, and in hav- ing the edges of stem and leaves decidedly rough-serrulate. At the southern Jimit of its coastwise range this form seems to show — a closer affinity to S. graminoides, and it is in plants from this region that a short lateral branch is occasionally found. I< is quite possible, therefore, that plants practically intermediate be- 137 tween this form and S. graminoides may occur, especially as starved forms of the latter would naturally tend to assume the general character of S. angustifolium. An Allegheny Mountain form of S. angustifolium is very slender and delicate, with highly-colored spathe and linear-elon- gated outer bract ; the edges of the stem, in certain specimens at least, is perfectly smooth. This form also turns blackish in drying. Plants from the prairie region, from Minnesota to Kansas, do not blacken in drying, and commonly have the edges of the stem and leaves perfectly smooth. The bracts of the spathe are often minutely papillose or even puberulent, a character of which I have found no suggestion in eastern specimens. Both East and West, however, furnish ambiguous plants which seem to contradict the - indications of the general run of specimens from each region. Among the large number of specimens examined, three only have geminate spathes. These specimens are all from the same " general region, viz., Kentucky, Missouri and Illinois. Collectors’ _ notes on two of them record “ flowers white ;” another is labeled further by Dr. Englemann “ S. aldidum, Raf., Dry Hills, St. Louis, earlier than the blue form, May, 1863.” . In Rafinesque’s description of his S. a/bidum* (Atlantic Journ. 17, 1832) we read “spathe unequally 4 valved,’ the habitat of the plant is given as “in West Kentucky.” These develop- ments certainly point strongly to the validity of S. aldzdum Raf., and suggest a promising subject of field study to anyone who may be in a position to prosecute it. Three Editions of Stansbury’s Report. By FREDERICK V. COVILLE. The report of Captain Stansbury’s exploration of the Great Salt Lake, was published as Senate Executive Document No. 3, Special Sesssion (32d Congress), March, 1851, with the following title : *It may be stated here asa matter of record that, eight years prior to his de- scription of S, a/bidum, Rafinesque wrote the plant down without description as a . : album Raf. So it will be found printed in the « First Catalogues and Circulars of the — Botanical Garden of Transylvania University at Lexington, in cusses for the - ee e 1824,” p. 16, This reference is wanting in Index Kewensis. rie 138 STANSBURY, HOWARD. Exploration and Survey of the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, including a reconnoissance of a new route through - the Rocky Mountains. Philadelphia; Lippincott, Grambo & Co. 1852. : Appendix D of this Report, by John Torrey, is entitled: «“ Botany. Catalogue of Plants collected by the Expedition.” It occupies pages 383 to 397 and is accompanied by nine lithograph plates. A second edition of the report, with the same title, was printed by order of the House of Representatives, the publisher being Robert Armstrong, of the City of Washington, in the year 1853, though all the copies of it I have seen bear at the top of the title page the same document legend as the first edition. In the sec- ond edition the type was entirely reset, but no new matter was added in the body of the report and the pagination is maintained almost precisely throughout. In the botanical appendix, however, which occupies the same pages as in the first edition and is ac- companied by the same plates, there are a few important changes in the text. The principal one of these occurs on page 389, on which in the first edition the new genus Monothrix is described, and on the following page the species Monothrix Stansburiana. In the second edition the genus Monothrix is discarded, the name given for this plant being Laphamia Stansburii (Gray, Plant, Wright. 101. 1852), with the following footnote: “The Laphamia of Dr. Gray, although published subsequently to Monothrix, must take precedence of that genus, as it now embraces one species with a pappus of many bristles, another with a bisetose pappus, and two other species that are quite destitute of a pappus; so that the latter name is no longer appropriate.” From this footnote it would appear that the generic name Monotirix has precedence over Laphamia, but an examination of the date of publication of the first part of Dr. Gray’s Plantae Wrightianae and of the first edition of the Stansbury report shows that the former was issued in March, 1852, while the manuscript of the latter was not submitted to Congress until April 19, of the — same year. It is evident, therefore, that by the word “ published ” in his footnote, Dr. Torrey could not have meant what we now . mean technically by that word. In both editions had the Stans-_ 139 bury report the plate of this plant, No. 7, bears the name “ Mono- thrix stansburiana Torr.” It is evident that Monothrix does not have priority over Laphamia. Another change in the second edition is the reduction on page 389 of Linosyris serrulata, published on the same page of the first edition, to varietal rank under Lznosyris viscidifora without any citation of the first edition. On page 395 there is also a change in the remarks under Advonia mellifera Doug., the wording in the first edition being as follows: A. micranthus, Torr. in Fremont’s first Report, p. 96, and in Emory’s Report, p. 149, seems to be a particular state of the plant Adronia mellifera, in which it bears very small but perfect flowers. In those works I noticed the peculiarity of the embryo; the inner, cotyledon being constantly abortive.” The second edition reads, “In Fremont’s first report, p. 96, and in Emory’s Report, p. 149, I noticed a peculiarity of the embryo; the inner cotyledon being constantly abortive.” Beyond these differences no change of importance occur in the botanical appendices of the two editions, the matter being almost identical, page for page and line for line, with the exception of the correction of a few typographical errors. Stansbury’s report appears also in a third form which hardly merits the name of an “edition.” It is the same precisely as the first edition, being printed from the same stereotype plates, except the title page, which is reset and dated 1855. In the absence of any reference to an earlier edition the date is wholly misleading. Studies in the Leguminosae.—I. By ANNA MURRAY VAIL. NOTES ON MEIBOMIA. MEIBOMIA ARENICOLA. Hechysarum lineatum Michx. F1. Bor. Am. 2: bes 1803. Not of Linn. Syst. Ed. 10, 1170. 1759. Desmodium lineatum DC. Prodr. 2: 330. 1825. : Meibomia lineata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 196. 1891. — 140 .MersBomiA MICcHAUXII. Fleysarum rotundifolium Michx. F1. Bor. Am. 2: 72. 1803. Not of Vahl, Symb. 2: 81. 1791. Desmodium rotundifolium DC. Prodr. 2: 330. 1825. Metbomia rotundifolia Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 197. 1891. MEIBOMIA TENUIFOLIA (T. & G.) Kuntze. In Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 110, this species, owing to a mistake on a written label, was erroneously recorded as having been col- lected in Missouri. The label should have read Mississippi. MEIBOMIA LONGIFOLIA (T. & G.). Perennial, erect, 6 dm.—1 m. high or more; stems stout, branched, angled, striate, channelled, uncinate-pubescent mostly in lines, sometimes becoming giabrate; stipules ovate-lanceolate, cuspidate, persistent or caducous; petioles'1.5—5 cm. long, striate, pubescent; stipels 5 mm. long or more, often persisting ; leaflets S—-II cm. long, 2.5-5 cm. wide, lanceolate, lanceolate-ovate, or ovate, acuminate, slightly rugose or scabrous with few scattered hairs and becoming glabrate above, much lighter and appressed- pubescent or villous beneath, the terminal leaflet usually much larger than the lateral ones; panicles spreading flowers numer- ous, showy, about I cm. long on slender spreading uncinate- pubescent pedicels; bracts 5-10 mm. long, ovate or ovate-lanceo- late, striate, ciliate, caducous; calyx 3 mm. long, the lobes attenu- ate, the upper one 2-toothed, the others somewhat longer; corolla lilac-purple, showy ; legume 4-6-jointed, 3.5—-6 cm. long, uncinate- pubescent, straight or somewhat rounded and angled on the dorsal suture, deeply triangular on the ventral, or nearly equally sinuate above and below, the 8-10 mm. long, reticulated joints almost lozenge-shaped; stipe about the length of the calyx-lobes. June—September. A characteristic species with the habit, leaf-form and legume of MV. bracteosa and the pubescence of M. Canadensis and appear- ing as if intermediate between the two. The type specimen is without mature fruit. Original locality, Arkansas. Type in Herb. Columbia Uni- versity. Distrisution. Illinois (Mead); Missouri (Bush, without fruit) ? Kansas (Carleton); Arkansas (Nuttall); Louisiana (Hale); Ala- bama (Rugel). 7 Synonymy. Desmodium Canadense var. longifolium T.& G. Fl. N. Am. 1: -365. 1838. 141 Desmodium longifolium Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1. c. as synonym. MEIBOMIA PSILOPRYLLA WRiIGHTII (A. Gray). Desmodium Wrnghtti A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 6: 177. 1850. Meibomia Wrightit Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 198. 1891. This species is so close to M. pstlophylla (Schlecht. Linnaea, 12: 310. 1838) as to scarcely even merit varietal rank. It is, however, variable, and the North American form seems to have somewhat broader leaves and slightly larger loment-joints. DIsTRIBUTION: Texas, New Mexico and Mexico. M. psilophylla (Schlecht.) occurs in South Mexico. MEIBOMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA sie B. K.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 187 1891. fTedysarum angustifolium H. B. K. Nov. Gen. 6: 517. 1823, Desmodium angustifolium DC, Prodr, 2: 328, 1825. Desmodium gramineum A, Gray, P|. Wright. 2: 46. 1853. Metbomia graminea Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 198. 1891. Grass Notes. By F. LAMSON-SCRIBNER. (PLATE 266.) JOUVEA STRAMINEA Fourn. ~ In Vol. 17: No. 9, of the Buttetin I figured and described a grass collected on the sandy seacoasts ot Lower California by Dr. Palmer, referring it with a sign of doubt to /Jouvea straminea _ Fourn. The genus /ouvea was based upon female plants alone; and, while the characters presented by Palmer’s specimens, which include both male and female plants, accorded in the main with the description given by Fournier, there were some differences in the details, which gave a doubt to the identification. Fournier : did not recognize the male plants which were in the same collec- tion (Liebmann 479 and 480) that contained the specimens upon which the genus was founded. He mistook these, as others had 2 done before him, for species of Dastichlis and referred them to) 142 Lrizopyrum pungens (Rupr.), under which name they were dis- tributed. Last year Dr. Palmer collected the same grass in the vicinity of Acapulco, which he discovered in 1890 on the seashore in Lower California, and also another species which proves to be the true /ouvea straminea of Fournier, as determined by a com- parison with the type. WhatI believe to be the male plants of the same species were also found, and from material gathered it has been possible to certainly identify Fournier’s species, to ascer- tain that the grass of Palmer’s earlier collection represents a dis- tinct species of the same genus and also to determine with reason- able certainty that the male plants of the latter are the Brizopyrum pulosum of Presl. From a study of the material now in hand, it appears to me that Fournier and others have heretofore misunderstood the struc- ture of the female inflorescence. What has been described as a _ terminal, cylindrical and acute spike appears to me to be a 2 to 4-flowered spikelet with a remarkably developed rachilla in which the florets are embedded, the whole simulating in some degree the spikes of Monerma or Lepturus. These spikelets are lateral, sessile and articulated with the main axis, from which they readily — separate at maturity. They are subtended by and partly enclosed within the leaf-sheath, from whose axil they originate, and there is a strong and well developed prophyllon on the rachis of the spikelet, above which is the articulation. This position sug- gests that what we here term a spikelet may be only a modified branch (but spikelets of the more familiar type are in reality mod- ified branches), and the articulation of this with its own axis and the peculiar structure of the female flowers does, I think, warrant the use of the designation here given. These spikelets are with- out empty glumes, unless the leaf subtending them be regarded as a glume. In the staminate spikelets also the empty glumes are often entirely wanting, although occasionally we find one, and more rarely two, present. The glume which covers the female flower, called “ e/uma exterior” by Fournier, is really a flowering glume with its edge grown firmly to the rachilla for about one- half its length in /owvea straminea, the upper portion being free, but the edges so extended and grown together as to form a closed — cavity, having a small aperture only at the apex, through which 1438 the stigma protrudes. In _Jouvea pilosa this glume is grown to the rachis or rachilla for nearly its entire length, the free portion be- ing a short narrow tube as illustrated on page 228, Bull. Torr. Club, Vol. 17: and in fig. 2, pl. 106. This glume is very firm and rigid, the texture of the dorsal portion being like that of the axis which bears it. It immediately subtends the pistil, which in Jouvea pilosa has no palea, but which in /Jouvea straminea has a very delicate, hyaline, 2-keeled palea between it and the main axis. In many of the specimens examined there was above this palea a second pistil, imperfectly developed, enclosed within a sac of delicate texture, but otherwise formed like the sac which en- closes the perfectly developed flower. This second and imper- fectly formed pistil is raised above the other on a very short stalk, and the details of the structure here described are shown in fg. ¢, pl. 266. The presente and position of the second pistil in the cavity containing the female flower certainly suggests the idea that the organ here designated as a spikelet is really a branch bearing two or four I to 2-flowered female spikelets, which are subtended by and enclosed within a single glume, or entire and leafless blade-sheath. JOUVEA sTRAMINEA Fourn. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 15: 475. Not Scribner. Liebmann, no. 738. Found ‘by Dr. Palmer (no. 443) in February, 1895, growing in large masses at the edge of a low damp place ina garden near the river bank at Acapulco. The plant produces long runners. There is a little uncertainty as to the staminate plants of the true Jouvea straminea. Dr. Palmer assures me, however, that the stami- nate specimens which he gathered were collected in the same locality as the female plants and were found growing with them. The staminate plants are more slender, with rather longer and less rigid leaves than those which are undoubtedly the male plants of Jouvea pilosa. There is little difference, however, to be noted be- tween the spikelets of the two. JOUVEA PILOSA n. n. ao Jouvea straminea Scribn. not Fourn. Rachidospermum Mexi- oe canum Vasey. Bot. Gaz. 15: 110. Uniola pungens Rupr. in Bull. oe | Acad. Roy. Brux. g: excluding the eynony at. eas, city pee 144 Presl, Rel. Haenk, 1: 280. Presl’s species was founded upon the male plant. This species is represented in the National Herba- rium as follows: Liebmann 480 (Santa Cruz) ¢; E. Palmer 124 (La Paz, 1890) 3, ¢; Xantus 121 (Cape San Lucas) $; Brandegee 42 (San José del Cabo, 1890) ¢, ¢; Palmer 1384 (Manzanillo, 1894) ¢; Liebmann 479 (St. Augustine, 1842) 3. Jouvea straminea Fourn. is readily distinguished from /ouvea pulosa by its more slender habit, less rigid leaves, less crowded in- .-- 7H “a 1 i | Upper part of the culm of Jouvea straminea. m, a, and a’ the main axis s, 8’, Lateral borne spikelets. 145° florescence, more slender and porportionately much longer spike- lets. In /. pilosa the glumes are grown to the axis for almost their entire length, and there are no paleas or rudimentary pistils of a second flower within the floral cavities. ANDROPOGON FLORIDANUS n. sp. Culms smooth, stout, 4 to 6 feet high, or 2 to 3 feet high and more slender; sheaths scabrous, the lowermost slightly com- pressed, loose, and much exceeding the internodes, the upper shorter than the internodes and terete; ligule very short, ciliolate, auricled; leaf-blade 10 to 24 inches long, 3 to 5 lines wide, scab- rous beneath, minutely strigose-pubescent above, at least near the base, very acute. Panicle 12 to 30 inches long, very much branched, branches ascending. Racemes 1 to 2 inches long, slender, in 2’s, rarely in 3’s or 4’s, finally exserted, peduncle bearded at the apex; rachis slender, 8—10 jointed, the joints shorter than the sessile spikelet, bearded, the hairs near the summit of each joint 3 lines long. Primary spikelet wanting, the pedicel ex- ceeding the sessile spikelet in length, and bearded with hairs equalling those of the joints of the rachis. Sessile spikelet 2 lines long, lanceolate-acute, with a few short hairs on the callus; first glume bicarinate, smooth and somewhat depressed on the back and nerveless between the keels, which are minutely aculeolate- scabrous above, glabrous below ; second glume boat-shaped, rather broadly lanceolate, very acute, I-nerved, scabrous on the keel above, ciliate on thé hyaline margins; third glume about as long as the second, lanceolate or oblong, hyaline, ciliate on the mar- gins; the fourth or flowering glume lanceolate, about as long as the third, margins ciliate, terminating in a slender awn, which is 5 © to 6 lines long; palea hyaline, about 1 line in length. Spathe about 2 to 3 inches long, narrow, and closely enveloping the slen- — der peduncles of the finally exerted racemes. Awn slightly twisted near the base, the column included within the glumes. A stout grass of the low pine barrens, with elongated leaves _ . and rather narrow, elongated, much-branched panicle of silky-_ bearded racemes. G. V. Nash, 1572, August, 1894. ANDROPOGON ELLIOTTII GLAUCESCENS N. var. Glaucous throughout, less branched than in the species, and the somewhat stouter racemes more densely silky-bearded. © ae High pine lands in the vicinity of Eustis, Lake county, Fia., GV. Nath, APB ccs ie oad a 146 ANDROPOGON ELLIOTTII LAXI- FLORUS N. var. Lower sheaths, especially those of the innovations, more or less densely clothed with fine soft hairs ; culms densely silky-bearded just below the nodes; upper sheaths not approximate and inflated as in the species, but remote and close; 7 racemes 2 to 3 inches long, the joints equalling or exceeding the spikelets. Florida, Nash, no. 1738. 1894. Panicum (DIGITARIA) GRACILLIMUM n. sp. A slender perennial 2 to 3 feet high, with very narrow elongated leaves and small spikelets, racemose along the main axis and the slen- der branches. Culms smooth, with one or two joints near the base; sheaths very long, striate, silky- villous below, otherwise smooth; ligule membranous, I to 2 lines long, fimbriate, decurrent, pubes- cent on the back; leaf-blade 6 inches to a foot long or more, 1% lines wide, those of the intra-va- ginal innovations much narrower, smooth beneath, long and rather densely pilose-hairy near the base above; otherwise minutely sca- brous. Inflorescence 15 inches long, the raceme-like branches 7 to 9 inches, main axis, branches, and pedicels scabrous. Spikelets irreg- ularly scattered along the branches and main axis, two to four together, on slender appressed pedicels which equal or exceed the spikelets in length; pedicels pubescent at the base. Spikelets 1 line long, oblong- lanceolate, acute; empty glumes, two, the first broadly obtuse, one- fourth as long as the spikelet, scari- 147 ous, 3-nerved, smooth, the second 5-to 7-nerved, a little shorter than the third glume, obtuse; third glume rigid, subcoriaceous, very dark-brown, finely striate and minutely apiculate, closely en- veloping the palea, which is of similar texture. Described from No. 1192 Nash, collected on high pine land in the vicinity of Eustis, Lake county, Florida, July, 1894. Explanation of Plate 266. Fig. a. A portion of the ¢ spikelet. Fig. b, A single floret with a portion of the rachilla of the same. Fig. c. A 9 spikelet partly enclosed within the sheath of the subtending leaf. Fig. d. Lower part of the female spikelet including one floret, the upper part of which is free from the rachilla (d/). Fig. e. A longitudinal section through a portion of d showing the base of the outside of the flowering glume (e’), the prophyllum (h) to the branch which supports the pistil and a glume (i) which encloses a second but imperfectly formed pistil. This is raised a little above the fully developed pistil, the plumose stigmas of which protrude from the small opening at the apex of the floret. New or noteworthy American Grasses.—lV, By Gro. V. NAsH. PANICUM CONSANGUINEUM Kunth, Enum, Pl. 1: 106. 1833. Panicum villosum EN. Bot. S.C. & Ga. 1: 124. 1817. Not Lamarck, 1791. Dr. John K. Small collected in Georgia, in 1895, a Panicum which well accords with the description given by Elliott of his P. villosum ; in fact, it agrees so closely that I have little hesitation in referring it to that species, especially in view of the fact that it comes from a section of the country with the flora of which Mr. Elliott was familiar. Dr. Small secured the early and simple state of this grass in the Ocmulgee River swamp, below Macon, in May ; the later and much-branched form was collected by him at Darien Junction, McIntosh county, in June. The name vé/osum had been previously applied by pare to an entirely different plant, so Elliott’s name becomes a homonym. — The oldest available name, so far as I have been able to ascertain, is the P. consanguineum of Kunth, who founded his species on the P. villosum of Elliott. A number of different forms have been re- - a : ferred from time to time by various, muthors to this apecies, es ‘. 6 148 have hitherto seen none that so perfectly answers to Elliott's. de- scription as does this plant. A description of Dr. Small’s plant is appended : Culms at first erect and simple; later decumbent or nearly prostrate and branching at every node, forming large spreading clumps. In the early and simple state the whole plant, excepting the glabrous basal leaves and panicles, is strongly villous; in the late and much-branched stage the culm leaves are often glabrous ; nodes barbed; sheaths shorter than the internodes, even on the branches; ligule a dense ring of long white hairs; basal leaves spreading, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, 2.5-6 cm. long, 7-12 mm. wide; culm leaves linear-lanceolate, erect, stiff, particularly in the branched state, the primary ones somewhat narrowed into a rounded base, 6-12 cm. long, 4~7 mm. wide, the leaves on the branches 3—7 cm. long, 3-5 mm. broad, rounded or truncate, but not narrowed at the base; panicles glabrous, the primary ones exserted, ovate in outline, 5-6 cm. long, the branches not numer- ous, ascending, 2.5 cm. long or less, flexuous, bearing 2-6 spike- lets, the secondary panicles much smaller, concealed among the leaves, their branches shorter and erect with fewer spikelets; spikelets obovate, 2.5 mm. long; first scale whitish, nearly orbic- ular, about one-quarter as long as the spikelet which it clasps at the base, glabrous, one-nerved; second and third scales of equal length, broadly oval, green and membranous, 7-nerved, strongly papillose-pubescent; fourth scale broadly oval or approaching orbicular, apiculate, abruptly narrowed at the base, striate, white and chartaceous, about 2.25 mm. long; palet chartaceous, slightly shorter than the fourth scale. PANICUM ERECTIFOLIUM nom. nov. Panicum sphaerocarpon var. Floridanum Vasey, Bull. U.S. Dept. — Agric. Bot. Div. 8: 33. 1889. Not P. Ploridanum Trin. Glabrous. Culms 4-6 dm. tall, erect, stiff, simple or sparingly branched, leafy ; sheaths loose, often ciliate on the margins, the basal ones crowded and overlapping, those at the middle of the culm about one-half as long as the internodes, the uppermost sheath usually elongated; ligule a ring of short hairs; leaves ciliate toward the base, the basal ones spreading, ovate-lanceolate, 1.5-4 cm. long, the next succeeding erect, lanceolate, acuminate, g-11-nerved, longer and gradually reduced in size toward the sum- mit of the culm, the lower 7-14 cm., the uppermost 2.5—-6 cm. long, panicle finally long-exserted, ovate to oblong in outline, 7-12 cm. long, its branches ascending, much divided, the lower ones 3-7 cm. long; spikelets numerous, purplish, shorter than their pedicels, oval, obtuse, about 1.5 mm. long; first scale mem- _ 149 branous, one-quarter as long as the spikelet or less, ovate or tri- angular, I-nerved; second and third scales of equal length, mem- branous, more or less pubescent, 7-nerved; fourth scale yellowish white, chartaceous, broadly oval, about 1.5 mm. long; palet char- taceous, about as long as the fourth scale. This grass appears to be confined to Florida, and does not oc- cur plentifully. It was found in some abundance by the writer in an old muck bed near Eustis, Lake Co., in 1894, No. 1012. The plant collected by A. H. Curtiss, No. 3599, and distributed as P. microcarpon, belongs here. Its affinity is with P. sphaerocarpon EIl., but it is distinguished from that species by its longer and erect leaves, the smaller spike- lets and the more southern range. PANICUM VILLOSISSIMUM nN. sp. Whole plant densely villous. Culms 3-6 dm. tall, erect or ascending; nodes barbed; sheaths about one-half as long as the internodes; ligule a ring of long hairs; leaves linear-lanceolate, 5-10 cm. long, 4-9 mm. wide, erect, somewhat narrowed toward the rounded base, yellowish green, 7—11-nerved; panicle long-ex- serted, broadly ovate in outline, 6-10 cm. in length, its branches spreading or ascending, somewhat flexuous, the lower ones 3-6 cm. long; spikelets shorter than their pedicels, elliptic, 2.5 mm. long, about 1.25 mm. broad, obtuse or acutish, purplish ; first scale membranous, ovate, acute, I-nerved, one-third to one-half as long as the spikelet; second and third scales equal in length, mem- _ branous, 7-nerved, strongly papillose-villous; fourth scale charta- ceous, yellowish white, elliptic, slightly exceeding 2 mm. in length, 1.25 mm. broad, acutish, somewhat striate; palet chartaceous, about as long as the fourth scale. A distinct and well-marked species. Collected by Dr. John K. Small in the Ocmulgee River swamp, below Macon, May - 18-24, 1895. Only the early and more simple state was secured. The later and much-branched condition is probably very similar to many other forms of the dichotomum group. PanicuM WEBBERIANUM DN. sp. Whole plant, with the exception of the lowermost sheaths and _ the ciliate margins of the upper ones, glabrous, the culms, sheaths and leaves often purple. Culms 2-4 dm. tall, erect or ascending, rigid, more or less branched, forming moderate-sized clumps; sheaths loose, shorter than the internodes; ligule very short, cg 150 nutely ciliate; leaves lanceolate, 4.5-9 cm. long, 7-14 mm. wide, somewhat narrowed toward the rounded or subcordate sparsely ciliate base, usually erect, smooth or sometimes a little roughened, 7—11-nerved; panicle finally long-exserted, ovate in outline, 6-9 cm. long, its branches widely spreading, rarely ascending or re- flexed, more or less flexuous, the lower ones 2-3 cm. long, the ultimate divisions of the longer branches generally spreading ; spikelets equalling or longer than their pedicels, elliptic or obovate, 2.5 mm. long; first scale nearly hyaline, broader than long, rounded at the apex, about one-quarter the length of the spikelet, which it clasps at the base ; second and third scales of equal length, green and membranous, 7-nerved, minutely pubescent, the latter enclosing a small narrow palet about one-half as long as the scale; fourth scale yellowish white, chartaceous, oval, about 2 mm. long, ~ 1.3 mm. broad, minutely pubescent at the obtuse apex, striate- punctate, enclosing a palet of equal length and similar texture and a perfect flower. Collected by the writer on the edge of a clay pit in the low pine land at Eustis, Lake Co., Florida, May 16-31, 1894, No. 781. This has somewhat the appearance of the P. demissum of Trinius, particularly as to the panicle, but the leaves and spikeiets are con- siderably larger, and the whole plant more robust. Named in honor of Mr. H. J. Webber, of Eustis, Florida. PANICUM VIRGATUM BREVIRAMOSUM DN. var. Glabrous throughout. Culms 1 metre tall or less, erect, slender, strict, purplish at or near the nodes; sheaths shorter than the internodes; ligule a ring of long hairs; leaves narrowly linear, 1.5—3 dm. long, 3-7 mm. wide, long-acuminate, usually narrowed toward the base, erect, strict, smooth beneath, a little roughened above; panicle oblong, 9-13 cm. long, 3-5 cm. wide, its branches ascending, the lower ones 5 cm. long or less; spikelets numerous, slightly less than 3 mm. long, purplish; first scale about one-half as long as the spikelet, acute or obtuse, 5—7-nerved ; second and third scales equal in length, acute, 7-nerved, the intervals between the nerves of the former gradually decreasing in width, the inter- val between the midnerve and first lateral nerve of the third scale much wider than the intervals between the other nerves, palet empty, hyaline, shorter than the scale; fourth scale elliptic, 2.25 mm. long, obtuse, chartaceous, whitish, enclosing a palet of simi- lar texture and a perfect flower. Collected by Dr. Small in clay soil in the pine lands about Augusta, Georgia, where it was common, June 27-July 1, 1895. The culms occur singly or two or three together, not forming 151 large clumps as does the nothern form; the thick scaly root- stocks, usually so manifest in the type, are almost entirely want- ing in this form. The spikelets are smaller, hardly 3 mm. long, and the branches of the panicle much shorter than in any form hitherto observed. These differences, together with its more southern range, would seem to warrant its separation as a variety. CHLoRIS TEXENSIS n, sp. Smooth and glabrous, light green. Culms 3-6 dm. tall, flat- tened at the base; sheaths compressed, those at the base of the culm short and crowded, the uppermost one elongated; leaves 2.5— 15 cm. long, 2-6 mm. wide, smooth beneath, scabrous above and on the margins, obtuse; inflorescence usually exserted; spikes 5-8, 10-18 cm. long, pilose at the base; rachis triangular, scabrous on the angles, flexuous; spikelets about 4 mm. long, exclusive of the awns; empty scales narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, I-nerved, scabrous on the keels, the first about two-thirds as long as the second which about equals the third scale; third scale slightly less than 4 mm. long, lanceolate, 3-nerved, ciliate on the margins toward the apex, the rough awn 6-8 mm. long, inserted just below the apex, the keel sometimes sparingly pubescent, scabrous toward the summit; fourth scale 2-3 mm. long, lanceolate, the acute apex about even with the summit of the third scale, the scabrous awn 4-5 mm. long, inserted just below the apex. Collected in Texas by both Thurow and G. C. Nealley. Related to C. verticillata Nutt., but abundantly distinct The generally longer and narrower leaves, the spikelets more appressed to the rachis, the narrower and differently shaped third and fourth Scales readily separate it from that species. In C. verticillata the third scale is 2.5 mm. long or less, and the fourth scale not over 2 mm. long, obovate or obovate-cuneate, truncate or obliquely so at the apex. A new Achimenes from Bolivia. ACHIMENES HEPPIELLOIDES Fritsch, sp. n. Caulis ruber, breviter hispidus. Folia magna, inferioralonge petiolata, ovata, subacumin- ata, crenato-serrata, pilis brevissimis dense tecta, subtus palli- — diora. Flores in axillis foliorum superiorum multo minorum — solitarii, longe pedicellati. Pedicelli pilis articulatis hispidi. Calycis laciniae lineares, corollae tubo multo breviores. Corollae cocci- neae tubus elongato-cylindricus, paulo ampliatus; limbus brevis- oo 152 simus. Antherae breves, cohaerentes. Ovarium omnino inferum. Stylus valde elongatus, pubescens. Stigma stomatomorphum. Species corollae forma, imprimis lobis brevissimis inter Achi- menis species insignis, Heppiellam revocans, sed antheris cohae- rentibus ovarioque omnino infero ab illo genere diversum. Specimen unique. Collected by Miguel Bang, the special lo- cality not stated. H. H. Russy. Botanical Notes. Vienna Exchange Office for Cryptogams.—J. Brunnthaler, IV., Wiedner Hauptstrasse, 91, Vienna, Austria. A circular has just been received, which is printed in German, French and English (?) setting forth the rules and regulations of this office, which proposes to negotiate sales and exchanges of all the cryptogams of the world for the benefit of its members, reserv- ing 25% of the specimens for the trouble. The members are re- quested to send in their lists of desiderata, and duplicates, before the 15th of September, and the valuation of European specimens will be made at the office. Foreign specimens must be valued.by the sender. All postage is charged to the members’ account. The surplus remaining will be sold at prices specified in the annual catalogue. E4xB. Sisymbrium altissimum .—For first record of this plant in Canada (1885) and its subsequent wide distribution, see Macoun Cat. Can. Plants, 2: 305 and J. M. Macoun, Contr. Can. Bot. 3: 146. At Indian Head, Assiniboia, Prof. Macoun called the at- tention of the residents to this weed and advised the adoption of measures to exterminate it. Nothing was done, however, and at that place in 1895, 1,200 acres of it were plowed under. It is the worst “tumble weed” in the Canadian Northwest. J. W. Macoun. Melanthium latifolium longipedicellatum—On the 24th of July, 1892, I collected at White Sulphur Springs, Va., on a steep wooded slope bordering a mountain stream, a specimen in full flower bear- ing allthe general characters of Melanthium Jatifolium Desr. The plant was over three feet tall, and the inflorescence about one foot 153 long. It has a half dozen lower leaves, each 12 to 15 inches long, and. but 6’’ to 10” wide in the widest parts. The pedicels of the flowers in the upper half of the inflorescence are fully 12” long; and in the lower half from 6” to 10’... Other herbarium specimens examined show flowering pedicels from 2” to 7” long, and fruiting pedicels not exceeding 8/’; while the broadest lower leaves vary from 12” to 28” broad, though in.one specimen but 7”. Only a single specimen of this plant was found by me ina hurried and limited search, and no fruit was seen. This may pos- sibly be only an extreme form of JZ. latifolium ; or it may prove to be a distinct species. It seems to me to be at least a distinct variety. Its narrow leaves and very long pedicels give it a strik- ingly distinct appearance; and from the latter characteristic feature, I call it, provisionally, var. longipedicellatum. Appison Brown. APRIL Io, 1896. Rubus montanus Porter. Since the specific name of this Rubus, published in the BuLLETIN, 21: 120, is antedated by that of Ortman, it must needs be replaced by another, and I can find no better one than A//egheniensis. The species ranges from the mountains of New York southward and is everywhere known and recognized among the people as the Mountain Blackberry. It differs from R. villosus in being less robust and tall, but especially in the character of the fruit, which is smaller, scarcely fleshy and possessed of a peculiar spicy flavor, from 4 to 1 inch or more in length and often oblong and taper- ing toward the end in the manner of the little finger. Tuos. C. PoRTER. Dr. Chapman's Collections —Mr. George W. Vanderbilt has pur- chased the large herbarium of southern plants, collected and ar- ranged by Dr. Chapman. It will serve as a nucleus for the scien- tific collections in connection with the arboretum and Aas easy ally managed forest at eee N.C, Reviews. Plant-breeding. L. H. Bailey. pp. 290, 20 cuts. One is s Macmillan & Co., New York. tie coe 154 Taken in its entirety this is certainly an excellent little work. It is written in a popular style and is especially adapted to stu- dents and teachers of horticulture. From the author’s discussion of variation we would gather that he is a devout Darwinian. Some of his statements are mis- leading, or to state it more clearly, unscientific. For example, to speak of “Fortuitous Variation,” or to state that the “inherent plasticity of organisms” permits the variation of organisms “ with- out any immediate inciting cause,” is certainly unscientific. Like- wise the statement “that very many—certainly more than half— of the organisms which are born are wholly useless in the struggle for life and very soon perish.” The very fact that an organism exists is evidence that it cannot be “ useless.” In the main the author’s opinions are sound and up to date. Many of his conclusions are based upon personal experiments. The subject-matter is well arranged. All, whether laymen or scientists, will find this book both interesting and instructive. Aus: Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, Volume ITI, During the past few months four numbers of this important publication of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Botany, have been issued. The first of these is: “No. 3, issued September 14, 1895. Flora of the Sand Hills of Nebraska, by P. A. Rydberg.” This number is of more than ordinary importance, as the col- lector himself has given us the result of his work and observations in the field. Introductory to the “ Catalogue of Species” there are fifteen pages devoted to a discussion of the character and resources of the country. Here we find that the sand hills, like the sand dunes of the coast, are of a changeable and migratory nature, and if it were not for certain grasses which bind the sand together the wind would be continually changing the face of the country, and the ever-drifting sand would: give very little chance for vegetation to thrive. The region fails naturally into five divisions, each of which is described, and the characteristic plants noted. Examples of the weeds, native trees and shrubs and native forage plants, are listed. From an agricultural point of view the sand hills country 155 - does not amount to much. It is shown that at one time it was covered with a forest, and suggestions are made as to how they can be reforested. Pinus ponderosa and Pinus divaricata are men- tioned as species most likely to flourish. In the “ Catalogue of Species” about six hundred are enum- erated, only one of which is new. This is Carduus Plattensis, repre- sented bya rather indifferent plate, instead of the fine ones usu- ally found in these publications. “No. 4, issued November 23, 1895. Report on a Collection of Plants made by J. H. Sandberg and assistants in Northern Idaho in the year 1392, by John M. Holzinger.” Taking into consideration the equipment of this expedition, and the means at its command we would expect much valuable information as the results of the five months work for which it was commissioned. On the contrary, the specimens themselves are about all the department has to show for its outlay. Instead of a discussion of the geographical features of this in- teresting country, its resources, the distribution of species and other information which it is especially designed to bring out in these publications, there is a bare list of camping places, and a statement of how long the party staid at each camp. Even this meagre summary is not correct. It is stated that “the second ‘camp was located in the neighborhood of Lake Waha, some twenty miles south of Camp 1. The party remained in that vicinity from May 20 to May 28, collecting the plants numbered 194 to 263. The Lake Waha region and Wiessner’s Peak were the principal localities visited from this camp.” Now Lake Waha and Wiessner’s Peak are separated by at least 75 miles of pretty rough country, and without the aid ofa substantial pair of wings no member of the party could have gone there and returned in eight days. Wiessner’s Peak, at the head of navigation on the St. Joseph river, 30 miles from Harrison, was visited from Camp 8, located at Farmington Landing, on Lake Coeur d’Alene, opposite Harrison, by the assistants of the expedi- tion. : “ The two plates are excellent, but on page 212 a new species — is described under the name of Cardamine Leibergit, while the ac- companying plate bears the name reticence cinta The 156 same lack of care is evidenced in at least one other instance. On page 223 we find “ Rosa sp.,” followed by a short description. In, the index of species, page 281, this plant, No. 572, bears the name of Rosa Sandbergi Holzinger.’’ If this can be considered as publication, Rosa MacDougali Holzinger, published in the Febru- ary Botanical Gazette becomes a synonym. Whoever is responsible for the notes concerning habitat, etc., of the species collected, often shows complete ignorance of the subject. The expression ‘“‘ Valley of Lake Waha” is frequently used. Lake Waha, situated well up among the Craig Mountains, is not provided with a valley. It is simply a depression sur- rounded by steep slopes. It is fed by a mountain stream, and has a subterranean outlet. The following are a few instances of er- roneous data: Ranunculus glaberrimus is credited as “common on moist ground, island in Clearwater river near Upper Ferry, above Lewis- ton.” The plant to which the above name is applied does not occur on the low, sandy islands, but is occasionally met with in the pasture land near the summit of the plateau, and on the grassy slopes, growing in stiff black soil. Actaea spicata rubra is stated to be “ common in woods at 900 meters altitude, Craig mountains, valley of Lake Waha.” It is by no means common, and was found in the canon of the Sweetwater, - beyond Lake Waha. Trifolium longipes latifolium was not at all “frequent on grassy slopes, Craig mountains.” It was collected in an open place on the west side of the lake, and only a few plants were found in a very circumscribed area. Under Spiraea betulifolia Pall. it is said that « No. 539 is not typical. It has the corymb somewhat elongated, as in P. salici- folia, and may be a hybrid.” It most certainly is an entirely dif- ferent plant from No. 299, and in the living state has nothing in common with that plant. If it is a hybrid it is a rather one-sided one, for Spiraea Douglasi Menziest was the only other one col- lected at that point. Crataegus tomentosa is reported as growing in “copses, fre- quent, Craig mountains.” A single tree was found in a little - meadow below the outlet of the lake. It grew along a fence, and. was not in a copse. 157 Under Amelanchier alnifola two numbers are given. No, 26 is probably that species, but No. 53, which is reported from “ copses near Upper Ferry, Clearwater river above Lewiston,” is a distinct plant in appearance, habit and habitat. Instead of growing in copses, it is the only shrub found on the upper exposed slopes on the right bank of the Clearwater above Camp I. It usually occurs as a solitary bush on the edge of the plateau. No. 26 does occur in copses along the tributaries of the Clearwater, but at much lower elevations. A very curious statement is made under Aster Sibiricus: “On precipitous ledges of granite, subalpine, near the south end of Lake Pend d’Oreille.” How this little plant only can be subal- pine, while Parnassia fimbriata, Hedysarum flavescens, Eriogonum ovalifolium and Carex capillaris, which grew in company with it at an elevation of about 2500 feet, are not subalpine, is quite myste- rious, Verbena bracteosa is supposed to be “ frequent on rocky hill- sides, valley of Clearwater river.” It was collected at one place, in low sandy ground, on the right bank of the river, opposite the upper island above Camp I. Eriogonum flavum is reported as growing “in exposed crevices, Packsaddle Peak.” It was collected on a granite outcrop, about 2,000 feet below the summit of Packsaddle and on another ridge where it found a foothold in the scanty covering of soil which here and there clothed thé large area of flat rock. Under Polygonum imbricatum, we find “June 16 (No. 411).” The writer collected that number, and knows for a certainty that it should be Polygonum polygaloides. No. 403, which is not men- tioned except in the index as “blank,” is probably P. Watsoni (P. imbricatum). . A map of the region traversed would be a very fitting help to a better understanding of the report. oe It is to be regretted that the criticism of this work should be adverse, but the fact remains that much of the attempted informa- — oe tion is utterly worthless and misleading, as will be seen from the, few notes recorded above. ee “No. 5, issued December 14, 1895. Report on Mexican Um- belliferze, mostly from. the State of Oaxaca, recently collected by — 158 C. G. Pringle and E. W. Wilson, by John M. Coulter and J. N. Rose. Descriptions on Plants, mostly new, from Mexico and the United States, by J. N. Rose.” Mexico, which has yielded so many new and rare species brought to light by the untiring work of Mr. Pringle, now gives us four new genera and twenty-seven new species of Umbellifere. Fifteen species had previously been reported from Oaxaca, as against forty-two in this late collection. They were collected at seven stations, the altitudes varying from 6000 to 11400 feet. Geographical notes are given about each station, and the altitude at which each species was collected is noted. This latter feature is especially commendable. Altitudinal distribution is an important factor in plant life, yet it has up to the present time received scant attention. The second part, in addition to Mr. Rose’s work, contains de- sriptions of Malvaceze by Mr E. G. Baker, and of Cucurbitacex- by Prof. A. Cogniaux. Mr. Rose gives an illustration and a history of Ligusticum verticilatum, a long lost and puzzling plant, described by Hooker as Angelica verticulata. A new genus 7hurovia is established, named after the collect tor, Mr. F. W. Thurow, of Hockley, Texas. This curious little plant is said to be common northwest of Houston. Another nice piece of work is the disentangling of two species of - Tradescantia, T. brevifolia and T. leiandra, which for a number of years have been sadly confused. The number is profusely illustrated, con- taining twelve plates. “No. 6, issued January 15, 1896. Botany of Yukutat Bay, Alaska, by Frederick Vernon Coville, with a Field Report by Frederick Funston.” This number, nine pages of which are taken up by the field report, yields much welcome information concerning this far northern part of our country. As few persons have any idea of the labor and hardships which a professional collector experiences even within the pale of civilization, to them Mr. Funston’s sum total of 3,000 specimens and 164 species may seem a small num- ber for over three months’ work. However, when we take into consideration the difficulties under which he labored, the result is very good. oe 159 Of the 107 days spent in the field, 83 were rainy, and ten cords of wood were consumed in keeping up fires to extract the moisture from his dryers. us The report shows that the flora of Yakutat Bay is divided between two zones, one extending from sea level to timber line, the other from timber line to the perpetual snow line. The gen- eral character of the flora is circumpolar. The remarks concerning the distribution of certain species, and others whose fruits are used as food by the natives, are quite interesting. Five of the latter are enumerated: Viburnum pauciflorum, Vaccinium ovalifolium, Rubus spectabilis and Fragaria Chiloensis. These are mixed with seal oil and devoured with great gusto by the Indians. The bulbs of Fritillaria Kamschatensis and the leaf-stalks of Heracleum lanatum are also eaten. Only one new plant is described, Juncus falcatus Alaskensts, but full notes are given under nearly all of the species enumer- ated. A. A. HELLER. Musci americae septentrionali exsiccati, Notes sur quelques espéces distribuées dans cette collection par F. Renauld et J. Gar- dot. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 1-19. 1896. This is an enlarged and extended copy of the notes distributed in 1894 to the subscribers to the sets of their exsiccatae, including the numbers from 1-250. Most of the changes have already been recorded, either in these manuscript notes or in the check list published by the same authors in 1893. The following, how- ever, arenew: Aypnum micans Sw. is transferred from Raphi- dostegium to Isopterygium ; No. 132, distributed as Hypuum fiuitans, — is referred to the var. /eanbernati Ren.; Grimmia pachyphylla Lei- ‘ berg has been changed to G. Letbergit Paris, Index Bryologicus, there being already a G. pachyphylla C. M. from Tierra del Fuego; : Dicranella Howeii is reduced to a form of D. varia; Dicranum Mariae Holz. ined. is compared with D. strictum and D. rhabdocar- pum: D. fuscescens var. Eatoni, is described and compared with» s. - var. flexicaule ; Fissidens falcatulus is said to be too close to exiguus Sull.; F. pauperculus Howe is said to agree with descrip- ; tions of F. Arnoldi ; Bryum sanguilentum is raduced to asubspecies) of B. capillare ; Camptothecium lutescens is said to include both Hypnum fulgescens Mitt. and Homalothecium pseudosericeum C. M.; - * 160 Hypnum orbicularicordatum Ren. & Card. sp. nov. is described as differing from Hcordifolium. No. 216, Barbula fragilis, was sent to them by Mr. J. M. Holzinger, named B. sortuosa var. dicra- noides. The mistake is credited to me. The factsarethese: Mr. Holzinger sent me some specimens of this moss named by him “ Timmia winonensis n. sp. ined.” I suggested that it was very close to Barbula tortuosa, but did not agree exactly with speci- mens of my own collecting in the Adirondacks, of which I sent him a duplicate, suggesting that it might be the var. dicranoides (Ferg.) described by Braithwaite. I did not compare them, nor did I send them to M. Cardot; therefore Mr. Holzinger must be held responsible for any mistakes in the matter. | ih, Oe» _ New or less known Species of Pleurocarpous Mosses from North America and Europe. N. C. Kindberg, Rev. Bryol. 22: 81-88. 1895. Thirty-two species are described, of which all but six are North American, and twenty-two will be found listed in Kindberg’s check-list, the other four having been discovered since that list was published. Several varieties are raised to specific rank. The descriptions are brief and mostly comparative. The following is the list of species described: Anztitrichia gigantea, Clasmatodon rupestris, Thamnium micro-alopecurum, Pleuroziopsis alaskana, Tsothe- cium brachycladon, I. Howet, 1. obtusatulum, Leskea Cardoti, Ambly- stegium pseudo-confervoides, Eurhynchium pseudo-velutinoides, £ acutifolium, E. subcespitosum, E. Macounu, Hypnum molluscoides, H. pseudo-complexum, Camptothecium aureolum, C.leucodontoides, Brachy- thectum cavernosum, B. calcareum, B. subintricatum, Hypnum subsecundum, F1. microreptile, H1. reptiliforme, H. filiforme, H. sub- complexum and Fontinalis gigantea. Many of these are founded on very slight differences, as the names imply. E. G. B. New or less known Species of Acrocarpous Mosses from North America and Europe. N.C. Kindberg. Rev. Bryol. 23 : 17-23. 1896. Twenty-six species are described, all but three of which are based on American specimens sent to him by Prof. Macoun. All. but one are said to be new species or have new names, the worst illustration of this being Orthotrichum lyellioides Kindb. n. sp., which, is founded, as far as we can determine, on O. papillosum Hpe., thus 161 adding another synonym to the six already perpetrated by Euro- pean bryologists for the varieties of this much-abused American species. We note three ew species (?) from eastern localities, all of which are cited with his usual clearness and succinctness, Drummondia canadensis, Weisia pusilla and Grimmia Austini. He also founds a new genus to include M/nium lucidum and M. simplex in the following words: “The both species are very differing from the other ones of Mnium that they are consisting at least a subgenus (or rather a proper genus), to which I propose the name Xoe//ia to the honor of Dr. J. Roell.” E. G. B. Ueber die Brutkorper der Georgia pellucida und der Laubmoose ueberhaupt. C. Correns. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 13: 420-442. Pl. 33. 1895. The author proves conclusively that the habit of reproduc- ing asexually is not confined to the leafy moss-plant, but is also resorted to by the protonema, which forms irregular masses of gemmae, differing from the regular cup-shaped ones which are so characteristic of this genus. He disagrees with previous writers in attributing the gemmae to modified antheridia, claims that they originate from the paraphyses, and states that the green globose terminal cell of the paraphyses in /unaria, is a step in this direc- tion. He places the Georgiaceae between the Andreaeceae and the Bryineae, as a well-marked and distinct group. He also studied the gemmae in Webera annotina, Orthotrichum Lyelli, O. obtusifoliun, Encalypta streptocarpa and Zygodon viridissimus. + BGs Be Revue des Travaux publiés sur les Muscinées depuis le ier Janvier 1889 jusgau ier Janvier 1895. 1. Géneau de Lamaliere. Rev. Gen. Bot. 8: 40-48. Ja.1896. To be continued. This series of papers is to include only the mosses of France, it seems, though the author does not say so. He proposes to re- view the works in the following order, first those treating of geo- graphic distribution ; second, the descriptive works ; third, those on anatomy, and lastly, those on the physiology of the Mosses. He solicits contributions from authors. E. G. B. * 162 Proceedings of the Club. Turspay EveninG, Marcu 10, 1895. In the absence of the President and both Vice-Presidents, Dr. Schneider occupied the chair, and there were 25 persons present. Miss Josephine E. Tilden, University of Minnesota, Minneapo- lis, Minn., was elected a corresponding member. Miss Constance Lily Rothschild, Mr. Frederick Ehrenberg and Mr. Thomas P. Gilman were elected active members. Mrs. Britton reported that the Instruction Committee had pub- lished its prospectus for the summer courses of instruction, which would commence on March 19th. Mr. Theodore G. White read his announced paper, “ The North American Species of the Genus [zcza,” illustrated by a full suite of specimens. The paper was discussed by Dr. Britton, Dr. Schneider and others. __. Mr. Geo. V. Nash read his announced paper on “ New Florida Plants, ” richly illustrated by specimens. The paper was discussed by Dr. Britton, Dr. Small and others. Mrs. Britton reported having seen Tussilago Farfara in full bloom already this season on Staten Island. Dr. Britton spoke of the purchase for the New York Botanical Garden of Mr. J. B. Ellis’ collection of fungi, with a large part of his library. The collection contains two or three thousand types, nearly all published sets of exsiccatae and a great number of unique specimens. WEDNESDAY EVENING, MARCH 25TH, 1896. Vice-President ALLEN in the chair, and 39 persons present. Mr. W. A. Bastedo was appointed to act'as Secretary during the absence of Dr. RuSby in South America. Dr. J. S. Boynton an and Mrs. Amos Rogers were elected active members. Under the head of new business, Dr. Britton reminded the Club of the summer outings, and moved that a Field Committce be ap- pointed by the chair. Carried. The Vice-President then ap- pointed Dr. Britton as chairman of the committee, the other mem- bers of the committee to be selected by him. 163 Dr. Britton exhibited the fourth fascicle of Messrs. Collins, Holden & Setchell’s “ Phycotheca Boreali-Americana,” and spoke of the value of this work. Dr. Britton also called attention to a sedge, Remuiria maritima, recently found at Lake Worth, Florida, but having a wide distri- bution in tropical maritime regions. The announced paper of the evening was then read by Miss Alexandrina Taylor, entitled « A Comparative Study of the Su- perficial Periderm in a number of species of Salix.” This was ac- companied by diagrams illustrating the work. In the superficial periderm of these genus there are many variations from that selected as the type by Sanio, and the object of this study was to see if, by examining a greater number of species, one might not be found which might more justly be called the type of the genus. The paper was commented upon by Dr. Britton and Dr. Allen. Index to rec@nt Literature relating to American Botany. Britton, E. G. HowI found Schizaea pusil/a. Linn. Fern Bull. 4: 17. Ap. 1896. Brooks, H. Prehistoric Botany. The Forester, 2: 18-20. 1 Mr. 1896. Burbridge, F. W. The Chilian Bellflowers. Garden, 49: 174. 7 Mr. 1896. With illustrations of Lapageria alba. Burgess, T. J. W. Notes on the Study of Botany. Ott. Nat. g: 241-262. Mr. 1896. Clendenin, I. Zasioplodia E. & E. n. gen. Bot. Gaz. 21: 92. pi. 5. 18 F. 1896. Includes description and figure of Z. tudericola infesting sweet potatoes. Clute, W. N. Ferns and Fern-Lore. Commercial Trav. Home Mag. 6: 271-278. Mr. 1896. Cockerell, T. D. A. Schizophyllum Egelingianum. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 59. 29 F. 1896. a Correns, C. Zur Physiologie von Drosera rotundifolia. Bot. Zeit. — 54: 21-26. 16 F. 1896. ng AE S 164 Coulter, J. M. Preliminary Revision of the North American Species of Lchinocactus, Cereus and Opuntia. Contr..U.S. Nat. Herb. 3: 355-462. 1 Ap. 1896. Craig, T. A rare Fungus parasitic on an Osci//aria. Proc. Nat. Sci. Asso. Staten Island, 5: 17. 8 F. 1896. Davenport, G. E. Botanical Nomenclature. Bot. Gaz. 21: 85-88. 18 F. 1896. Deane, W. Michael Schuck Bebb. Bot. Gaz. 21: 53-56. p/. g. 18 F. 1898. DeGraffe, B. L. Opuntia vulgaris. Am. Journ. Pharm. 68: 169— 177. Ap. 1896. Dock, M. L. Bartram’s Garden to-day. Gard. & For. g: 122-124. Ij-15. 25 Mr. 1896. Dock, M. L. The Dauphin Chestnut. Gard. & For.g: 114. f. 12. 18 Mr. 1896. Gifford, J. Distribution of the White Cedar in New eee Gard. & For. 9: 63. 12 F. 1896. Graves, C. B. Notes from Plum Island and Fisher’ s Island, N. Y. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 59. 29 F. 1896. Finck, H. Lista general de Filices Cordovenses collectados en el Can- ton de Cordova, Estado de Veracruz. La Naturaleza, (II.) 2: 443. 1895. Havard, V. Drink-plants of the North American Indians. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 33-46. 29 F. 1896. Hicks, G. H. Morelsand their Allies. Asa Gray Bull. 4: 13. Mr. 1896. Hollick, A. New Species of Leguminous Pods from the Yellow Gravel at Bridgeton, N. J. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 46-49. p/. 258, 259. 29 F. 1896. Hooker, J. D. Ufricularia ianthina, Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: p/. 7466 Mr. 1896. Knowlton, F. H. Some Inconsistencies in Plant Nomenclature. Bot. Gaz. 21: 82-85. 18 F. 1896. Kuntze, O. Some Remarks on Nomenclature. Bot. Gaz. 21: 88-90. 18 F. 1896. Lowe, C. B. Botanical Notes. Am. Journ. Pharm. 68: 191-193. Ap. 1896. Maury, P. La Sebastiana Ramiresii n. sp. La Naturaleza, (II.) 2: 405-407. 1894. 165 McClement, W. T. Report of the Botanical Section. Ann. Rep. Entom. Soc. Ontario, 26: 26. 1896. Local notes, Meehan, T. Aguilegia caerulea. Meehans’ Month. 6: 61. pl. ¢ Ap. 1896. Meehan, T. Datesand References and Priority in Nomenclature. Bot. Gaz. 21: go. 18 F. 1896. Millspaugh, C. F. and Nuttall, L. W. Flora of West Virginia. Field Columbian Mus. Bot. Ser. 1: no, 2. 1-276. Ja. 1896. Mlodziausky, A. K. Rate of Growth of Loblolly Pine. Gard. & For. g: 92. 4 Mr. 1896. Mocino y Sesse. Flora Mexicana. La Naturaleza (II.) 2: Appen- dix, 89-136 and 137-184. 1894-95. Nylander, W. Graphideae Cubenses a cl. C. Wright he. Folio, p. 1. Geneva, no date. A list of species. Pettit, R. H. Studies in artificial Cultures of Entomogenous Fungi. Bull. Cornell Exp. Sta. 97: 336-378. p4. zz. Jl. 1895. Pringle, C. G. Notes of Mexican Travel.—XI. Gard. & For. 9: tos. 7. £2. 11 Mr. 1896. With illustration of Lippia todantha. Rob, & Green, mn. sp. Ramirez, J. Za Mocinia heterophylla. Wa Naturaleza, (II.) 2: 445- 451. pl. 24-26. 1895. Ramirez, J. Nuevos datos para la Historia de las ** Semillas Brinca- doras.’’ La Naturaleza, 2: 408-410. 1894. Ramirez, J. Una Especie nuevade Pterostemon. La Naturaleza, (II.) 2: 416. pl. 27. 1804. Robinson, B. L. Mymphaca tetragona Georgi. Gard. & For. g: 134. f. 76. 1 Ap. 1896. Rolfe, R. A. Decades Kewensis: XXIII.—XXVII. Kew. Bull. Misc. Inf. 109 and 110: 16-27, 44-47. Ja.—F. 1896. Contains descriptions of several American plants. Rose, N. J. Juniperus communis. Gard. & For. g: 114. 1896. Rovirosa, J. N. Bosquizo de la Flora Tabasquefia. La Naturaleza, (II.) 2: 438-441. 1895. - A Rovirosa, J. N. Las Calagualas. La Naturaleza, (IIL.) 2: 429-438. . bl. 23. 1895. aR 18 Mr. 166 Rovirosa, J. N. Rasgos biograficos del Dr. Ezequiel P. Johnson y no- ticias relativas 4 su coleccion botanica. La Naturaleza, (II.)2: 426— 428. 1894. Sargent, C.S., Editor. Volina recurvata. Gard. & For. 9: 94. /. Zo. 4Mr. 1896. Sargent, C.S. Notes on the Names of Yuccas. Gard. & For. 9g: 103 11 Mr. 1896. Sargent, C. S. Editor. — Bartram. Gard. & For. 9: 121. 25 M. 1896. Saunders, C. F. Schitaea pusilla at Home. Linn. Fern Bull. 4: 20 Ap. 1896. Selby, A.D. The Smut of Oats and its Prevention. Bull. Ohio Exp. Sta. 64: 28.f. 3. D. 1895. Stephani, F. Hepaticarum species novae.—VIII. _Hedwigia, 34: 232-253. 19 O. 1895. New species of Caudalejeunea from Cuba and Brazil; Ceratolejeunea fot Cuba, Porto Rico, Martinique, Ecuador and Peru; Cheilolejeunea from St. Christopher, Guiana, Jamaica, Guadeloupe and Brazil, and Cololejeunea from Trinidad, Guiana and Brazil. Tilden, J. C. A new Oscilatoria from California. Bull. Torr. Bot. _ Club, 23: 58, 59. fig. 29 F. 1896. Describes O. trapesoidea. Valentine C.S. Habits of Ferns. Gard. & For. 9: 68. 12 F. 1896. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 262. ae KUHNISTERA GATTINGERI HELLER. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 263. SISYRINCHIUM GRAMINOIDES BICKNELL. ae BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 264. } SSK +) An SISYRINCHIUM ATLANTICUM BICKNELL BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 265. SISYRINCHIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM MILL. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 266. JOUVEA STRAMINEA FOURN, — Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. ( The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ] VoLuME I. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N. L, Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), . . . . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton C1888), ie he ee ee al . . 25 cents, An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ; not yet completed.) The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . 25 cents. A List of Plants Collected by Dr, E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the ea and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L. ritton The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains and the Adjacent Region, By H. H. Rusby (1888)... 25 cents. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa, Adans. By N. L. Britton (1889), . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Il. By N. 'L. Britton (1889), . 25 cents. A Prog said List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- (LEGO) Ee ee ag 25 cents. fc ew or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IIT. By N, L. Britton (1890), op, 25 cents. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, 1V. By N. L. Britton. (1891), 25 cents. Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulezx. ’ By Thos. Morong CIBOR Sear re eo es cs ee 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Ve: By N. L. Britton (1891), 25 cents, Review of the North American Species "of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich Ries (1892), . 25 cents. A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus AMeibomia occurring in the United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents. Vovume II. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospera occurring in North America, By N. L. Britton (1892),. . . . 25 cents. Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N. _L, Britton (1892), . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Vi. ' ByN. L. Britton (1892), . 25 cents, Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alles, “By N. L. Britton (1892), 25 cents. Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small (1892), 25 cents, A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong (1893), 25 cents. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay, 1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N, L. Britton, with the assistance of Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), $1.50 Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K. >mall (1893) 25 cents. New or oteporte North American Phanerogams, VIL. By N. L. Britton (1893), . . a§cents. — Contributions to American Bryology, ih Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, 25 cents. — New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H.R bo 1893), 25 cents, — The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the . ian Mountain Sys- . tem. By John K, Small (1893), ..... -. .. « -ageents No. 64. No. 65. No. 66. No. 67. No. 68. No. 69. No. 70. No. 71. No. 72. No. 73. - No. 74. Notes upon various Species of Iridacez and other Orders. By Thomas Moroney £1803)}¢55 es ae ee 25 cents, Notes on the Fiora of Southeastern Kentucky. BY T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1893 Sf F 25 cents.” Coniaitions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum—Il. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Sdntsaseern United States, I. By John K. Small (1894),. —- 25 cents. Plants from Virginia, new ‘to Gray’s Manual Range’ with Notes on other Species.’ By:A..A. Heller (1894) |... : _ 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Brit- ton (1894), _ , 25 cents. Contributions to. American Bryology, V.—Notes' on the North American Species of Wetssia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893), . = 25 cents, A Study of the Genus Psoralea in “America. ‘By Anna Murray Vail. ( 1894), Pak bo ee ee Se re PSE 25 cents. VotumeE III. Our Conception of « Species ” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution. By N. L. Britton (1894), - 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species ‘of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), 25 cents. New and interesting Species of Z olygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus //ys- comitrium. By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), . . 25 cents. The Genus Cassia in N. America, By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents. A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton ( 1894); . . 25 cents. New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H . Kearney, Jr. CESOB), ei ape eee tg a5 Cents: A Contribution to the History of the Formation: of the Lichen Thallus. By Carlton C. Curtis (1894),. 2... 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the omtsnamern United States, II. By John K. Small (1894), . 25 cents. Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth G. Brinton (ido ye 65). pee aa as a ee eae 25 cents. The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894) 25 cents. A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North Ameria By Theodore G. White (1894), : et. £5 cents, Two Species of Uxa/is. By John K. Small (1894) uo 26 Dente Notes on some of the rarer Species of does soncamtes By John K. Smal] (1894), . 2 25:cents. Some new Florida Plants. “By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), .'. 25 cents. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusty 1894), 25 cents. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), 25 cents. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By Anna Murray Vail (1895), 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scou- feria with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton. 25 cents. (1895), Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K. Small (1895), . 25 cents. ~~ Paumatunen of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S. A. ond others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. By N. L. Britton and T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), NS i 50 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of Physcomitrella tg tens. 2. On a Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma _ serrata Sull. On a European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens.. By Elizabeth G. Britton 895), 25 cents. Some new hybrid webaote the Southern ‘States. By ne ra Smal} (1895), . . . 25 cents. Notes on some Florida Plants, By Geo. V Nash. ‘(1895,) - ae : 25 cents. ~ No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during the summer of 1892. By N. L. Brittonand Anna Murray Vail ( 1895). 50 cents. VoLuME IV. No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens, By Albert Schneider (1895), 25 cents, No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton (1895), ; 2 25 cents, No. 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents. No. 79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small (1895), SPeEy, 25 cents. No. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895 ).25 cents. No. 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.) 25 cents, No. 82, Some specical phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- der (1895). . ise 25 cents. No. 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail (1895). eee 25 cents. No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. No. 85. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents. No. 86. Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), J 25.centa. No. 87. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax- ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896), ae. 25 cents. No. 88. A neglected Carex By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents. No. 89. Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . 25 cents. Title-pages for Vols. II. and III. can be supplied. The series as above listed will be supplied for $12. : Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, may be had for $2. Address PRoF. N. L, BRITTON, Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY. FOR. SALE. A Complete Set of the North American Fungi. 34 Centuries, all in good condition. The set comprises Ellis N. A. F. (Series 1st, Centuries I-XV), and Ellis & Everhart’s N. A. F. (Series 2d, Centuries XVI-XXXIV). PRICE, S300. Address, J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J. FLORIDA PLANTS FOR SALE. I have a few sets of my 1895 collection still left unsold; also one set of the 1894 collection. FLORIDA FUNGI. A few sets still on hand. 2:4! , : A large number of new species and varieties are embraced in the above collections. Lists furnished on application to GHo. V. NASH. i} > Columbia University, NEW YORK, N. Y.,U.S. A. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., : Cambridge, Mass. National Herbarium Mounting Paper. ALL ARTICLES FOR SPRING CLASSES IN BOTANY. New Devices in Presses, Collecting Boxes and Herbarium Cases, SEND FOR NEW PRICE LIST. —~*> EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. <~— WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J. MANUFACTURER OF FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES. MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AIL- WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL. DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES. CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae of America is ready. It contains descriptions acd etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: JVite/la Leibergi sp. nov. ; mu- cronata A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; graciis (Smith) Ag. (fransilis sp. nov.); ¢enuissima (Desv.) Coss. et Germ. ;. pygmaca A. Br.; mt- nuta A\en (Maxceana sp. nov.) ; intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be prepared after the systematic part shall have been completed. T. F. ALLEN, | 10 Bast 36th St., New York City. _ MEMOIRS --- FROM THE ... Department of Botany of Columbia College VOLUME 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus _ Polygonum. By Dr, John K. Small. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00. For copies address, eae PROF. N.L. BRITTON, ESTABLISHED 11 I 85 aes _ EIMER & AM END, e MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF , Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave., 7 Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK. : SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATED A OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR — BE. March’s Szline Chemical Stone é Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically = Pure and Common Filter Paper. fs Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). os % : Prof, _Jolly’s Specific ane Bal ances, etc, Le Brun F. Deena x Coy, oy Paris, Platinum. Sugar Chemists. LABORATORY o QUTFITS ae FERTILIZERS, -ASSAVERS, INIVERSI : _Grass-Browne, ‘rca, Gampmve DR PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. (x) THE BULLETIN. “This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with fou: pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. ; Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for. England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England, | Back Numpers.—The BuLLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive i im yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these _ 5 five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to run on as one’ volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years. - The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa- eZ - - fately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for 50 cents, The price of each is $1.00. Vols, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed cake ' Price of each $2.00. Vols, 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete. (2) THE MEMOIRS. “The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in astvance. The num ae can also be purchased singly and an invariable price “will be fixed for each, mse omitted from this list cannot be had.separately. ‘ an Volume 1, No, 2,—A List of the Marine Algee hitherto observed on the Coasts of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac:C. Martindale. Price, socents. - No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby, Ge _ South America, with descriptions of pany new species, By Richard ss a ae Price, 75 cents. — See < _ No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sacer Price, 75 cents. Ae Pe Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding . Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. | Price, 50 cents, - No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginie, with two plates, Anna Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. — » os No. 4.—A Monogra of the North American Species of the Genus Poly la, By William E. Wheelock Price, 75 cents. ven Vol, 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North ‘Carohna and contiguous ter ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. > __No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadaces: with illustrations of all No. 3—An Enumeration of the Plants collected i Bolivia Miguel Bang. Het H Rey Price, 50 cents, 2 y Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum Part 5, Bibliography. I nderwood. Price, 75 cents, ee he: . o. 2.—Report on the Botanical Beploration: of Virginia during the Season of 892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, Se cents 2) 3 Be ie ace ae Oe ans lia Fares y Miguel Bang TT y H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. ” - A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY. — AND OTHER MEM ‘THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 1896. | President, HON. ADDISON BROWN. Vice Presiaents, 7. F. ALLEN, M. D. L. H. LIGHTHIPE. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, “HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., . JOHN K. SMALL, College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia University, New York City Editor, ‘Treasurer, N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D, = © | HENRY OGDEN, © Columbia University, New York City. . 11 Pine Street, New York cs aoe dsmciate Editors, . os EMILY. L. GREGORY, Pie De ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B- , ANNA MURRAY VAIL, = = =-—s BYRON L. HALSTED, Se. D. Bed, HELLER. _ ‘Bilas ee es Librarian, is sage "HELEN M. INGERSOLL. wM. EB WHEE: M. De Committee on » Finance, ; a ae a Pee Ne Be wite8L0ek, M.D. Committee on Admissions. ae CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, | JEANNETTE B GREENE, M. ofan sith Street, New York besa me ey We ssth Street, ‘New York City. Library ona » Herbarinm Committee BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. —_ OEnothera and its Segregates. By JoHN K. SMALL. The year 1835 marks a great crisis in the history of the genus OEnothera of Linnaeus. Edouard Spach then divided the genus into about a dozen, taking his characters from the flower and fruit The results of his observations were published in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles,* Histoire Naturelle des Végétaux,} and in his Monographia Onagrearum published in Nouvelles Annales du Muséum} the last named work containing a complete exposition of his conclusions. Although Spach’s work was considered good and reliable, his generic lines were not generally accepted, but were used to divide the composite genus O£nothera into sections. Spach, however, was not the first to see that OFnothera con- tained many generic types. In 1763 Adanson published Onagra, Rafinesque established Meriolix in 1818, in the same year Link Separated Chamissonia (not Chamissoa H.B.K.), and later several — 3 genera were proposed by Nuttall. Between 1835 and the present time authors have at one time or another eliminated one or two genera from O£nothera, but it . _ Was not until 1893, when Rud. Raimann prepared the Onagraceae _ for Engler and Prantl’s Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien,§ that any systematic or logical subdivision of the genus into several genera — *(IL) 4: 163-168, : : +4? 347-379. ¢CIIL.) 4: 321-407. $3: Abt. 7, 199-323. 168 appeared. Raimann’s conclusions are based on Spach’s work, but he has presented them in a much more satisfactory manner than was indicated by the earlier author. The committee which prepared the List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America,* adopted Rai- mann’s interpretation, and it was suggested by Dr. Britton that I make an examination of the material in the Herbarium of Colum- bia University to ascertain to what extent the characters hitherto assigned for generic lines held. The study has been interesting both from a generic and a specific standpoint in_ exposing the strong tendency to mass, and to maintain composite species and genera where clear and constant characters exist both in habit and in the more minute morphology. The following pages contain the results of these observations on the North American species. I will be glad to receive additional material, either specimens or seeds, for examination. Proposing to present a monograph of this group at an early day. : Key to the Genera. Flowers regular (stamens equal in length.) Stigma deeply four-cleft, its segments linear. Ovules and seeds horizontal, inserted in two or rarely in several rows, pris- ' m.tic-angled. I. ONAGRA. Ovules and seeds ascending, not angled. Buds erect ; flowers yellow ; ovules and seeds in one row. 2, OENOTHERA. Buds drooping ; flowers pink ; ovules and seeds in two rows. a ANOGRA. > Stigma entire or rarely four-toothed. Ovaries and capsules sessile or nearly so, sabeloipad or elongated. Calyx-tube longer than the ovary. Stigma capitate; calyx-tube slender, usually adherent to the style. 10, TARAXIA. | Stigma disk-like ; calyx-tube funnelform. 11. GALPINSIA, Calyx-tube shorter than the ovary. Stigma disk-like, slightly four-toothed ; calyx-tube saan ¢ funnel- form, sometimes twice shorter than the ovary. _ 12, MgRIOLIX. Stigma capitate; calyx-tube campanulate or somewhat funnel form, many times shorter than the ovary. * Mem. Torr. Club, 5. i 169 Capsules incompletely four-celled; calyx-tube with a lobed disk in its throat. "13. -EULosus. Capsules with complete septa; calyx-tube naked at the throat. 14. SPHAEROSTIGMA. Ovaries and capsules long stalked, more or less club-shaped. 15. CHYLISMA. Flowers irregular (the alternate stamens longer). Ovules and seeds numerous, not tuberculate, clustered on slender foniculi cap- sules club-shaped. Flowess yellow Flowers red, purple or white. Ovules and seeds few, sessile, in one or two rows. Plants normally acaulescent. Capsules obtusely or retusely four-angled; seeds with 4. KNEIFFIA, 5. HARTMANNIA. a deep furrow along the raphe, 6. PACHYLOPHUS. Capsules sharply four-angled; seeds with a tubercle at one end, 7. LAVAUXIA, Plants caulescent. Stems diffuse and wiry; leaves 1-2 cm, long; cap- sules sharply four-angled. 8, GAURELLA. Stems not diffuse, stout; leaves 4-15 cm. long or longer; capsules broadly winged. 9g. MEGAPTERIUM. 1. ONAGRA Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 85. 1763. Plants annual or biennial. : Flowers small; petals 2-4 mm. broad. 1, O. cruciata. Flowers large; petals one or several centimeters broad. Calyx-tubes slender, 2.5-5 cm. long. Stems decumbent ; pubescence rather dense, short and appressed, ~ 2. O. depressa, Stems erect or nearly so. Pubescence villous-hispid, strigose or soft and appressed ; species ranging east of the Rocky Mountains. Capsules 2-2.5 cm. long, abruptly narrowed at the apex |» 3, O. biennis. Capsules 3-4 cm. long, gradually narrowed from near the base. 4. O. Oakesiana, Pubescence hirsute or canescent-hirsute ; species ranging : west of the Rocky Mountains. 5. O. Hookeri. Calyx-tubes stout, 6-13 cm. long : ae _ Leaves distantly toothed, minutely ciliate. 6. O. Famesit. Leaves entire, with short bristle-like cilia.. 7. O. macroceles, Plants perennial, 8. 0. arguta. I. “ONAGRA CRUCIATA (Nutt). OEnothera cruciala Nutt. ; Ser. in DG Prodt.: 3: 47- as Bi dash ghia eta 170 OEnothera biennis var. cruciataT.& G. Fl. N. A. 1: 492. 1840. Onagra biennis cruciata Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 233. 1894. Vermont and Massachusetts. 2. ONAGRA DEPRESSA (Greene). OLEnothera depressa Greene, Pitt. 2: 216. 1891. Rocky Mountains of Montana. — 3. ONAGRA BIENNIS (L.) Scop. OEnothera biennis L. Sp. Pl. 346. 1753. OEnothera muricata L. Syst. Ed. 12, 263. 1767. OLEnothera angustifolia Mill. Dict. Gard. Ed. 8, no. 2. 1768. OEnothera glabra Mill. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, no. 3. 1768. Onagra biennis Scop. F1. Carn, Ed. 2,1: 269. 1772. OLnothera graveolens Gilib. Fl. Lituan, 2: 168. 1781. Onagra parviflora Moench, Meth. 675. 1794. Onagra muricata Moench, Meth. 675. 1794. OEnothera gauroides Hornem. Hort. Hafn. 1: 362. 1813. OEnothera pubescens Nees in Neuwied, Reise N. A. 2: 435. Onagra Europaea Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 359. 1835. Onagra communis Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 359. 1835. Onagra chrysantha Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 362. 1835. Onagra vulgaris Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 353. 1835. OEnothera biennis var. vulgaris T.& G. Fl. N. A.1: 492. 1840. OEnothera biennis var. muricata T.& G. Fl. N. A. 1: 492. 1840. OEnothera biennis var. canescens T.& G. Fl. N. A. 1: 492. 1840. ? OEnothera Jepsonu Greene, Fl. Francis. 211. 1891. Throughout the United States, east of the Rocky Mountains, ranging from sea-level to about 650 meters on various mountains. The geographic range of O. dzennis is not as extensive as has been supposed. The species proper ranges westward only to the Mississippi River. In the area from the Mississippi River to the Rocky Mountains it is represented by a closely related form clothed with strigose pubescence; this form might be separated as a variety or even a species, As far as I can learn, it has not been found west of the Rocky Mountains. Prof. Greene described OZnothera Jepsomi* from California, but later * Fl. Francis. 211. 171 referred it to O. diennis,* a doubtful disposition unless the plant is introduced. I have not seen specimens of this form. 3a. ONAGRA BIENNIS GRANDIFLORA (Ait.) Lindl. OLnothera grandiflora Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 2. 178g. OEnothera suaveolens Desf. Tab. 169. 1804. OLnothera biennis var. grandiflora Lindl. Bot. Reg. 19. pl. 1604. 1833. . OLnothera Lamarkiana Ser. in DC. Prodr. 3: 47. 1828. Range the same as the species, more common in the Southeast; introduced in the vicinity of San Francisco according to Prof. Greene. 4. ONAGRA OaKEsIANA (A. Gray) Britton. OLnothera biennis var. Oakesiana A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5,178. 1867. OEnothera Oakesiana Robbins; A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 178. As synonym. 1867. : Onagra Oakesiana Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 233. 1894.- Shores of the St. Lawrence, west to the Great Lake region, south to New York and Nebraska. 5. OnacrRA Hooxert (T. & G.). OLEnothera Hookeri T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 493. 1840. OEnothera biennis Torr. Emory Rep. 140. 1848. Not L. ? OEnothera odorata H. & A. Bot. Beech. Voy. 343. 1841. OEnothera biennis var. hirsutissima A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 43. 1848. Western slopes of the Rocky Mountains, west to the Pacific; at 1800 meters in Utah. It seems remarkable that this excellent species could be con- founded with O. dennis. Its gross characters are so strong that a scrap or even a leaf is sufficient to separate it from related species. It does not range east of the Rocky Mountains and is the western homologue of the eastern O. dennis. 6. Onacra Jamest (T. & G). OEnothera Jamesii T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 493. 1840. Southern Utah south to eastern Texas and eastern Arizona. * Man. Bot. Bay Reg. 131. 172 7. ONAGRA MACROSCELES (A. Gray). OEnothera macrosceles A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 43. 1848. Northern Mexico. 8, ONAGRA ARGUTA (Greene). OEnothera arguta Greene, Fl. Francis, 212. 1891. Southern California, from Monterey southward. I have not seen specimens of this plant. 2, OENOTHERA L. Sp. Pl. 340. 1753. Flowers axillary. Plants clothed with dense appressed or ascending pobecnnce Flowers 2-3 cm. broad; species of the Atlantic Coast. 1. O. humifusa Flowers 7-9 cm. broad; species of the Western Gulf Coast, 2. O. Drummondii. Plants glabrous or rarely clothed with spreading hairs, 3. O. laciniata, Flowers in terminal leafy bracted spikes, . Spike few-flowered, loose ; bracts ovate; calyx villous. 4. O. heterophylla. Spike many-flowered, dense; bracts narrow; calyx silky. 5. O. rhombipetala. 1. OENOTHERA HUMIFUSA Nutt. OEnothera humifusa Nutt. Gen. 1: 245. 1818. OLEnothera sinuata var, humifusaT.& G. Fl.N.A.1: 494. 1840. Drifting sand along the coast from New Jersey to Florida; ranges but little above sea-level. z. CRkoitink etal iaeihs Hook. OEnothera Drummondii Hook. Bot. Mag. pl. 33761. 1835. ? OEnothera sinuata var. humifusa A. eee Proc. che Acad. 5° 158. 1862. . Coast of Texas; ranges only a few meters above sea-level. 3. OENOTHERA LACINIATA Hill. OEnothera laciniata Hill, Syst. Veg. 12: 64. 1767. OLEnothera sinuata L, Mant. 2: 228. 1771. OLEnothera repanda Medic. Act. Acad. Theod. Palat. 3: 198. pl.8. 1775. Onagra sinuata Moench, Meth. 676. 1794. OEnothera prostrata Ruiz & Pavon, Fl, Per. 3: 79. pl. 315. 1802. OEnothera minima Pursh, Fl. Am. ue 262. pi. 1S 1814. 178 Oknothera sinuata var. minima Nutt. Gen, 1: 245. 1818. ? OLnothera longiflora Scheele; S. Wats. Proc. Am, Acad. 8: 618 1873. Not Jacq. New Jersey south to Florida, to Texas and Nebraska, also in central and northern South America. 3a. OENOTHERA LACINIATA MEXICANA (Spach). OLnothera Mexicana Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 347. 1835. OEnothera sinuata var hirsuta T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 494. 1840. Nebraska to Texas and Mexico. 3b. OENOTHERA LACINIATA OCCIDENTALIS. - OEnothera sinuata var. grandifiora S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: $81. 1873, Not OZ£. grandiflora Ait. 1789. ?OEnothera longifora Scheele; S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 618. 1873. Missouri to Kansas, south to Texas. 4. OENOTHERA HETEROPHYLLA Spach. OEnothera heterophylla Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 348. 1835. OLnothera bifrons Don, Sweet, Bot. Fl. Gard. (II.) pl. 386, 1831-1838. OLnothera rhombipetala Engelm. & ae Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist 5: 216. 1847. OLEnothera Leona Buckley, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861: 163. 1861. Florida to Texas. 5. OENOTHERA RHOMBIPETALA Nutt. OEnothera rhombipetala Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 493. 1840. OLnothera Darlingtonii Pickering : S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8 O12. 1873. Minnesota and Wisconsin, to Illinois, Nebraska and Indian Ter- ritory. 4. ANOGRA Spach, Ann. Sci. Nat. (II) 4: 164. 1835. Burmannia Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 3§1. 1835. Not DC. 1833. ° oe Tips of the calyx.segments not free in the bud. Capsules divergent or reflexed. : Valves of the capsules not winged at the base. «WA. deltoidea. Valves of the capsules winged at the base. == A. xylocarpa, 174 Capsules more or, less ascending. Seeds narrow, smooth, sharply pointed. 3. A. trichocalyx. Seeds ovoid, minutely ribbed and pitted, rather blunt. 4. A. a/dicaults. Tips of the calyx-segments free in the bud. Throat of the calyx-tube villous within. 5. A. coronopifolia. Throat of the calyx-tube glabrous within. Calyx glabrous or rarely appressed pubescent. Stem several centimeters long; leaves long- petioled. 6. A simplex. Stem elongated ; leaves short-petioled or sessile. 7. A. pallida. Calyx villous, Lower leaves oblanceolate or spatulate in outline, 8. A. Californica. Lower leaves lanceolate or oblong in outline. 9. A. Neo-Mexicana,. 1. ANOGRA DELTOIDEA (Torr & Frem.). OEnothera deltoidea Torr. & Frem., Frem. Rep. 315. 1845. Utah to California and Arizona. 2. ANOGRA XYLOCARPA (Coville). OEnothera xylocarpa Coville, Cont. Nat. Herb. 4: 105. 1892. Tulare County, California. 3. ANOGRA TRICHOCALYX (Nutt.). OLEnothera trichocalyx Nutt; T. & G. FI.N. A. 1: 494. 1840. Wyoming to California and New Mexico; ascends to 1950 meters in California. 4. ANOGRA ALBICAULIS (Pursh) Britton. OLnothera albicaulis Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 733. 1814. OLEnothera pinnatifida Nutt.Gen.1: 245. 1818. OLEnothera Purshiana Steud. Nom. 2: 207. 1841. OLEnothera Purshit Don, Gard. Dict. 2: 688. 1832. Burmannia pinnatifida Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 353. 1835. Anogra pinnatifida Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 341. 1835- OLnothera coronopifolia A. Gray, Pl, Wright. 2: 56. 1853. Anogra albicaulis Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 234. 1894. | South Dakota to the Rocky Mountains south to Indian Terri- tory, New Mexico and Sonora, ascending to 1100 meters in the Black Hills. 5. ANOGRA CORONIPOFOLIA (T. & G.) Britton. | OEnothera coronipofolia T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 245. 1840. 175 OLnothera pinnatifida James, Bot. Long’s Exp. 2:154. 1825. Not Nutt. 1818. South Dakota to Wyoming, south to Kansas, Utah and New Mexico. 6. ANOGRA SIMPLEX. OEnothera ambigua S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad.14: 293. 1879. Not Spreng, 1825. OLnothera albicaulis var. decumbens S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 14: 293. 1879,as synonym. Not O&. decumbens Doug]. Southern Utah and Northern Arizona. 7. ANOGRA PALLIDA (Lindl.) Britton. OLnothera albicaulis Nutt. Fras. Cat. Name only. 1813. OLEnothera pallida Lindl. Bot. Reg. 14: pl. 1742. 1828. OEnothera Nuttalhi Sweet, Hort. Brit. Ed. 2, 199. 1830. Baumannia Nuttalliana Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 352. 1835. Anogia Nuttalliana Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 339, 1835. Baumannia Douglasiana Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 352. 1835. Anogra Douglasiana Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 339, 1835. OLnothera pinnatifida var. integrifolia A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 44. 1848. OBPnothera albicaulis var. Nuttalliti Engelm. Am. Journ. Sci. (I1.) 34: 334. 1862. OEnothera leptophylla Nutt.; S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 602. 1873. British Columbia to Washington and Minnesota south to Sonora; ascends to about about 1700 meters in the Black Hills. 7a. ANOGRA PALLIDA LATIFOLIA (Rydberg). _ OEnothera pallida var. latifolia Rydberg, Cont. Nat. Herb. 3: 159. 1895. : Nebraska and Colorado. 7b. ANOGRA PALLIDA RUNCINATA (Engelm.). OEnothera albicaulis var. runcinata Engelm. Am. Journ. Sci. (II.), 34: 334. - 5862. . OEnothera pinnatifida A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 43. In part. 1848. Not Nutt. 1818. - 5 Utah to Arizona and Texas. __ 176 7c. ANOGRA PALLIDA BREVIFOLIA (Engelm.). OEnothera albicaulis var. brevifolia Engelm. Am. Journ. Sci. (11) 34: 335. 1862. Sand hills south of El Paso, Texas. 7d. ANOGRA PALLIDA ENGELMANNI. OEnothera albicaulis var. trichocalyx Engelm. Am. Journ. Sci. (II.), 34: 335. 1862. Not O.drchocalyx. Nutt. 1840. Las Vegas, New Mexico. 8. ANOGRA CALIFORNICA (S. Wats.). OEnothera albicaulis var. Californica S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. SB: $99... ; 187%, OEnothera Californica S. Wats. Bot. Calif. 1: 223. 1876. Central California to southern Utah and southward ; ascends to 1900 meters in the San Bernardino Mountains. 9g. ANOGRA NEO-MEXICANA n. sp. OEnothera albicaulis var. A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 56. 1853. Annual or perennial, stout, hispid-villous, dark green. Stem erect, 6—7 dm. tall, flexuous, mewhe branched, clothed with a pale papery bark; leaves oblong or lanceolate, 4-8 cm. long, obtuse or acute, sinuate-toothed or somewhat pinnatifid, puberulent, with some hispid-villous hairs on the mid-rib and lateral nerves, rather abruptly narrowed into a slender petiole which is less than one centimeter long; flowers few at the ends of the branches, 5-6 cm. broad; calyx hispid-villous, its tube stoutish, 4—4.5 cm. long; nearly thrice longer than the ovary, its segments nearly linear, one- half as long as the tube, the tips free in the bud; petals broadly obdeltoid, 1.8 cm. long, 2 cm. broad, somewhat emarginate, nar- rowed into a broad claw; filaments about one-half as long as the petals; anthers 1-1.2 cm. long; style slender, longer than the petals; capsule nearly cylindric, 2-2.5 cm. long, somewhat nar- rowed at the base and the apex, hispid-villous; seeds ‘‘ oblong and perfectly smooth.” New Mexico. Wright, no. 1068. A perfectly distinct species, related to A. pallida, but easily separated by its foliage and hispid-villous calyx. 4. Knetrria Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 373. 1835. Stem-leaves linear-filiform ; capsule 4-angled or slightly winged. 1, A. a“ Stem-leaves never approaching filiform ; 9 winged. 177 Capsules more or less club-shaped. Capsules pubescent. Stems decumbent, spreading ; pedicels shorter than the body of the capsules. 2. K. Alleni. Stems erect or nearly so, not spreading. Pedicels longer than the body of the capsules. Body of the capsules subglobose ; leaves numerous. 3. A. sudglobosa. Body of the capsules obovoid, leaves few. 4. K. longipedicellata. Pedicels shorter than the body of the capsules, Capsules on slender pedicels, with thin wings. 5. X. dinearés. Capsules on stout pedicels (sometimes nearly ses- sile) with thick wings. 6. K. Spachiana. Capsules glabrous or glabrate. 7. K. pumila, Capsules oblong or nearly so. Plants not glaucous ; capsules less than 1 cm. long. 8. K. fruticosa., Plants somewhat glaucous; capsules 1 cm. long. 9. A. glauca. I. KNEIFFIA LINIFOLIA (Nutt.) Spach. OLnothera linifolia Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 2: 120. 1821. Kneiffia linifolia Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 368. 1835. Kansas and Illinois to Texas and Georgia; ascends only a few meters above sea-level. 2. KNEIFFIA ALLENI. (Britton). OEnothera fruticosa var. humifusa Allen, Bull. Torr. Club, 1: 3. 1870. Not OF. humifusa Nutt. 1818. Kueifia linearis Alleni Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 235. 1894. Eastern end of Long Island, at sea-level. This local form must be separated from the species with which it has been associated on account of its habit, flowers and capsule. 3. KNEIFFIA SUBGLOBOSA Nn. Sp. Perennial, slender, puberulent, dull green, producing numerous ~ stolons. Stem erect, 2-3 dm. tall, much branched, strict or slightly flexuous, red; basal leaves spatulate, 4-10 cm. long, obtuse or acutish, undulately toothed, gradually narrowed into a short petiole; stem leaves linear or nearly so, 2-7 cm. long, entire or dis- tantly toothed, narrowed into a short petiole or sessile, slightly revolute; flowers in terminal racemes which are more or less corymbosely arranged, yellow, about 3 cm. broad; calyx villous or silky, its tube slender, 1 cm. long, about twice as long as the ovary, its segments linear, about as long as the tube and less pubescent, the tips free in the bud; petals obovate, 1.5 cm long, — notched at the apex; filaments nearly one half as long as the petals; _ 178 style slender, two-thirds as long as the petals; stigmas filiform, 3-4 mm. long; capsule at length subglobose, or globose-obovoid, 6-7 mm. long, on a stalk which exceeds the body, the angles strongly winged, the faces strongly ridged; seeds very irregular, minutely papillose, black, 1 mm. long. North Carolina and Georgia. Most closely related to K. Al/eniand part of Torrey and Gray’s var. 8. It differs especially in its erect habit, very different basal leaves and larger flowers. 4. KNEIFFIA LONGIPEDICELLATA n. sp. Annual, slender, bright green, more or less puberulent, stem erect or assurgent, 4-7 dm. tall, red, slender, simple or sparingly branched above; basal-leaves spatulate or obovate-spatulate, 4-6 cm. long; stem-leaves few, linear-lanceolate, 3-9 cm. long, obtuse or acutish, entire, often somewhat undulate, narrowed into a short petiole ; flowers yellow, subtended by leaf-like bracts in terminal racemes which are sometimes corymbosely arranged; calyx hir- — sute, its tube slender, 1-1.5 cm. long, its segments linear, longer than the tube, the tips free in the bud; petals obovate, 2 cm. long, many-nerved, emarginate, stamens less than one half as long as the petals ; styles slender, two-thirds as long as the petals; capsule nar- rowly obovoid, 1 cm. long, its angles winged, its faces ridged, on pedicels longer than the body; seeds irregularly oblong, .8 mm. long, brown, minutely papillose. West Virginia to North Carolina and Florida. Between K. subglobosa and K. linearis. It differs from the former in its sparsely leafy, usually nearly simple stem, the hirsute calyx, the larger flowers and the narrowly obovoid capsules. It can easily be separated from K. linearis by its pedicel, which ex- ceeds the body of the capsule. 5. KNeIFFIA LINEARIS (Michx.) Spach. OLEnothera linearis Michx. F1. Bor. Am. 1: 225. 1803: ?0Enothera media Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 1: 377. 1821. acc. to S. Wats. OLEnothera ripariaNutt.Gen. 1: 247. 1818. ?OEnagra Linkiana Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 354. 1835- OEnothera fruticosa var. linearifolia Hook. Bot. Mag. pl. 3545. 18 37. Kneiffia linearis Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 376. 1835. | Kneiffiia angustifolia Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 368. 1835-_ 179 ?Knetffiia maculata Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 375. - 1835. OLnothera fruticosa var. linearis S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 584. 1873. Connecticut to Tennessee, south to Georgia. 6. Kneirria Spacuiana (T. & G,). OLnothera Spachiana T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 498. 1840. Blennoderma Drummond Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 408. 1835. OEnothera Drummondii Walp. Rep. 2: 85. 1843, Not Hook. OLEnothera uncinata Scheele, Linnaea, 21: 578. 1848. Texas and Louisiana; ascends only a few feet above sea-level. 7. KNEIFFIA PUMILA (L.) Spach. OEnothera pumila L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 493. 1762. OLnothera pusilla Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 225. 1803. OEnothera chrysantha Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 225. 1803. OEnothera gracilis Schrad.; F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 2: 44. 1835. OLnothera riparia Lehm.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 212. Bas 30, not Nutt. Kuneiffia pumila Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 377. 1835. Kneiffia chrysantha Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 377- 1835. Nova Scotia to the Saskatchewan south to Georgia. 8. KNeEIFFIA FRUTICOsSA (L.) Raimann. OLnothera fruticosa L. Sp. Pl. 346. 1753. OLEnothera mollissima Walt. Fl). Car. 129. 1788. OLnothera hybrida Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 225. 1803. OEnothera tetragona Roth, Cat. Bot. 2: 39. 1825. OEnothera Canadensis Goldie, Edinb. Phil. Journ. 6: 325. 1822. OLEnothera incana Nutt. Gen. 1: 247. 1818. OLEnothera serotina Don; See Brit. Fl. Gard. 2: p/. 18g 1825- 1827. Kuneiffia suffruticosa Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 365. 1835. OLEnothera fruticosa var. differta Millsp. Fl. W. Va. 366. 1892. Kneiffia fruticosa Raimann, in Engl. & Prantl. Nat. Pfl. Fam. 3: Abt. 7,214. 1893. Nova Scotia to Missouri and southward. — 180 8a. KNEIFFIA FRUTICOSA PILOSELLA (Raf.) Britton. OEnothera Pilosella Raf. Ann. Nat. 15. 1820. ? OEnothera fruticosa var.ambigua Nutt. Gen. 1: 247. 1818. | ? OEnothera ambigua Spreng. Syst. 2: 229. 1825. Kneiffia floribunda Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 366. 1835. OEnothera fruticosa var. hirsuta Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 4960. 1840. Kneiffia fruticosa Pilosella Britton, Mem. Torr, Club, 5: 234- 1894. 9. KNEIFFIA GLAUCA (Michx.) Spach. OEnothera glauca Michx. F\. Bor. Am. 1: 224. 1803. Kneiffia glauca Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 374. 1835 OLnothara Frasert Pursh, Fl. Am, Sept. 734. 1814. OEnothera glauca var. Fraserti T. & G. FI.N.A.1: 497. 1840. OEnothera fruticosa var. Fraseri Hook. Bot. Mag. pl. 3548. 1837- Kneiffia Frasert Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 375. 1835. Virginia and Kentucky, south to Georgia and Alabama, as- cends to 1600 meters on Roan. Mt., Tenn. 5. HARTMANNIA Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 370. 1835. [ XYLOPLEURUM Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 378. 1835.] Plants canescent (except some forms of 7. rosea parviflora). Calyx-tube shorter than the ovary; capsule club-shaped. 1. A. rosea. Calyx-tube longer than the ovary; capsule oblong or elliptic. 2. H, speciosa. Plants more or less villous. 3. 4. tetraptera. 1. HARTMANNIA ROSEA (Ait.) Don. OLnothera rosea Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 3. 1789. OEnothera rubra Cav. Ic. 4: 68. pl. goo. 1797. OLEnothera purpurea Lam. Encycl. 4: 554. 1797- Hartmannia rosea Don, in Sweet, Hort. Brit. Ed. 3, 236. 1. 839. Hartmannia gauroides Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 371. 1835. Xylopleurum roseum Raimann, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. Fam. 3: Abt. 7,214. 1893. Texas to New Mexico and southward; also in western South America. 181 Ia. HARTMANNIA ROSEA PARVIFOLIA (Coult.). OLnothera rosea var. parvifolia Coult. Cont. Nat. Herb. 2: 186. 1891. Texas and northern Mexico. 2. HARTMANNIA SPECIOSA (Nutt.). OLnothera speciosa Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 2: 119. 1821. Aylopleurum hirsutum Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 370. 1835. Aylopleurum Nuttallii Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 371. 1835. Aylopleurum Drummondi Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 371. 1835. Aylopleurum obtusifolium Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 372. 1835. OLnothera Spachii Dietr. Syn, 2: 1289. 1840. Oknothera obtusifolia Dietr. Syn. 2: 1289. 1840. OLnothera Drummond Schnitzlein, Ic. pl. 265. f. 7. Aylopleurum speciosum Raimann, in Eng. & Prantl, Nat. PA. Fam. 3: Abt. 7,214. 1893. Missouri to Kansas, south to Texas and Mexico; introduced into fields around Charleston, S. C. 3. HARTMANNIA TETRAPTERA (Cav.). OEnothera tetraptera Cav. Ic. 3: 40. pl. 279. 1794. Texas, Mexico, Central America and northern South America. 6. PACHYLOPHUS Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 365. 1835. PACHYLOPHUs CAESPITOSA (Nutt.) Raimann. OLEnothera caespitosa Nutt. Fras. Cat. 1813. OLEnothera scapigera Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 263. 1814. Pachylophus Nuttallii Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 365. 1835. Pachylophus Nuttalliana Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 356. 1835. , OEnothera montana Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 500. 1840. OEnothera marginata Nutt; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 342. 1841. . . OLnothera eximia A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 45. 1848. 182 Pachylophis caespitosa Raimann, in Eng. & Prantl, Nat. Pf. Fam. 3: Abt. 7, 215. 18093. Dakota to Idaho, south to California, New Mexico and Senora. 7, LAVAUXIA Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 366. 1835. Tips of the calyx-segments not free in the bud. 1. L. primiveris. Tips of the calyx-segments free in the bud, Leaves thinnish, very conspicuously pinnatifid. (2. L. triloba. Leaves thick, entire or sparingly pinnatifid near the base. Capsule ovoid or elliptic; testa of the seed thickened. 3. Z. drachycarpa. Capsule attenuate at the apex; testa of the seed not thickened, 4. L. Wrightit. I. LAVAUXIA PRIMIVERIS (A. Gray). OLEnothera primiveris A. Gray, Pl. Wright.2: 58. 1853. Texas and New Mexico. 2. LAVAUXIA TRILOBA (Nutt.) Spach. OLEnothera triloba Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 2: 118. 1821. OLnothera rhizocarpa Spreng. Syst. 2: 239. 1825. Lavauxia triloba Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 367. 1835. Lavauxia Nuttalliana Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 358. 1835. OEnothera Roemeriana Scheele, Linnaea, 22: 1 54. 1840. OLEnothera clandestina Nutt.; S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 615. 1873. Saskatchewan to Texas, California and Sonora. 2a. LAVAUXIA TRILOBA Watson! Britton. OLnothera triloba(?) var. parviflora S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 251. 1876. Not O. parvifiora L. _ Lavauxia triloba Watsoni Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 235- 1894. Kansas and Nebraska. 3. LAVAUXIA BRACHYCARPA (A, Gray) Britton. OEnothera brachycarpa A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 70. 1852. OLEnothera marginata var. purpurea S. Wats. Bot. King’s Rep. g°%08.. 1971. : Lavauxia brachycarpa Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 235. 1894. = 183 Western Texas and New Mexico, probably in Nevada and Montana. 4. LavauxiA Wricutu (A. Gray). OLnothera Wrightti A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 57. 1853. New Mexico. 8. GAURELLA. Perennial herbs low, wiry, diffuse, canescent or strigilose. Stems at length branched throughout and spreading, leafy, clothed with a longitudinally wrinkled bark ; leaves small, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, nearly entire or distantly toothed, narrowed into a very short petiole; flowers axillary, white or rose-colored, spotted or striped with red; calyx purplish, its tube cylindric, slightly dilated at the throat, twice as long as the ovary, its segments slightly longer than the tube; their tips not free in the bud; petals obovate, truncate or emarginate; filaments filiform-subulate; anthers linear; ovary sessile, 4-angled; style stoutish, enlarged at the top; stigmas filiform ; capsule ovoid-pyramidal, sessile, at- tenuate into a slender curved beak, the angles keeled, the faces swollen; seeds obovoid, angled, pointed at the base; delicately Striate. A perfectly distinct genus, with no very close affinity to re- lated groups. It differs from Megapterium, with which it has been associated, in habit, foliage, inflorescence and fruit. ¥1. GAURELLA GUTTULATA (Geyer). OEnothera canescens Torr. & Frem., Frem. Rep. 315. 1845. Not OE. biennis var. canescens T. & G. 1840. OLnothera guttulata Geyer; Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 6: 222. 1847. : Megapteritum canescens Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 235. 1894. Wyoming to Kansas and New Mexico. 9. MEGAPTERIUM Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 363. 1835. Leaves entire or nearly so. Capsule (with wings) oblong, 2-3 cm. long. Capsule (with wings) suborbicular, 5-6 cm. long. Leaves pinnatifid. 1. Mecaprerium Fremontu (S. Wats.) Britton. OEnothera Fremontii S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 587. 1873. Megapterium Fremontii Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 286. 1893. Kansas to Texas. fee 1. Md. Fremontii. 2, M. Missouriense. 3. M. dissectum. 184 2. MEGAPTEKIUM MIsSOURIENSE (Sims) Spach. OLEnothera Missouriensis Sims, Bot. Mag. pl. 1592. 1814. ~OEnothera macroparpa Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept.$74. 1814.° 7 34 ~OEnothera alata Nutt. Gen. 1: 248. 1818. ~ Megapterium Missouriense Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 364. 1835. ~ Megapterium Nuttallianum Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 363. 1835. OEnothera Drummondi Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot.6: 221. 1847. OLEnothera Missouriensis var. latifolia A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. % 188. 1856. OLnothera Missouriensis var. incana A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. et Hist. sf: 189. 1856. Nebraska to Texas. 3. MEGAPTERIUM DISsECTUM (A. Gray). OLEnothera dissecta A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 356. 1882. OLEnothera,Havardi S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 366. 1885. ~ ° Western Texas and northern Mexico. 10. TARAXIA Nutt.; Raimann in Engl. and Prantl, Nat. Pfl. Pam. 3: Abt. 7, 216, 18@3: Leaves not pinnatifid. : Plants hirsute, Plants acaulescent. 1. 7. gractlifiora, Plants producing several short branches. 2. 7, Palmeri. Plants glabrous or glabrate ; leaves lanceolate or linear. Leaves lanceolate ; calyx-segments linear-lanceolate. 3. T. heteranthera. Leaves ovate ; calyx-segments lanceolate. be Tf. ovata, Leaves pinnatifid. Sparingly pubescent; calyx-tube longer than the segments; seed: Sblontely pitted in rows. 5. Z. breviflora. Densely pubescent ; calyx-tube several times longer than the segments ; seeds con- spicuously pitted. 6. 7. longifiora. 1, TARAXIA GRACILIFLORA (H. & A.) Raimann. Oknothera graciifiora H. & A. Bot. Beech. Voy. 341. 1841. Taraxia gracilifora Raimann, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pf. Fam. 3: abt. 7,217. 1893. California except the extreme north; acparently also in Colo- rado. 2. TARAXIA PALMERI (S. Wats.). | : OEnothera Palmeri S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 251. 1877. & Valleys, Arizona and southern California. 185 3. TARAXIA HETERANTHA (Nutt.). OLnothera heterantha Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 22. 1834. Jussiaea subacaulis Pursh, F]. Am. Sept. 304. 1814. OLnothera triloba Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 6: 223. 1847. Not Nutt. 1821. Idaho and Oregon to Utah and Nevada; at about 2200 meters in Utah. 3a. TARAXIA HETERANTHA TARAXACIFOLIA (S. Wats.). OLnothera heterantha var. taraxacifolia S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 589. 1873. On the Sierra Nevada. 4. TaRaxia ovaTa (Nutt.). OLnothera ovata Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 507. 1840. California from San Francisco to Monterey. 5. TARAXIA BREVIFLORA (T. & G.) Nutt. OLnothera breviflora T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 506. 1840. OLEnothera Nuttallii Torr. & Frem., Frem. Rep. 89. 1845. Laraxia breviflora Nutt; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 506. 1840. Northwest Territory to Colorado and Utah, where it ascends to about 2800 meters. 6. TARAXIA LONGIFLORA Nutt. _ OLnothera Nuttallii T.& G. Fl. N. A. 1: 506. 1840. Not weet. 1830, “OEnothera tanacetifolia T. & G. Pacif. R. R. Rep. 2: 121. pl. 4, 1854. Taraxia longiflora Nutt.; T. & G. Fl.N. A. 1: 506. As syno- — nym. 1840. Washington to Nevada and California. 11. GALPINSIA Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 263. 1894. [Sarpincia Raimann in Engl. & Prant), Nat. Pf. Fam. 3: Abt. 7, © 217. 1893. Not Salpimga DC.] Free tips of the calyx-segments about 3 mm. long. Free tips of the calyx-segments less than 2 mm. long. + Plants hispid ; calyx-tube much longer than the ovary. 2. G. Greggit. — Plants puberulent; calyx-tube slightly longer than the ovary. 3 G. tubicula: 1. G. Hartwegii. 186 1. GatpinsiA Hartweci (Benth.) Britton. OLEnothera Hartwegi Benth. PL Hartw. 5. 1839. OEnothera lavandulacfoliaT & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 501. 1840. OEnothera Hartwegi var. lavandulaefolia S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 590. 1873. Salpingia Hartwegi Raimana, : in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. Fam. 3: ADL 7, 217. 1803: Galpinsia Hartwegi Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 236. 1894. Kansas to Colorado and Mexico. Ia. GALPINSIA HaRTWEGI FENDLERI (A. Gray). OEnothera Fendleri A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 45. 1848. OEnothera Hartwegi var. Fendleri A. Gray, Pl. Wright.2: 56. 1853. Nebraska to Indian Territory, Texas and New Mexico. 2. GALPINSIA GREGGII (A. Gray). OEnothera Greggu A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 46. 1848. OLfnothera Lampsana Buck. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861: 454- 1861. OFnothera Hartwegi var. A. Gray, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1862: © 163. 1862. New Mexico and northern Mexico. 3. GALPINSIA TUBICULA (A. Gray). OLEnothera tubicula A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 71. 1852. OLnothera tulicula var. demissa A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 71, 1852. . Northwestern Texas and New Mexico. 12. MERIOLIX Raf. Am. Month. Mag. 4: 192. 1881. [CatyLopuis Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 350. 1835.] 1, MERIOLIX SERRULATA (Nutt.) Walp. OEnothera serrulata Nutt. Gen. 1: 246. 1818. Calylophis Nuttallit Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 350, 1835. OLnothera fruticosa A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 44. 1848. OLEnothera leucocarpa Comien; Lehm. in Hook. FI. Bor. Am. 4: 310... 1635. 187 OLnothera serrulata var. Douglasst T. & G. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 502. 1840. OLEnothera serrulata var. Drummond T.& G. Fl. N. A.1: 502. 1840, Calylophis Drummondiana Bey Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 337 1835. ? Calylophis Berlandieri Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 337. 1835. Meriolix serrulata Walp. Repert. 2: 79. 1843. Meriolix Berlandieri Walp. Repert.2: 79. 1843. OLEnothera spinulosa var. Drummondi Engelm. Pl. Upp. Miss. 192. Acc. toS. Wats. Saskatchewan to Missouri, Texas and Arizona. Ia. MERIOLIX SERRULATA SPINULOSA (T. & G.). OEnothera serrulata Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 2: 120. 1821. OLnothera serrulata var. spinulosa T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 502. 184o. Saskatchewan to Missouri and Texas. Ib. MERIOLIX SERRULATA PINIFOLIA (Engelm.). OLEnothera serrulata var. pinifolia Engelm. Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. _ 5: 189. 1856. ? OEnothera capillifolia Scheele, Linnaea, 21: 576. 1848. Texas. 13. EULOBUS Nutt; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 514. 1840. ae 1. Eutosus Cauirornicus Nutt; T.& G. FI. N. A. 1: 515. 1840. Eulobus Californicus Nutt. T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 515. 1840. OEnothera Californica Greene, Pitt. 1: 290. 1889, not S. Wats. | 1876. : OLnothera leptocarpa Greene, Pitt. 1: 302. 1889. Southern California. 14. SPHAEROSTIGMA F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. Ce ee 1835. ] [CHamissonra Link, Jahrb. der Gewiichsk. 186. 1818. Not Cham- — tssoa H.B. — 3 : so 188 (Acassizia Spach, Hist. Veg. 4: 346. 1835.] (Hotosticma Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Per. 4: 21. 1835.] Flowers yellow, turning red or green. Capsules fusiform, straight. Seeds cylindric-oblong. 1. S. aldinum. Seeds clavate. 2. S. Hilgardi. Capsules linear, somewhat curved, Plants puberulent or hirsute, Capsules scarcely beaked. 3. S. contortum. Capsules with a slender beak. 4. S. campestre. Plants viscid-glandular. 5. 5. chamaenerioides. Capsules linear or linear-fusiform, more or less contorted. Flowers less than 1 cm. broad. Lower stem-leaves linear or nearly so; species maritime, 6. S. micranthum. Lower stem-leaves ovate; species not maritime. 7. S. Airted/um. Flowers more than 1 cm. broad, Plant glabrous and lustrous. 8. S. nitidum. Plants pubescent and dull. Stems woody; leaves sessile. g. S. viridescens, Stems herbaceous; lower stem-leaves pet- ioled. Calyx canescent. 10, S. spirale. . Calyx hirsute. Capsule with a very short beak, 11. S. Bistorta, Capsule with a long slender beak. 12, S. Vettchianum. Flowers white or rose-colored; capsules terete or nearly so. : Plants glabrous (inflorescence glabrate); capsules en- larged at the base. 13. S, decorticans Plants pubescent or glandular. Capsules enlarged at the base, viscid-glandular, 14, S. Boothii. Capsules scarcely enlarged at the base. Plants more or Jess villous. 15. S. Utahense. Plants more or less puberulent. Leaves linear or nearly so. 16. S. refractum, Leaves spatulate, elliptic or lanceolate. 17. S. alyssoides. I. SPHAEROSTIGMA ANDINUM (Nutt.) Walp. OEnothera andina Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 512, 1840. Sphaerostigma andinum Walp. Repert. 2: 79. 1843. Washington to Montana, south to Nevada 2 and Utah; at 1800 meters in Utah and Nevada. 2. SpHAEROSTIGMA Hixcarp1 (Greene). ace hee OEnothera Hilgardi Greene, Bull. Torr. Club, 10: aq. wane oe Washington and | Oregon. ee ae 189 3. SPHAEROSTIGMA CONTORTUM (Dougl.) Walp. OLnothera contorta Dougl.; Lehm. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 214. 1833. OLnothera strigulosa T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 512. 1840. OEnothera parvula Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Avr: 511. 1840. Sphaerostigma contortum Walp. Repert. 2: 78. 1843. Sphaerostigma parvulum Walp. Repert.2: 78. 1843. _ Sphaerostigma strigulosum F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 2: 2. 1636, Washington to Nevada, Arizona and southern California, where it ascends to 1850 meters. 3a. SPHAEROSTIGMA CONTORTUM PUBENS (S. Wats.). OLnothera strigulosa var. pubens S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 594. 1873. OEnothera contorta pubens Coville, Cont. Nat. Herb. 4: 104. 1893. Vancouver Island to Nevada, Arizona and Southern California, ascends to 1500-1700 metres in Nevada and California. 3b. SPHAEROSTIGMA CONTORTUM GREENEI. OLEnothera strigulosa var. epilobioides Greene, F|. Francis, 216. 1891. Not OL. epilobioides Nutt. 1840. Away from the seaboard, from Oregon to San Diego, Cal. ‘ 4. SPHAEROSTIGMA CAMPESTRE (Greene). . : OLEnothera dentata S, Wats. Bot. Calif. 1: 226. 1876. Not Cav. Ic. 4: 67. pl. 398. 1797. OLnothera campestris Greene, Fl. Francis, 216. 1891. From the Valley of the Sacramento to southern California, where it ascends to 1700 meters. 4a, SPHAEROSTIGMA CAMPESTRE MINOR. OEnothera strigulosa Benth. Pl, Hartw. 310. 1849. OEnothera dentata var. cructata S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 594. 1873. Not O&. cruciata Nutt. 1828. 5. SPHAEROSTIGMA CHAMAENERIOIDES (A. Gray). : OEnothera chamaenerioides A. Gray, P). Wright 2: 58. 1853. Ss Southern Utah to Texas and southern California. a 190 6. SPHAEROSTIGMA MICKANTHUM (Hornem.) Waip. OEnothera micrantha Hornem. “ Hort. Hafn.” 1807. OEnothera dentata Ser. in DC. Prodr. 3: 46. In part. 1821, not Cav. OLEnothera hirta Link, Enum. 1: 378. 1821. Sphaerostigma hirta F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 2: 22. 1835. Flolostigma micrantha Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 334- 1835. Sphaerostigma micranthum Walp. Repert. 2: 77. 1843. OEnothera asperifolia Nutt.; S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 680. 1873. OEnothera cheiranthifolia Torr. Pacif. RR. R. Rep. 4: 87. 1857- OLEnothera strigulosa Torr. Pacif. R. R. Rep. 4: 87. 1857. OLEnothera bistorta A. Gray, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 7: 140. 1859. From the valley of the Sacramento south to Lower California, 7. SPHAEROSTIGMA HIRTELLUM (Greene). OEnothera hirtella Greene, Fl. Francis. 215. 1891. Mountains, from Lake county, California, southward. 8. SPHAEROSTIGMA NITIDUM (Greene). OEnothera nitida Greene, Pitt.1: 70. 1887. Vicinity of Monterey Bay, California and on the Island of San Miguel. 9. SPHAEROSTIGMA VIRIDESCENS (Lehm.) Walp. OEnothera viridescens Lehm. in Hook. FI. Bor. Am. 1: 214- - 169%. Sphacrostigma viridescens Walp. Repert 2: 77. 1843. Along the coast from Monterey Bay to San Diego. 10. SPHAEROSTIGMA SPIRALE (Lehm.) Walp. OEnothera spiralis Lehm. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am, 1: 213. 1833- Along or near the coast from San Francisco southward. 11. SPHAEROSTIGMA BistorTa (Nutt.) Walp. OLEnothera bistorta Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 508. 1840. ?Holostigma Bottae Spach, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Par. 4: 335- 1835. : 4 191 Sphaerostigma bistortum Walp. Repert. 2: 77. 1843. OLnothera cheiranthifolia A. Gray. Ives, Rep. 12. 18. Southern California. oo 12. SPHAEROSTIGMA VEITCHIANUM (Hook). OLEnothera bistorta (?) var. Veitchiana Hook. Bot. Mag. fl. 5078. , OLnothera gracilifiora Torr. Pacif. R. R. Rep. 4: 87. 1857. Southern California to Lower California. 13. SPHAEROSTIGMA DECoRTICANS (H. & A.). Gaura decorticans H. & A. Bot. Beech. Voy. 343. 1840. OLnothera gauraeflora T. &. G. Fl. N. A.1: 510. 1840. Sphaerostigma gauraeforum Walp. Repert. 2: 78. 1843. OLEnothera Nevadensis Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad. 2: 224. p/. 70. 1863. Southern Utah to Arizona and California; ascends to 2100 meters in California. : 14. SPHAEROSTIGMA Boortuti (Dougl.) Walp. OLnothera Boothii Dougl.; Lehm. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. r: 213. 1833. Oknothera pygmaea Dougl.; Lehm. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 213. 1833. OLnothera lithospermoides Nutt.; S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 604. 1873. Sphacrostigma Boothii Walp. Repert.2: 77. 1843. Washington to California and Nevada; occurs at about 1000- II100 meters in Nevada. 15. SPHAEROSTIGMA UTAHENSE 0. sp. Annual, low, pale-green, villous. Stem erect, 2-10 cm. tall, simple or branched at the base or above, the branches ascending; leaves varying from spatulate to ovate, 1-2.5 cm. long, densely — villous, obtuse or acutish, entire or obscurely toothed, narrowed into slender petioles; flowers yellow, 8-12 mm. broad, in loose | _ terminal spikes; buds ovoid,5 mm. long; calyx-tube very slender, — 7~9 mm. long, shorter than the ovary, abruptly dilated at the throat ; calyx-segments ovate or lanceolate, nearly twice shorter — than the tube, involute, acutish; petals obovate, 3-5 mm. long, _ : _ delicately nerved, crisped at the apex; style slender, exceeding — 4 192 the stamens; capsules nearly filiform, about 1.5 cm. long, villous, — spirally twisted near the base, slightly glandular; seeds oblong, 13 mm. long, pale, very minutely striate. A species of low habit, related to S. gauraeflorum, S. Boothii and S. refractum, striking on account of its dense villous pubescence. Specimens were collected on May 3, 1850, by Capt. Stansbury, at ‘Great Salt Lake, growing in loose sand on the ‘storm line’ of the shore,” and by M. E. Jones, in June, 1880; these were dis- tributed as OEnothera Boothtt Doug). 16, SPHAEROSTIGMA REFRACTUM (S. Wats.). OEnothera refracta S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 373. 1882. Southern Utah and northern Arizona. 17. SPHAEROSTIGMA ALyssoipEs (H. & A.) Walp. Oknothera alyssoides H. & A. Bot. Beech. Voy. 340. 1840. Sphaerostigma alyssoides Walp. Repert. 2: 78. 1843. Idaho and Oregon, south to Nevada, Utah and southern Cali- fornia; at 1100 meters in Nevada and California. 17a. SPHAEROSTIGMA ALYSSOIDES MINUTIFLORUM (S. Wats.). OEnothera alyssoides var. minutiflora S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 591. 1873. Northern Nevada and Utah. 17b. SPHAEROSTIGMA ALYSSOIDES MACROPHYLLA. OEnothera alyssoides var. villosa S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 591. 1873. Not O£. villosa Thunb. 1794-1800. Nevada and Utah. OLEnothera rutila Davidson, is said to belong to the genus SPHAEROSTIGMA, but I have not seen specimens. 15. CHYLISMA Nutt.; Raimann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl- Fam. 3: Abt. 7, 217, 1803. Flowers axillary, subtended by leaves, . I. C. plerosperma. Flowers in terminal racemes, usually subtended by bracts. Plants caulescent. Leaves simple, Leaves cordate ; capsules short-pedicelled, 2, C. cardiophylla. Leaves narrowed at the base; capsules long-pedi- celled. 193 Plants villous; blade of leaf closely toothed. 3. C. heterochroma. Plants hirsute ; blade of leaf distantly toothed. 4. C. Parryi.. Leaves compound, 5. C. multijuga. Plants scapose, Tips of the calyx-segments not free. 6. C. scapotdea, Tips of the calyx-segments free. 7. C. brevipes. . CHYLISMA PTEROSPERMA (S. Wats.). hee plerosperma S. Wats. Bot. King, Bep, Sic lik) Pe 1¥. 187%. Northwestern Nevada and Utah; occurs at about 1280 meters in Nevada. 2. CHYLISMA CARDIOPHYLLA (Torr.). OLnothera cardiophylla Torr. Pacif. R. R. Rep. 5: 360. 1856. Southern California to Arizona and Lower California; ascends to 700 meters in California. 3. CHYLISMA HETEROCHROMA (S. Wats.). OLnothera heterochroma S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 373. 1882. Western Nevada. 4. CuyLIsMA Parry! (S. Wats.). OLnothera Parryi §, Wats. Parry, Am. Nat. 9: 20. 1877. Southern Utah and northern Arizona. 5. CHYLISMA MULTIJUGA (S. Wats.). OLnothera multijuga S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 595. 1873. Southern Utah. 6. CHYLISMA SCAPOIDEA (Nutt.). OEnothera scapoidea Nutt; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 506. 1840. Wyoming and Idaho to Utah and southern California; occurs at about 1280 meters in Utah. 6a. CHYLISMA SCAPOIDEA CRUCIFORMIS (Kellogg’. OEnothera clavaeformis T. & G. Pacif. R. R. Rep. 2: 121. 1856. OEnothera cruciformis Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. 2: 227. 1893, OEnothera scapoidea var. clavaeformis §. Wats. Bot. King’s Rep. _ 5: 109. 1871. : OEnothera scapoidea var. purpurascens S. Wats. Proc. 0s Acad, 8: 595, 1873. . 194 Eastern slope of the Sierra from Oregon to Nevada and southern California; at 400 meters in California. 6b. CHYLISMA SCAPOIDEA CLAVAEFORMIS (Torr.). OEnothera clavaeformis Torr. Frem. Rep. 314. 1845. OLEnothera scapoidea var. aurantiaca S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 595... 1873. Southern California and Arizona. 7. CHYLISMA BREVIPES (A. Gray). OLEnothera brevipes A. Gray, Pacif. R. R. Rep. 4: 87. 1857. OEnothera clavaeformis Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 66. In part. 1859. Southern California and Arizona. Salix candida Willd, and its Hybrids.* W. W. RowLeE anD K, M. WIEGAND. (PLATE 267.) Within a radius of twenty miles of Ithaca, New York, there is but a single station for Salix candida. This is a swamp, formerly a sphagnous bog, called “Fleming Meadow,” two miles south of the city. The swamp is a little higher, possibly fifteen feet, than Cayuga lake. An attempt was made some years ago to drain this and a neighboring bog and thereby to render them suitable for cultivation. The springs of water pouring in thwarted this attempt, and after they had been thoroughly cleared of bushes the attempt to utilize them was abandoned and they were allowed to become wild again. Salix candida persisted along the margins of the ditches during the attempt to drain the bog. These have filled up and the soil has become again very wet. The willow has now spread some- what from the ditches. Other willows grow in the bog. Salix cordata is more abundant than any other. S. rostrata and S. dis- * We have received from the authors photographs illustrating the variation in buds described in this paper. ‘hey are willing to send similar photographs to anyone interested enough to pay the cost of printing and mailing—zs cents each. There are three ——— 5x8 inches, and 6 bane natural size, a in eegess s 195 color also grow there. Salix. sericea grows in the immediate vicinity, but has not been detected in the bog. Stations for S. petiolaris are known not far from the bog, and it is highly probable _that both the species last mentioned grew in the bog before vege- tation was disturbed by settlements. In the spring of 1894 several forms of Salix candida were brought into the laboratory, one of which was so unusual in its ap- pearance that specimens were sent to Mr. Bebb. These speci- mens were from the plant labeled No, 20. Of it in a letter he said, “just at a glance, without a careful examination of minute characters I should take your smoother form to be a hybrid, Salix candida X S. petiolaris. In addition to the differences from pure candida which you mention, you will observe that the aments are borne on slender and more distinctly leafy peduncles. I imagine too that they are more loosely flowered. The capsules are too old to afford a good view of the style (without soaking up, for which I have not the time at present), but I fancy it is shorter than pure candida. The leaves have a different outline, being Mure pointed at base, and exhibit (even in your carefully dried Specimens) a slight tendency to blacken, and the margin is less dis- tinctly revolute. It would not be well to rest a decision on the scant material before me, but I have very little doubt that if you carefully study the forms in the locality from which this specimen was obtained, in flower, fruit and mature foliage, you will find con- vincing proof of hybridity.” Subsequent studies of these specimens during the same sum- mer convinced us that there was a very interesting series of forms in the bog, and in the spring of 1895 a systematic study of them was undertaken. The opportunity for observing the forms is es- pecially favorable, since the whole bog comprises not more than two acres, and the plants in question were all upon one corner of this area. Each individual which promised any appreciable varia- tion from typical forms, as well as a number of apparently typical forms, was given a number and marked with a tag. At the same time a map of the locality was made as a check and as a matter of convenience in finding our plants. Observations were made at frequent intervals, and specimens were taken at three periods dur- ing the season: First, at anthesis (April 30); second, when the — 196 capsules were mature (May 17); third, when the leaves were mature (July 13). Specimens of the buds and branches were also i taken in March, 1896, The preliminary comparison of material from each individual, and our conclusions, together with a complete set of our plants, were ready to be sent to Mr. Bebb for his final revision, when the sad news of his death reached us. ‘The results of our work fulfil Mr. Bebb’s prophecy and even more than fulfil it. A whole season’s study of No. 20 confirms his provisional diagnosis of it. There is a specimen from a pistillate plant in the Cornell Uni- versity Herbarium named by Mr. Bebb, Salix candida X S. petto- Jaris, and on the label is printed, “Originally from Hascoll’s Swamp, near Flint, Michigan, where it was discovered by Daniel Clarke, M. D., in 1872, the locality soon after being obliterated. Should it be deemed advisable hereafter to treat supposed hybrids as quasi-species after the manner of Andersson, Kerner and others, I very much wish that this beautiful Willow should be called S. Clarket, to commemorate the name of a botanist who has done more than anyone else to give an impetus to the study of hybrid willows in this country.” With the specimens are draw- ings and detailed notes which, so far as the writers know, Mr. Bebb never published. Our plant differs decidedly from Mr. Bebb’s in general appear- ance. ‘The leaves are larger, much more densely tomentose below, and lighter green above ; the capsules are much more densely to- mentose at maturity (there is no young material with Mr. Bebb’s specimen) and the tomentum is creamy white, whereas in his specimen it is silky and gray. The young catkins in our speci- men have that glistening white appearance so characteristic of 5. petiolaris. A superficial comparison of his plant with ours would lead one to believe them quite different, but closer examination shows that they agree quite closely as to essential characters. The winter buds, which are of much importance in diagnosing willows, indicate too that this is intermediate between S. candida and S. petiolaris. It is a significant indication of the accuracy of Mr. Bebb’s _ judgment regarding willows that what he anticipated for this speci- __ men in style and capsule characters should prove so true. 197 There proved to be some other equally interesting forms in the Same swamp. They are our nos. 21, 23,28 and 84. Everything Seems to point to these being hybrids between Salix candida and S. cordata. No. 21 at time of flowering might easily be mistaken for pure Salix cordata. Itis a staminate plant and has the large catkins and general aspect of S. cordata. The catkins are “sessile” as in S. candida. The young leaves are comparatively smooth, but even in age retain the “ candida” characteristics very decidedly. The venation of the leaf resembles that of S. candida more than it does that of S. cordata. The leaves are lanceolate-acuminate as in S. cordata. The petioles are twice the length of the small stipules. The gall which is so abundant upon SS. cordata in this region is abundant also upon this plant. No. 23 is a pistillate plant. The capsules in the mature catkin {collected May 17) are acute and still bear the rather long style. ey are sparsely tomentose and green and the sutures upon their Sides are conspicuous. The leaves when young are densely-to- mentose on both sides, the mature ones are whitened below and very veiny, those upon the lower part of the shoot being very sparingly tomentose, tapering nearly equally both ways and acute at both ends. The petioles are not longer than the stipules. The stipules are rather large, obliquely, very broadly ovate, acute and revolute. The winter buds are ovate, acutish, but rounded at the apex, divergent and only slightly flattened. The whole plant Seems to be intermediate between its supposed parents. No. 28 also a pistillate plant, is closely related to S. cordata. If it were not for the rugose, slightly revolute inconspicuously toothed, and somewhat tomentose leaves, the long styles and spar- ingly tomentose capsules, it would be at once so considered. The capsule becomes green and nearly smooth at maturity, but retains somewhat the form of the “candida” capsule. The form of the leaves and stipules, the leafy peduncled catkins, and the size of the plant are all suggestive ot S. cordata. The winter buds also re- semble those of the pistillate plants of S. cordata No. 84 is also a pistillate plant. It bears a close resemblance to S. candida. In fact during our first visits to the swamp we a took this plans to belong unquestionably to oy species and did as 198 - not give ita number. The appearance of the mature capsule led us to take specimens May 17th, and the leaves and buds confirm our surmise that this too isan errant form. A peculiar fact is that the plant resembles strongly S. candida in its floral and fruiting characters, while it resembles just as strongly S. corda‘a in its leaf and stem characters. The capsule is densely tomentose and the tomentum is in texture and color like that upon the capsules of S. candida. Older leaves are nearly smooth and are rugose above, whitened and silky below, the younger ones are covered with scattered white tomentum both above and below. The youngest leaves on the shoot which were still unrolled July 13th, are densely white-tomentose. The mature leaves are rounded at the base, with lanceolate-acuminate outline, and have revolute and very obscurely dentate margins. The stipules are obliquely ovate, broad and toothed, prominently veiny below and longer than the petioles. No. 90 is another individual which is evidently intermediate between S. candida and S. cordata. Only the mature leaves and buds are available for study. These are sufficient to show that — S. candida. has some influence in this plant, although at time of flowering the plant was thought to be S. cordata. Another season’s observations are necessary to determine the place no. 90 should have. It seems very certain that these individuals are hybrids between S. candida and S. cordata. The isolation of the former species in this region and the very pronounced characteristics which it pos- sesses makes it a comparatively easy matter to detect a relation- ship between the forms here described and the typical S. candida. The other element in the mixture is not so constant and well defined. Mr. Bebb in his Notes upon N. A. Willows (Bot. Gaz. 16: 104, 1891), says, “ No American willow has a wider distribu- tion than this (S. cordata). * * * * None other presents more the appearance of a ‘congeries of species in the making.’ * * * * Of all our willows, (it is) the one which hybridizes most freely with others, and this implies that even where actual hybridity cannot be proven, it is more or less effected by associa- tion with other willows in different portions of this wide area of — distribution.” 199 Of the inconstancy of S. cordata, Glatfelter (Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 7: 139, Jan. 4, 1896) states that of 184 specimens of supposed .S. cordata which he collected at random near St. Louis, : “13 were rejected as hybrid sericea and cordata either fully identi- fied or probable.” He also dwells upon the great variability of S. cordata and discredits Mr. Bebb’s species Salix Missouriensis. Professor Dudley spent much time studying willows about Ithaca. His conclusions (Cayuga Flora, p. 87), verified by Mr. Bebb, were that hybrids between S. cordata and related species were not infrequent. It has been a matter of some surprise that Professor Dudley or some other of the many students who have done field work about Ithaca did not discover these plants before. It hardly seems possible that they could have been passed over year after. It seems more probable that they have sprung up Within the last ten years, perhaps immediately after the attempt to reclaim the swamp was abandoned. Salix cordata as it grows about Ithaca is an exceedingly variable Plant. It presents several forms and grows along the creeks and in low grounds everywhere. The winter buds promise to aid much in the determination of species of willows Sa/ix cordata and S. candida have very different buds. In the former they are large and flattened upon the side next to the branch and appressed. They are acute, the apex fre- quently reaching the base of the next bud above. They are dull and frequently hairy. In the latter the buds are short, rounded at the apex and decidedly spréading. They are polished and shin- ing. The hybrids all have buds intermediate between the two Species ; they are more divergent, shorter, and more blunt than those of S. cordata, and vary from smooth to hairy. Not until the winter buds came into consideration did the ques- tion of the parentage of our hybrids seem satisfactorily solved. Plate 267 illustrates forms of buds of Sa/ix candida and S. cordata, and also the buds of the hybrids. The buds of the hybrid plants © have the gradually contracted upper portion of .S. cordata, but are inclined to be blunt. They are not always strictly intermediate between the two parents, but sometimes approach more nearly to one parent or the other. This variation is correlated with the re- lation of the hybrid to the parents as shown by other characters. It should be noted, too, in this connection that several spe- 200 cies show marked sexual variations in the buds and _ branches. The staminate plants generally have larger and stouter buds and coarser branches. No willow that has come to our attention pre- sents so conspicuous sexual variation as S.cordata. The variation relates not only to the size of the bud, but also to the form. It is highly desirable to prove experimentally that hybridiza- tion may take place between these willows, and that as an effect of such hybridization individuals will be produced like our forms. These experiments we propose to undertake. It does not seem desirable to await the result, since European willows, as well as American, are inclined to hybridize freely beyond a doubt, and our observations published may encourage others to report ob- servations upon similar forms. A detziled description may assist in identifying these forms when found in other places. Salix candida Fliigge x S. petiolaris Smith. Catkins, at anthesis, 2 cm. long, at the time of dehiscence of capsule 4—5 cm., upon slender pedicels which bear two or three foliaceous bracts. The bracts not enlarging as the capsules mature. Catkins rather closely flowered at anthesis, moderately loosely flowered at maturity. Capsules, at anthesis, elliptic-lanceolate, 14 mm. long, style I mm., smooth and purple, capsule densely white tomentose, stigmas conspicuously two branched, the apices of the branches two lobed. Pedicels 1% mm., about equalled by the slightly clavate gland, surpassed by the black scales; at maturity lanceolate, 6-7 mm. long and creamy whitish and tomentose, pedicels not longer than at anthesis, the looser character of the catkin being due to the elongation of the main axis. Leaves narrowly elliptical, tapering very gradually to an acute base and apex, obscurely toothed and scarcely revolute, smooth and light green above, finely tomentose and very white and veiny beneath, petioles 1 cm. long, twice the length of small lance-subu- late, revolute stipules. Young leaves showing a decided tendency to blackening in drying. A shrub two or three feet high diffusely spreading, the young part of the shoots pruinose tomentose, becoming, in age, brown and polished. Buds ovate oblong, blunt, slightly So bud | scales chestnut or darker, nearly smooth. : 201 “Salix candida Fligge x S. cordata Muhlenberg. Staminate plant. Catkins at anthesis 3 cm, long, stout cylin- drical, bracts at base small or none. Scales obovate-spatulate, dark at tip, hair long and crisp. Leaves 8-10 cm. long, narrowed elliptical, tapering each way from the middle, rounded at base, rugose and very prominently veined, serrulate, light green and mostly smooth above, whitened and somewhat woolly beneath ; petioles 8-ro mm. long, slender, stipules ovate, semi-cordate inconspicuously veined 4%-¥% length of the petiole. Shoot pale chestnut, often hoary. Buds ovate- lanceolate, rather blunt, stout and but slightly flattened. Numer- ous spherical galls formed of distorted leaves. Pistillate plant. Catkins at anthesis 2 cm. long, leafy bracted at base. Capsule %4 mm. slender more or less tomentose, styles long or short, At maturity 214-4 cm., more densely flow- | ered and narrower than in S. candida. Capsule in the forms near S. cordata, ovate-lanceolate, tapering gradually to the short style, not obtuse, 3-4 mm., long, sutures glabrous and prominent. In forms near 5S. candida, the capsules are larger, 5-8 mm., more ob- tuse at apex, densely tomentose, sutures not prominent. Style slender, I-I14 mm., more obtuse at apex, style more slender. Pedice] shorter, not twice the length of the gland scarcely over % mm. long. Leaves large lanceolate, mostly rounded at base, 10-15 cm. long, 1 %-2 cm. broad, narrowing to an acuminate apex, somewhat Tugose, strongly veined, primary veins nearly horizontal, margins subentire, upper surface becoming glabrous, lower, whitish from nearly glabrous to tomentose. Petioles short, 3-5 mm., stout, stipules longer than the petioles, ovate to broadly ovate, subcor- date, veiny, serrate, subacute and revolute. | Shoots long, light chestnut, slender, often tom Small, ovate, blunt, varying from narrow to broad, more or less _ compressed, divaricate or appressed. 7 CorRNELL Unversity. tion of Plate 267. = ‘ PuateE I. 1. Leaf P sarinese X S. cordata, 2. Of S. candida x S. petiola-— ris. 3. Of S. candida. 4-17. Winter buds collected in March. 4, 5 oe pee oe (staminate). 6, 7. S. cordate (pistilate). 8, 9. 5. earidida XS. petiolaris (pis late). 10, 11. S. candida (staminate). 12, 13. 5S. candida peuies ). ieatit candida x S. cordata (pistillate). 16,17. 5. candida x & cordate — : e)- ae entose, buds Observations on Antidromy. By GErorGE MACLOSKIE. It was stated in the BuLLeTIn of September and November, 1895, that every species of flowering plant, including Gymno- sperms, appears to havetwo castes of individuals, which are two reversed counterparts of each other, as our right and left hands are. This ‘antidromic’ diversity is evidently a primitive char- acter, and seems to pervade the whole organization of the plant; so that when it is masked or disturbed by secondary changes in one part we may detect it in others. Thus in Berderis and in Cardamine you may find it difficult to determine the antidromic phyllotaxy, but the order of flowers in the racemes is manifestly antidromic. The opposite leaves of Acer render it difficult to trace the right course of the spiral, but here the anthotaxy assists, and also in the seedling we are guided by the position of the first pair of foliage-leaves relatively to the cotyledons, in some individuals crossing somewhat to the right, in others somewhat to the left, when the same orientation is maintained. Whether we do or do not know the real significancy, the facts themselves are too defi- nite to be any longer overlooked; and my present contribution is designed to add some new observations which must be taken account of as part of the data. Erythronium is a good illustration of the unexpected way in which the evidence may come up. Hold the plant with the outer or sheathing leaf towards you, then some of the plants have the solitary flower nodding over to your right, and others have it nod- ding to your left. Spring-beauty ( ClaytoniaVirginica) carries the same system further, and also introduces an additional factor. Hold a specimen with the two fleshy leaves next you, and note that the lowest flower arises to your right side from the peduncle, the bract arising towards your left side; another specimen held in the same way has the first flower on your left side, and order of bracts and subsequent flowers antidromic as compared with the first specimen. A new point in this is that the same tuber may have half a dozen plants, which are half and ‘half of each caste according to some definite law. Thus the derivatives of the same tuber appear to be relatively antidromic, like the embryos pro- _ 203 duced by seeds from opposite sides of the same carpel. In my first paper I referred to ris and to Richardia as having antidromic plants from the same rootstock; and now I find this to be the general system. Thus the skunk cabbage (Symplocarpus foetidus), of the same order as Richardia, has the spathes of a single plant always of the same kind; but nearly always the same clump has plants differing in the order of phyllotaxy and in the form of the spathes. In He/onias (of Liliaceae) the thick rootstock bifurcates So as to have two arms like the letter Y; and if you hold it with the branches of the Y towards you, the plant or plants borne on the branch next your right hand are evolved counter-clockwise (2. €., with dextrorse phyllotaxy), whilst the plant or plants borne on the branch next your left hand are evolved clock-wise or sin- istrorsely. This is as was noted in /ris, which belongs to a dif- ferent order of plants. The two or three flowers along one arm being of the same caste remind us of the seeds borne on one valve of a bean-pod being alike to each other and being the antidromes of those on the opposite valve. In Podophyllum the €Xamination is more troublesome, but so far as I can determine the result is the same. If we hold the plant with the smaller of the peltate leaves next us, then the uppermost of the sub-leaves (niederblatter) at the base of the stalk is next us, its tip towards our right and the other sub-leaves following in definite order in one plant, and all these relations reversed in another plant. In one plant thus held, the flower starting from the fork of its stalk turns to my right hand and in another to my left hand; the flower to my right has its most prominent sepal and its placenta distad- dextrad, and in the other plant these parts are distad-sinistrad. This diversity can be observed in very young plants starting from the ground. (In one specimen I found two flowers turning right and left respectively.) Now the underground stem sometimes bifurcates, one of its branches bearing one or more plants which are the antidromes of those borne by the other branch. In the | same clump of Carex we find different individuals with antidromic phyllotaxy and antidromic order of evolution of flower-spikes. Perhaps these observations may cast some light upon the curious — case of Liguidambar where the same tree may have antidromic eS branches; whilst some definite law seems to hold in them ne 204 The case of Viola may be cited because of its difficulty. The leafy stemmed Violets baffle us because of the angle of divergence being nearly that of a semicircle; the rosettes of the stemless species are not easily resolved, but in some cases, as V. lanceolata, etc., they seem to be antidromic. The flower on each peduncle being solitary, we can get no aid from the anthotaxy. The spur of the flowers furnishes a landmark, but whether this is anti- dromic or only of recent origin I have not been able to prove. If you hold a violet-flower with the spur towards you, in some cases the spur will protrude to your right of the pedicel, in other cases it will protrude towards your left. This distinctive peculiarity cannot arise from the direct in- fluence of sunlight, as it is shown by the very young flower-bud. I have not succeeded in correlating it with antidromic phyllotaxy ; but generally all the flowers of one plant appear to be of the same caste, and the flowers of different plants from the same rootstock appear to differ. But the case is complex; thus a fleshy root- stock of V. pedata had four fleshy branches, each of them bearing a number of plants; branch 1 and 2 had each three flowers, two of them with spur to right, one with spur to left, and phyllotaxy dextrose ; branch 3 was in all respects the converse of the others, and branch 4 was small and bore no flowers. Possibly the quasi- antidromy of these may be of the same character as in A/idiscus, where the same branch may have flowers twisted in contrary di- rections; this explanation may apply also to the cases reported to me by my friend, Arthur K. Harrison, of Lebanon Springs, N. Y., about the catkins of birches and Osérya, of which he writes: “Whenever they occur in pairs it is the rule for one to be dextral and the other sinistral, the whorl in each rolling outward from the axis as viewed from the upper (inner) side of the branch; where there are three or more aments the central (end) one whorls some- times one way, sometimes the other, depending, I think, upon — which side of the branch they originate from,” and he thinks the same rule applies to all species bearing terminal clustered catkins. In my paper of November last I referred tentatively to some facts that seem to introduce the Ferns into the realm of antidromy. This view is confirmed by observations on the vernation of Cin- namon-Osmund. The fronds, in starting in the center of the 205 plant, arise clockwise in some piants and counter-clockwise in others. I think that /scetes affords similar evidence; but I have not been able to satisfy myself on this point. The rootstock of the yellow waterlily (Nuphar) shows in its leaf-scars the order of development of the leaves to be distinctly antidromic as between two segments borne by the same stock; in the specimen before me the leaf-scars on the mother stock and on the right arm of the Y-like rootstock are arrranged in sinistrorse order, whilst those on the left arm are dextrorse. The following extract from a letter sent by my young friend, Professor Francis E. Lloyd, of Pacific University, Oregon, is very interesting, as it Sives a connecting link between the antidromy of Liguzdamdbar and that of rootstocks,—“I find that Acer circinatum,a plant o very singular habit, shows antidromy as between branch and branch in dichotomy. Iam not sure of any observations. The plant is a shrub or small tree, and branches dichotomously with great regularity and the two branches of the Y twist to the right and left respectively.” This is precisely as in the rhizome of Flelonias. Professor Lloyd promises to report his observations ; and I hope he will extend them to other plants on the Pacific coast. PRINCETON COLLEGE, May 19, 1896, New Species of Fungi from Mississippi. By S. M. Tracy AND F, S. EARLE. In the Buttetin for May, 1895, the writers described a number of new species of parasitic fungi, nearly all of which had been collected in Mississippi. During the past year we have identified a number of additional species, which are described here. Type specimens of all are in the herbaria of the authors, and of nearly all in the herbaria of the Department of Agriculture, Rutgers College, and Columbia and Harvard Universities. CERCOSPORA CORNICOLA N. SP. ts without a Epiphyllous, on irregular brown deadened spo definite border, 5-10 mm. Hyphae densely clustured from a nodular base, very short, continuous, somewhat flexuous, olivace- _ Ous, 11-15 by 3-4 »; conidia slender, thread-like, somewhat 206 curved, mostly continuous, hyaline or light olivaceous, 60-70 by 2=3 pb. On languishing leaves of Cornus florida; Ocean Springs, Miss., September 29, 1895. CERCOSPORKA GLOTIDIICOLA N. sp. Forming greenish black definite areas. Hyphae in small fasciculate clusters from a nodular base, 1-2-septate near the base, fuliginous, somewhat flexuous or geniculate, 50-70 by 5-6 »; co- nidia slender, clavate, hyaline, faintly 2-5-septate, 70-80 by 2-4 p. On ripening legumes of Glotidium Floridanum with Macro- sporium Floridanum. Ocean Springs, Miss., September 25, 1895. CERCOSPORA MINIMA DN. Sp. Epiphyllous, on brown irregular indeterminate areas. Hyphae densely caespitose, very short, continuous, flexed and irregular, olivaceous, about 10-15 by 4 »; conidia thread-like, hyaline, faintly septate, 40-60 by 2 p. On Pyrus communis, Biloxi, Miss., September 2, 1895. CERCOSPORA MyRICAE 0. sp. Epiphyllous, on dark brown indeterminate areas. Hyphae densely caespitose from a common nodular base, flexuous, I-2- septate, light fuscous, 30-40 by 3-4»; conidia narrowly clavate, faintly several septate, hyaline, 100-125 by 3 », occasionally 175 » long. On Myrica cerifera var. media, Ocean Springs, Miss., Septem- ber 15, 1895, and March 7, 1896. CERCOSPORA SEPTATISSIMA n, sp. Amphigenous, at first forming dark olivaceous angular areas bounded by the veins, at length widely effused; hyphae densely caespitose, irregularly bent and flexed, dark fuscous, distinctly many-septate, 40-60 by 5-6 », the septa usually only 4—6 » apart; — conidia slender, clavate, faintly septate, hyaline, 50-60 by 3-5 »- On Verbena Caroliniana, Columbus, Miss., October 12, 1895- CERCOSPORA STYLISMAE n. sp. Amphigenous, spots 2-3 mm. wide, white, surrounded by a dark raised border; hyphae in small slightly divergent clusters, nearly straight, fuscous-olivaceous, uniseptate near the base, 40-50 by 5-6; conidia clavate, hyaline, faintly 3-5-septate, 50-70 by 4-5 #. On Stylsma humistrata, Columbus, Miss., October 16, 1895. GLADISPORIUM XYRIDIS n. sp. | ee Blackening the persistent withering petals. Mycelial threads 207 effused, slender, not nodular, branching, occasionally septate, fulig- enous, 3—4 » in diameter ; conidia oval or somewhat fusiform, lighter colored than the mycelium, at length uniseptate, 7~10 by 4-5 p. . On Ayris fimbriata, Ocean Springs, Miss., September 29, 1895 GLONIUM MACROSPORIUM N. sp. : Perithecia scattered, black, carbonaceous, broadly oval, obtuse’ indistinctiy longitudinally striate, lips closely connivent, about Imm. long; asci cylindrical, thin-walled, 8-spored, paraphysate, about 200 by 35-40 n; sporidia very long, cylindrical, slightly curved, obtuse, unequally uniseptate, somewhat constricted, hya- line or at length slightly tinted, 60-70 by 12-15 p. On dead twigs of Persea palustris, Ocean Springs, Miss., May 26, 1895.* The spores are twice as large as in any described species of Glonium. It approaches 7ryélidium in its occasionally tinted Spores, and there is one species, 7: éwrgidulum P. & H. with spores even slightly larger than these. HELMINTHOSPORIUM GENICULATUM 0. Sp. Blackening the spikelets. Hyphae thinly effused, flexuous, nod- ular, septate, dark fuscous, 100-125 by 4-5 #; conidia obtuse-fusi- form, usually 4-septate, fuscous, central cell darker, apical cells : lighter and nearly hyaline, usually abruptly geniculate on the en- larged central cell, 35—40 by 8-10 p. “ ie 2 On Lragrostis rachitricha grown from imported seed, Starkville, Miss., October, 1894. Be eS -LEMBOSIA OLEAE 0. sp. —_ Hypophyllous, Spots none; perithecia scattered, large, flexuous and often branched or compound, about 400 by 80-100»; subi- culum abundant, of long slender fuscous branching matted threads, 100 or more by 2~2.5,; sporidia unequally uniseptate, the shorter cell narrower, hyaline (but evidently immature), 12-15 by 4p. On leaves of Olea Americana, Ocean Springs, Miss., February 47 1894, and September 19, 1895. LEMBOSIA ANDROMEDAE ND. sp. Hypophyllous, without definite spots; perithecia scattered or gregarious, linear and occasionally flexed, seldom branched, 250- 400 by 50-90; subiculm copious, of loosely interwoven and an- _ astomosing fuscous threads, 25-40 by 2-3; spores unequally ae * Also found at Auburn, Ala., on various dead twigs. February, 1886. 208 uniseptate, oval or biconic, hyaline (perhaps immature), 8-9 by 2.5-3 4. On leaves and stems of Andromeda nitida, Ocean Springs, Miss., May 26, 1895. This resembles Z. Oleae in its hypophyllous growth, lack of spots or evident mycelium, and in its elongated stipitate asci, but it averages smaller and narrower, and has a less abundant and very different appearing subiculum. The two species seem to form a natural section or subgenus quite different from the other species, which are epiphyllous on more or less distinct spots, and with broadly oval or orbicular asci. LEMBOSIA CLIFTONIAE nN. sp. Epiphyllous, on small irregularly rounded whitened areas I-2 mm. in diameter; perithecia small, oval or linear-oval, usually straight and simple, rather thick and dense, 100-150 by 40-70»; subiculum very scanty or almost wanting, of few dark colored nodular flexuous threads, 15-25 by 2-3; asci obovate, 20-25 by 10-15; sporidia oval or biconic, about equally uniseptate, light fuligenous, 9-II by 4-5 ». On living leaves of Cuiftonia ligustrina, Ocean Springs, Miss., September 14, 1895. LemposiA ILIcIs n. sp. Epiphyllous, on ash-colored spots 3-5 mm. in diameter; peri- thecia usually linear and simple, rarely branched, 200-300 by 70- 80 4; subiculum of numerous slender fuscous threads, 15-20 by 2-3; asci oval or oblong, not sipitate, 20-25 by 10-12; sporidia elliptical, about equally uniseptate, slightly constricted, becoming olivaceous, 8-10 by 2.5—3 p. : On living leaves of //ex glabra, Ocean Springs, Miss., August 25, 1895. The microscopic characters are much as in L.- angustiformis T. & E. on /lex coriacea, but the sporidia are even smaller and more delicate, the stellate blisters so characteristic of L. angustsformts are wholly wanting, and the gross appearance on the leaf is quite different. : LEMBOSIA RUGISPORA N. sp. Epiphyllous, on irregularly rounded, dark brown spots covered with a radiating mycelium; spots I-3 mm. in diameter; perithecia often stellately compound, or variously branched, about 400 by 100% when simple; subiculum rather scanty, of two kinds of 209 threads, one pale, multiseptate, about 3-3.5 « thick, the other darker, mostly continuous, frequently anastomosing, 2.75—3 », the darker threads bear occasionally erect sessile 4~8 septate dark fuscous clavate conidia, 30-45 by 7-8; they also bear occasional sessile orbicular one-celled dark opake bodies (hyphopodia ?) 5-6» in diameter ; asci oval, 25-35 by 20-25 », sporidia large, oval, about equally uniseptate, at length dark fuscous, 15-20 by 8-104. When fully matured and freed from the ascus the surface of the Sporidia is seen to be prominently roughened by small wart-like Projections, On living leaves of Persea palustris, Ocean Springs, Miss., May 26, 1895. LOPHODERMIUM CYRILLICOLUM ND. sp. Amphigenous, on irregular brown sub-arid red-bordered spots ; perithecia innate, depressed and finally collapsing, broadly oval, lips connivent, 1-1. 5 mm.; asci cylindric-clavate, about 65-75 by 10; paraphyses very numerous, thread-like, exceeding the asci, tips not recurved; sporidia filiform, nearly equalling the ascus, Straight and parallel with it. On living leaves of Gryilla racemiflora, Ocean Springs, Miss., November, 1894. PESTALOZZIA UNISETA N. sp. _ Acervuli scattered, erumpent, oval or elliptical, opening by aa regular elongated fissure, 50-100 by 100-200 » ; conidia elliptical, often somewhat curved, 5—septate, the four medial cells dark fus- cous, terminal cells hyaline, 25-30 by 7-8; arista single, hyaline, —10 long, abruptly bent at a sharp angle with the spore; stipe very short, bent to the same side as the arista. On bark of “ Prof. Gulley ” grape, Starkville, Miss., March 16. 1896. SCOLECOTRICHUM EUPHORBIAE N. sp. Hypophyllous, forming. prominent olivaceous tufts; spots none; hyphae very numerous, in large tangled clusters, long and flexuous, olivaceous, occasionally septate, marked for more than half their length by scars left by the pleurogenous conidia, 225~ 275 by 4~5 »; conidia oval or obovate, with a distinct scar at the base, hyaline, minutely granular, continuous or at length faintly Uniseptate, not constricted, 20-25 by 7-8 p. On Euphorbia Preslii, Starkville, Miss., Sept. 27, 1895. Also from Auburn, Ala., September, 1492 (Duggar). This is placed here with considerable doubt, as the hyphae are quite different from those of any described species of Scolvco- 210 trichum, though the conidia appear to be typical. It is perhaps generically distinct, but rather than establish a new genus in this already overcrowded and confused group, we write it as above. TILLETIA CORONA Scrib. This striking smut was first observed by Scribner on Hloma- Locenchrus oryzotdes and H. Virginicus near Washington, D. C., in 1886, and specimens collected by him were distributed by Ellis under the above name in N. A. F.,as No. 1896. It has since been collected by Waite in Illinois and Missouri on Homalocen- chrus,on Panicum virgatum in Ulinois, and by the writers in Mis- sissippi on Homalocenchrus lenticularis and H. Virginicus at Col- umbus, on AY. lenticularis at Bairds, and on Panicum sanguinale at Starkville. Specimens on Panicum virgatum in the herbarium of the Division of Vegetable Pathology at Washington bear the unpublished herbarium name 7, pu/cherrima Ell. and Gal., but they seem identical with the forms on the other hosts. As no descrip- tion of this species has been published, we make the following, drawn from an examination of all the above mentioned material. TILLETIA CORONA Scrib. Infesting the ovaries, transforming them into black curved horn-shaped masses sometimes I cm. in length, the outer cover- ing firm in texture, showing traces of the cellular structure of the ovary ; spores large, spherical, 22-26 », dark fuscous and densely opake when mature, but covered with a hyaline envelope 2 » or more in thickness, the surface of the dark central mass covered by minute but deep alveolations, this structure being obscured by the opacity of the mature spore, when the thin alveolar walls can be seen only at the periphery, where they appear like numerous spinous projections reaching almost through the hyaline envelope. _ The remains of the fruiting hyphae often persist on the younget spores as a false pedicel. On various grasses, Mississippi, Illinois, Missouri and Wash- ington, D. C. | Several other species of Zii//etia have similar large spores with _ a hyaline outer covering, but in the others the spores are less dark — and opake, and the alveolar reticulations are much larger and more easily recognized. These species form a natural group quite __ distinct from the other 7i//et#as, and might well be considered as constituting a distinct genus. : 211 UstILaco SporoBoLt n. sp. Infesting the ovaries, forming a hard greenish compact mass 2-3 mm. in diameter; spores dark fuscous, oval or subglobose ; €pispore thickly covered with broadly conical tuberculations, 12 to 12 by 15 p. On Sporobolus Jjunceus, Columbus, Miss., October 12, 1895. Usually but few infested ovaries occur on a plant, and the pan- icle retains its normal form. WINTERIA LOBATA DN. Sp. Hy pophyllous, superficial ; perithecia scattered, turbinate, col- lapsing to patellate, and becoming variously ridged and lobed on the thick margins, thin, fragile, not distinctly cellular, black ex- ternally and greenish blue within, 300-400 4; asci numerous, thin- walled, ovate, short-pedicellate, about 35 by 15, involved in the thread-like gelatinous greenish paraphyses; sporidia hyaline, narrowly elliptical, acute, faintly 3-septate. On living leaves of Jlex coriacea, Ocean Springs, Miss., Feb- Tuary 16, 1894, and August 20, 1895. The February specimens seem slightly immature, so that the characters of the sporidia are made out with difficulty, and the August specimens appear to be entirely sterile. The same fungus has been detected with specimens of Asterina peliculosa on the Same host collected in Florida by Th. Holm, and in Georgia by M. B. Waite. ZIGNOELLA MAGNOLIEAE 2. sp. (Subgenus Trematostoma). On whitened areas, thickly scattered and sometimes confluent, hemispheric, base slightly sunk in the matrix, rounded above, not papillate, finally opening by a large round ostiolum, black, car- bonaceous, surface roughened, about 14 mm. in diameter; asci narrowly elliptical, long-stipitate, 130-150 by 12-15 »; paraphyses filiform, abundant, exceeding the asci; sporidia hyaline, elliptical, ends rounded, 4-guttate, finally 3-septate, not constricted, 22-24 by 5-6 p. On bark of dead Magnolia glauca, Ocean Springs, Miss., March 7, 1896. 212 Jasione montana in New England. In the summer of 1894 a fragment of a plant was handed to me by Mr. J. T. Smith, who collected it the year previous (July, 1893), while wheeling along the old West road on Conanicut Island, R. I., where, as he said, it grew in “ great profusion.” The specimen was so fragmentary that little attempt was made to de- termine its name, but it was laid aside with the data to await future collections or information. Early in July, 1895,a complete plant of the same was sent from Conanicut Park by Mrs. H. R. Teel, with a request for its name. It proved to be the European Sheeps’s-bit (Fasione montana L.). Early in August (1895) I visited the island and walked the whole length of the West road, from the north end of the island to the village of Jamestown. From observations on this walk, and from information furnished by Mrs. Teel, who has resided on the island for more than a dozen summers, I learned that the plants have been growing for at least five years, at a station about 114 miles southwest of the Conanicut Park Hotel, where, at the time of my visit, it gave a decided blue tinge to several acres of fields and sandy roadsides. The field where it was most abundent showed signs of having once been cultivated, but not very recently. It is reported to grow sparingly on the East road about a mile from the above mentioned station, and the specimen sent by Mrs. Teel was from the East road about one-fourth mile south of the hotel, Specimens have also been collected by A. Green, Esq., Mrs. S. O. Metcalf and others, at the West road station. Mr. Greenman of the Gray Herbarium writes that it was reported to them from > Reading, Mass., in 1891 by Mr. W. H. Manning. The last men- tioned botanist informs me that a few plants only were noticed, growing with i/ago minima, between rows of young nursery stock imported from France, but he believes it did not appear the next year. He has an idea that it is growing on the Boston Back Bay Fens, but is not sure. According to Prof. Britton it has been collected on ballast grounds on New York Island, as shown by specimens in Columbia University Herbarium. Perhaps some readers of the BULLETIN can add to this record. — If so, the writer would be pleased to hear from them. Can any- 213 one give any definite information in regard to the Boston Back Bay locality ? The plant, as it occurs in Rhode Island, is 144-2 ft. high, sometimes scarcely branched, but usually much branched either below or above; with solitary naked pedunculate involucrate head-like clusters of blue flowers, 4-34 of an inch in diameter. Flowers pedicellate ; calyx-lobes and the divisions of the deeply parted corolla linear; anthers united; ovary and fruit 2-celled; ovules and seeds numerous. J. FRANKLIN COLLINS. Brown Universiry HERBARIUM, PROVIDENCE. Botanical Notes, Lhe second annual meeting of the Botanical Society of America will be held in Buffalo, N. Y., on Friday and Saturday, August 21 and 22, 1896. The Council will meet at 1:30 p. m, on Friday, and the Society will be called to order at 3 p. m., by the retiring president, Dr. William Trelease, Director of the Missouri Botanical Garden. The President-elect, Dr. Charles E. Bessey, Professor of Botany in the University of Nebraska, will then take the chair. The afternoon session will be devoted to business. At the even- ing session the retiring President will deliver a public address on “ Botanical Opportunity.” The sessions for the reading of papers will be held on Saturday at 10 a.m. and 2 p.m. The Botanical Society of America is affiliated with the American Association for the Advancement of Science, whose sessions this year begin on Monday, August 24th, in Buffalo. C. R. Barnes, Secretary. Reviews. The Structure and Development of the Mosses and Ferns (Arche- goniatae). By Douglas Houghton Campbell. 544 pp. 8vo. Price $4.00. Macmillan & Co. 1895. This book has been welcomed by all students of the Mosses and Ferns and has everywhere been received with gratitude. From the fact that it gives us in a compact form and clear style the most recent results of foreign investigation into the life-history and em- : : a 8 214 bryogeny of these plants, with a complete index to the literature from which these results have been obtained, it is invaluable ; and its worth is further enhanced by the original investigations which Dr. Campbell has made upon some of our native species. We wel- come these with peculiar pleasure, and have only ourselves to blame, if from a systematic standpoint we can see where it might have been bettered. The chapter on the Bryineae is peculiarly in- teresting to us, for the light thrown by morphological investiga- tions into several mooted questions of classification is particularly welcome at thistime. There is great divergence of opinion among recent monographers, as to the systematic position of the cleisto- carpous mosses. Braithwaite scatters them among the higher families of mosses, and Limpricht recognizes fifteen genera, includ- ing some species which are very doubtful, such as Physcomitrella Hampet Limpr. Dr. Campbell gives us the comparisons between Ephemerum, Phascum and Pleuridium with Funaria, and the results are very interesting, but we venture to suggest that there are two American mosses which would better represent perhaps the two extremes, Micromitrium megalosporum Aust. and Bruchia longt- collis Eaton. The morphology of the stem and leaves in Fisszdens, Bryoziphium, Schistostega and Leucobryum are also particularly in- structive from a systematic standpoint, as well as the conclusions reached with regard to the place which Archidium and Buxbaumia should hold as the extremes of differentiation in the sporophyte. We are pleased to see that Archidium Raveneliti Aust. has been figured by Dr. Campbell, and agree with him that the question as to whether the cleistocarpous mosses are rudimentary or degen- erate forms is a difficult one to decide; yet we feel a personal bias toward the opinion that they are primitive forms. E. G. B. Wild Flowers of the North-Eastern States, being three hundred and eight individuals common to the northeastern United States, drawn and described from life. Ellen Milier and Margaret Chris- tine Whiting. Cloth, 4to, pp. plates 308. G, P. Putnam’s Sons, New York, 1895. This is the latest of the many recent attempts to popularize and render easy the study, or rather the naming, of plants. The work makes no pretense of being scientific, and the authors state 215 that the collection of flowers represented on its pages was gathered together “ with the hope of making their acquaintance more easy to non-scientific folk than the much condensed manuals of our flora are able to do.” = The family sequence is that of Gray’s Manual, as is also the nomenclature and terminology, in regard to which the authors in- ' geniously remark: “The choice of botanical terms has been in- tentionally confined to those which long usage has so wrought _ into common speech that they have practically ceased to belong ’ to strictly scientific nomenclature.” The figures are sketchy, but are perfectly true to nature, are entirely lacking in stiffness or conventionality, and give in every instance an excellent general idea of the plant’s appearance in the field. The descriptions are simple; they include both the botani- cal and popilar names, and many little notes and hints which never find place ina scientific work. The exceedingly popular Style of the text which prevails throughout may be judged from the following extract under “ Hypericum maculatum, Lesser St. John’s Wort. * * * This little plant’s habits are in marked contrast to its larger brother John, for it is as tidy in rolling up into tiny bundles its faded petals as the other is careless of ap- pearances,”’ Taken all in all, the book will always be useful for assistance in determining the names of the plants which are figured, and it isa matter for regret that the work has not been carried any further, It compares more than favorably with most other works of its kind. A. H. Notes on the mmnth Edition of the London Catalogue of British Plants. G. Claridge Druce. Annals of Scottish Natural His- tory, 1896: 38~5 3. Our attention has been called to this interesting paper by the learned editor of the “ Journal of Botany” in the February issue of his now happily enlarged organ. Mr. Druce’s review of the “London Catalogue”’ is critical and valuable, including matters: of typography, classification, generic limitations, capitalization of _ Specific names, citation and nomenclature. He points out that a large number of generic and specific names adopted in the Cata- logue are antedated by others, and calls for the abandonment of 216 the newer ones. We quote a few sentences, in order to show that Mr. Druce is sound on principles of nomenclature: « The names adopted for many plants differ from those given in the preceding Catalogue; but the change is in almost all cases caused by following the only safe guide, z. ¢., the law of priority of nomenclature.” « Many of the names given in the Catalogue do not follow the law of priority. It would be well to carry out this law as far as possible.” ‘In the Catalogue brackets are used to enclose the names of some authorities for varietal names. They appear to be used when a writer has described as a species a plant to which is now given only varietal rank, or when a writer has placed it as a variety of a species which then bore a different name from the one now employed.” “In the preface, as already alluded to, a statement is made that pre-Linnaean authorities for genera are not cited. It would have been better to have made the statement more precise, and to have stated that the date whence the citation, either of species or genera, should commence, is the year 1753, when the ‘ Species’ Plantarum’ was published—the first work in which the binomial system of nomenclature was consistently adopted. As it is, in the present Catalogue the names of several authors which are cited are, strictly speaking, pre-Linnaean; that is, they published the genera to which their names are attached before the issue of the ‘Species Plantarum.’ By citing authors before the date 1753 (and after the first edition of the ‘Genera Plantarum’ in 1737) 4 host of genera are brought into competition with existing names, a danger which it would be well to avoid. Also the date 1753 received the assent of the late Alphonse de Candolle when the writer suggested it to him shortly after the publication of Kuntze’s ‘Revisio Generum Plantarum,’ with its vast number of changes of plant names. Moreover, this date has been recommended by the Berlin committee of botanists, as well as by the conference of botanists which met at Genoa; and it is adopted by the ‘majority of botanists in Europe and America.” Se ‘‘To one method of citation used in the Catalogue the writer must raise a protest, as it seriously threatens to hinder that uni- 217 formity of nomenclature which can be obtained only by adopting the law of priority. Mr. Hanbury himself, in his arrangement of the Hieracia, consistently and correctly uses the Linnaean names of LTieracium alpinum and H. Murorum in a more restricted sense than did Linnaeus.” “But, unfortunately, another practice, which is, I think, to be strongly deprecated, has been followed in some cases, which con- sists in giving up the older name, which, according to the rule of Priority, should be adopted for a more recent one, because the species as first cece) is now considered to be made up of more than one species.” N. 4 3, Flora of Nebraska, part 21, Rosales. Per Axel Rydberg. Edited by the members of the Botanical Seminar of the Univer- Sity of Nebraska. Lincoln, 1895 (issued December 30). $1.00. This is a very welcome addition to local botany and is the Second part issued of this excellent work. After discussing certain points concerning the morphology and terminology of different parts of the flower, the author takes up the order of Calyciflora, beginning with the family Rosaceae. Schemes of the relationships of the higher groups are inserted and keys to all the groups from the suborders to species are given. The idea in the treatment of the families and species is seg- regation, thus avoiding much confusion. In place of Leguminosae we find Caesalpinaceae, Mimosaceae and Papilionaceae, while the Grossulariaceae are taken out of Saxifragaceae. Psoralea collina, Kuhnistera candida di iffusa, Lathyrus ornatus Jtavescens, L. ornatus incanus and Ribes aureum chrysoccum are des- cribed as new. The nomenclature is based on the most advanced and practical ideas. An excellent feature of the work is the numerous original plates which contain figures showing the diag- nostic characters of the several tribes. All the Nebraska species of Astragalus are figured, J.K.S. Lhe Potomac Formation. Lester F. Ward. t5th Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv. 1893-94 [ Washington, 1895], 307-397. pl. 2-4. and illust. in text. The value of this contribution will be appreciated by the geologist more than by the botanist, but the botanist will find it of interest for the reason that emresetinnd plays such an impor- ce 218 tant part in it throughout. The flora of the Potomac Formation is represented in part by the most ancient dicotyledonous angio- sperms of which we have any knowledge—archaic types, in which the outlines of subsequent modern genera are foreshadowed. The following new species are figured: Sc/eropteris Vernonensis, Zamia Washingioniana,.Casuarina Covillei, Sagittaria Victor-Masoni, An- tholithus Gaudium-Rosae, Populus Potomacensis, P. auriculata and Celastrophyllum Hunteri. As a demonstration of the value of palaeobotany in determin- ing the stratigraphic relations of beds this contribution is a master- piece and. its appearance will be welcomed by all workers in the geology and palaeontology of the central plain region. A. FA. Proceedings of the Club. TursDAY EVENING, APRIL 9QTH, 1896. President Brown in the chair and thirty members present. Miss Fanny A. Mulford and Mr. Charles W. Mulford were elected active members. Dr. Schneider read his announced paper, “The Uses of Lichens,” giving an instructive account of the past and present uses of these plants in medicine and the arts. The next paper was that of Mr. P. A. Rydberg entitled “ Pre- liminary notes on a Revision of the North American Species of -Potentilla and related Genera.” This was accompanied by numerous specimens and drawings and elicited remarks from the President and Mrs. Britton. Mrs. Britton then read a paper, « Notes on Mexican Mosses,” giving a short historical account of the various collections of mosses which have been made in Mexico and in comparing the number of genera and species common to Mexico and the United States. Numerous specimens were exhibited. WEDNESDAY EVENING, APRIL 29TH, 1896. President Brown in the chair and sixty-four persons present. Dr. Britton announced his associates on the Field Committee 219 as Messrs. Fay and Stottler. He reported eighteen persons present at the Field meeting of April 25th, at Prince’s Bay, S. I: Major Timothy E. Wilcox, of Fort Schuyler, N. Y., then read his paper, « Botanizing in Arizona,” describing many of the little known plants of that Territory, and ascribing to some of them quite new economic values. Lantern slides from original photo- graphs were shown. Mr. Cornelius Van Brunt rapidly exhibited a number of col- ored lantern slides of plants growing in the city parks, accom- Panying them with short descriptions and anecdotes. Most of these slides had never been exhibited before. In response to a Tequest, he described how Mrs. Van Brunt had colored these slides €ntirely by hand, by the use of aniline pigments, the ordinary gel- atine plates being used for the photographs. Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. Best, G. N. Revision of the North American Zhuidiums. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 78-90. p/, 260, 261. 29 Mr. 1896. Bicknell, E.P. A neglected Carex. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 92- 95- 29 Mr. 1896. Brandegee, T.S. Lavatera iusularis. Gard. & For. 9: 164. f. 27. 22 Ap. 1896. Brun, J. Diatomées Miocénes. Le Diatomiste, 2: 229-247. Mr. 1896. Carruth, J. H. Report on the Botany of Kansas-for the year 1873. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 1: 74~79. 1895. : : Comes, N.O. Novae systemationis var. Wicotianae Tabaci et rushicae tentamen. Hort. Bot. Porticensis. 4to. pp. 18. 1895. ‘Coville, F. V. Three Editions of Emory’s report, 1348. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: go~g2. 29 Mr. 1896. Day, R. N. Relations of cutinized Membranes to Gases. Bot. Gaz. 21: 169-170. 28 Mr. 1896. Davis, B. M. The Fertilization of Batrachospermum. Ann. Bot. 10: 49-76. pf. 6,7. Mr. 1896. Davis, B. M. Development of the Cystocarp of Champia parvula. © Bot. Gaz. 21: 109-117. f/. 7, 8 28 Mr. 1896. 220 Davis, C. A. The Flora of the Salt Marshes.—I.-II. Asa Gray Bull. 3: 11-12; 23-24. Ap. Jl. 1895. Eisen, G. Biological Studies on Figs, Caprifigs and Caprification. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5: 897-1001. 11 Ja. #896. Fowler, J. Botanical eeibcation. EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. ~~ WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J., MANUFACTURER OF FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES. MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL- WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL. DISCOUNT \TO COLLEGES, ———— CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae of America is ready. It contains descriptions and etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: JVite//a Leibergt sp. nov. ; mu- cronata A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; gracilis (Smith) Ag. (¢ransils Sp. nov.) ; zenuissima (Desv.) Coss. et Germ.; pygmaca A. Br.; mt- nuta Allen (Alaxceana sp.nov.) ; intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be prepared after the systematic part shall have been completed. T. F. ALLEN, 10 East 36th St., New York City- MEMOIRS « FROM THE .... Department of Botany of Columbia College: VOLUME 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus — - Polygonum. By Dr. John K. Small. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00. For copies address, ioe PROF. N. L. BRITTON, ee COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY. ESTABLISHED 1851. EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, — 205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave., Corner of 18th Street, 2 focee NEW yom | SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR — BE: March's : Seline ean Stone Wag Schleicher s | Schuell’s ‘Chem te a ‘PUBLICATIONS oF THE CLUB. (x) THE BULLETIN. : ke This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four : 2 _ pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly Neg 0. ‘many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. = ‘Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents bys! ee England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England, ‘ _ Back NumBers.—The Butierin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclnsive i oe yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these " five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 187 5 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to ‘fun on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years. The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-— rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had. for 0 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be iin complete. “ (2) THE MEMOIRS. : , si 43 ‘The subscription price is fixed .oo per volume in advance. The numbers ean hes te pratared chaste and Lt ots price will be fexeft for est prose: omitted from this list cannot be had separately. : Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algee hitherto observed on the Coasts _of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. _ No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rey America, with descriptions of ah, oa species, By By Richard Sa : cae 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Siena: Price, 5 cents. >» Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds aap - Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. .* No. 2—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plat tes. casas ‘Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. ee ; __No. 4:—A Monograph of the North American Species a the Genus Pol sae By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents, ; a VOb a ‘No. 1—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter _fitory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, socents. _ No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadace= with i lu the species. By Thos, Morong. Price $2.00, = = § __No. 3—An Enumeration of the Plants. collected Bolivia denry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. Boe: ‘2 rol. 4. No. 1.—Index et irene Past ai ee ic rwood. Price, 75 cents, gee 2 RG: yas Bolanessiee oF Ole: Plants collected i in Bolivia by Mii By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents, _ ; _No \ deen Aypogaca L. with three ° lates, “By Anna No. —Will oman Mr. Rydberg’ Lo will eve the volume. | Sine BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Vol. 23. Lancaster, Pa., June 30, 1890. No. 6. A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J. Grout. During the past winter a critical study of this family of mosses has been made at the Herbarium of Columbia University. Wish- ing to obtain more material illustrating the distribution of the species, a brief summary is here presented, giving the distribution, so far as can be determined, from material at hand. Persons having specimens from outside the range here indicated will con- fer a great favor by sending them to me at the Herbarium of Columbia University. If duplicates can also be sent, a suitable return will be made for them. I am already greatly indebted to several persons for aid in my work, for which acknowledgments will be made in the final publication. ISOTHECIACEAE Spruce, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist. (II.) 3: 285. 1849. Gametophyte generally large, never minute. Primary stems creeping, radiculose. Paraphyllia lacking (except in Cimacium). Leaves smooth, often plicate or concave; median leaf-cells linear, _ alar cells quadrate (except in Holmgrenia). Sporophyte. Seta smooth, twisted. Calyptra cucullate. Oper- culum conic to conic-rostrate. Columella persistent. Capsule erect, straight, not conspicuously contracted under the mouth when dry. Peristome double, well developed; teeth lanceolate, __ articulate. Segments of endostome linear to lanceolate, attached 224 to a narrow basal membrane, free, or adherent to the teeth in two species of Pylaisiella; cilia rudimentary or wanting. Spores roughened. Distinguished from the Brachytheciaceae by the straight erect © capsule, absence of cilia, short basal membrane, capsule not con- tracted under the mouth when dry. ; Homalothecium and certain species of Brachythecium (notably B. acuminatum) have the capsule characters of this family, but their other characters show their relationship to be with the Brachytheciaceae. Key to the Genera. Leaves veined, vein single, extending to the middle of the leaf or beyond. 4. CLIMACIUM. Leaves veinless or the veins short and double, Alar cells not quadrate, Alar cells quadrate. Complanate foliate (except Z. repens and E. seductrix) with very large persistent annulus (except 2. Drummondii). 1. ENTODON ( Cylindrothecium). Leaves more or less falcate-secund especially at the tips of branches; annulus narrow, 2. PYLAISIELLA (/y/aisia). 3. HOLMGRENIA ( Orthothecium). 1. ENTODON. C. Muell. Linnaea, 18: 704. 1844. Also Bot. Zeit. 1894: 740. (Cytinprotuecium Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. fasc. 46 and 47. pi. 464, 465. 1851.) Leaves obtuse, quadrate; alar cells of 2 or 3 layers. Leaves acute or acuminate, quadrate, alar cells of one layer. Leaves gradually narrowly acuminate; segments of endostome adhering to the teeth. 8- E£. brevisetus. 7. E, orthocarpus. Leaves acute to apiculate ; segments free. Teeth conspicuously hyaline margined. - 6, E. repens. ‘Teeth not conspicuously hyaline margined. :, Annulus apparently none ; seta yellow. age Drummondit, Annulus of narrow small cells; seta red, 2, E. seductrix. Annulus large, of large cells. Teeth uniformly papillose-roughened. 3. £. compressus. Teeth conspicuously striolate above ; leaves serrate. — 4, Sullivantii. Teeth not conspicuously striolate ; eaves nearly entire. ie B. roc atieanntatie 225 1. ENTODON CLADORRHIZANS (Hedw.) C: Muell. Linnaea, 18: 707. 1844. Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans Schimp. Syn. Ed. 1: 514. 1860. Entodon Transylvanicus Demet. Hedwigia, 23: 81. 1884. Entodon minutipes Kindb. Can. Rec. Sci. 1894: 21. 1894. Not uncommon in North America east of the Mississippi; Minnesota (Holzinger), Iowa (A. S. Hitchcock and Miss McGee). Limpricht, in. Rab. Krypt. Fl. 4:. part 3: 30, separates Z. Schleicheri of Europe from £. cladorrhizans and also cites E. cladorrhizans as European. That the two species are distinct can hardly be doubted, if the peristomal teeth be compared. £. acicularis C. Muell. and Kindb. in Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. part 6, 176, [Macoun’s 816 (in part) and 170,] is only a peculiar form of E. cladorrhizans. It may possibly prove to be a good variety. It is characterized by having a peculiar brownish green color, the tips of branches lighter; very short turgid branches which are largest in the middle and at the largest part bear leaves as large as the stem leaves; capsule and seta much shorter and teeth more perforate than is typical. £. Transylvanicus Demeter and E. minutipes Kindb. are said by Limpricht, 1. c. to be identical, and only slightly divergent forms of £. cladorrhizans. I have been unable to see specimens of either, 2. Exropon sepucrrix (Hedw.) C. Muell. Linnaea, 19: 214. 1847. Neckera seductrix Hedw. Spec. Musc. 208. pl. 47. f. 8-13. 1801. Prerigynandrum Carolinianum Brid. Musc. Recent. Suppl. x: 132. 1803. : Cylindrothecium seductrix Sull. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2: 664. 1856, A very variable species and appropriately named, found only in the eastern United States. Common in the Appalachian region from Canada to the Gulf; less frequent northward and not reported far west of the Mississippi. I have seen no specimens = from northern New England or eastern Canada. _ Dallas, Texas, (J. Ball), Missouri, Kansas, Wisconsin, Minne- | Sota, Ontario. é 226 2a. E. SEDUCTRIX LANCEOLATUS Nn. var. Stem leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute; branch leaves broadly lanceolate, tapering gradually tothe serrate acute apex. On rot- ton wood, Hanging Rock, Wabash Co., Ill., April 3, 1890. (J. Schneck.) 2b. E. sEpDUCTRIX MINUS Aust. Mss. in herb. Entire plant much reduced, dirty green; leaves, seta and cap- sule shorter than in type. Capsule 1.5-2 mm. long, its length about 3 times its diameter. Ohio, Sullivant. Sand hill near Augusta, Ga., J. D. Smith, Feb. 2, 1877. A portion of no. 388 of Sull. and Lesq. Muse. Bor. Am., in Columbia Herb., issued as Cylindrothecium compres- sum Br. and Sch. is this variety. 2c, E. sepuctrix Demetri (Ren. & Card.). Entodon Demetrii Ren. & Card. Rev. Bry. 20: 14. 1893. Stems irregularly divided and branched, strongly complanate- foliate, slender, having almost exactly the facies of Z. compressus; leaves ovate, gradually acute, very entire. Peristomal teeth often irregularly perforate. On stones at top of well, Emma, Saline Co., Mo., Rev. C. H.- Demetrio. 3. EnTopoN compressus (Hedw.) C. Muell. Linnaea, 18: 707- 1844. Leskea compressa Hedw. Spec. Musc. 232. pl. 56. f. 1-7. 1801. Cylindrothecium compressum Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. fasc. 46 and AZ. 405%. Rhode Island, New Jersey, Ohio, Illinois, Kansas, Nebraska, Missouri. Rare. 4. Extopon Suttivantu C. Muell, Can. Rec. Sci. 1894: 21. 1894. Neckera Sullivanti C. Muell. Syn. Muse. 2: 6s. 1851. Cylindrothecium Sullivantii Sull. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2: 664- 1856. North Carolina (Gray and Sullivant), Tennessee (Lesquereux), South Carolina. Very rare. 227 5. Entopon Drumonn1t (Br. & Sch.) Jaeger & Sauerb. Ber, St. Gall. Nat. Gesell. 1876-77: 282. Cylindrothecium Drummondii Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. fasc. 46 and a7... Shr. Southern U. S., east of the Mississippi, north to Tennessee and North Carolina. Northern Mexico (Pringle). 6. ENTODON REPENS (Brid.). Pterigynandrum he avoed apes Musc. Recent. Suppl. 1: 131. 1806. Platygyrium vepens Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. fase. 46 and 47. pl. 458. 1851. Cylindrothecium repens De Not. Epil. 214. 1869. North America, éast of the Rocky Mountains. Common. 6a. ENTODON REPENS ORTHACLADOS (Kindb.). Platygyrium repens orthoclados Kindb. in Macoun, Cat. Gan. Fi. G: 172, 1892. Platygyrium repens sciuroides Limpr. Rab. Krypt. Fl. 4: part 3, 7. 1896, Platygyrium repens ramulis élongatis Bry. Eur. p/. 458. f. 3. _ Branches much larger and longer than in the species, leaves larger, loosely imbricate, shortly bicostate. Ontario, Macoun Canadian Mosses, no. 259. 7. ExTopon ortHocarpus (La Pyl.) Lindb. Musc. Scand. 39. 1829. LTypnum Schreberi orthocarpum Brid. Bry. Univ. 2: 422. 1827, Hypnum orthocarpum La Pylaie; Brid. Bry. Univ. 2: 422. 1827. Cylindrothecium concinnum Schimp. Syn. 515. 1860. Colorado, Brandegee. Although collected but once and ina Sterile state, Brandegee’s specimens are undoubtedly this species. 8. Entopon Brevisetus (Hook. & Wils.) Jaeger & Sauerb. Ber. St. Gall. Nat. Gesell. 1876-77: 291. Neckera breviseta Hook. & Wils. Lond. Jour. Bot. 4: 410. pl. 24. f. a. 1842. : _ Clindrothecium brevisetum Br. & Sch. ‘Bry. Eur. fasc. 46-47. ‘IOS. ¢ — - 228 “— New Jersey, Virginia, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Missouri, Canaan Forks, New Brunswick (J. Moser). Rare. _ Entopon Macounm C. Muell. & Kindb. in Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. 097. 1809. Authentic specimens from type locality in Herb. Macoun are not referable to Eyétodon at all, but are one of the complanate- foliate Hypneae. Capsules are needed to classify them. There are no quadrate alar cells and the cells at the angles are so little enlarged as to be scarcely noticeable. ENTODON (?) EXPALLENS C. Muell. & Kindb. in Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl.6:177. 1892. This species belongs to the same group as Z. Macounit. ENTODON suBFLACEUS C. Muell. & Kindb. Can. Rec. Sci. 1894: ot, I have been unable to examine any specimens of this species, as Prof. Macoun has none in his herbarium. CYLINDROTHECIUM FLorIpANuM Duby, Regensb. Flora, 58: 284, is probably not related to Entodon, as the horizontal capsules described are not in accordance with the characters of the genus. We have not been able to obtain a specimen of it, as the type cannot be found in the Duby nor the Boissier herbaria at Geneva. 2. PYLAISIELLA Kindb. Can. Rec. Sci. 1894: 21. [Pyzaisia Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. fasc. 46-47. 1851. Not Desv- 1814.] The generic name Py/aisia was first used by Desvaux in 1814 to designate a new genus named in honor of De La Pylaie. The specimen upon which his genus was founded is stated to be noth- ing more than a depauperate form of Hypnum denticulatum L. In 1851 Bruch and Schimper took up the name for a new genus founded on Hypnum polyanthes Schreb, thus publishing 4 — homonym. DeNotaris in 1869 extended the genus Pylaisia by including Orthothecium of the Bryol. Eur., and in this extended form it was degraded by Lindberg in 1879 to a sub-genus of Stercodon of Mit- ten. The name Py/aisiclla proposed by ania for two seat 229 of the genus, viz.: P. velutna and P. subdenticulata, is very appro- priate, as it will preserve the name of De La Pylaie. Segments of the endostome entirely free from the teeth. Operculum conic; cilia present, rudimentary. 1. 2. polyantha. Operculum short, rostrate ; cilia lacking, 2. £. subdenticulata. Segments partially or wholly adherent to the teeth: Partially adherent; spores 18-24 3. LP. intricata, Wholly adherent; spores 25-30 yu. 4. £. velutina. I, PYLAISIELLA POLYANTHA (Schreb.). flypnum polyanthos Schreb. Spicil. Flor. Lips. 97. 1771. Pylatsia polyantha Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. fasc. 46 and 47. pl. 455. 1851, Stereodon polyanthos Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 8: 40. 1865. Pylaisia heteromalla Br. & Sch. Lond. Jour. Bot. 2: 669. 1843. fypnum polyanthum palhdifolium C. Muell. Syn. 2: 337. 1851. Pylaisia Ontariense C. Muell. & Kindb. in Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl.6: 174. 1892. Canada and northwestern United States (Macoun); Kakabeka Falls, Ont. (Mrs. Britton) ; Saskatchewan and Rocky Mountains (Bourgeau); Santa Fé (Fendler); White Mountains ( James) ; Mon- tana (R.S. Williams); Pike’s Peak, Colo. (S. L. Clarke) ; Minnesota (F. F. Wood). Apparently widely distributed in Canada and along the northern border of the United States in mountainous regions, but rather infrequent and local. The typical American form of this species is quite variable in leaf characters, even on the same plant, but it differs constantly from European specimens in that the leaves are shorter, more ab- ruptly acuminate and more broadly ovate-lanceolate. The length of the leaf of the European form averages 1.5 mm.; that of the American 1 mm., though I have found one plant whose leaves measured 1.4mm. ‘The length of the acumination of the peri- chaetial leaves is also very variable. It may be that our forms of this and the next species are but two varieties of the European Pag polyantha. The American polyantha answers very closely to the description of P. polyantha brevifolia Lindb. & Aruell, Musc. Asiae- bor. 152. 1890. I have seen the type specimens of P. /eteromalla from Schimper’s herbarium and not only are they P. polyantha,but —— 230 Schimper himself indicated clearly on his labels that he did not consider it a good species; Drummond’s no. 222, on which this species was founded, is evidently somewhat mixed, as the Colum- bia Herbarium specimen is P. zutricata. Ia. PYLAISIELLA POLYANTHA JAMESII (Sull.) E. G. Britton. Pylaisia Jamesii Sull. & Lesq. Musc. Bor. Am. Ed. 2. 383. 1865. Pylaisia subdenticulata obscura Lesq. & James, Mosses N. A. 309. 1884. Gametophyte smaller than the type; leaves shorter, broadly ovate-lanceolate, shortly bicostate ; length of leaf-cells 4-6 times their diameter; quadrate alar cells numerous; perichaetial leaves shorter, abruptly acuminate. Sporophyte with shorter subulate-lanceolate péristomal teeth, which are also shorter than the segments. On the ground and roots of trees. Chelsea, Mass. ( James.) This variety has the appearance of P. sudbdenticulata because of its reduced size, otherwise it has the characters of American polyantha, such as conic operculum and rudimentary cilia. Ib. PYLAISIELLA POLYANTHA PSEUDO-PLATYGYRIA (Kindb.). Pylaisia pseudo-platygyrium Kindb.; Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. 6: £7.43... Poon. Pylasia filari-acuminata Kindb. 1. ¢. 174. Leaves narrowly long-acuminate; upper branch leaves distantly serrate-dentate along sides of acumination; inner perichaetial leaves often long-acuminate, serrate-dentate along the acumina- tion ; cilia 1 or 2, better developed than in the type. Type locality, shores of Lake Nipigon, Ontario. Also found on the west side of the Columbia River, at Revelstoke, B. C. On decayed trunks and on “ logs subject to inundation.” Exsiccata: Macoun, Can. Musc. 626. (Py/aisia filari-acuminata.) 2. PYLAISIELLA SUBDENTICULATA (Schimp.) Kindb. Can. Rec. Sci- 1894: 22. Pylaisia subdenticulata Schimp. Bry. Eur. fasc. 46 and 47- 1851. Pylaisia denticulata Sull. in A. Gray, Man, Ed. 2, 62. 1856. New York and New Jersey (Austin); Maryland (Holzinger); Ohio (H. J. Biddlecome); Athens, Ill. (Hall). Very close to 2. 231 polyantha, but distinguished by the reduced size, rostrate oper- culum and absence of cilia. 3. PYLAISIELLA InTRICATA (Hedw.). Prerigynandrum intricatum Hedw. Spec. Musc. 85. pl. 78. 1801. Pylusia intricata Schimp. Bry. Eur. fasc. 46 and 47. 1851. Hypnum intricatum C. Muell. Syn. 2: 338. 1851. Stereodan intricatus Lindb. Musc. Asiae-bor. 2: 151. 1890. Pylaisia Selwinii Kindb. Ott. Nat. 2: 156. 1889. Common in the northeastern United States and eastern Canada, Kansas, Missouri, Misisssippi, Georgia (Ravenal), Florida (Chapman). This species is easily distisguished by its curved branches, numerous quadrate alar cells and partially adherent segments. It varies a great deal in length of leaves and in length of leaf-cells, length and color of capsule and size of spores. Authentic speci- mens of Pylaisia Seliwintt Kindb. show that it is merely a form of this species growing in exposed dry places. The plants are darker and the leaves more strongly recurved than usual. 4. PYLAISIELLA VELUTINA (Schimp.) Kindb. Can. Rec. Sci. 1894: 21. Pylaisia velutina Schimp. Bry. Eur. fasc. 46 and 47. 1851. New Brunswick, and Mt. Desert, Maine, south to North Caro- lina, west to Ohio and Indiana. Distinguished from P. intricata by the entirely adherent seg- ments, narrower leaves with fewer quadrate alar cells, and larger spores, Pylaisia revolutifolia Kindb. in Herb. Macoun, from Leaming- ton, Ont., August 4, 1892, and Pelee Point, Ont., is Antodon repens. 3. HOLMGRENIA Lindb. Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862: 605. 1863. {[OrtHorHEcium Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. fasc. 48. 1851. Not Schott. & Endl. Melet. Bot. 31. 1832. ] 1. H. chrysea. Gametophyte large (5-10 em. high); leaves strongly plicate 2. H, stricta. Gametophyte small (2 cm. high); leaves not plicate. 232 1. HouMGRENIA CHRYSEA(Schwaegr.) Lindb. Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862: 605. 1863. _ Hypnum chryseum Schwaegr. Schulte’s Reise auf. d. Glockner, 2: 364. 1804. Orthothecium chryseum Br, & Sch. Bry, Eur. fasc. 48. 7. 467. 1851. : Very rare. Rocky Mountains (Macoun, Drummond); Sas- katchawan (E. Bourgeau), 2. HotmGrENIA stricta Lorentz, Moos Stud. 122. pl. 5. 1864. Stereodon rubellus Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 8: 40. 1865. Orthothecium rubellum Kindb. Laubm. Schwed. u. Norw. 46. 1883. Orthothecium intricatum var. rubellum Husnot, Muse, Gall. 173- 1893. Davis Strait (Taylor). In several sets of Drummond's mosses no. 73, from the Rocky Mountains (distributed as Cafoscopium nigritum), there is no trace of this species. Dr. Mitten kindly sent a portion of the Davis Strait plant and indicates that Ho/m- gvenia rufescens (Dicks.) Lindb. has not yet been found in North America. In a letter dated April 21, 1896, he says: “I have looked through all my specimens of Orthothecium rufescens and find no trace of any North American examples. All Taylor sent me are in with O. chryseum, as are the 221 of Drummond in both my sets. I suppose I must have mistaken one of Taylor's to be the first named.” 4. CLIMACIUM Web. & Mohr, Iter Suec. 96. 1804. Capsules 3-4 times and median leaf-cells to times as long as broad, 1. C. dendroides. Capsules 5-6 times and median leaf-cells 2-7 times as long as broad. 2. C, Americanum. 1. CLIMACIUM DENDROIDES Web. & Mohr, Iter Suec. 96. 1804. The northern and western species. New Brunswick to St. Paul Island, Behring sea, south to New Jersey, Colorado and Cali- fornia. Not represented from Pennsylvania or the North Central . States. ict ieee ae 233 Ia. CLIMACIUM DENDROIDES OREGONENSE Ren. & Card. Bot. Gaz. 15: 59. 1890. Type from Oregon, Willamette R. (L. F. Henderson. A spe- cimen from Sauvie’s Island, Oregon (C. G. Pringle no. 510), is probably referable to this variety, as the leaves are almost en- tire, although broader instead of narrower than in the type. 2. Crimacium Americanum Brid. Muse. Suppl. part 2,45. 1812. The southern and eastern species,ranging from Canada to North Carolina and probably south to the Gulf; west to Minnesota, Iowa, Illinois and Missouri. 2a. Ciimactum AMERICANUM KINDBERGII Ren. & Card. Bot. Gaz. 15: 1890. C. Americanum fluitans Aust. Musc. App. 49. no. 289. Name only. 1870. Varying greatly in appearance. Leaves characterized by ob- long-hexagonal areolation and lack of auricles. The dendroid form, which is found especially in southern swamps, has often been mis- taken for C. dendroides. Has the range of the type and extends to the Gulf. The Columbia Herbarium specimens of Sull. & Lesq. Musc. Bor. Am. Ed. 2, no. 42, and Drummond’s Musc. Am. (South- ern States), 120, are this variety. Crimacium Rutaentcum Lindb. is not a Climacium. Its affin- ities are uncertain, but is not one of the Isotheciaceae. HOMALOTHECIUM Br. & Sch. Bry. Eur. fase. 46and 47. 1851. This genus is so closely allied to Camptothecium that it is clearly a violation of natural relationships to put it in another family. The nearly erect and symmetric capsule and the incom- plete peristome are the only characters associating Homalothecium with the Isotheciaceae. Isornecium Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 355. p/. 20. 1827. Schimper, Synopsis, Ed. 2; 662, separates /sothectum myosur- odes (L.) Brid. from the geaus of which /. myurum (Pollich) Brid. remains the type. J. myosuroides clearly belongs to the Bra- chytheciaceae and all our American species are closely allied to it. Thus we have no American species of /sothecium. 234 Revision of the Genus Asimina in North America. By Gero. V. NASH. The genus Asimina was founded by Adanson * in 1763. Cates- by’s+ figure, on which Linnaeust based his Aznona triloba, is cited by Adanson, thus leaving no doubt as to the type of the genus. In 1803, Michaux§ gave the name of Orchidocarpum to this group of plants, probably from the resemblance of the young carpels to the tuberous roots of many members of the Orchidaceae. Torrey and Gray || merged Asimina in Uvaria, to which it cannot be referred, the difference in size of the outer and inner petals readily separating it from that genus. This was the view later held by Dr. Gray, as set forth in the Botanical Gazette,** where the characters, maintaining Asimina as distinct from Uvaria and worthy of generic rank, are indicated. 3 The genus is restricted to North America, with a possible ex- tension into Mexico, if the three or four imperfectly known species occurring there prove to belong to this genus, a question about which there is considerable doubt. The forms from the West Indies, placed here by Grisebach,}+ would seem to belong else- where, the uniform size of the outer and inner petals excluding them from Aszmina. In North America the genus Asimina is mainly confined to the southeastern parts of the United States, one species only, 4. triloba, occurring as far north as southern New York and Mich- igan, and extending to the west, along the Gulf, as far as eastern Texas. This appears to be the only one that occurs any great distance beyond the general range of the genus, with the possible exception of A. parviflora, which, according to Dr. Chapman, in his Flora of the Southern States, occurs in North Carolina. I have * Fam. Pl. 2: 365. + Nat. Hist. 2: 85. p/. 85. $ Sp. Pl. 537. 1753. § Fl. Bor. Am. 1 : 329. | Fl. N. A. 1: 45. 1838. ** 14: 161-2. 1886. tt Cat. Pl. Cub. 3. 1866. ) 235 seen no specimens authenticating this, however; in fact, Georgia is the most northern state from which I have seen specimens of this species. The remainder of the genus is confined to Georgia, Florida and Alabama. Asinina, as here understood, comprises seven species, one of which, though quite common in herbaria, has remained unde- scribed up to the present time, owing to its early and wrong iden- tification with the J. grandifiora of Dunal,* which was based on the Annona grandiflora of Bartram.t These excellent figures, and the description accompanying that of Dunal, make it difficult to understand why such a mistake should have occurred. This mat- ter will be discussed later, in its proper place. A large number of specimens, contained in the herbarium of Columbia University, has been examined. In addition to these, ‘the material in the National Herbarium and that in the herbarium of Prof. Lester F. Ward, at Washington, have been kindly loaned for examination. The study of this material has seemed to war- rant the following disposition of the species. Key to the Species. Flowers borne in the axils of the deciduous leaves of the preceding year, hence ap- pearing before or with the leaves. Leaves thin, not reticulated ; a solitary purple flower in the axil. Mature outer petals 2 cm. long or larger, more than twice the length of the sepals; a small tree 3-12 metres high, 1. A. triloba. Mature outer petals 1 cm. long or smaller, less than twice as long as the sepals; a small shrub 15 dm. high or less. 2. A, parvifiora, Leaves thick, leathery and reticulated when old; 1 or 2 yellowish white flowers and often a branchlet arising from the same axil. Young leaves sparingly tomentose above and soon glabrous, tomentose be- neath ; mature outer petals 2.5-4 cm. long. 3. A. reticulata. Young leaves densely tomentose on both sides; mature outer petals 4-5 cm. long. 4. A. speciosa. Flowers terminal, or borne in the axils of the leaves of the season, hence appearing after the leaves. Flowers terminal, sessile or nearly so; leaves short and broad, obovate to oval. 5. 4. obovata. Flowers axillary and long-peduncled, rarely single and terminal in No. 7; leaves long and narrow, oblanceolate to oblong. * Monog. Anon. /. rz. 1817. t Travels, p/, 2. 1791. 236 Mature outer petals 3 cm. long or less, changing color, becoming deep black- purple at the time_of falling. 6. A. pygmaea, Mature outer petals 3.5 cm. long or more, not changing color, remaining yellowish white at the time of falling. 7. A. angustifolia 1. ASIMINA TRILOBA (L.) Dunal, Monog. Anon. 83. 1817. Anonna triloba L, Sp. Pl. 537. 1753. Orchidocarpum arietinum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 329. 1803. Porcelia triloba Pers. Syn. 2:95. 1807. Uvaria triloba Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. A. 1: 45. 1838. A small tree, 3-12 metres tall, the bark of the mature branch- lets reddish brown or sometimes gray. Branchlets and leaves when young, peduncles, exterior surface of the sepals and young petals tomentose with reddish brown hairs ; mature leaves obovate or obovate-cuneate, 10-30 cm. long, 4-11 cm. wide, abruptly acuminate at the apex, usually acute, but sometimes rounded at. the base, thin, glabrous above, the midrib and primary nerves, which are prominent on the lower surface, usually more or less pubescent; petioles 1 cm. long or less, glabrous or sparingly pubescent ; flowers in the axils of the deciduous leaves of the pre- ceding year, on peduncles 8-15 mm. long, which are often re- curved; sepals from ovate to orbicular-ovate, 8-12 mm. long; petals at first greenish, later purple and conspicuously veined, the outer ones nearly orbicular, 2-2.5 cm. long, more than twice the length of the sepals; fruit 7-15 cm. long, 2.5-4 em. thick, oblong, cylin- dric, when full grown at first hard, green and glaucous, later turn- ing yellow, and when fully ripe becoming soft and edible and brown or almost black in color; seeds brown, oblong, 2—2.5 cm. long, I-1.5 cm. broad, compressed, obtuse at the apex and usually obliquely truncate at the hilum. Rich and moist soil from western New York and Pennsylvania to southern Michigan and Kansas, south to middle Florida and eastern Texas. A large number of specimens of this, the most frequent and widely distributed species, were examined, but it is so well known that a detailed list is not necessary. | 2. ASIMINA PARVIFLORA (Michx.) Dunal, Monog. Anon. 82. fi. 9- 1817. Orchidocarpum parviflorum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 329. 1803-. Porcelia parvifiora Pers. Syn. 2: 95. 1807. Uvaria parviflora Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. A. 1:45. 1838: 237 A small shrub 15 dm. tall or less, with gray to reddish bark. Branchlets, young leaves, particularly the lower surface, pe- duncles, and the outside of the young sepals and petals tomentose with bright reddish brown hairs; mature leaves 6-17 cm. long, _ 3-9 cm. wide, obovate to oblong-obovate, acute at the apex, nar- towed at the base, thin, glabrous above, usually more or less tomentose beneath, especially on the midrib and veins; petioles tomentose, 6 mm. long or less; flowers solitary from the axils of the deciduous leaves of the preceding year, on peduncles 5 mm. long or less; sepals ovate, 5-7 mm. long; mature outer petals Ovate to broadly oval, 7-10 mm. long, less than twice the length of the sepals; fruit, not fully mature, oblong, about 3 cm. long, sparingly pubescent. In the low and middle country from North Carolina (accord- ing to Dr. Chapman) to Florida, west to Alabama. Specimens examined: Georgia: Small, Gwinnett Co., July 20, 1893; Stone Moun- tain, May 1-18, 1895. florida: Curtiss, nos. 85, 4201 and 4545, all from the vicinity of Jacksonville. Canby, Hibernia, March, 1869. J. D. Smith, no. 27, Clay Co., March to, 1883. Rugel, near Tallahassee, April, 1843. Chapman, no data. Le Conte, no data. Alabama: Buckley, April and June. Winchell, no data. 3. ASIMINA RETICULATA Shuttlw.; Chapm. Fl. S. St. 603. 1884. Asimina cuneata Shuttlw.; A. Gray, Bot. Gaz. 11; 163. 1886, A small shrub 5-10 dm. tall, with bark of a grayish brown to rown color, the branchlets, lower surface of the young leaves, Peduncles and the exterior surface of the sepals and young Petals densely tomentose with reddish brown hairs. Young leaves Somewhat tomentose above, soon glabrous; mature leaves nar- towly oblong, inclining to narrowly obovate or oblanceolate, 2.5~9 cm. long, .5—2 cm. broad, thick and leathery, glabrous, retic- ulated, the midrib and nerves prominent beneath ; petioles I~2 mm. long; flowers on peduncles 5-8 mm. long, from the axils of the deciduous leaves of the preceding year, sometimes ac- _ Companied by a branchlet; sepals ovate, 5-7 mm.long; mature — Cuter petals oval to obovate, 2.5-4 cm, long, 1.2~1.5 cm. broad, 238 much exceeding the inner ones and about five times the length of the sepals, pubescent on the outside, particularly toward the base; immature fruit obovate, nearly glabrous. Pine barrens of Peninsular Florida. Specimens examined: Garber, Tampa, May, 1876. Lester F. & Rosamond Ward, Tampa, February 27, 1891. Nash, Tampa, no. 2477, August, 1895. Hubbard, March 1, 1883, no locality. Simpson, 1880, no locality, but probably in the vicinity of ‘Manatee. Webber, no. 148, Mt. Dora, Lake Co., March, 1894. Palmer, no. 6, Fort Capron, Indian River, 1874. Bates, Merritt’s Island, Indian River, March and April, 1889. 4. ASIMINA SPECIOSA. Orchidocarpum gvandiflorum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 330. 1803.? Porcelia grandifiora Pers. Syn. 2:95. 1807.? Uvaria obovata Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. A. 1:45. 1838. Asimina grandiflora A. Gray, Bot. Gaz. 11: 163. 1886. Not Dunal. 1817. A small shrub, 6-12 dm. tall, with gray smooth bark. Branch- lets, as well as the peduncles and both surfaces of the young leaves, densely tomentose with yellowish or tawny hairs; mature leaves oblong, narrowly obovate or obovate, 7-14 cm. long, 2.5-7 cm. broad, thick and leathery, reticulated, tomentose on both sides, spar- ingly so above; petioles 3-7 mm. long, densely tomentose ; flowers, sometimes accompanied with a branchlet, from the axils of the de- ciduous leaves of the preceding year, on peduncles 7-18 mm. long; sepals ovate, 6-8 mm. long, tomentose; mature outer petals 0 to obovate, 4-5 cm. long, 2.5—3.5 cm. broad, much exceeding the inner ones, and about six times as long as the sepals, pubescent, particularly on the outside near the base; immature fruit glabrous. This plant has been referred to the A. grandiflora Dunal, which was based on Axnona grandiflora Bartram. It is not that plant, a5 is plainly indicated by a reference to the excellent figures of Bar- tram* and of Dunal} where the flowers are shown as terminating * Travels p/. 2. 1791. + Monog. Anon. f/. rz. 1817. 239 the branchlets. The description of Dunal,* moreover, calls for a plant with sub-sessile flowers and the branchlets and the lower surface of the leaves “rufo-pubescentibus,” characters certainly not to be found in A. speciosa, the flowers of which are lateral, from the axils of the deciduous leaves of the preceding year, and the pubescence merely yellowish white or tawny. The long peduncles also serve well to distinguish this from the true A. grandiflora Dunal, which is described in this revision under the name A, obovata. Sandy pine barrens, southeastern Georgia and East Florida. Specimens examined: Georgia; Small, Trader’s Hill, Charlton Co., June 12-15, 1895. Florida: Curtiss, nos. 86, 4,200 and 4,588, and a specimen with no number collected in 1875, all from the vicinity of Jack-_ sonville. Reynolds, March—May, 1871. Chapman, East Florida, 1871. Canby, Hibernia, March, 1869. Palmer, no. 4, Fort Capron, Indian River, 1874. 5. Astmina opovatTa (Willd.). Annona grandifiora Bartr. Trav. 18. pl. 2. 1791. Not La- Marck. 1786. Annona obovata Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 1269. 1800. A shrub or small tree, 1.5-2 metres tall, with grayish browmr _bark. Branchlets, petioles and the lower surface of the leaves, es- pecially the midrib and nerves, tomentose with bright reddish brown hairs; leaves 4-10 cm. long, 2-5 cm. broad, narrowly Obovate to obovate, or the smaller ones often oval, glabrous above, on petioles 3-5 mm. in length; flowers sessile or nearly So, terminating the branchlets; sepals ovate or oval, 10-12 mm. long, tomentose when young, later glabrate; petals yellowish white, glabrous, mature outer ones obovate, 5-6 cm. long; fruit not seen, Pine lands in eastern and central peninsular Florida. Specimens examined: Nash, no. 178, Eustis, Lake Co., March 1894. Hulst, DeLand, March, 1891. Bates, Merritt’s Island, Indian River, March and April, 1889. The earlier publication by Lamarck of an Annona grandiflora t "1 cB t Encycl. 2: 126. 1786. 240 invalidates the use of this name by Dunal, so that given by Will- denow is here taken up, being the oldest one available. 6. ASIMINA PYGMAEA (Bartr.) A. Gray. Annona pygmaea Bartr. Trav. 18. pl. 7. 1791. Asimina:pygmaea A Gray, Bot. Gaz. 11: 164. 1886. Not Dunal, 1817. ign A small plant, 2-4 dm. tall. Stems simple, or rarely some- what branched, arcuate, often nearly prostrate, 2-several from the same root, somewhat shrubby below, reddish, glabrous at the base, often tomentose at and near the summit; young leaves more or less tomentose, especially beneath; mature leaves often erect, thereby appearing as if secund, oblong, oblanceolate, or spatulate- obovate, 5-15 cm. long, I—4 cm. broad, rounded, obtuse or acutish at the apex, acute at the base, glabrous, reticulated, the midrib and principal nerves very prominent beneath, sessile, or on peti- oles 8 mm. long or less; flowers solitary in the axils, on slender glabrous, or somewhat tomentose, often recurved peduncles 1-1.5 cm. long; sepals ovate, 7-10 mm. long, tomentose when young, glabrate when old; petals greenish and slightly pubescent exter- nally when young, becoming dull black-purple and glabrous at the time of falling, the mature outer ones narrowly obovate, 2-3 cm. long, 8-12 mm. broad; fruit not seen. Pine lands in eastern and peninsular Florida. Specimens examined: Curtiss, nos. 87, 4202 and 4742, all from the vicinity of Jack- sonville. Nash, nos. 359 and 1919, in the vicinity of Eustis, Lake Co. Palmer, no. 7, Fort Capron, Indian River, 1874. Burroughs, no data. Powell, 1872. ' 7. ASIMINA ANGUSTIFOLIA A, Gray, Bot. Gaz. 11: 163. 1886. Orchidocarpum pygmaeum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 330. 1803. Porcelia pygmaea Pers. Syn. 2:95. 1807.? Asimina pygmaea Dunal, Monog. Anon. 84. p/. zo. 1817: Uvaria pygmaea Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. A. 1:45. 1838. A small shrub, 4-6 cm. tall. Stems several from the same root, erect or reclining, much branched, glabrous excepting at the summit, the old bark gray, the young bark reddish; leaves very variable, 5-20 cm. long, I-3 cm. broad, linear to oblong-linear or 241 oblanceolate, acute or obtuse at the apex, acute at the base, glab- Tous, reticulated, the midrib prominent beneath, sessile, or on petitoles 7 mm. long or less; flowers solitary in the axils of the leaves, or rarely terminating the branches, on slender glabrous or sparingly pubescent peduncles 1-2 cm. long ; sepals ovate, nearly glabrous, 1-1.5 cm. long; mature outer petals oblong-obovate to obovate, 3.5—6 cm. long, 2~3 cm. wide, yellowish white, even at the time of falling; fruit, probably not fully grown, cylindric- oblong, about 3 cm. in length. 2a Pine lands in Georgia and north Florida. Specimens examined: Georgia: Small, Albany, Dougherty Co., July, 1895; Bain- bridge, Decatur Co., June, 1895; Albany, Dougherty Co., May 24-28, 1895. os Florida: Chapman, Apalachicola. Curtiss, no. 87 *, Gainesville. Nash, no. 2153, Lake City, Columbia Co., July 11-19, 1895. : Leavenworth, vicinity of Fort King and Fort Drane. Alexander, Gadsden Co. Rugel, between Tallahassee and St. Mark’s, May and June, 1843. The leaves of this plant are most variable in shape. In a Specimen collected by Dr. Chapmam at Apalachicola, preserved in the herbarium of Columbia University, they are from 5-8 cm. long and from 1-2 cm. wide. This matches the figure given by Dunal of his A. pygmaca,* having the short straight ascending branches and the petals obovate and about 3 cm. long, just as there represented. In the extreme of variation, represented by Curtiss, no, 87 *, and Nash, no. 2153, the leaves are 8-20 cm. © long, and only 5-15 mm. wide; the petals narrowly obovate and 5-6 cm. long. There are numerous plants connecting these two €xtremes ; indeed, leaves nearly representing the two forms were Noticed on the same plant by the writer during the past summer. Another form of this plant has a flower terminating the branches and no flowers in the axils of the leaves. This is prob- ably but a variation, and it seems best to refer it to this species. — Dr. Small’s plant, collected at Albany, Georgia, in May, 1895, * Monog. Anon. f/. zo. 1817, 242 well represents this form; as does also a specimen secured by Dr. Baldwin inthe same State. This last is the type of the variety of Uvaria pygmaea mentioned by Torrey and Gray in their Flora of North America.* The Development of the Antheridium of Targionia hypophylla.t By EFFIE B. MCFADDEN, ~ (PLATE 268), One of the most characteristic of our Californian liverworts is Targionia hypophylla, a species common in southwestern Europe, but which has not been described from the eastern United States.{ The specimens studied were collected mostly in October and November on the slopes of sandy banks in the vicinity of Stan- ford University. Targionia is our sole representative of the family Targionieae, which includes the genus Cyathodium. Targionia is perennial, becoming completely dried up at the end of the rainy season, and remaining so until the rains set in again, when it begins at once to grow actively. The structure of the thallus is similar to that of the typical Marchantiaceae, except that the branching is not usually dichotomous, but instead is largely due to lateral adven- titious branches growing from the ventral surface. The anther- idial shoots are of this character and may be easily recognized by their flattened oval form, small size and wavy outline. The antheridia arise in acropetal succession from single supet- ficial cells of the dorsal segment of the apical cell, so that in a ver- tical longitudinal section of a young plant, nearly all stages of de- velopment may beseen. The first division of the primary cell is a transverse one, separating the antheridium proper from the stalk- cell. (Fig. 2.) This is followed by at least two similar walls, but the number varies considerably, four being the greatest number *x: 45. 1838. + This study was suggested by Dr. Douglas Houghton Campbell, of Leland Stan- ford Junior University, and was prepared under his direction. } Underwood’s Hepaticae in Gray’s Manual, sixth edition, 1889. 243 found. The second series of divisions are vertical and are formed only in the middle segments and divide each into the quadrants of a circle as seen in cross section. (Fig. 7,b.) The separation of the sperm-cells is brought about by a series of periclinal walls by means of which four central cells in each segment are separated | from as many peripheral ones. (Fig. 7, b, c.) The upper and lower segments do not seem to take any part in the formation of Sperm-cells, the upper usually being prolonged into a beak, while the lower one forms the base of the antheridium. The lower of the two divisions of the antheridial mother-cell divides usually by three transverse walls to form a stalk. This stalk may be a single row of cells, or a vertical division may take Place, making a double row. (Fig. 6, b.) The contents of the central cells become much denser than those of the outer ones. The former begin to divide actively, the walls being formed at right angles, thus making a large number of nearly cubical sperm-cells. From the time the antheridium first becomes recognizable, thers is a rapid growth of the cells immediately surrounding it. These grow up about the antheridium, which thus becomes sunk in a deep cavity whose walls are extended into a tubular neck, project- ing above the general level of the thallus, and through which the Spermatozoids escape. The wall-cells of the antheridium are very large and distinct, and fill the whole cavity between the body of the aaeieericiiere and the wall of the cavity. (Fig. 6, a.) The complete development of the spermatozoids was not fol- lowed, but there was nothing to indicate any variation from what has already been described in other liverworts. The nucleus Shows the usual flattened form, after the last division of the cen- tral cells, and the sperm-cells remain in pairs. The full grown Spermatozoid shows one and one-half complete coils ; the two cilia are longer than the body, and the vesicle is plainly evident. Explanation of Plate 268. Fig. 1. Male plant with antheridial branches ; 3- Fig. 2. Vertical longitudinal section; apical cell; two very young antheridia X 400, 244 Figs. 3, 4, 5. Successive stages in the development of the antheridium ; >x 400. Fig. 6, a. Full grown antheridium; >< 300; b. stalk showing three rows of cells; < 400. . Fig. 7._ Three cross sections from the upper part of an antheridium; a. toward’ the apex; b. c. lower down ; < 400. Fig. 8. Cross sections from the lower part of an antheridium, d. being the lowest segment; 400. Fig. 9. Cross section of a full grown antheridium near the center; >< 400. Fig. 10. a. Full grown spermatozoid; b. sperm-cell with nearly developed sper- matozoid. Notes on Potentilla.—l. By P. A. RYDBERG, The author has been studying the genus /o/entilla for some time. The plan is to prepare a revision of the North American Potentilleae and have it published as Volume 2 of the Memoirs from the Department of Botany of Columbia College. It is planned to contain, if possible, full size illustrations of all native species of Potentilla, Horkelia, Ivesia, etc. The best way the au- thor knows of, to secure the codperation of other botanists is to publish some of the results already obtained. He will regard it as a great favor to be permitted to look over and name any collection of North American species, and will be very thankful for any in- formation, suggestion or criticism that may be given. , It will be seen from the following that my opinion as to the limitation of the species differs widely from those expressed in our manuals and from Dr. Watson's revision of Potentilla inthe Pro- ceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 8: 549- 573. They agree, however, very closely with those held by | the late Dr, Christian Lehmann, of Hamburg. This eminent bot-_ anist after having studied the genus about forty years, having published several papers on it from time to time, among others a monograph in 1820, and having prepared the text for the genus Potentilla in Hooker’s Flora Boreali-Americana, issued in 1856 his “Revisio Potentillarum,” a quarto of 250 pages and 64 plates. This book, which always will remain as one of our standard works, will serve as the basis of my revision. 245 In the glandulosa group, Dr. Watson includes only two species, viz., P. arguta and P. glandulosa. Lehmann acknowl- edged’ five American species. Of these five, P. drevifolia Nutt., must be excluded as the style is not basal. For my part, I think the group contains at least seven or eight species. The addi- tional species were not known to Lehmann, except P. glutinosa Nutt., which he included as a variety under P. fissa Nutt. The group is characterized by an erect habit, more or less glandular pubescence, pinnate leaves with rounded or rhomboidal, coasely toothed leaflets, obovate or orbicular, not emarginate — petals, very flat anthers, and a nearly basal style, this last char- acter, as far as I know, not being found elsewhere in the genus. In all except one, the style is also fusiform, z. ¢., swollen near the middle and tapering to both ends. The species belonging to the group are: POTENTILLA ARGUTA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 736. 1814. Geum agrimonioides Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 351. 1814. Not Potentilla agrimonioides Bieb. This is the only eastern species of the group, extending from New Brunswick to District of Columbia, westward to the foothills of the Rocky Mountains, from Colorado, as far north as Fort Simp- son on the Mackenzie River, It differs from the rest by its pub- €scence, which is coarser, densely hirsute and glandular, by its dense and strict cyme, and its white flowers. Dr. Watson men- tions that in the Rocky Mountain region, there is found a form of P. arguta with bright yellow flowers. This is probably a mistake, and the specimens referred to belong to the next species. PoTENTILLA GLUTINOSA Nutt; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 446. 1838. Asa synonym under P. fissa major Torr. & Gray, /. c. Not P. verna major Wahl. P. arguta Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phil. 7: 21. 1834. Not Pursh, 1814, . , P. valida Greene, Pittonia, 3: 20. 1896. It most resembles P. arguta in habit, is fully as stout and as pubescent, but the pubescence is finer, the longer hairs villous rather than hirsute. The cyme is open in age, rather flat- topped, the pedicels longer, the sepals thinner and more acute, 246 and the petals larger, much exceeding the calyx, and bright yellow. It ranges from Vancouver Island and British Columbia to Idaho and Oregon. A specimen also belonging here, without doubt, but less pubescent, has been collected in Utah by Marcus E. Jones. Fendler’s no. 197, from Santa Fé Creek, New Mexico, which was included in P. fissa major by Lehmann, resembles the typical form except that the petals are smaller, scarcely exceeding the sepals. PoTeENTILLA FISsA Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 446. 1838. P. glandulosa Am. Auth., not Lindley. P. scopulorum Greene, Erythea, 1:4. 1893. The flowers resemble much those of the preceding, the petals being bright yellow, very large, orbicular, very concave, and much exceeding the ovate-lanceolate long-acuminate sepals; but the habit is very different. P. fissa is a low plant, seldom exceeding 2 dm. high, very bushy, with a narrow and few-flowered cyme; also often with some flowers in the axils of the leaves. The leaves most resemble those of the next, but the leaflets are generally more rounded and with stronger veins. The type specimens of P. scopulorum are less glandular than the original of P. fissa, but very glandular specimens have been collected even in Colorado. P- fissa occurs in the higher Rockies. It is common in Colorado, rare in Wyoming, Idaho and Montana. POTENTILLA GLANDULOSA Lindl. Bot. Reg. 19: p/. 1583. 1833. Resembles P. g/utinosa in the open many-flowered cyme and general habit, but is a much more slender plant. It resembles E Jissa in the leaves, the long sepals and the shorter glandular pubes- cence, which is sometimes rather sparse. It differs from both by its petals, which are obovate, flat and about equal the sepals. Next to P. arguta, it is the most common and has the widest range of the group. It extends from British Columbia and Alberta to the Black Hills of South Dakota and the foot hills of New Mexico and California. Suksdorf has collected a plant in West Klickitat Co., Wash., which agrees perfectly with P. glandulosa, except that the petals are very small, obovate-spatulate and white. P. Hanseni Greene, Pittonia 3: 20, should perhaps be re- garded as a mountain variety of P. glandulosa rather than a dis- 247 tinct species. It differs only in its more slender habit, a slightly denser pubescence, somewhat shorter sepals and a more contracted and few-flowered cyme, a modification perhaps due to the higher altitude. Intermediate forms are not rare. It is common inthe higher Sierras of California, Nevada and Arizona. POTENTILLA LACTEA Greene, Pittonia 3: 20. 1896. P. glandulosa lactea Greene, F\. Frans. 65. 1891. I can not pronounce on this, as I have not seen specimens The description points toward P. glandulosa, except in the color of the petals, which are described as white. PoTENTILLA WRANGELLIANA Fish. & All. Anini. Bot. Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Petrop. 1840: 54; Ann. Sci. Nat. (II.) 16: 57. 1841. P. rupestris Presl, Epim. Bot. 198. 1849. Not L. P. glandulosa Am. Auth., as Brewer & Wats. Bot. Cal. 1: 178, and Greene, FI. Frans. 65, mainly. This species most resembles P. g/andulosa, but differs by the larger, more decidedly double-serrate leaflets, the more leafy cyme, which is dichotomously branched, with a short-pedicelled flower in the forks, but principally by the sepals, which are more Veiny, oval (not ovate-lanceolate), and abruptly contracted into a Small point, almost mucronate. The common form is inclined to become glabrate. Lindley’s figure of P. glandulosa incisa in Bot. Reg, 23: pl. 1973, resembles this species as to the leaves, but the cyme and the sepals are those of P. glandulosa. P. Wrangellana is common in California and Oregon, extending into Washington. P. Oregana Nutt. Mss., is a form of this species, but the stem is glandular and very pubescent with long villous hairs. Torrey and Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 446, place it as a synonym of P. glandulosa, but its habit and sepals show a close relationship with P. Wrangel- hana. POTENTILLA REFLEXA Greene, Pittonia 3:19. 1896. P. glandulosa reflexa Greene, F1. Frans. 65. 1891. This somewhat resembles P. glandulosa. The principal differ- ence given by Prof. Greene is that petals and sepals are reflexed in anthesis. As far as I know the species, the following charac- ters may be added: thicker, darker leaves with broader and shorter i. . 248 teeth, a more slender stem which is inclined to be tinged with red, and a fruiting calyx scarcely larger than that of the next species. According to Prof. Greene, it is common in dry open pine woods of the foot hills of the Sierra Nevada. I have seen specimens from only two collections, viz., Coville & Funston, no. 1355, from Big Tree Cafion, Southern California, 1891; and Mrs. R. M. Austin, Modoc Co., Calif., 1895. POTENTILLA RHOMBOIDEA N. sp. P. glandulosa var. Nevadensis Wats. Bot. Calif. x: 178, in part. 1876. Not P. Nevadensis Boiss. | Stem low and slender, about 2 dm. high, simple, about 3- leaved, not striate, nearly glabrous or glandular above, with very short hairs. Stipules small, 2-4 mm., ovate and subentire. Basal leaves many, short-petioled, about 3-paired, smooth or beset with a few scattered hairs. Leaflets rhombic-ovate, mostly acute, sef- rate with acute teeth, the largest ones 114 cm., seldom 2 cm. long. Stem leaves about 3, similar, the lowest pinnate with about 2 pairs, short-petioled, the other two generally 3-foliolate and subsessile. Flowers few in open cymes, about 1 cm. in diameter. Calyx gland- ular with very short hairs, sometimes also with a few long hairs; sepals about 8 mm. long in fruit. Bractlets linear-oblong, obtuse or acutish, half the length of the broadly ovate slightly mucronate sepals. Petals yellow, obovate, a little exceeding the sepals. Stamens 15-20. Style nearly basal, filiform, long and slender, 10 — fruit about twice as long as the smooth achene. It somewhat resembles depauperate P. g/andulosa, but differs by its longer filiform style, which is not fusiform, by the pubes- cence which could be called glandular-pruinose, when present, with a few scattered straight hairs on the calyx and the leaves, and by the small fruiting calyx. It reminds us also of P. drevifolia, but in the latter the style is not basal and the petals emarginate. : P. rhomboidea is apparently a rare plant. The following spec!- mens have been seen by me: Nevada, S. Watson; Montana, S. Watson, no. 114; Washing- ton, W. V. Suksdorf (Mt. Paddo), 1885; Oregon, Thomas Howell (Deer Creek Mts.), no. 1128, 1887. To this group belong also P. geoides Bieb. of Tauria, P. 7pés- tris L. of Europe and northern Asia, and P. macrocalyx Huet du Pav. of the Pyrenees, : 249 Appendages to the Petioles of Liriodendra, By ARTHUR HOLLICK. (PLATES 269, 270.) In a paper read some time ago before the Club and published in the BuLLeTin* attention was called to certain wing-like ap- pendages on the petioles of fossil leaves considered to be allied to the living Latodendron Tulipifera L. Referring to the theory ad- vanced by Professor Lester F. Ward in regard to stipular appen- dages to the petioles of Platanus,} that they may represent former basal lobes of the leaf, which have become detached, forming first basilar appendages, then wings to the petioles, and finally stipules, I suggested that we might have a similar example in the case of Liriodendron. In other words, that the stipules of the living Species had been derived from the wing-like appendages, which in turn had been previously derived from basal leaf lobes. Since then a series of leaf forms of Liriodendron was sent to me by Mr. Edward W. Berry, of Passaic, N. J. They were col- lected from saplings, seedlings and new shoots from old stumps, and many of them are exceedingly interesting and significant. In the specimen to which I wish to call special attention the blade. of the leaf is abnormally broad at the top and narrow at the base. The petiole is short and has broadly winged margins, which ex- tend from the base of the petiole and connect with the base of the leaf blade. On one side there is a sharp sinus where they join, on the other merely a contraction. The nervation of each extends into the other. The question to decide is whether we have stipules adnate to the petiole and leaf blade, or portions of the leaf blade which are acting the part of stipular appendages. The abnormal shape of the leaf is also significent, suggesting at once the fossil genus Liriophyl/um, in which at least one species (L. populoides Lesq.) is known to possess winged petioles. On plate 269, for purposes of comparison with our specimen, Thave introduced a figure of this species and one which shows *Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 467-471. p/. 220,221. 1894. }Proc. U. S, Nat. Mus. 11: 39-42. p/. 17-22. 1888. Am, Nat. 24: 797. 810. Pt. 28. 1890, 250 the winged petiole of Liriodendron alatum Newb. Also a represen- tation of a large sized stipule from a young shoot, in order to show its nervation. On plate 270 another abnormal leaf is shown, with imperfectly formed basal lobes, the nervation of which, especially that of the one on the left-hand side, is so strikingly similar to that of the stipule as to attract attention at once. On this plate are also fig- ures of young leaves showing normal position and arrangement of the stipules. The figures and descriptions are submitted without further com- ment, largely in the hope that it may induce observers to collect and study abnormal specimens, which often give us a starting point for some important morphological investigation. Description of Plates. PLATE 269 Fig. 1, Abnormal leaf of Liriodendron Tulipifera L., showing winged append- ages to the petiole, from Passaic, N. J. Fig. 2. Liriophyllum populoides Lesq. (Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, plate 227, iD part.) Fig. 3. Winged petiole of Liriodendron alatum Newb. (Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, p/ate 220, in part.) Fig. 4. Large stipule of Liriodendron Tulipifera 1., showing nervation, from . Passaic, N. J. PLATE 270. Fig. 1. Abnormal leaf ot Liriodendron Tulipfera L., showing imperfect basal lobes, from Passaic, N. J. Figs. 2, 3. Young leaves of Liriodendron Tulipifera L., showing normal ar- rangement and position of stipules, from Passaic, N. J. Description of a supposed new Species of Fossil Wood from Montana: By F. H, KNow tron. (PLATE 271.) For some time the United States Geological Survey has had in preparation a Study Series of Rocks for general educational purposes, which is to contain a series of typical rocks of this country, and in 1891 I was requested to collect for this a set of 250 specimens of silicified wood. This Study Series is to be ac- 251 companied by a ‘descriptive pamphlet in which the characters, especially the microscopic ones, will be fully set forth. The fossil wood illustrates well the replacement of organic structure by silica, and in preparing the figures and descriptions for the Study Series it was found that it represented an apparently undescribed species of tree, and it has been thought desirable to publish a Proper diagnosis in advance of the distribution of the specimens. This silicified wood was collected in September, 1891, in the Upper Galletin Basin, Montana, just outside of the Yellowstone National Park. The trunk which afforded the specimens was an upright one, about eight feet in height and four feet in diameter, and, as subsequent study has shown, was admirably preserved. As the drawings show, its structure can be made out with almost as much satisfaction as though still living. The matrix in which the trunk was standing is the charac- teristic volcanic deposit of the region. It appears to be very Similar to, if not indeed identical with, that of the well known Fossil Forest on the Lamar River in the Yellowstone National | Park. Its geological age is therefore regarded as probably Miocene. PiTyOXYLON PEALEI n. sp. Annual ring very pronounced, 2-10 mm. broad; cells of sum- mer wood large, thin-walled; cells of fall wood thick, much com- Pressed ; cells of summer wood with a single series of large scat- tered punctations; medullary rays in a single series of two to about twenty long cells, marked radially with one to three small bordered pits in the width of each wood cell; resin tubes rather numerous, of large size. Cross Section—This section (Fig. 1) shows the late fall and early spring wood. The contrast in the size and thickness of the walls makes a very clearly demarked ring. This ring of growth was very broad, being in some cases fully 10 mm. The medullary tays show in this section also as long, slender cells. Radial Section—The fine state of preservation is well shown in this section (Figs. 2-4). The cells of the spring and summer wood are very broad and marked with a single series of large scat- tered bordered pits. The medullary rays are also prominent in this section. They are composed of very long cells, each of which is marked with usually two or three small oblong or nearly cir- cular bordered pits the width of each wood cell. — 252 Tangential Section.—This section (Figs. 5, 6) shows the medul- lary rays to be arranged ina single series of from two to occasion- ally twenty superimposed cells. The resin tubes, occurring in the midst of a medullary ray (Fig. 6, enlarged 300) are quite numer- ous. They are of the usual character. As far as could be made out, there are no pits or markings on the tangential walls of the wood cells. I take pleasure in naming this supposed new species of fossil pine in honor of Dr. A. C. Peale, whose party I accompanied when it was obtained, and who has done so much, in connection with the Hayden and later geological surveys, to elucidate the geology of our Western States. U, S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Botanical Notes. Reseda lutea moving Inland—In passing through a meadow ~ to-day, a mile or so out of the city upon high ground, my eye was attracted by several greenish lemon colored sprays of a mig- nonette. By turning to Volume I., Part 1, of the Synoptical Flora, the find is seen to agree with Reseda lutea L., which is “ sparingly naturalized from Europe” and localized as “ Nantucket, Mass. and in ballast ground.” The meadow where the specimens were found to-day is neither, and it becomes a new and interesting locality for a rare plant collected but twice before in New Jersey, so far aS _ can be determined, and then on ballast. It is not in Gray’s Field Book or Wood's Florist. Byron D. HALSTED. RUTGERS COLLEGE, May 25, 1896. ASCLEPIAS ARENICOLA n. n. Asclepias aceratoides Nash. Bull. Tort. ge 22: 154.1895. Not M. A. Curtis, Am. Journ. Sci. (IL) : 407. 1849. The name which I gave to this new and interesting plant, col- , lected in 1894, had, unknown to me, been previously applied by Curtis to an entirely different member of the genus. It becomes ~ necessary, therefore, to rename the Florida form, and the above is — suggested, being descriptive of its habitat. It occurs only in the © hottest and driest sand, and is confined to and is the only member 253 of this genus found in the “scrub,” a tract peculiar to peninsular Florida. This so-called ‘‘scrub” is hotter in summer and, so I have been informed, colder in winter than any of the surrounding territory, and is the home of some of the most characteristic plants of that part of Florida. Gro. V. Nasu. Lwo New Serials-—The first number of the “Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden,” containing the act of incorporation, lists of members of the corporation, officers and managers for 1896, Provisions for patrons, fellows and annual members, list of patrons, constitution and by-laws, report of the Secretary for 1895, report of the Treasurer for 1895, agreement with Columbia University, an ac- count of recent progress, and an outline map of the site, was dis- tributed to members on April 15th, 1896, and has subsequently been sent to a large number of institutions, journals and societies. The first number of “Bulletin du Laboratoire de botanique générale de 1’ université de Genéve,” edited by Dr. John Briquet Director of the Botanical Garden of Geneva, was also issued on, April 15th, 1896. It contains morphological and anatomical Papers by MM. Briquet, Hochreutiner and Tswett, and “ Etudes de biologie florale dans les Alpes occidentales,” with three plates, by Briquet. The Herbarium oy Columbia University, and the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.—Botanists and collectors are hereby advised, that specimens, books or pamphlets intended for the Columbia University collections, should be addressed either to Dr. Lucien M. Underwood, Professor of Botany, or to Dr. John K. Small, Curator of the Herbarium. Material intended for the col- lections of the New York Botanical Garden, should be addressed to Dr. N. L. Britton, Director-in-Chief. All material addressed to Dr. Britton will hereafter be deposited in the collections of the Garden. His address will remain at Columbia University, until further notice. The agreement entered into between the University and the Garden provides for the deposit of the Columbia collections and botanical library with the Botanical Garden, but the transfer will not take place until the Garden’s museum building is completed. Plans for this building have now been drawn. The two collections will be kept on the same ee but will be treated as distinct. N. on eee 254 Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. Allen, T. F. The Characeae of America. Part 2: 19-28. 10 pi. Ap. 1896. Descriptions and illustrations of Witella. NV. Leibergi and N. transilis are new. Bailey, L.H. ‘Nature of the binary name”’ again. Bot. Gaz, 21: 246. 25 Ap. 1896 Beal, W. J. Notes from a Botanic Garden—II. Gard. & For. 8: jaa.” 1695. Bessey, C. E., Editor. The Vienna Propositions. Am. Nat. 19! 1093-1100. D. 1895. Bicknell, E. P. The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium). Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 130-137. pl. 263-265. 30 Ap. 1896. Describes S. Atlanticum new. Bockeler, O. Diagnosen neuer Cyperaceen. All. Bot. Zeit. 1: 201+ N. 1895. New West Indian and South American Species, Brown, A. Melanthium Jatifolium longipedicellatum. Bull. Tort. Bot. Club, 23: 152, 153. 30 Ap. 1896. Buchenau, F. bBeitrage zur Kenntniss der Gattung Tropacolum—t. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 22: 157-176. 19 N. 1895. Calkins, W. W. The Lichen-flora of Chicago and Vicinity. Bull. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. Chic. Acad. Sci. 1: 1-51. Ap. 1896. List of 125 species. Lecanora perproxima Ny}. and verru caria prospersella Nyl. are described as new. Campbell, D. H. The Structure and Development of the Mosses and Ferns. 8vo. pp. 544. f. 266. Macmillan & Co. 1895. Text-book. : Carruth, J. H. Catalogue of Plants seen in Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 1: 8~20. 1895. 3 Reprint of a catalogue first issued in 1872. *Collins, F.S. Notes on New England Marine Algae—VI. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 1-6. 30 Ja. 1896. Enteromorpha cruciata n. sp. Coville, F. V. Three Editions of Stansbury’s Report. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 137-139. 30 Ap. 1896. *To be substituted for erroneous reference in January BULLETIN, = 255 Cushing, H. B. On the Ferns in the Vicinity of Montreal. Can, Rec. Sci. 6: 488-494. 1896. Davidson, A. Malvastrum splendidum Kellogg. Erythea, 4: 68-69. 7 Ap. 1896. Maintains the validity of the species. Deane, W. Flora of the Blue Hills, Middlesex Fells, Stony Brook and Beaver Brook Reservations. Preliminary Edition, pp. 144. Boston. 1896. Deane, W. Notes from my Herbarium.—V. My Seedling Collection. Bot. Gaz. 21: 210-214. 25 Ap. 1896. Dock, M.L. The Dauphin Elm. Gard. & For. 9: 112. f..99. 87 M. 1896. Earle, F.S. On some Species of the Goan Meliola. Bot. Gaz. 21: 224-228. 25 Ap. 1896. Redescribes J, tenuis and includes notes on other species. Eastwood, A. Zphedra viridis Coville. Erythea, 4: 71. 7 Ap. 1896. Eastwood, A. Trillium sessile. Erythea, 4: 71. 7 Ap. 1896. Evans, A.W. Notes on the North American Species of Plagiochila. Bot. Gaz. 21: 185-194. pl. 25, 76. 25 Ap. 1896. Review of known species; describes 2 Sullivantii, P. Columéiana and FP. Floridana new. Farwell, O. A. Contributions to the Botany of Michigan. Asa Gray Bull. 3: 6; 20; 31. 1895. Fawcett, W., Editor. Notes on Plants yielding Rubber—II. Bull. Bot. Depart. Jamaica, 2: 31-38. Mr. 1895. Gorman, M. W. Economic Botany of Southeastern Alaska. Pittonia, 3: 64-85. 1 Je. 1896. Gifford, J., Editor. Cypress of Noche Triste. The Forester, 2: 1. 1 Ja. 1896. Illustrating a famous old specimen of Cupressus Mexicana in southern Mexico, Greene, E. L. A new Genus of Polemoniaceae. Pittonia, 3: 29, 30. 7 My. 18096. Langloisia, Three species of S, California, etc. Greene, E.L. Critical Notes on certain Violets. Pittonia, 3: 33-42. 16 My. 1896. V. atriplicifolia n. sp. and V. pedata inornata, Greene, E. L. New or noteworthy Species. —XVI. Pittonia, 3: 86- 90. 1 Je. 1896. New species in 7hysanocarpus, Viola, Chrysopsis and Senecio, 256 Greene, E. L. Nomenclature of the Fuller’s Teasel. Pittonia, 3: 1-9. 1 My. 1896. Greene, E. L. On Mr. Parish’s Plants of southern California of 1895. Erythea, 4: 65-68. 7 Ap. 1896. Describes Mirabilis aspera n. sp. — Greene, E. L. Phytographic Notes and Amendments.—III. Erythea, 4: 56-58. 5 Mr. 1896. Greene, E. L. Some Californian Species of Phacelia. Erythea, 4: 55,56. 5 Mr. 1896. £. virgata and P. mutadbilis new. Greene, E. L. Some Mexican Eupatoriaceae. Pittonia, 3: 31, 32- 1 My. 1896. New species in Zupatorium and Stevia, Greene, E. L. Studies in the Compositae.—III. Pittonia, 3: 43-63- r Je. 1886. Reinstatements of Xy/lorrhiza, Heleastrum, Doellingeria, Eucephalus and Machaeranthera. New genus Oonofsis. Harris, W. List of Orchids grown in the Public Gardens, Jamaica. Bull. Bot. Depart, Jamaica. (II.) 3: 82-92. Ap. 1896. Heller, A. A. Notes on Xuhnistera. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 117-125. f/. 262. 30 Ap. 1896. Includes description and figure of K. Gattingeri, sp. nov. Hill, E. J. Notes on the Flora of Chicago and Vicinity.—II. Bot. Gaz. 21: 118-122. 28 Mr. 1896. Hollick, A. The Tulip Tree and its Ancestors. Proc. Nat. Sci. Ass- Staten Island, 5: 80. 9 My. 1896. Holm, T. Remarks upon Paleohillia, a problematic Fossil Plant. Bot. Gaz. 21: 207-209. ~/. 17. 25 Ap. 1896. Hooker, J.D. Cochlioda Noezliana. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: pl. 7474 My. 1896. Native of Peru, . Hooker, J.D. Masdevallia corniculata var. inflata. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: pl. 7476. My. 1896. Howe, M. A. Notes on Californian Bryophytes.—II. Erythea, 4: 48-54. 5 Mr. 1896. Knoblauch, E. Beitrige zur Kentniss der Gentianaceae. Bot. Cen- tralblatt, 321-328; 354-369; 385. 1894 MacBride, T. H. Lessons in Elementary Botany. - mo. pp: .233- Boston, 1896.. | 257 Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian Botany. Can. Rec. Sci. 6: 459-469. 1896. Macoun, J. M. Sisymbrium altissimum L. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 152. 30 Ap. 1896. Macoun. W. T. List of native Trees and Shrubs growing at the Central Experiment Farm, Ottawa, July, 1895. Ottawa Nat. 9: 109-112}; 132-139. 1895. Morgan, A. P. Lichens the only ‘‘Thallophytes.”” Bot. Gaz. 21: 237-238. 25 Ap. 1896. Nash, G. V. Noteson some Florida Plants.—II.; III. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 95-108; 147-151. Mr.—Ap. 1896. New species in Sabai, Habenaria, Warea, Sida, Cornus, Verbena, Scoparia Utricularia, Eupatorium, Chrysopsis, Eriocarpum, Pluchea, Panicum and’ Chloris, Oliver, D. Cynoglossum Trianaeum. Wook. Icon. Pl. 25: p/. 2458. My. 1896. _ Native of South America. . Osterhout, W. J. V. A. simple freezing Device. Bot. Gaz. 21: 195-201. f. 7-6. 25 Ap. 1896. Palmer, T. C. Notes on Jsoetes riparia and Tsoetes saccharata. Bot. Gaz. 21: 218-223. 25 Ap. 1896. Pazschke, O. II. Verzeichness brasilianischer von E. Ule gesam- melter Pilze. Hedwigia, 35: 50-55. 20 Ap. 1896. New species in Ustilago, Puccinia, Exobasidium, Asterella, Asteridium , Dimerosporium, Ophiodothis, Rhytisma, Geoglossum and Phyllosticta. Penhallow, D. P. Note on calcareous Algae from Michigan. Bot. Gaz. 21: 215-217. 25 Ap. 1896. Pinchot, G., and Graves, H. S. The White Pine. Small 8vo., pp. 88. Jigs. New York, 1896. A forestry study Pollard, C. L. Some new or rare Plants. Bot. Gaz. 21: 233-235. 25 Ap. 1896. : Describes Phaseolus smilacifolius new. Pollard, C. L. The purple-flowered, stemless Violets of the Atlantic Coast. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 10: 85-92. 26 My. 1896. Porter, T. C. Rubus montanus Porter. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 153- 30 Ap. 1896. Replaces the name by 2. Allegheniensis. 258 Rolfe, R. A. Homalopetalum Jamaicense. Hook. Icon. Pl. 25: pi. 2461. My. 1896. Native of Jamaica. Roll, J. Nachtrag zu der in Hedwigia (Bd. XXXII., 1893) erschienenen Arbeit iiber die von mir im Jahre 1888 in Nord Amerika gesammelten Laubmoose. Hedwigia, 35: 58-72. 20 Ap. 1896. New Species in Dicranoweisia, Dichodontium, Dicranum, Barbula, Bryum, Philonotis and Brachythectum by Kindberg. Rusby, H. H. A new Achimenes from Bolivia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 151, 152. 30 Ap. 1896. A, heppielloides Fritsch. Saccardo, P. A. Elenchus fungorum novorum qui post editum Vol. XI. ‘Sylloges Fungorum” usque ad finem Decembris MDCCCXCV innotuerunt. Hedwigia, 35; Beiblatt, I-L. 25 F. 1896. Schneider, A. See WesTrRMatgr, M. Schneider, A. Some special phylogenetic Adaptations i in Lichens. ails Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 494-500. 30 D. 1895. Scribner, F. L. Grass Notes. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 23 pl. 266. 30 Ap. 1896. New species in fouvea, Andropogon and Panicum. Setchell, W. A. Notes on Kelps. Mr. 1896. > 141-147- Erythea, 4: 41-48. ff. Z. 5 Setchell, W. H. Oscillatoria trapezoidea Tilden. Erythea, 4 69-71. 7 Ap. 1896. Reduces this species to O, chalybea. Sherzer, W.H. Pebble Mimicry in Philippine Island Beans. Bot. Gaz. 21: 235-237. 25 Ap. 1896. Small, John K. Studies in the Botany of the southeastern United States.—V. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 125-130. 30 Ap. 1896. Portulaca coronata and Nymphaea orbiculata new. Smith, E, F. The Path of the Water Current in Cucumber Plants. Am. Nat. 30: 372-378. My. Stewart, F. C. Combating Carnation Rust. Bull. N. YFAg: Exp. ; Sta, 100: 32-68. f. 2. F. 1896. Gives results of spore-germination tests and the spread of the rust among mature plants. Stewart, F. C. Potato Diseases on Long Island in the Season of 1895. Bull. N. Y. Ag. Exp. Sta. 101: 68-86. F. 1896, A new stem blight is noted and a new Fusarium, F. acuminatum E. & E. THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 1896. President, HON. ADDISON BROWN. Vice Presiaents, T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL, College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia University, New York City. Editor, Treasurer, Le N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN, Columbia University, New York City. _ xz Pine Street, New York City. Associate Editors, ae _ EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B., ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. D, A, A. HELLER. : Curator, Librarian, HELEN M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D. : Commitite on Finance, J- I, KANE, WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D. | . Commitice on Admissions. : ae CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D., 31g E. s7th Street, New York City. 64 W. ssth Street, New York City. Library ana Herbarium. Committee, JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, - HELEN M. INGERSOLL, WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D., Oa REV Ls. H. EIGHE HEE Committees on the Local Flora, a - Prov. THOS. C. PORTER, | ELIZABETH G. BRITTON, _ NOL, BRITTON, Ph Dy). MARIA 0. LE BRUM, iH. H.RUSBY,M.D, = = =—- SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D. ‘The Club-meets regularly at Columbia University, 4gth Street and Madison Ave- ine, Wed Yok City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month teen — vis decane MM Botanists are : ab t0 Mr , Henry Ogden, Treas, 1 Fine St, New York Ci BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Vol. 23. Lancaster, Pa., June 30, 1806. No. 6. A preliminary Revision of the North American lsotheciaceae. By A. J. Grout. During the past winter a critical study of this family of mosses has been made at the Herbarium of Columbia University. Wish- ing to obtain more material illustrating the distribution of the Species, a brief summary is here presented, giving the distribution, So far as can be determined, from material at hand. Persons having specimens from outside the range here indicated will con- fer a great favor by sending them to me at the Herbarium of Columbia University. If- duplicates can also be sent, a suitable return will be made for them. I am already greatly indebted to Several persons for aid in my work, for which acknowledgments _ will be made in the final publication. ISOTHECIACEAE Spruce, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist. (II.) 3: 285. 1849. Gametophyte generally large, never minute. Primary stems creeping, radiculose. Paraphyllia lacking (except in Cmacium). | aves smooth, often plicate or concave; median leaf-cells linear, _ alar cells quadrate (except in Holmgrenia). Sporophyte. Seta smooth, twisted. Calyptra cucullate. Oper- _ Culum conic to conic-rostrate. Columella persistent. Capsule _ €rect, straight, not conspicuously contracted under the mouth — when dry. Peristome double, well developed; teeth lanceolate, _ articulate. Segments of endostome linear to lanceolate, attached : BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB—PLATE 268, - DEVELOPMENT OF THE ANTHERIDIUM IN TARGIONIA HYPOPHYLLA. SI Selatan warae he OK ee AH Be a iy i \ zen f pS EEG UMET aca egnes Mhne Cee LAW (LTS SAO NS cs LR RAY ages PLANS = rai fe 4 EE ye See = hs aS ae: SECS Gae ~ BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 269. ee APPENDAGES TO THE PETIOLES OF LIRIODENDRON. ate ‘ilsle[11@ COO GO O O © CQOOO © }il|: BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 271. rets(skee © © 0 6090090090. Vlelcleleacsisi| OF COO © O lolol ololelojejeleelo) 2 PITOXYLON PEALEI KNOWLTON, Tl ee © i) HT] o Olffe iS CLL hh Ae i Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. » [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ] : VoLuME I. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N.:1i. Britton and H. 4. Rusby (1807), se op ee. 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, By N. L. Britton CUBBB) Se cee i ee et ae 25 cents. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ; not yet completed.) - The Genus AHicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the aoe and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L. ritton, The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus Tissa, Asus. Sey TA 3 Bee TER ne kc we 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton CTS) oe oe ge cee ee ga a ie ae A ea 25 cents. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- WR ASCO a be a Sa ey oe 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton CTBOO) i Be oe a ee ie oe 25 cents. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton. CS ec a ee ee 25 cents. Nites onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong CI a ea a ee ee 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton (ISD es ee . . 25 cents, Review of the North American Species of the Genus sed By Heinrich Rita CON ee at a ee ee . 25 cents. Votume IT. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North America, By N. L. Britton (1892),. .... . 25 cents. Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N. Ee DEMO LTO sn a ee i es 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. ByN. L. Britton CIRO Or Pr ee a ee 25 cents. Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L. “cose EO ee a oe ee Le ee 25 cents. he List of American Speties of Polygonum. By John K. sco TN is a ee gee eee 25 cen A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong CIOS ss ee ae . 25 cents. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay, — 1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the poe ee of Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), . Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John x Small OIBOT ee rs a oe ee ee . 25 cents. ae or Nats North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. enter 893), Oe he ee ee Re Oe et 6 ee Meth Concrete to American met tie “0 ae ame Ny ce ech on the North agers Species of Orthotrichum. oF vy New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. a. By H io H. ne (1893), - 23 ene : The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the — tem. ee re a situ +. a Ae, Be was cen, Notes upon various Species of Iridacee and other Orders. By Thomas Mere Clint es a a ie Fare wt og aes 25 cents, Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. C8 esa: Sccice asa desk 2hc8 eat Sei latin cai ale 2a ie eS 25 cents. Schall (1804) 6. 5 5 says SW tae ois . . . 25 cents. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other Species... by Aa As Beetles (3994) oo se ow ee oy 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit TON, (IBOR ech sa ee et Cer te Og a ee 25 cents. Pie Beer eae Sone ss): Wears Sie eee eee eed (IBA ic a eee a Soa SG . VoLuME III. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution. 25 cents. TET RON Rn aa. Boge ee: ke! en er ee Se as AOU STi hae a AER ae, OnE. Be ae Simall (i594), ° 07, Pe Pia ee es ee ee Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus ee ee Re ee a ee ee ae ee . . 25 A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By cents 25 cents. pag” ae eg A a (1808 os viene ce ee eu ae ee i ee 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K- “Semel C1065), a saa 25 cents. TE OE ee Be cee. Elizabeth G. Britton (1895), . . ss 5 we oe ot He Some. sew Bytid Oss tom, the Southern States. By John Kk. Small. - Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash. '(1895,) | . . 25 cents. — - > bd . 25 cents. & No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during the summer of 1892. By N. L. Brittonand Anna Murray Vail (1895). 50 cents. : VoLuME IV. No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents. No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton LSC ee ee ee 25 cents. (1805 5 oe No. 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents. No, 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.) - 25 cents, No. 82, Some specical phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- det Cigar erties eee . . . 25 cents. No, 83... A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail (isos rca eae a ee es 25 cents. No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. No. 85. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents, No. 86. Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell C2O0G Ip oss oe er ee SR I Re < 24 26 conte, No. 87. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax- ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896),. = ww es + 25 cents, No. 88. A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell.(1896),. . . . 25 cents, No. 89. Notes-on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . < 25 cents. Title-pages for Vols, II. and III. can be supplied. The series as above listed will be supplied for $12. Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, may be had for $2. Address ; PROF. N. L. BRITTON, Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY. FOR SAL.&E. Centuries III-VIII Inclusive of Ellis & Everhart’s Fungi Columbiani, $25.00. Tuckerman’s Synopsis of North American Lichens. Parts 1 and 2. $7.50. A. JI. GROUT. Herbarium of Columbia University, N. Y. City. Pn Se ig MEDORA SR FLORIDA PLANTS FOR SALE. — I have a few sets of my 1895 collection still left unsold; also One set of the 1894 collection. FLORIDA FUNGI. A few sets still on hand. : A large number of new species and varieties are embraced in the above collections. Lists furnished on application to ; GHo. v. NASH, Columbia University, NEW YORK, N. Y., U. S. A. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., Cambridge, Wass. National Herbarium Mounting Paper. ALL ARTICLES FOR SPRING CLASSES IN BOTANY. New Devices in Presses, Collecting Boxes and Herbarium Cases. SEND FOR NEW PRICE LIST. > EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. <~— — WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J., MANUFACTURER OF FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES. MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL- WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL. DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES. ana Meme CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae of America is ready. It contains descriptions and etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: Vitella Leibergi sp. nov. 5 mu- cronata A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; gracilis (Smith) Ag. (transilts sp. nov.); /enuissima (Desv.) Coss. et Germ.; pygmaea A. Br.; mt muta Allen (Maxceana sp.nov.) ; intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be prepared after the systematic part shall have been completed. _ T. F. ALLEN, 10 East 36th St., New York City. MEMOIRS ee FROM THE ... Department of Botany of Columbia College. VOLUME 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus — Polygonum. By Dr. John K. Small. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. — Price, $6.00, For copies address, PROF. N. L. BRITTON, COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY. — ESTABLISHED 1 I 185 ee EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF | Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, a 205, 207, 209 & 2m Third Ave.,, Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK. ae SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR - E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-. ters (Polariscopes). PY tag: Prof. Jolly’s Specific pain ‘Bale : ances, etc. ; 7 Le Brun F. Desitati a <= i —~ Paris, Platinum. E : : H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chewacstic i SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated G ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, 30] he ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, F Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s Burners and Combustion —- Be | ada and Chemicals for —— Chemists, mes LABORATORY OUTFITS S PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. ou (1) THE BULLETIN. x oe : ‘This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for _ England, Messrs, DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. _ Back NumBers.—The BuLierIn was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive _ in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years. The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to. 17 have been indexed sepa- — rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for — 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed — separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete. (2) THE MEMOIRS. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. ‘The numbers — can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those ‘omitted from this list cannot be had separately. Volume J, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto Sbactvek on “Ke Coasts of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby ‘South America, with descriptions of sare new species. By Richard Spruce. Price 5 cents. ae No. 4—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. _ No, 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. _ No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygate. y William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and scape iets tee ae By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. nr No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia Miguel Bang Henry H. Rusby. Price, so cents. = Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticaram: Part 1, Bibliography. By ‘Lucien Underwood. Price, 75 cents. ses _ No, 2.—Report on the Botanical Joration of Virginia during the | Se Gs here ee Price, 50 cents. ies No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel sat By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. _ Toe ete Aypogera: L with three plates. ‘By Anna Stockton ‘Pettit. No. eee RRS Rydbere’s Monograph of Piysal rand related Ge so la ee te ee Vol. 5. ohittof Notteater Ameria Pans of the Botnia Cb A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY. . a paso OFFICERS FOR 1896. gery HON. ADDISON BROWN. Vi ce Presiaents, - kia Saiterd HENRY eS RUSBY, M. D., Apes of Pharmacy, tres haces ci Baer, NL. BRITTON, Ph. Dy So ‘Columbia University, New Rica nae L.A. LIGHTHIPE, JOHN K. ‘SMALL, | Cones: Universit vs New York LC ig. reasurer, HENRY OGDEN, n cage York City. BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Vol. 23. Lancaster, Pa., July 20, 1896. No. 7. oa ea Ae ea aN el eee WE Notes on Potentilla.—ll. By P. A. RypDBERG. Another very natural group is that which clusters around P. rivalis. ‘Natson acknowledged only three species, viz.; P. supina, P. rwalis and P. Norvegica. Lehmann has ten species, of which six are American. To these six should be added P. Nicolletii (P. Supina Nicolletii Wats.), which is a fairly good species and also an- other, near P. millegrana, described in this paper. The characters of the group are: an annual or biennial root, a terminal style which is curved above and considerably thickened — near the base, small flowers, in which the petals seldom exceed the sepals, 5-20 stamens and small anthers whose two lobes are nearly spherical. POTENTILLA PARADOXA Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 437. : 1838. gee = FP. supina Michx. F\. Bor. Am. 1: 304. 1803. Not a It has been regarded as a form of the European P. supina, and - we still find it under that name in our manuals, notwithstanding — the fact that the principal distinction has been known since the — : time of Nuttall. It resembles 2 supina in the leaves, which are — Pinnate with several pairs of leaflets, but differs from it not only — by the swollen corky attachment of the achene, but also in the — Stouter and more upright habit, the larger and coarser leaflets and a truly cymose inflorescence. It ranges from eat York to Mon- tana and New Mexico. 260 PotenTILLA NicoiieTi (Wats.) Sheld. Bull. Geol. and Nat. Hist Surv. Minn. 7: 16. 1894. P. supina Nicollet Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 553. 1873. This is much nearer the European P. supina, having the same prostrate habit, small leaflets and falsely racemose inflorescence, but the achenes are of the same structure as in P. paradoxa. Only the basal leaves have several more or less distant pairs of leaflets; the lower stem-leaves have generally two approximate pairs, and the rest are ternate. It is a rather rare plant. The following specimens have been examined: Minnesota: C. A. Geyer (Nicollet’s Exped.), no. 361, 1838 (type); IZssouri: B. F. Bush, 1893; /owa: Hitchcock. POTENTILLA RIVALIS Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 437- 3 1838.45 This differs from the preceding by its upright habit, cymose inflorescence, small petals which are scarcely half as long as the sepals, and achenes without any swelling on the inner side. The leaves are generally pinnate with two pairs of approximate leaflets, except the upper ones, which are ternate. Occasionally, especially in depauperate specimens, all the leaves are ternate, when it is very difficult to separate it from the next. The range is from Oregon and Montana to Mexico. All specimens named P. rivalis I have seen from the prairie States, except one from the stock- yards of Chicago, belong to the following species : POTENTILLA MILLEGRANA Engelm.; Lehmann, Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Hamb. 1849: Add. 11. 1849. This, as well as P. pentandra, have been regarded as varieties of the preceding. I think it is better, however, to consider them species. In P. mllegrana all the leaves are, asa rule, ternate. The plant is much branched, with divergent branches and in the typi- cal form spreading. This habit and the smaller, nearly white achenes separate it from forms of P. rivalis with ternate leaves. The plant is generally also more glabrate. It has a wide range, but is not a common plant. It extends from Illinois to New __ Mexico, California and Washington. 261 POYENTILLA LATERIFLORA DN. Sp. ~P. millegrana laterifiora Engelm. Mss. in herbarium. Annual or biennial; stems often several from the root, 3-5 dm. high, terete, finely and rather densely glandular-pubes- cent, often tinged with red or purple, simpler than in related spe- cies and with erect branches. Stipules small, ovate or oblong, en- tire or toothed. Leaves all ternate, the lower on petioles 2-10 cm. long, more or less hairy; leaflets broadly obovate, coarsely crenate, 2-4 cm. long and 1-3 cm. wide. Flowers small, about 5 mm. in diameter, on pedicels 5-15 mm. long from the axils of up- per leaves, making the branches resemble leafy racemes. Calyx glandular-pubescent in fruit, about 14 cm. in diameter. Bractlets ovate-lanceolate or oblong, acute, a little shorter than the ovate, acute sepals. Petals yellow, obovate-cuneate, sometimes slightly emarginate, shorter than the sepals. Stamens about 10; pistils very numerous; style terminal, thickened and glandular at the base ; ripe achenes whitish, smooth. It most resembles P. mllegrana and generally bears that name in our herbaria. Sometimes it is labelled P. Norvegica, which it resembles in the form of the leaf and general habit, but is a much more slender plant and has much smaller petals and fruiting calyx. From P. millegrana it differs in the simpler and erect stems, erect branching, falsely racemose inflorescence, broader and more hairy leaflets, and more glandular stems. Most specimens of what has been regarded as P. vivalis millegrana from the Pacific States belong to this species.. It ranges from California and British Columbia to Assiniboia and Arizona. The following specimens have been examined: Utah: Henry Engelmann (Simpson’s Exp.), 1859. Arizona: Edw. Palmer, no. 143, 1877; E. O. Wooton, 1892. Nevada: Watson (King’s Exp.), no. 324, 1867, in part, vick Specimens from Unionville. . California : Coville & Funston, no. 1763, 1891: Wilkes’ Expe- dition, no. 1647; J. G. Lemmon, no. 85, 1875; S. B. Parish, no. 3153, 1894; M. E. Jones, no. 2700, 1881. Oregon: J. H. Bartholf, no. 29, 1875; T. J. Howell, 1881. Idaho: A. Isabel Mulford, 1892. Montana: Mrs. Moore, 1894; P. A. Rydberg, 1895. British Columbia: John Macoun, 1889. Assiniboia : John Macoun, no. 10482. 1895. 262 PorENTILLA MonspeE.iensis L. Sp. Pl. 499. 1753. P. Norwegica L. Sp. Pl. 499. 175 3. P. hirsuta Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 303. 1803. P. Norvegica and P. Norvegica jursuta Am. auth. This is the stoutest of the group. It differs from the related species with ternate leaves in the size of the petals and the fruit- ing calyx. The former about equal the sepals in length and the latter often becomes I cm. in diameter. It is also more coarsely hirsute. It extends from Labrador to the District of Columbia westward across the continent. The European form has generally a finer pubescence and ob- long rather than obovate leaflets. It is occasionally met with in the East. Potentilla Labradorica Lehmann, Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Hamb. 1849, Add. 12, has generally been included in P. Monspeliensis. ‘From Lehmann’s description it seems quite distinct, differing in being very low, 1—3-flowered, nearly glabrous, with leaves resem- bling those of P. zana, large stipules and larger flowers. I have not seen specimens. POTENTILLA PENTANDRA Engelm; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 447. 1838. P. pentandra is characterized by its leaves, which are digitately 5-foliolate or 3-foliolate, with the lateral leaflets cleft to near the base, by the exceeding numerous small flowers in a somewhat flat- topped cyme, by exceedingly small petals and generally only five stamens. It is often as stout as P. Monspeliensis and more bushy. Its range is from Missouri and Iowa to North Dakota and Arkansas. The group JZultifidae are perennials and have pinnate leaves with 2-7 pairs of deeply incised or pinnatifid leaflets, which are more or less white-tomentose beneath and greener above. All American species have a short terminal style, which in all except — P. pinnatfida is thickened and glandular near the base. All ex- 4 cept P. Pennsylvanica are spreading or ascending, with several stems from the perennial root. 263 POTENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA L. Mant. 1: 76. 1767. P. Missourica Schrad. Linnaea, 8: Litb. 26. 1833. There is some doubt whether this or the next is the true P. ennsylvanica L. The description of the leaves seems to indicate rather the next species. The form represented by P. Missourica has been cultivated in Europe under the name of P. Pennsylvanica. The same form was also figured by Jacquin, in his Hort. Vind. 2: /!. 789, under that name. Dr. Lehmann held that Jacquin’s figure represented the typical Linnaean species. Torrey and Gray, in Fl. N. Am., regarded P. Missourica as a synonym of the typical P. Pennsylvanica. 1 have therefore accepted that name for this very variable species. P. Pennsylvanica is generally erect, 4-8 dm. high and more or less woolly tomentose. The leaves are truly pinnate, with 3-7 pairs of leaflets, which in the typical form are grayish tomentose beneath and nearly glabrous above, with broad oblong divisions and scarcely revolute margins. The typical P. Pennsylvanica is a comparatively rare plant, ranging in British America from Hudson Bay to the Rockies, and in these extends southward to Colorado. POTENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA BIPINNATIFIDA (Dougl.) Torr. & Fi. N. Am. 1: 438. 1838. Potentilla bipinnatifida Dougl. Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 188. 1830. Segments linear, but their margins scarcely revolute; leaves White-tomentose beneath, more or less silky above. It is more common than the species and of nearly the same _ Tange, but extends into Upper Michigan and Minnesota. PoTENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA STRIGOSA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. oe 1814. : Stem with spreading hairs; segments narrow and with more or less revolute margins. This is the most common form of P. Pennsylvanica found in : the same range as the species, but also extending over the Leones ee to Soni: and New Mexico. Also i in dain Asia. 264 | PoTENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA ARACHNOIDEA Lehm. Nov. Stirp. Pug. G40. TEST. Plant in every part smaller; segments short; stem arachnoid- pubescent. Colorado, Utah and New Mexico. - PorENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA GLABRATA Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. ie §$4. 1672. Low, stem puberulent or glabrate; leaves nearly glabrate and - the sepals more distinctly veined. Perhaps distinct. Nevada, Montana and Assiniboia, in the higher mountains. POTENTILLA LITORALIS. Stem decumbent or ascending, 2-4 dm. long, simple, slightly appressed silky strigose. Lower stipules lanceolate, scarious and brown, the upper ovate, green, more or less toothed. Leaves pin- nate, of two. approximate pairs of leaflets, the lower pair the smaller, or subdigitately 5-toliolate, grayish tomentose and veiny beneath, nearly smooth above. Leaflets obovate, divided to near the mid-rib into linear oblong obtuse divisions. Calyx strigose and slightly tomentose, in fruit about 8 mm. in diameter. Bractlets lanceolate-oblong, nearly equalling the ovate triangular sepals. Petals obovate, cuneate, truncate or slightly emarginate, about equalling the calyx ; stamens 20-25 ; style short,terminal, thickened | and glandular at the base;:achenes smooth. A near relative of P. Pennsylvanica, but differs in the ascend- ing or spreading stem, the sparser pubescence, the leaves, which have fewer and approximate leaflets, often almost digitate, and the sepals which are more distinctly ribbed. P. /toralis is principally a beach plant, or at least growing near the coast, while P. Penm- sylvama is an inland plain or mountain plant. The following spe~ cimens belong to P. “itoralis : New Hampshire: Oakes & Robbins (Isle of Shoals), W. M. Canby. Maine: Wm. Boott (Cape Elizabeth), M. L. Fernald. Newfoundland : Waghorne, no. 8, 1895. Quebec: J. A. Allen, 1881 (Shores of St. Lawrence). Ladrador: J. A. Allen, 1882. POTENTILLA MULTIFIDA L. Sp. Pl. 496. 1753. This is a species which somewhat resembles P. Penmsylvanica bipinnatifida, but the plant is spreading or ascending, the leaves of a only 2—3 pairs, their segments nearly filiform with revolute margins, __ 265 the stipules long-acuminate, scarious and brown, the sepals nar- rower and the style not thickened and glandular at the base. It is not rare in northern and alpine Europe and Asia, but I have seen only the following specimens from America. Great Slave Lake: Miss E. Taylor, 1892. Hudson Bay: R. Bell, 1880. ‘ POTENTILLA PULCHELLA R. Br. Ross’ Voy. Ed. 2, 2: 193. P. pulchella is generally a very small plant, tufted with many spreading items from the perennial root. The stems are generally less than 1 dm. long, but in one specimen seen fully 3dm. The leaves have only two pairs of leaflets, and the terminal leaflet is generally sessile. It is generally quite hairy with long and yel- lowish white hairs. In general habit and flowers it comes near P. Vahliana, which has been mistaken for it; but the latter has always - only 3 leaflets. Spitzbergen, Greenland, arctic coast of America, and Wrangle Island, off the coast of eastern Siberia. PoTENTILLA SOMMERFELTIT Lehm. Del. Ind. Sem. Hamb. 1849: 6. 1849. Closely resembles P. pulchella, but is still smaller and differs in the smaller flowers, the lack of the long hairs, and the stalked terminal leaflet. It is a native of Spitzbergen and Greenland, but One specimen at least has been collected on the American Conti- nent. It was sent to Dr. Torrey from Dr. Hooker, but the collec- tor’s name does not appear on the label. A neglected Species of Oxalis and its Relatives. By Joun K. SMALL, The problem of drawing satisfactory lines between several — Species of Oxalis belonging to the group of which 0. corniculata — may be taken as the type, has apparently never been solved. © Several forms of Oxalis exist in eastern North America, whose - dispositions in our systematic works many botanists have not been able to understand satisfactorily. The plants referred to in this particular case are close relatives of Oxalis aenawae Ley mene have 266 usually been regarded by authors as forms or varieties of that species, but as often happens, the “ forms” or “ varieties ’’ possess excellent specific characters which for one reason or another have been overlooked. A study of the material in the herbaria of Mr. Eugene P. Bicknell and Columbia University, together with field observations during several seasons, have led me to the following conclusions ; There are two perfectly distinct species, native in eastern North America, which have been indiscriminately referred to the names O-alis corniculata or O. stricta. O-xalis corniculata is thought . to be a native of southern Europe or tropical America and ap- pears to be circumtropical. It is introduced to some extent into temperate regions, and we know it as a common weed in some of our southern cities; normally it is a prostrate and creeping plant, commonly wiry and very characteristic in habit, quite distinct from its two native eastern North American relatives with which we are at present concerned. Linnaeus defines* O. corniculata and O. stricta, giving as char- acters for the former; caule ramoso diffuso, pedunculis umbel- liferis, Hort. Cliff. 175” and Trifolium luteum minus repens et- jam procumbens, Moris. hist. 2, p. 183, f. 2. t. 17. f. 2.’ For O. stricta he gives, ‘‘caule ramoso erecto, pedunculis umbelliferis, Gron. Virg. 161,” and “ Trifolium . . . corniculatum luteum majus rectum. . ., Moris. hist. 2, p. 184, f. 2. t. 17. f. 3.” We notice that Linnaeus describes the habit of the two species as dissimilar, while the character of the inflorescence is recorded as the same in both, namely, “ pedunculis umbelliferis.” What strikes one most forcibly in the case of our two eastern species is the great difference in the general habit of the plants and their more minute morphology; the lower stout and pale plant with umbel-like inflorescence, large columnar abruptly pointed pods and strigose pedicels is closely related to O-xalis cor- niculata although abundantly distinct. Its characters pointed to the Linnaean O. stricta, but to make sure, specimens of both the eastern American forms were sent to Mr. Edmund Baker, who kindly compared them with the originals in the herbarium of the British Museum of Natural History and reported that the plant * Sp. Pl. 435. 267 with umbel-like inflorescence matched the original of Ozxalis stricta. This disposes of one species, but there now remains the plant which has posed as O-ralis corniculata, as a state of O. corniculata, as a variety of O. corniculata and as O. stricta ; it is talland slender in habit and of a bright green color, with cymose inflorescence, smaller and more gradually narrowed capsules and villous pedicels. I cannot find an available published name for this species, and the only indication that it was noticed many years ago is the figure 4, on plate CCXXI, of Dillenius’ Hortus Elthamensis, the rest of the plate clearly being Oxalis stricta. This species may be designated Oxalis cymosa. 1 append a description of our two common species: Oxatis stricta L. Sp. Pl. 435. 1753. Annual, caulescent, normally low, stout, fleshy, pale-green, glabrous below, or more or less strigose. Stem simple and erect or usually branched at the base, the branches spreading, decum- bent or ascending, 1-4 dm. long, rather fleshy, usually green ; leaves 1.53.5 cm. in diameter, on petioles 3-9 cm. long; stipules a Narrow scarious dilatation of the base of the petiole ; leaflets broader than long, thick and fleshy, acutely notched at the apex, the cellular structure very prominent under a lens; inflorescence axillary, umbellate ; peduncles rather stout, 4-15 cm. long; peti- oles 1-2.5 cm. long, strigilose, at length deflexed, subtended by linear-subulate bracts ; flowers yellow, fragrant; sepals linear or lanceolate, about 5 mm. long, many-nerved, ciliolate, erect or as- cending; petals somewhat spatulate, about I cm. long, many- nerved, more or less inequilateral, undulate, commonly reddish at — the base, sometimes slightly emarginate at the apex ; capsule colum- — nar, 1.5-3 cm. long, abruptly narrowed at the apex; seeds obovoid or elliptic, about I mm. long, brown, angled, marked with inter- — rupted transverse ridges, the base rather acute. New England to Dakota and Colorado, south to the Gulf of Mexico. OXALIS CYMOSA N.. sp. =: Annual, caulescent, normally tall, slender, rather wiry, bright- _ green, glabrous or somewhat villous. Stem simple at the base, — more or less branched above, 1-7 dm. tall, erect or assurgent, — rarely decumbent at the base, at length woody, somewhat grooved, reddish or brownish; leaves 1-5 cm. to usually 3 or 4 cm. in dia- = meter, on slender petioles 3-7 cm. long; stipules almost wanting ; 268 leaflets broader than long, acutely notched at the apex, usually thinnish, the cellular structure not prominent under a lens; 1n- florescence axillary, cymose; peduncles wiry or filiform, 5-10 cm. long; pedicels 5-8 mm. long, villous, erect or ascending, subtended by linear-lanceolate bracts; flowers yellow; sepals lanceolate or narrowly elliptic, 4-5 mm. long, obtuse or acutish, erect or at. length spreading ; petals obovate or somewhat spatulate, 7-9 mm, long, many-nerved, obtuse or emarginate at the apex; capsule columnar, I-1.5 cm. long, gradually narrowed to the apex; seeds obovoid-oblong, 1.2 mm. long, marked with prominent con- tinuous ridges. Ontario to the Lake Superior region and Nebraska, south to the Gulf of Mexico. Flowers somewhat earlier than O. stricta. There is another relative of Oxalis corniculata occurring in our campestrian territory that appears to need study. I have examined the plant in the field and in the herbarium during several years and am convinced that it is specifically distinct from all other forms. Rafinesque apparently found this form many years ago and de- scribed it in his New Flora,* and Prof. Trelease has described? it as a probable variety of Oxalis corniculata. The following is a de- scription of the species as I now know it. OXALIS MACRANTHA (Trel.). ? Oxalis caespitosa Raf. New. Fl. 2: 27. 1836. Not A, St. Hill. Oxalis corniculata var.? macrantha Trel. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 4: 88. 1888. Usually perennial by horizontal rootstocks, stoutish or hirsute. Stems erect or assurgent, sometimes loosely tufted, 1-3 dm. tall, often becoming woody at the base, commonly leafy throughout, sometimes densely hirsute ; leaves I cm. or usually 2~3 cm. broad, more or less silky-pilose; petioles filiform, 3-9 cm. long, pubes- cent like the stem ; leaflets ciliate, sharply notched at the apex; peduncles filiform, exceeding the petioles; flowers bright yellow or golden, 2~-2.5 cm. broad, 2-5 umbel-like at the ends of the pe- _duncles; pedicels 1-2 cm. long, about as long as the flowers, sub- _ tended by linear-subulate bracts; sepals ovate or oblong, 6 mm. long, obtuse, minutely pubescent, 6-12 nerved, nearly erect, the tips sometimes spreading, petals nearly 1.5 cm. long, slightly notched at the apex; ovary glabrous or nearly so; styles villous; — * New FI. 2:27. 1836, = _ 4Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 4: 88, 1888. 269 capsule columnar, 12 mm. long, abruptly narrowed into and tipped by the long (4~5 mm.) styles; seeds obovoid, 3-angled, 1.5 mm. long, marked with low broken transverse ridges. Missouri to Georgia, Florida and Texas; ascends to only a few meters above sea-level. Fossil Diatomaceae from Nebraska, and their Relation to modern Species.* By C. J. ELMoreE. Until very recently, fossil diatoms were scarcely known in Nebraska. In November, 1895, Dr. Barbour, professor of geology in the University of Nebraska, received some remarkably pure diatomaceous earth from Wheeler county. A little later he re- ceived some equally pure material from Mullen; and since that time a second deposit consisting of diatomaceous limestone has been found at Mullen, and a deposit of pure diatomaceous earth at Thedford. Some diatomaceous earth, largely calcareous, had been collected in Greeley county in 1887 by Mr. Russell and left with Dr. Bessey, but none of the species of diatoms that it contained had been identified. ee Very little is known of these deposits. Dr. Barbour has not yet visited them, and the information that can be obtained from the collectors, who, in some cases at least, are the owners of the land on which the deposits occur, is very limited. Possibly the Pure diatom deposits are of a sufficient extent to be valuable for ‘commercial purposes, but this is somewhat doubtful. The pure diatom deposit at Mullen consists of three layers. The middle layer contains practically nothing but diatom valves, while the top and bottom layers are mixed with considerable foreign matter. In the top layer six species were found that were — not found in the middle layer, three of which are known in Ne- braska only as fossil. In the lower layer only three species were found which were not found in the middle layer, all of which are © common among modern Nebraska diatoms. It seems a little | Strange that the species in the lower layer should r esemble macs * Read before Nebraska Academy of Sciences, January 3, 1896. 270 ern Nebraska species more closely than those in the top layer do. The species in all of these deposits show such a general resem- blance to each other that it is likely that all the deposits were formed under the same conditions. In these deposits 73 distinct species were identified, besides a number of so-called varieties not enumerated separately. Fifty- nine of these, according to De Toni Syll. Alg., are exclusively fresh- water species, 11 are fresh or submarine, I fresh or marine, 1 ma- rine, and I submarine or marine. The last species, however, is found in Nebraska in fresh water. Only 28 of the species, accord- ing to De Toni,1.c.,are known as fossil, leaving 45 species that have not been found before as fossil. A deposit in New Jersey, how- ever, discovered by Dr. A. M. Edwards since the publication of the Sylloge Algarum, shows many of the same species that are found in these deposits.. There is a striking similarity between the species found in these deposits and those now found living in Nebraska. Fifty-two of the 73 species are known to be living within the State; and considering that only a comparatively small number of the living diatoms of Nebraska are known, it is likely that nearly all of the fossil species are now to be found living in the region. A comparison of these fossil diatoms with modern ones has- led me to the conclusion that the term varicty cannot be properly used in dealing with diatoms. The forms classed as varieties may be divided into two classes: (1) Conditions of some species, and (2) closely related species. Diatoms vary so greatly in form and size between one auxospore stage and the next that the same spe- cies may occur in many forms, all of which are but stages in the life-history of the organism. Many of these different conditions have been described as species, and have been reduced to the rank of varieties by later writers who saw more or less clearly their true relationship. But such conditions are not varieties any more than the prothallium of a fern or the protonema of a moss are vari- eties of the plants to which they belong. The other forms which are classed as varieties are merely closely related species. These fossil diatoms show the same species and the same varia- tions from the species that modern ones do. If these variations are only temporary and return to the original form by the forma- 271 tion of auxospores they come under the first class. If they do not return to the original form, but have remained distinct from it since Tertiary times, they have certainly earned their title to the name species, and should not be classed as varieties. Evolution in jdia- toms since their first appearance as such is not easy to trace; in fact, there appears to have been none. Unless we can find in them evidence of continued evolution, we cannot consistently recognize varieties among them. The following is a list of the species identified in these depos- its :* Abbreviations used in the list. (The data as to habitat, etc., are taken from De Toni, 1. c.) Fr. A freshwater species. Mar. A marine species. Subm. A submarine species. Foss. A species known elsewhere as fossil. Neb. A species that has been found living in Nebraska. M. Found in the middle layer of the Mullen deposit. M1. Found in the top layer of the Mullen deposit. M 2. Found in the bottom layer of the Mullen deposit. L. Found in diatomaceous limestone at Mullen. G. Found in Greeley county deposit. W. Found in Wheeler county deposit. T. Found in Thedford deposit. Amphora ovalis Kuetz. Fr. Neb. Very rare. Probably the form represented by var. gracilis (Ehr.) in M. L. Coconeis placentula Ehr. Fr. and Mar. Foss. Neb. T. M. W. Cymatopleura elliptica (Bréb.) W. Sm. Fr. and subm. Neb. Only a fragment found. M2. Cymatopleura solea (Bréb.) W. Sm. Fr. Neb. Not common. M2. Cymbella cistula (Hempr.) Kirchn. Fr. Neb. Common, and quite variable. M. W. L. G. : Cymbella cuspidata Kuetz. Fr. Foss. Neb. Common. Some Specimens measure 98 » long. W. M. T. * I am indebted to Prof. C. S. Boyer for examining my slides and for other sug- gestions, : 272 Cymbella cymbiformis (Kuetz.) Bréb. Fr. Neb. Common. M.W.L. In the limestone at Mullen a form occurs like var. paiva (W. Sm.). V.H. Cymbella gastrodes Kuetz. Fr. Foss. Neb. Common. M. ae Oe Cymbella inaequalis (Ehr.) Fr. Foss. Neb. Common. M. T. Cymbella lanceolata (Ehr.) Kirchn. Fr. Common. M. L. G. Cymbella levis Naeg. Fr. Rare. M. Cystopleura gibba (Ehr.) Kuntze. Fr. and subm. Foss. Neb. Rather common. T.M.W.L. The form called var wentricosa (Ehr.) Grun. also occurs. Cystopleura ocellata (Ehr.). Kuntze. Fr. Foss. Rather com- mon. M1. | Cystopleura turgida (Ehr.). Kuntze. Fr. and subm. Neb. Quite common,as are also var. vertagus (Kuetz.) Grun. and var. Westermanti (Ehr.) Grun. M. W. L; var. Westermanii is cited (De- Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 778) as fossil. Cystopleura Zebra (Ehr.) Kuntze. Fr. and subm. Foss. Neb. Not very commom. M. W. L. Encyonema caespitosum Kuetz. Fr. Neb. Rare. M. Eunotia Arcus Ehr. Fr. Foss. Common. G. M. Eunotia Diodon Ehr. Fr. Foss. Rare. M. Eunotia formica Ehr. Fr. Rather common. G. A form reaching 225 #in length resembling var. elongata Grun. occurs rather common at Mullen. Eunotia lunaris (Ehr.) Grun. Fr. Neb. Common. M. L. Fragilaria construens (Ehr.) Grun. Fr. Foss. Neb. Rather common, M. T. W. The form represented by var. vender Grun. 15 much more common, being the most common one in the Weller Co. deposits. Fragilaria elliptica Schum. Fr. Common. W. M. Gomphonema acuminatum FEhr. Fr. Foss. Neb. Not common M. Common G. Gomphonema constrictum Ehr. Fr. Foss. Neb. Rather com- mon. W. M. Gomphonema gracile Ehr. Fr. Neb. Common. M. L. G. Gomphonema herculaneum Ehr. Fr. Rare. M. Gomphonema intricatum Kuetz. Fr. Neb. Common. G. 273 Gomphonema montanum subclavatum Grun. Fr. Neb. Rather common. W. Gomphonema parvulum (Kuetz.) Rabenh. -Fr.Neb. Not very common. M. T. Gomphonema Turris Ehr. Fr. Neb. Common. M. Gomphonema Vibrio Ehr. Fr. Foss. Rare. M. Common. G. Hantzschia Amphioxys (Ehr.) Grun. Fr. and subm. Neb. Common. W.M.. Var. mayor Grun. M1. Melosira distans (Ehr.) Kuetz. Fr. Foss. Neb. Very com- mon. M.L.G. W. Meridion circulare (Grev.) Ag. The specimens evidently belong to Meridion constrictum Ralfs, but that is probably only a form of MV. circulare. Fr. Foss. Neb. Rare. M. Navicula ambigua Ehr. Fr. Neb. The specimens are all in “resting” condition, described by Van Heurck (Syn. 100) as formacraticula. No specimens in normal condition were found: L. Navicula bacilliformis Grun. Fr. Neb. Rare. M. L. Navlicula cuspidata Kuetz. Fr. Neb. This species occurs both in normal and “ resting’ condition. Not very common. W. M. L. Navicula dicephala Ehr. Fr. Foss. Neb. Rare. M. Navicula elliptica Kuetz. Fr. and subm. Foss. Neb. Rather common. M. Mr. Navicula Gigas (Ehr.) Kuetz. Fr. Not common. M. Navicula Hungarica Grun. Fr.and subm. Rare. L. Navicula Iridis Ehr. Fr. Neb. Varieties affinis (Ehr.) V. H., amphigomphus (Ehr.) V. H., and amphirhynchus (Ehr.) De Toni Occur with the species. The specimens of the type are all rather Small. W. M.-1. To Nee: amphigomphus is the only form that De Toni, |. c., cites as fossil. 2 Navicula Legumen Ehr. Fr. Neb. Rare. M1. Navicula limosa Kuetz. Fr. Neb. The specimens vary from the type, being as long as 95 p, and scarcely inflated at the apices. Common. G. Navicula nobilis (Ehr.) Kuetz. Fr. Foss. Rather common. M. Navicnla oblonga Kuetz. Fr. Foss. Neb. Rather common. Navicula parva (Ehr.). Fr. Neb. Not very common. M. © 274 Navicula placentula (Ehr.) Kuetz. Fr. and subm. Foss. Found with var. ¢amida (W.Sm.). This species shows all varia- tions from globose-capitate to slightly attenuate-rostrate. The specimens are larger than those described by De Toni (Syll. Alg. 2: 55) and have coarser striations. The globose-capitate forms seem not to be described, but they evidently belong to the same species as the attenuate forms. Common. L. M. Navicula pupula Kuetz. Fr. Neb. Not very common. Navicula radiosa Kuetz. Fr. Foss. Neb. Var. acuta (W.Sm.) Grun., is found with the type, from which it scarcely differs. Rather common. . M2. L. Navicula rostrata Ehr. Fr. Foss. Neb. Not very com- mon. W. Navicula sphaerophora Kuetz, appears to be merely a form of Navzicula rostrata. M. Navicula serians (Bréb.) Kuetz. Fr. Foss. Neb. Rare. L. Navicula trinodis inflata Schultze, occurs, but is rare. Fr. Neb. M. Navicula viaidus (Nitz.) Kuetz. Fr. Foss. Neb. Not very common. M.L. G. Navicula viridula Slesvicensis (Grun.) V. H. Fr. and subm. Neb. Rare. M. Nitzschia amphibia Grun., and Nitsschia Frauenfeldi Grun., which seems to be merely a form of the former. Fr. Neb. M. GL. Nitsschia obtusa W.Sm. Fr. Common. L. Nitzschia sinuata (W. Sm.) Grun. Fr. Not very common. L. Nitzschia spectabilis (Ehr.) Ralfs. Subm. and Mar. Foss. Found in Nebraska in fresh water. Rare. L. Nitzschia subtilis (Kuetz.) Grun. The form represented by var. paleacea Grun., occurs, but is rare. Fr. and subm. Neb. M. L. Nitzschia vermicularis (Kuetz.) Hantzsch. Fr. Neb. Not com- mon. M2. Opephora pacifica (Grun.) Petit. Marine. This is the only species found in any of these deposits that has formerly been known as exclusively marine. Rather common. M. T. Stauronets anceps Ehr. Fr. and subm. Neb. Not very com- : mon. L. ; : possibly may gain a foothold. 275 Stauroneis minutissima Lagerst. Fr. Rare. M. Stauroneis Phoenicenteron Kuetz. Fr. Neb. Rather common. , MeL. Suriraya spiralis Kuetz. Fr. Rare. M. ? Suriraya splendida (Ehr.) Kuetz. Fr. and subm. Neb. Rare. e Synedra capitata Ehr. Fr. Foss. Neb. Rather common. W. M.L.T. The form represented by Syxedra ulna longissima (W. Sm.) Brun, seems rather to belong to this species. Not very common. M. W. Synedra radians Kuetz. Fr. Rare. M. Synedra tenuissima (KRuetz.) tr Neb. “Rare. M, Synedra ulna (Nitz.) Ehr. Fr. Foss. Neb. The forms called var. amphirhynchus (Ehr.) Grun. and var. oxyrhynchus (Kuetz.) V. H., occur, but not common. M. L. labellaria fenestrata Kuetz. Fr. Very common. M. ‘i Letracyclus lacustris Ralfs. Fr. Foss. . Rare. G. Notes upon Maine Plants. By F. L. Harvey. The following plants found in Maine and not in Fernald’s Catalogue or supplement may be of interest to botanists. New localities for a few are added. Geranium molle L. Common in the lawns on the college ground. Noticed for two seasons; apparently spontaneous. Anthemis tinctoria L. This was found in Brewer, in 1887, by — % Rev. Mr. Merrill, and we have it from Mr. C. H. Gould, collected _ at N. Bridgton, where it was abundant in fields. Hypochaeris glabra L. Has been found on the college grounds _ : Occasionally. We think Mr. Fernald found it in 1890 and ithas been detected since. It should not be forgotten. : Lobelia leptostachys A. DC. We have a fine specimen of the _ Species collected in an old field at Brownfield, Me., by Geo. Haley, Probably brought in from the West in Be or clover seed. It — 276 Lythrum alatum Pursh. Collected at Bradford, Me., along the roadside by Mr. F. P. Briggs, is as worthy of record as Silene dichotoma and other plants recently introduced in Maine, and listed before sufficient time has elapsed to decide their spon- taneity. Mentha gentilis Smith. Jackman, August, 1895 (Harvey & Knight). This is given in Gray’s Flora as a variety under J/. sativa. Polygonum lapathifolium nodosum (Pers.) Small. Jackman, August, 1895 (F. L. Harvey & O. W. Knight). Growing in a potato field. Cyperus esculentus L. Is found on sandy shores of the Penob- scot river about Orono. We believe it has not been reported from the Penobscot Valley. Carex sterilis excelsior Bailey. Coast of Maine, 1893 (Harvey). Our specimens were determined by Professor Bailey. Professor Bailey regards this form as C. stellulata, C. echinata and C. sterils. Boott var. 3.(BULLETIN, November, 1893, p. 424). As these are not mentioned in Fernald’s lists, we presume this form has not been recorded. Festuca ovina pseudovina Hackel. Was collected in fields about Orono in 1892, by Mr. F. P. Briggs. The specimens were determined by Vasey, and are undoubtedly correct. Agrostis canina alpina Oakes. Collected on Mt. Ktaadn in 1892 by F. P. Briggs, and determined by Dr. Vasey. New Melastomaceae collected by Miguel Bang in Bolivia. By A. CoGNIAux. x ' TIBOUCHINA TETRAPETALA Cogn. sp. n. (sect. Pseudopterolepis). Ramis petiolis pedunculis foliisque supra setis subadpressis breviter denseque vestitis ; foliis parvis, rigidis, breviter petiolatis, ovato-oblongis, apice obtusiusculis, basi rotundatis, margine sub- © integerrimis, 5-nerviis, subtus brevissime denseque hirtellis ; cymis brevibus, plurifloris, subcongestis; floribus 4-meris, satis parviS, sessilibus vel subsessilibus; calyce setulis arcte adpressis longius- culis eglandulosis dense vestito, tubo campanulato-oblongo, lobis 277 triangulari-subulatis tubo satis brevioribus; staminibus satis inae- qualibus, omnibus connectivo basi breviter producto. Rami satis graciles, obscure tetragoni, ferruginei satis ramulosi. Petiolus robustiusculus, 2-5 mm. longus. Folia patula vel subre- flexa, supra intense viridia, subtus cinerea, 23.5 cm. longa, I-1.5 cm. lata. Calyx viridi-cinereus; tubo 5 mm. longo, lobis erecto- patulis 3-4 mm. longis. Petala purpurascentia, anguste obovata, Margine vix ciliata, circiter 1 cm. longa. Staminum filamenta glaberrima, 4 vel 6 mm. longa: antherae subrectae, 4 vel 5 mm. longae, connectivo infra loculus 1 vel 1.5 mm. longi producto. Stylus filiformis, 13-15 mm. longus.—_(No. 2425.) Cette espéce ressemble beaucoup au 7. Brittoniana Cogn., dont elle différe par ses fleurs tétraméres, sessiles ou subsessiles, et non pentameres, assez longuement pedicellées, par sou calice 4 soies plus longues, etc.; elle doit se placer prés du 7: parviflora Cogn. -Diotena Boriviensis Cogn. sp. nov. Caule superne petiolis pe- dunculisque longiuscule subadpresse denseque setulosis; foliis in eodem jugo valde disparibus, breviter petiolatis, late oblongis, basi valde inaequalibus obtusisque, margine minute denticulatis, supra sparsissime longeque setulosis, subtus ad nervos densiuscule ad- Presse longeque setosis caeteris gtabris, majoribus 7-plinerviis longiuscule acuminatus, minoribus 5-plinerviis breviter acumina- tis; racemis terminalibus vel subterminalibus, submultifloris ; flori- bus breviter pedicellatis. Caulis ascendens, simplex, obtuse tetragonus, satis robustus, Superne purpureo-violaceus, 2 dm. longus. Petiolus 2-4 mm. vel '-3 cm. longus. Folia tenuiter membranacea, intense viridia ; marjora 12-18 cm. longa, 4.5-6 cm. lata; minora 3-4.5 cm. longa, 'I-17 mm. lata. Pedunculus communis 4-6 cm. longus; pedicelli frecto-patuli, 3 mm. longi. Calyx late obconicus, furfuraceo-pu- berulus, superne subsparse breviterque setulosus, 3 mm. longus. Petala alba, glabra, apice subrotundata, 8-9 mm. longa. Stami- num filamenta 3 vel 3.5 mm. longa; antherae leviter arcuatae, Majores 1.5 mm. longae, appendicibus erectis, capillaribus, 2 mm. longis. Stylus robustiusculus, apice uncinatus, 4-5 mm. longis. (No. 25 74.) & Miconta unpata Triana, var. RopusTA Cogn. var. nov. Tota robustior. Rami juniores satis compressi. Petiolus robustus, 2-3 cm. longus. Folia ut in var. Bolizuensis, sed majora, basi breviore attenuata. Flores satis majores; calyx 2.5-3 mm. longus ; petala 2 mm. longa. (No. 2343). ; Miconta cyanocarpa Naud. var. HIRSUTA Cogn. var. nov. ami petioli pedunculique setis patulis elongatis densiuscule hirsuti. olia membranacea, usque 15 cm. longa et 8 cm. lata. (No. 2387). | * Micomta Brirroni Cogn. var. GLABRATA Cogn. var.nov. Rami Petiolique demum glabrati. Folia supra brevissime sparseque — 278 strigillosa, subtus ad nervos nervulosoque brevissime sparseque setulosa, caeteris glabra. Calyx leviter furfuraceus vix hirtellus. (No. 2627). % Miconia LastocaLyx Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Amblyarrhena ). Ramis obtuse tetragonis, junioribus petiolis pedunculis foliisque subtus ad nervos brevissime denseque puberulis fere furfuracets ; foliis ovato-oblongis, breviuscule acuminatis, basi rotundatis, mar- gine obscure denticulatis, breviter 7-plinerviis, supra brevissime subsparse adpresseque setulosis, subtus pilis brevissimis simplici- busque densiuscule puberulis; floribus 5-meris, sessilibus ; calyce breviter denseque hirtello, dentibus brevissimis ; antheris oblongis, apice biporosis ; stigmate peltato. ; Rami satis graciles, juniores cinereo-fusci. Petiolus satis gracilis, 2-3.5 cm. longus. Folia membranacea, subtus viridi- cinerea, 15-19 cm. longa, 6.5-8 cm. lata. Paniculae pyramidatae, circiter 1 dm. longae, ramis divaricatis. Calycis tubus campanu- lato-ovoideus, cinereus, 3 mm. longus. Petala late obovata, apice subtruncata, I mm. longa. Antherae I mm. longae. Stylus 3 mm. longus. Affinis J/. Costaricensis Cogn. (No. 2344). x Micon1a varipa Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Cremanium) ; ramis obtuse tetragonis, ad nodos non dilatatis vix compressis, junioribus peti- olis foliisque subtus ad nervos pilis plumosis crispulis brevissimis dense tomentosis; foliis tenuiter membranaceis, ovato-oblong!s, breviter acuminatis, basi rotundatis vel vix emarginatis, integer- rimis, 5-nerviis, supra primum leviter furfuraceo-hirtellis praecipue ad nervos demum glabratis, subtus brevissime et densiuscule stellato-puberulis; floribus minutissimis, 5-meris, sessilibus; calyx ovoideo-campanulato, glabrato, distincte 5-dentato; antheris apice biporosis ; stigmate peltato. Rami robusti, cinereo-fulvi. Petiolus robustiusculus, 3-4 C™. longus. Folia supra laete viridia, subtus viridi-cinerea, 18-23 cm. longa, 8-11 cm. lata. Paniculae late pyramidatae, multiflorae, 7— 8 cm. longae, ramis patulis, gracilibus, densiuscule breviterque hirtellis. Calyx fuscescens, 1.5 mm. longus. Petala suborbic-_ = ulari-ovata, obtusa, leviter furfuracea, 0.6-0.7 mm. longa. An- therae vix 0.5 mm. longae. Stylus 2 mm. longus.—Species M. plethoricae Naud. proxima. (No. 2630.) What is meant by Stem and Leaf. By Emity L. Grecory. The difference between these two plant organs appears so evi dent that few persons would hesitate if asked to explain it. To 279 the botanist, however, the subject is not so simple. This is illus- trated by the following paragraph which occurs in a recent num- ber of the School Review: “It is unfortunate from a morphologi- cal standpoint that these organs of the Bryophyta should be called stems and leaves * * * this terminology being handed down from a time when the true homologies of the sporophyte and gametophyte parts were not well known.” It would seem from this paragraph that, while the ordinary ob- server would not hesitate to describe the organs of the moss-plant as stem and leaf corresponding to those of higher plants, the mor- phologist would give a different interpretation to their meaning, and even carry thisso far as to prefer that other names be given them. This opinion, expressed by the author of the above paragraph, is shared by many morphologists of the present day, and especially by one of our leading botanists, Professor Goebel. He says in an article published several years ago in the third volume of Schenk’s General Botany, in speaking of the development of the higher from the lower, from thallus to the stem and leaf. “The attain- ment of a higher form in the different plant-groups has taken Place in a similar or analogous manner, though it is an independ- €nt process in each plant group.’’ He then compares the parts or members of Caulerpa, which resemble stem and leaf, with similar members in certain forms in the higher groups of plants, with certain of the Phaeophyceae, Florideae, and with the liver- worts, ferns and phanerogams. Of these again he says, “We can- not say that these members are homologous, for example, liver- Worts and ferns are undoubtedly nearly related, but the vegetative form of the foliose liverwort is not the homologue of the leafy stem > of the fern, but of the other generation, which has the form of a thallus ; that is, the attainment of a stem and leaf in the asexual Seneration of the fern plant may have come about entirely in- dependent of any inherited tendency or connection with the liver- wort, simply by a series of changes from a thallus up toa stem and leaf, just as we have seen in the sexual generation of the liver- Wort. Here there is a gradual adaptation of the plant to its sur- roundings, till from a thallus form comes finally thatof stem and leaf. The endeavor to find out how the different organs or mem- bers of the higher plants have originated must not take the start- ] 280 ing point that the different groups of plants form a continuous series from low to high, but, on the contrary, must start with the assumption that the origin of different organs must be sought sepa- rately in each large group of plants. For this reason it is very difficult to give a definition of leaf which will hold for every group, as the leaf of the liverwort is analogous to that of the fern and not homologous.” It is difficult to harmonize these statements of Goebel, for, on the one hand, he says the attainment of stem and leaf is an independ- ent process in each large group of plants ; on the other, that it is difficult to give a definition of a leaf which will hold for every group, because these organs are not homologues throughout the different groups but only analogues. If their attainment has come about independently in each group, why does he expect to find them homologues, or what has the question of homology to do with the conception of stem and leaf? The writer of the present article was puzzling over this ques- tion in the laboratory of Professor Schwendener in the summer of 1894, and on asking him to explain it received the following ex- planation of his idea of stem and leaf. He first said that he did not share Professor Goebel’s opinion regarding the idea of stem and leaf, for he saw no connection whatever with the question of homology. He then explained about as follows: Suppose we examine a system consisting of main stem and branches or shoots: We find first a main stem which we may name I. On this arises another which may be called IJ. It is somewhat different from the first, smaller and less complex ; this number II bears on it another which we may call III, and so on. There isno need so far for another name; this might bea branched thallus or a branched stem, the branches being the same in gen- _ eral character as the first or main branch, only they diminish in rank according to their distance from the main stem, so numbers do just as well as words to describe them. But when we come to the little outgrowths that appear on these branches then we find the need of another word or name. They differ from the stem, _ but are all of the same grade or rank, whether they are found on number I or II, or any other rank of stem. They generally aris¢ — _ from the point of vegetation in acropetalous order and are lateral is 281 appendages of the mother organ. The stem must first be present, then comes the leaf. For this formation we must have a name, as we cannot consider it a stem of any grade or rank. This may be still farther illustrated by the examination of a plant like Mitella or Chara. Here the main branch sends off side- branches which in turn develop other side-branches, but these dif- fer in rank, the higher the number, or the farther its distance from the main stem, the smaller the branch. There is no difference in principle but only in rank, so there is no need for term leaf here. There is but one idea, the repetition of the main stem, but on a smaller scale. This makes the idea’ of leaf and stem a fixed one which holds through all the different groups of plants. The fact that the B/a- sia thallus is not homologous with the leafy fern stem has nothing whatever to do with the idea of the leaf. This is entirely inde- pendent of phylogenetic considerations, has to do simply with the ontogenetic facts, consists either of stem and leaf, or thallus. Ac- cording to Professor Schwendener also, the transition forms are not so distinct as Goebel makes them. As soon as a leaf-like Organ appears, the mother organ is to be named stem; so in Marchantia, that which is ordinarily called thallus is really stem, as it is that member from which another member unlike itself originates. This conception of the relation between leaf and stem not only obviates the difficulty to which Goebel refers in defining the word leaf, but agrees perfectly with the manner in which it is supposed to originate. Those who accept this view, therefore, find no in- consistency in retaining the word cormophyte, neither in the use of the terms stem and leaf as applied to the organs of the moss plant. : New York, June 1, 1896. Botanical Notes. CasSIA PROBOSCIDEA n.sp. Cassia sectioni Oncolobio pertinens, erecta, herbacea (?), glabra vel leviter glanduloso-pubescens. Fo- liola 4-5-juga, ovata, anguste acuta, marginibus ciliata, 1.5-3 cm. longa. Petiola basiglandulosa, glandulis hemisphericis, sessilibus. 282 Racemi terminales, pauciflori. Flores flavi, petalis oblongis, longi- tudine 1 cm. Antheri perfecti 6, duobus superioribus majoribus, filamentis quam alteris longioribus. Staminodia 3. Legumen glabrum, coriaceum, conspicuiter rostratum, cylindricum vel leviter compressum. Semina transversa, oblonga. Cotyledones plani. Collected by J. F. Waby at Hastings, Barbadoes, April—June, 1895. (No. 24.) Type in the United States National Herbarium. The basal petiolar gland and cylindrical pod containing seeds parallel to the dissepiments fix the position of this Cassia in Vogel’s section Oncolobium, under which Bentham. enumerates in his re- vision ten species.* The plant is unique, however, in the possession of a pod taper- ing abruptly into a narrow proboscis-like beak, which occupies about one third of its total length. The pods of Cassia Manzan- wloana Rose, from Mexico, exhibit a slight tendency to become rostrate; but the beak is never obviously developed. Mature seeds from the type specimen have been planted in the greenhouse, in the hope that the plant may be successfully cultivated and dis- tributed. CHARLES Louis. POLLARD. WASHINGTON, D. C, Euphorbia Nicaensis. A few days ago I visited the locality for this rare spurge, which was discovered near Vestal, N. Y., by Mr. C. F. Millspaugh in 1885. The plant is apparently increasing and grows luxuriantly, some stems being four feet in height. On the day I saw it the plant was in full blossom, and looked at first glance like a field of Golden Rod nearly ready to bloom. It is found in greatest profusion about a lock of the abandoned New York and Pennsylvania Canal, and from thence has spread to the _ roadside and adjacent fields. In the majority of the plants the floral leaves are greenish oF yellowish green, but in some individuals this varies to deep yellow. In these the floral leaves are usually larger than in the others. Plants that are completely sterile, with floral leaves and n° flowers, are also common. : : The sixth edition of Gray’s Manual gives Binghamton, N. ¥o:3 as the only station for the plant, but I understand it has since _ * Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 27: 530-535. 1871. 283 been found along the Susquehanna river at Athens, Pa., perhaps derived from the Vestal locality and carried there by the stream. WILLARD N. CLUuTE. BINGHAMTON, N, Y. Sesymbrium altissimum 1. The Tumble Mustard has entered Michigan. The writer found over one hundred plants of this dreaded weed at Benton Harbor, Mich., June 13, 1896. C. F. WHEELER. Reseda lutea. We notice a reference in the June BULLETIN to Reseda lutea L., having been found in New Jersey. In July of 1894 we collected specimens of this plant in mead- ows at East Windsor, Ct., on what could not have been ballast ground. C. H. BIssE.. Reseda lutea was collected by Miss Powers at Baldwins, Long Island, in 1895, and has been reported to me from Michigan, by Mr. S. H. Camp. Nviad. Erythea. The editor of the “ Journal of Botany,” in referring (June issue, p. 280) to the part of Professor Greene’s “ Pittonia” recently distributed, makes a statement concerning “ Erythea” which is about as accurate as his recently printed tabulation of the dates of publication of the BULLETIN during 1895. He says “ Ery- thea, of which Prof. Greene was the moving spirit, seems to have come to an end, no number having appeared since December last.” As the journal has been issued every month, this state- ment can only be understood by realizing that a restricted or in- sular notion as to the significance of “‘ to appear” pervades the mind of the learned editor. Reviews, The Characeae of America. By Dr. T. F. Allen. Part 2, fascicle III. April, 1896. This contains descriptions and illustrations of ten species of Vi- ‘ella, two of which are new, WV. Leibergi and J. transilis. The other Species figured and described are iV. mucronata, NV. capitellata, N. 284 gracilis, N. tenuissimna, N. pygmaca, N. minuta, N. intermedia and N. Asagraecana. The text is full of interesting quotations and notes, several of which ought to encourage the collection of rare or undescribed species in many familiar Eastern localities, notably Green Pond, New Jersey, and Nantucket, Mass. We note in the case of NV. Leibergi the careful record made by the collector of the time and place of collection, but regret that this is not as exactly given inseveral other cases where it would be of great value. The illustrations are as handsomely lithographed, as Dr. Allen’s always are, but we regret a certain indistinctness and irregularity of letter- ing which mars several of the plates. E.G. B: The Bamboo Garden. By A. B. Freeman Mitford ; illustrated by Alfred Parsons. Macmillan & Co., New York, 1896. This is a work that will be welcomed by all plant lovers. It is a new departure in the way of ornamental gardening. Up to the last few years no one thought of introducing the bamboos in- to outdoor gardens; they were looked upon as belonging to the tropics, but the author has proved the possibility of making many varieties do duty as hardy plants. The work is written for the more favored portion of the British Islands ; there is no reason why it may not be just as useful in this country. On Staten Island several varieties have proved capable of resisting the cold of this latitude, and south of Washington many others would doubtless succeed if given a trial. The author is an enthusiast and carries the reader along in 4 very pleasant way into believing as he does; he ridicules the at- tempts made of late years in copying a carpet, and other unnatural ways of planting for effect, advocates a return to the easy and graceful style of planting, and this he thinks can be helped by in- troducing the bamboo where available. Altogether it is a very useful work, and will be much sought after as an authority on the subject, for he gives a list of more than fifty varieties of bamboos available for the temperate garden. SAMUEL HENSHAW. Monographie der Gattung Euphrasia. Dr. R. V. Wettstein- ‘Pp. 316. 7 cuts. 14 pl. 4 maps. Leipzig. 1896. : This exhaustive monograph touches on nearly every point a 285 interest connected with the genus Zuphrasia. After an introduc- tion and detailed discussions of the nomenclature, morphology and physiology, and a conspectus of the species, the author de- scribes the species, giving much detail in regard to the time of flowering, geographic distribution and specimens examined, all followed by copious critical notes. Eighty-seven species and twenty-one hybrids are enumerated. The excellent series of plates is divided between the anatomy, morphology and photographs of all the species, many taken from original specimens. The maps serve to show the geographic dis- tribution of some of the species and larger groups of the genus. Dr. Wettstein has divided Luphrasia officinalis, as generally understood by American botanists, into £. Americana Wett., E. latifolia Pursh, and E. Oakesti Wett., thus giving us three American species in place of one. £. Americana is said to extend from the region of the St. Lawrence River and the Great Lakes through Labrador; £. /atifolia occurs on the coasts of Labrador and Green- land, and extends through sub-arctic and arctic Europe to Asia; while 4. Oakesz is known from a single collection from the White Mountains, New Hampshire (not California as indicated by the author). We hope that Dr. Wettstein’s: interpretation of the American representation of the genus is more trustworthy than his geography. ite & Lehrbuch der Okologischen Phanzengeographie. Eine Einfiihrung © in die Kenntniss der Pflanzenvereine. By Dr. Eugen Warming. : German edition by Dr. Emil Knoblauch. 8vo., pp. 412. Bertin, 1896. ee ee It is, however, very probable that Drude’s and Grisebach’s works on plant geography and distribution gave the impulse for pro- ducing it. It also seems evident that the author was strongly influenced by the numerous comparatively recent investigations on symbiosis, which no doubt suggested many of his ideas in re- gard to plant societies. Warming introduces the subject with a consideration of the In the arrangement of the subject-matter this work is original. ecological factors concerned in plant distribution. These are : : divided into direct and indirect (Schoum). In the former are in 286 cluded the contour of the earth’s surface, elevation, latitude, longitude, the effects of living and dead soil-coverings (grass, leaves), the activities of plants and animals in the soil, etc.,etc. In the latter are included the influence of light, moisture, air currents, chemical composition of the soil. In section 2 the author takes up the discussion of « Zusammen- leben” and vegetable societies. For the time being I am unable to give a good English equivalent for the term Zusammenleben. By it the author wishes to indicate the interdependent relation- ships of plants and animals, whether organicaly united (parasitism, saprophytism, symbiotism, etc.) or merely in close proximity (such as plants and plants, animalsand plants). The author's con- ceptions of symbiosis (in the broader sense) are somewhat original. Parasitism is considered to be the most intimate association. The form of symbiosis met with in lichens is designated as “Helotism,” in which the alga is the slave. The term mutualism is made to apply to the occurrence of endotrophic and ectotrophic myco- rhiza. Nothing original is added to the consideration of epiphytes and saprophytes. Lianas are included under Zusammenleben, since they were doubtless formed by their original dependence upon vegetable supports. Commensalism is used as equivalent to plant societies. According to the modifying factors the plant societies are divided into the following great groups : hydrophytes, xerophytes, halophytes and mesophytes. Each of these divisions is again subdivided. These subdivisions with their special modi- fying factors are quite fully discussed. On p. 125 it is stated that ‘‘ pure water has a blue color,” which seems to be an original idea. The greater part of the work is devoted to the discussion of comparative vegetable morphology and physiology in connection with the modifying factors. It is a complete and well-arranged resumé of our knowledge on the subject. In conclusion there is given a brief discussion of plant struggles, weapons employed by plants in their struggles, origin of species, etc. Considered in its entirety this is a most valuable recent con- tribution to the science of botany. It is a book which should be in the hands of every student. A.S. Flora of West Virginia. By Charles Frederick Millspaugh and Law- : rence William Nuttall. Field Columbian Museum, Publica~ 287 tion 9. Botanical Series. Vol. 1: no. 2. Chicago. January, 1896. The book before us is written in about the same style as the author’s preliminary edition of 1892, but printed in much more handsome type. The introductory part is augmented by some paragraphs on the special features of the flora, the sylva, anda summary of the flora. The catalogue of species is enlarged by the intercalation of additions to the flora, new species and new varieties. A map of the State, and several illustrations are inserted, and a host index of the fungi and a list of local plant-names are appended. The authors are to be congratulated on their success in finding so many plants new to the region and new to science in such a circumscribed field. The number of plants of the present edition is recorded as 2,584 against the 1,645 of the preliminary edition. New species are described in the following genera: As- pergillus, Botrytis, Verticillium, Fusicladium, Clasterosporium, Hel- minthosporium, Cercospora, Cylindrocolla, Phyllosticta, Sphaeronaema, Dothiopella, Cytispora, Sphacropsis, Camarosporium, Septoria, Sact- dium, Glocosporium, Valsa, Diaporthe, Massaria, Trematosphacria and Corticium. A hybrid between Betula lentaand B. lutea is recorded. We note several species whose occurrence in West Virginia we are inclined to doubt, for example Dryopteris fragrans and D. Filix- mas. The nomenclature follows the most practical rules, but we notice a most unscientific case under OZnothera where that genus is di- a vided, but only the nearest relatives of the true OZvothera are re- moved, while the more distinct members (Aveiffia) are left under OEnothera, because there is a later genus Kvneiffia, which happens — to be in use! 7 The present catalogue is a valuable addition to local botany, but we should like to see these local works that appear from time time, in a more useful form. Why not give generic and specific keys, and at least diagnostic descriptions ? J. KS. The Lichen-flora of Chicago and Vicinity. By W. W. Calkins. a Bulletin No. 1, Geological and Natural History Survey of the Chicago Academy of Sciences. April, 1896. | e The author describes 125 species distributed among 28 gen- 288 era as occurring in the vicinity of Chicago. The diagnoses are given in fairly good English. We are also pleased to note that no “new species” were “discovered.” There is appended a fairly complete list of the publications on lichenology issued in North America previous to April 15, 1896 The paper is prefaced by a discussion of the habits and distri- bution of the lichens of the territory. In the discussion of “ What are Lichens ?” the author very clearly shows that he is somewhat behind the times. He mentions the Schwendener theory and wonders whether the theory will ever be accepted. It has been fully accepted, and is now fast giving way to a better one (Reinke’s). There is also an introduction to the development and progress of Lichenology, which is, however, too brief to be of any practical value to the student of this special group. The same may be said of his mention of “ the economic uses of lichens.”’ Proceedings of the Club. Turspay Eveninc, May 121TH, 1896. Mr. L. G. Fay in the chair and 12 persons present. The Curator reported that Mr. Edward Berry has presented the Club with fifty fine specimens of plants from the country about » Passaic, N. J.,and other counties of the same State. Mr. A. A. Tyler read his paper on “ A Historical Review of the Study of Stipules.” The author presented in a concise Way the older opinions in regard to the morphology and modification of stipules. The paper was discussed by Dr. Britton and others. — - Subsequently Mr. Tyler made some further remarks on the origin and development of stipules. The paper entitled “ Appendages to the petioles of Lirioden- dra’ by Mr. Arthur Hollick was read by title. WepneEspDAy Evenine, May 27Tu, 1896. Dr. A. Schneider in the chair and 15 persons present. Mr. John J. Schoonoven was elected an active member. 289 Dr. John K. Small read a paper entitled “ Notes on the Flora of Yadkin Valley, N. C.,” exhibiting several new species, besides many other specimens. Remarks were made by Dr. Schneider, Mr. Rydberg and others, after which followed a discus- sion on the growth of plants in regions which for long periods at atime are devoid of rain. Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany, Arechavaleta, J. Cuatro Gramineas nuevas y una Conocida de la Republica Uruguaya. Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires (II.) 4: 177- 187. f. £5. 1808. Aristida Spegazinit, Stipa Hackeli, S. Charruana and S, latifolia described and figured as new species. Atkinson, G. F. Albert Nelson Prentiss. Bot. Gaz. 21: 283-289. bf. 19. portrait. 20 My. 1896. Bishop, J. N. A Catalogue of all Phaenogamous and Vascular Cryp- togamous Plants, at present known to grow without Cultivation in the State of Connecticut. Rept. Sec. Conn. Board Agric. 1895. [Re- print, pp. 22. Ja. 1896]. Burkill, I. H. Teratological Observations on Parnassia palustris. Journ. of Bot. 34: 12-15. Ja. 1896. Bureau, E. and Schumann, C. Flora Brasiliensis. fasc. CX VIII. Pp. 1-230. 7. 69-96. Bignoniaceae—I. 15 My. 1896. Campbell, R. Some of the rarer summer Flowers of Canada. Can. Rec. Sci. 6: 342-351. Ap. 1895. ; Campbell, R. The Flora of Montreal Island. Can. Rec. Sci. 6: 397— 405. Jy. 1895. | Chodat, R. Conspectus systematicus gene Monninae. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 243-253. Ap. 1896. Chodat, R. Plantae expeditionis Regnellianae primae in Brasilia lectae Polygalaceas. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 238-242. Ap. 1896. New species of Polygala. Chodat, R. Polygalaceae novae vel parum cognitae.—V. Bull. Herb. Boiss, 4: 233-237. Ap. 1896. New species of olygala from South America. ae Clute, W.N. Ferns and Fern’ Lore. ——— Travelers’ Rome 3 Mag. 6: 271-278. 1896. = oe 290 Collins, J. F. /asione montana in New England. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 212, 213. 30 My. 1896. Corbett, L.C. The Reproductive Powers of the Forests. Gard. & For. 9: 234. /. 74. 10 Je. 1896. Coville, F. V. Some Additions to our Vegetable Dietary. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 205-214. Je. 1896. Coville, F. V., and Funston, F. Botany of Yakutat Bay, Alaska, with a Field Report. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 325-353- 15 Ja 1896. Cushing, H. B. On the Ferns in the Vicinity of Montreal. Can. Rec. Sci. 6: 469-494. O. 1895. Davenport, G. E. Filices Mexicanae—VI. Ferns collected in the States of Oaxaca, Morelos and Vera Cruz, Mexico, during the seasons of 1894 and 1895 by C. G. Pringle, of Charlotte, Vermont. Bot. Gaz. 21: 253-265. f/f. 78. 20 My. 1806. New species in Acrostichum, Aspidium (Dryopteris) Asplenium and Pellaea. Eastwood, A. Arbutus Menziesii in San Francisco county. Ery-_ thea, 4: 99. 1Je. 1896. Eastwood, A. New Stations fortwo introduced Plants. Erythea, 4: 99. 1 Je. 1896. Eastwood, A. On Dr. Prain’s Account of the Genus Argemone. Erythea, 4: 93-96. 1 Je. 1896. Fernald, M. L. Aster sardiflorus and its Forms. Bot. Gaz. 21: 275—279: 30 My 2606. Describes a new variety and a new hybrid, Franceschi, F. Santa Barbara exotic Flora. Pamphl. pp. 88. Santa — = Barbara. 1895. J Galloway, B T. Frosts and Freezes as affecting cultivated Plants. ae Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 141-158. Je. 1896. | Galloway, B. T. The Health of Plants in Greenhouses. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 247-256. Je. 1896. a Ganong, W. F. An Outline of Phytobiology, etc. Second paper Adaptation of Plants to Locomotion. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. New Brunswick, 13: 3-26. 1895. an Garcke, A. Ueber einige Malvaceengattungen. Engl. Jahrb. Bot. 2! 379-401. 11 F. 1896. 291 Greene, E. L. Eclogae Botanicae. No. 2. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1895: 546-554. 1896. New species in Trifolium, Valenianella, Sessingia, Pyrocoma, Aster, Vagnera, and a Revision of 7ropidocarpum. Harper, R. A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Kerntheilung und Sporen- bildung im Ascus. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. (Generalversamm- lungsheft) 13: 67. 18 F. 1896. Harper, R. A. Die Entwickelung des Peritheciums bei Sphaerotheca Castagnet. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 13: 475-481. Al. 39. 29 Ja. 1896. Hicks, G. H. Oil-producing Seeds. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 185-204. Je. 1896. Hieronymus, G. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Pteridophyten Flora ’ der Argentina und einiger angrenzender Teile von Uraguay, Para- guay und Bolivien. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 22: 359-368. 22 My. 1896. Hieronymus, G. Plantae Steubelianae novae quas descripsit adjuvan- tibus aliis auctoribus (Schluss). Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 21: 369-378. Ir F. 1896. Hollick, A. The Tulip Tree and its Ancestors. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. Staten Isld. 5: 80. My. 1896. Holzinger, J. M. Notes an the Moss Flora of Minnesota. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: 590-596. 30 Ap. 1896. Longo, B. Contributo allo studio della mucilaggine delle Cactee: Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1896: 51." F. 1896. MacDougal. D. T. The Root-tubers of Jsapyrum occidentale, Bot. Gaz. 21: 280-282. fig. 20 My. 1896. Macloskie, G. Observations on Antidromy. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 202-205. 30 My. 1896. Massee, G. New or critical Fungi. Journ. of Bot. 34: 145-154- Ap. 1894. Describes Dasyscypha Eupatorii, Scleroderris virescens, Pyrenopeziza Ellisit, Spragueola, nov. gen., with sp. Americana, Hypocrella ochracea, Pluteus gigan- zeus from America. Masters, M. T. A general View of the Genus Cufressus. Journ. Linn. Soc. 31: 312-363. f. 29. 11 Je..1896. Refers Chamaecyparis Spach, to a subgenus. Muller, F. Die Bromelia silvestris der Flora. Fluminensis. Ber, Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 14: 3-10. a fe atc 1896. 292 Mulford, A. I. A Study of the Agaves of the United States. Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7: 48-100. f/. 26-63. 1896. Nelson, A. First Report on the Flora of Wyoming. Bull. Wyom. Exp. Sta. 28: pp. 218. My. 1896. Annotated list. New species and varietiés proposed in Aguilegia, Thlaspi, Oxy- tropts (Spiesia), Potentilla, Hymenopappus, Actinella, Mertensia, Paris, E. G. Index Bryologicus. (continued). Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 49: 1-384. 1895. Includes American species. Penhallow, D. P. Nematophyton Ortoni. Ann. Bot. 10: 41-48. ph 5. Mr. 1896. Purdy, C. Some rare Erythroniums. Gard. & For. 9: 238. 10 Je. 1896. Purdy, C. The Increase of Redwood Forests. Gard. & For. g: 238+ 10 Je. 1896. Reiche, K. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Gattung Azara. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 21: 499-512. 11 F. 1896. 513. 12 My. 1896. Robertson, C. Flowers and Insects—XVI. Bot. Gaz. 21: 266-274- 20 My. 1896. ; Insect visitors of Mothoscordum, Camassia, Polygonatum, Smilacina, Uvularta, Trillium and Melanthium. Rogers, H.W. The Value of a Study of Botany. Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7: 113-122. 1896. Rose, J. N. Notes upon 7radescantia micrantha. Bot. Gaz. 21: 30% 302. pl. 20. 20 My. 1896. Rothrock, J. T. The American Linden. Forest Leaves, 5: 136. Je- 1896. Illustrations are given of Tilia Americana, Rowlee, W. W. and Wiegand, K. M. Salix candida Willd. and its Hybrids. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 194-201. A/. 267. 30 My- 1896. Rydberg, P. A. Flora of the Black Hills of Dakota. Contr. U. 5- Nat. Herb. 3: 463-536. p/. XVIII-XX. 13 Je. 1896. Illustrations are given of Aguilegia brevistyla Hook, A. saximontana Rydberg and Foa pseudopratensis Scrib. & Rydb. Sargent, C.S. Leucothoé recurva. Gard. & For. 9: 224. f-33- 3 © ; Je. 1896. Scribner, F. L. Grass Gardens. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1895: . 4 301-308. Je. 1896. 293 Seler, E. Reise in Mexiko. Verhandl. Gesellsch. Erdkunde, Berlin, 23: 184-187. 1896. One or two references to the botany of the region. Setchell, W. A. Tendril-Structures among the Algae. Erythea, 4: 98, 99. 1 Je. 1896. Small, J. K, Ocnothera and its Segregates. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 167-194. 30 My. 1896. New species in Anogra, Kneifia and Sphacrostigma. Smith, J.G. Forage Conditions of the Prairie Region. Yearbook, U.S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 309-324. Je. 1896. Smith, Mrs. H. M. Botany of Little Moose Region. Rep. Adiron- dack League Club, 1896: 54-58. 1896. List of species noted. Stewart, F.C. Effects of Heat on the Germination of Corn and Corn Smut. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 1894: 74-78. Sturgis, W. C., and Britton, W. E. The San José Scale. Bull. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 121: 6-16. f. 5. Jl. 1895. Swingle, W. F., and Webber, H. J. Principal Diseases of Citrous Fruits in Florida. Div. Veg. Phys. and Path. U. S. Dept. of Agric. Bull. 8: 42. A/. 8. 1896. Treats of Blight, Die-back (exanthema) ; Scab (verrucosis); Sooty-mould, Foot- rot and Melanose in a thorough manner with excellent plates. : Taubert, P. Britrige zur Kenntniss der Flora des centralbrasiliani- schen Staates Goyaz. Mit einer pflanzengrographischen Skizze von — E. Ule. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 21: 402-457. p/. 2,3. 11 F. 1896. Tilden, J. E. List of Fresh-water Algae collected in Minnessota dur- ing 1895. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: dase 30 Ap. 1896. Thaxter, R. New and peculiar serie Fungi.—IlI. Bot. Gaz. 21: 45-51. fl. 37. 18 F. 1896. Blastocladia ramosa new. Tonduz, A. Herborizations au Costa Rica. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 1-123; 445-465. 1895. Thompson, C. H. The ligulate Wo/fias of the United States. Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7: 101-111. f/. 64-66. 1896. Trelease, W. Juglandaceae of the United States. Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7: 25-46. p/. 1-24. 1896. Trelease, W., Editor. The Sturtevant Prelinnaean Library. Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7 45-209: = 294 Tracy, S. M., and Earle, F.S. New species of Fungi from Missis- sippi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 205-211. 30 My. 1896. New species in Cercospora, Cladisporium, Glonium, Helminthosporium, Lem- bosia, Lophodermium, Pestalozzia, Scolecotrichum, Tilletia, Ustilago, Winteria and Zignoella. Underwood, L. M. Notes on our Hepaticae.—IV. Bot. Gaz. 21: 67-71. 18 F. 1896. Notes on American Fossoméroniae with synopsis. Urban, I. Additamenta ad cognitionem florae Indiae occidentalis—IL. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 21: 514-638. 12 My. 1896. Urban, I. Ueber einige Ternstroemiaceen Gattungen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 14: 38-51. 26 F. 1896. Vail, A. M. Studies in the Leguminosae.—I. Notes on Mezibomia. . Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 139-141. 30 Ap. 1896. Waghorne, A.C. The Flora of Newfoundland, Labrador and St. Pierre et Miquelon. Trans. Nov. Scot. Inst. Sci. (II.) 1: 359-373; 2: 17-34. 1893-95- Ward, L. F, The Potomac Formation. Ann, Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv. 15: 307-397. pl. 2-4. 1895. : New species figured, Scleropteris Vernonensis, Zamia Washingtoniana, Cama- vina Covillae, Sagittaria Victor-Masori, Antholithus Gaudium-Rosae, Populus Potomacensis, P. auriculata, Celastrophyllum Hunteri. Warburg, O. Zur Characteristirung und Gliederung der Myristicaceen. Ber. Deutsch: Bot. Gesell. sebeedies Mister an te ) 13: 82. pl. 28. 18-F. 1806. Wainio, E. A. Lichenes Antillarum a W. R. Elliott collecti. Journ. of Bot. 34: 66-72; 100-107; 204-209. F.—My. 1896. Waite, M. B. The Cause and Prevention of Pear Blight. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 295-300. Je. 1896. Westermaier, M. A Compendium of General Botany. Translated by A. SCHNEIDER. 8vo. pp. 299. f. 777. New York. 1896. Wiley, H. Notes on some North American species of Parmelia. Bot. Gaz. 21: 202-206. 25 Ap. 1896. Wiley, H. W. Soil Ferments important to Agriculture. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 69-102. Je. 1896. : Woolson, G. A. Herb Robert. Gard. & For.g: 237. 10 Je. 1896- Woods, A. F. Principles of Pruning and care of Wounds in woody Plants. Yearbook U. S Dept. Agric. 1895: 257-268... Je. 1896. : A Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ] VoLuME I. ; A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N. Li: Britten and:..H..o. Rusty: (1800) oc 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton CORT go. ein ea aes a ey ee ty ae ee ee 25 cents, An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ; not yet completed.) . The Genus Aicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the irr and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L. ritton. The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa, Adans. By. N. 1. Britton (18899), 2 Soi ase, a 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton CEBBQ)) es is a ae ee 25 cents. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- Oe CAMO oF OO ESS OS apa, egeente. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton pO IETS ON eae pia ae 25 cents. (1891), ood bee pte oe be ee Che 25 cents. Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong (1B9R)S Bo eS ee ee ee ee 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L, Britton (1501), a OES ae eee 25 cents, Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich Ries C1890) 54-5 55% yoiianpi eA eat oe eit 25 cents. A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/etbomia occurring in the VotumME II. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North America.. By N. L. Britton (1892). 6 554 sss : + . . 25 cents. Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N. I. Britton (1898), 6 os a ee 25 cents, New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton QD 65 plies ea Os On ee Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies, By N. L. Mclttats (3809), oon ig Se le oe ye. A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small (ROD ieee CE REL EG AS 25 cents. A New Species of Zistera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By Thos, Moro (1h See ae ee Coe ee Ger a3). #5 Conte, An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay, 1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. 0 +--+ s+ > «:, 8rgo Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John = a (1893), + ee a Oe ek ae a ee ae Oe ee pia New =: Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. < —_— Species of Orthotrichum. B . Britton, =. . . 25 cents. — New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H_ H. Rusby 1893); vdcay Notes upon various Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas Mowe (863)-4. 2.252 es ee 25 cents, Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr R3093), va a ee A ae ee ee 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American Small (1894), J gle = en ea Plants from Virginia, new. to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other Species. By A. A. Heller(1894) ..... oo New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit- We (ide, eae, ee ee eae ae 25 cents. eee ee a er ee meh. ce we wy me OS Ue ee ee ae ae aaat cat yh, emia fem Maa’ exe ate. ees ie cee ee New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents. nus Phys- 25 cents. Pag due ae ees eed devel Tod CEO ye ne ayo ee as 5 ee a eS lean A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By Oa eS cea) eo i ae ae ae et, ee Pe Bt Sr ae icon ge PS ee ee ag oer et Cg eS Ow pee A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By Theodore Gi WR TIED ee ccice ets ok ce ssa oe 25 cents. Two Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1894)... .. - 25 cents. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small (1894), ee es as ee ee es Ra eee 25 cents. Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894)) . . . 25.cents: Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1 . 25. cents. A Revision of the North American Species of Pg tse Cracca. BY Anumk: Moray Vell CUR io sec a hee ea ee es 25 Po a Oa Na tee? ae Iie ae TS hy oe a CO John K: .. e 5 cents ghee acer ee a, SOME fae Sate Me, Ue Ang Te, BEEN Se, N. L. Britton and T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1 . 50 mee Contributions to American Bryology, alates Systematic Position of Elizabeth G, Britton (1895), os Some new hybrid nals ae the Oy ee = ‘ eas ee ae mae 1 : AI998 5 ies Southern States, By John Small Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V ‘Nash. "(1895,) art 25 cents. No, 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during the summer of 1892. By N, L. Brittonand Anna Murray Vail ( 1895). 50 cents. VoLuME IV. ee cee oe ee ae 25 cents, No. 82, Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- Ger (18gt\ i ee ee ea . . . 25 cents. No, 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail CS err es eee 25 cents. No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents, (1896), ae eat ip ee Se ea ee ae aes ‘ . 25 cents. No, 87 A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax- ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. CISSG ee ee eas Conte, No. 88. A neglected Carex."By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . . . 25 cents, Smale; “(1006 gs ea Ese : . . , 25 cents, No. 91. The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium), By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents. 0. 92, New or noteworthy American Grasses. ; By Geo. V. Nash (1896), 25 cents. Me 93. O£nothera and its Segregates, By John K. Small (1896),. . . 25 cents. 0.94. A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae, By A. J. N Grout (ieg0),. bal So renee es 25 cents. °. 95. Revision of the Genus 4siminain North America. By Geo, V. Nash (1896), 25 cents. - Title-pages for Vols, II. and III. can be supplied. The series as above listed will be supplied for $12. Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, may be had for $2. Address PRor. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY. _—— A NEW BOTANICAL LIST. PLANTS OF MONROE COUNTY , N. Y., AND ADJACENT TERRITORY. Published by the Rochester Academy of Science. Edited by a Committee of the Botanical Section. The list enumerates 1,314 species and varieties of flowering plants, using both the old and the new nomenclatures, and also includes the vascular acrogens. A°com- Parison is made with the adjacent Buffalo and Cayuga floras. The flora is discussed as 4 whole and in detail. There is a chapter, by Prof. H. L. Fairchild, on the physical characters of the region as bearing upon the flora, also a bibliography of works refer- ming to local botany, : 150 pages, large octavo, wide margin, stiff pamphlet covers, two maps. Price 81.00, postage paid. Address 3s & Librarian Rochester Academy of Science, : Rochester, N. Y. — Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., Cambridge, Mass, National Herbarium Mounting Paper. ALL ARTICLES FOR SPRING CLASSES IN BOTANY. New Devices in Presses, Colleeting Boxes and Herbarium Cases. SEND FOR NEW PRICE LIST. —> EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. <“— WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J., MANUFACTURER OF FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES. MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL- WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL. DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES. gS es CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae of America is ready. It contains descriptions and etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: JVitel/a Leibergi sp. nov. ; mu cronata A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; gracilis (Smith) Ag. (transilis sp. nov.) ; zenuissima (Desv.) Coss. et Germ.; pygmaca A. Br.; nuta Allen (Maxceana sp. nov.) ; intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be prepared after the systematic part shall have been completed. T. F. ALLEN, 10 East 36th St., New York City: — MEMOIRS + FROM THE... Department of Botany of Columbia College VOLUME 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum. By Dr. John K. Small. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00. - For copies address, __... PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, __ COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY: — * he 7 4 eon Pt 62 Pe TF ESTABLISHED 1851. EIMER & AMEN b, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, : 205, 207, 209 & 2m Thiet Ave, Corner of 18th Street, SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED erat OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR = E. March’s Sane: Chemical Stone Ware. Schleicher” & ‘Schuell "Chemically Pure and Common Filter Pape! Doctor ca Scheibler’s, asics ters (Polariscopes). a es Prof. ‘Jolly’ 3 ose Grav f ances, etc. is jan and pane Gleteoute Bileer 2 eae Ag ate 2 M. Hammered sie i Balances and Mao itis per : : 4 a ast PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. (1) THE BULLETIN. : This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents fOr England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. Z ' Back Numpers.—The Bu.verin was published from 1870 to 1875, sacha E in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years: The price of these five volumes i is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to- _ gun on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed: at the end of the five years. The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa- rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for a 50 cents, The price of each is $1.00. Vols, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed. + seperately, Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied oa ; Pe ee (2) THE MEMOIRS. of ss cer “The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The samuers : ean also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those omitted from this list cannot be had separately. Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts eas” Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. e cout Am Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H_ H. Rush : _ South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Sprinhe Price, sera . : No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 5 Cents. Volume . No. bce Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Sunene Vol. 3. Na De thie Fine oe Wane 1a Carolina and contiguous ars r By John K. Small: and A_ A. Heller. Price,;50.cents. _ No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacese with illustrations of 4 the species. By Thos. Morong. Price $2.00. __ No. 3.—An Enumeration of the oes eee By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents, _ oo Wok 4 No. 1.—Index™ erage Part y) Price, 7 Ri dame OF * “THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 1896. Pretident, : HON. ADDISON BROWN. « Vice Presiaents, Mia: 8 LIGHTHIPE. Recording Secretary, i Bares : . Corresponding Secretary, HENRY ‘H, RUSBY, M. D., : _ - JOHN K. SMALL, | College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia University, New York City. a - Editor, uP ane . Treasurer, oe _N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., - *. HENRY OGDEN, — a ee ae Haw tok Coy: % | Associate Editors, EMILY ce GREGORY, Ph. DD; ANNA MURRAY NAIL, | : 2 cA. A HELLER. - Curator, — . zee: aa, tatad - Eiicastie,. ‘z3 HELEN 3 M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. A ge een M. | Committe on Finance, = : BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Studies in the Botany of the southeastern United States.—VI, By Joun K. SMALL. RIBEs CURVATA n. sp. Perennial, glabrate, bright green, armed with subulate spines, which are about 4-6 mm. long. Stem diffusely branched through- out, 6-8 dm. long, clothed with a loose papery exfoliating bark ; branches purplish ; branchlets reddish, wiry, like the branches re- curved, or conspicuously drooping; leaves suborbicular, I—2 cm. in diameter, three-lobed, the lobes toothed, the terminal lobe often mucronate; petioles slender, as long as or shorter than the blade of the leaf, usually somewhat villous; flowers small but con- spicuous, solitary; peduncles 7-8 mm. long; pedicels twisted, nearly as long as the peduncles, subtended by two 3-lobed ciliate bractlets; calyx-tube papillose; calyx-segments linear or linear- Spatulate, 6 mm. long, whitish, reflexed and recurved, strongly nerved toward the middle, the edges hyaline, obtuse, one usually notched at the apex; petals oblong, 1.5 mm. long, white, obtuse, with lateral teeth and one or two nerves; stamens conspicuous, 7 mm. long, erect; filaments villous; anthers red; style some- What shorter than the filaments, villous; berry globose, 6-8 mm. in diameter, crowned by the persistent stamens. A low, diffuse shrub, growing on the slopes of Stone Moun- tain, Georgia; found in flower during the first two weeks of May, and in fruit in the first week of July, 1895. _ CUPHEA pRocumBENS Cav. Ic. 4: 55. pl. 380. 1797. 3 Mr. A. M. Huger has sent me specimens of this showy Cu- _ phea from naturalized plants found at Horse Cove, Macon county, North Carolina, altitude about 800 meters. The plant has escaped from gardens. _ \ eee epee ae 296 PERILLA FRUTESCENS (L.) Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, §: 277. 1894. This garden plant is establishing itself along the roadsides in the foothills of the mountains of Georgia, notably between Toccoa Falls and Tallulah Falls. THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ILYSANTHES. Field experience with //ysanthes convinces me that the genus has never been correctly understood. The botanists of the early part of this century seem to have limited the species much better than later authors. Among the later botanists Dr. Chapman* has given us the most satisfactory interpretation of the genus, but he makes J. gvatioloides a composite. Dr. Gray’s treatment in the Synoptical Flora+ is inferior in that it contains the compo- site species just mentioned, and reduces /. saxicola, a clearly dis- tinct species,to a variety or state of J/. refracta. The following seems to me to be the proper division of the genus: Key to the Species. Stems creeping, leafy throughout ; leaves orbicular or orbicular-ovate, all sessile, rounded at the base. Leaves entire ; upper lip of the corolla much Shorter than the lower ; capsule slen- — der, much shorter than the calyx. 1. 1. grandiflora. Leaves 3-toothed; upper lip of the corolla about equalling the lower; capsule stout, equalling or slightly exceeding the calyx. 2. J. tridentata. Stems erect or ascending, not creeping; leaves more or less elonga’ed, the lower ones usually narrowed at the base. Pedicels shorter than the leaves ; ae epaed commonly as long as Or longet than the capsule. 3. Z. attenuata. Pedicels longer than the leaves ; calyx-segments shorter than the capsule. Leaves slightly reduced above; pedicels ascending or spreading. Upper leaves more or less clasping; capsules much longer than the calyx- segments, 4. 1. gratioloides. Upper leaves not at all clasping; capsules slightly longer than the calyx segments. 5. 7. saxicola. Leaves reduced to narrow inconspicuous bracts above ; pedicels reflexed. 6. Lf. reflexa. 1, ILYSANTHES GRANDIFLORA (Nutt.) Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10: 418. 1846. a Linderma grandiflora Nutt. Gen. 2: 43. 1818. * Fl, S. States, 294. ¢ Syn. Fl. 2: Pt. 1, 283. 297 Annual, slender, glabrous, somewhat fleshy, bright green. Stems decumbent and creeping, leafy throughout, 2-20 cm. long, simple or rarely branched; leaves suborbicular, .5—1 cm. in diam- eter, leathery, entire, usually obtuse, sessile, rounded at the base, more or less clasping; pedicels filiform, 2-4 cm. long, several times longer than the leaves; calyx-segments linear-lanceolate, 3 mm. long, acute, about as long as the capsule; corolla blue, slen- der, about 1 cm. long, its upper lip much shorter than the lower ; capsule slender, narrowly oblong, or narrowly ovoid, 4.5-5 mm. long, acute or acuminate, much longer than the calyx. | Low wet places, eastern Georgia and Florida, March to October. Ascends only a few meters above sea level. 2. ILYSANTHES TRIDENTATA Nn. sp. Llysanthes grandiflora S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 442. 1896. Not Benth. 1846. Annual or biennial, fleshy, slender, glabrous. Branches erect or ascending from a rhizome-like creeping stem, simple or spa- tingly branched, leafy throughout ; leaves orbicular-ovate, 4-6 mm. long, with two low teeth below the apex, rounded at the base, Sessile or sometimes slightly clasping, rather densely punctate ; pedicels filiform, 1.5-2 cm. long, ascending; calyx minutely glan- dular-puberulent, its segments linear, 2.5-3 mm. long, obtuse, more than twice shorter than the corolla; corolla stout, 10-12 mm. long, its upper lip very slightly crisped, nearly as long as the cleft and slightly involute lower one; capsule oblong-obovoid, 3—-3.5 mm. long, obtuse, equalling or slightly longer than the calyx ; seeds oblong or obovoid, angled, with a minute tubercle at the summit. Rio Blanco, Jalisco, Mexico (Palmer, 46). June to October. 3. ILysanTHEs ATTENUATA (Muhl.). Lindernia attenuata Muhl. Cat. 59. 1813. Lindernia pyxidaria var. major Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 419. 1814. Gratiola attenuata Spreng. Syst. 1: 39. 1825. liysanthes gratioloides curtipedicellata Bush, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 494. 1894. Annual, low, fleshy, glabrous, dull-green. Stem erect or as- cending, 1-5 dm. long, the branches often numerous, spreading ; leaves oblong or ovate, sometimes oblanceolate, or obovate, 1-3 cm. long, thinnish, obtuse, distantly and shallowly serrate, five-nerved, _ §radually narrowed into a short petiole, or the upper ones nearly Sessile ; pedicels rather stout, shorter than the leaves; calyx-seg- _ Ments linear-subulate, as long as or longer than the capsules ; 298 corolla 4-11 mm. long; capsule narrowly ovoid, about 4 mm. long; pointed, tipped by the persistent style; seeds oblong, slightly curved, .3-.4 mm. long, yellowish-brown, transversely wrinkled, with usually rounded ends. Wet places, Ontario to Wisconsin and Missouri, south to the Gulf of Mexico. March to October. Ascends to about 670 meters in the mountains of Virginia. _ My attention was first called to this plant by Mr. Bush's Mis- souri specimens (described as J. gratioloides curtipedicellata) and by some I collected in North Carolina. On taking up the subject I found no lack of material, there being twenty-two specimens in the Herbarium of Columbia University variously associated with twenty-five specimens of /. gvatiolordes, some even over the same label. J. attenuata can bé distinguished from J. gratioloides at sight by its stouter and lax habit and short pedicels, while a closer examination will show the calyx-segments of the former as long as or longer than the capsule, whereas those of the latter are. always much shorter than the capsule. 4. ILYSANTHES GRATIOLOIDES (L.) Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10: 419- 1846. Caprania gratioloides L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 876. 1763. Gratiola anagallidea Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 5. 1803. Lindernia dilitata anagallidea Muhl. Cat. 59. 1813. Lindernia pyxidaria Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 419. 1814. Llysanthes riparia Raf. Ann. Nat. 13. 1820. Gratiola dilatata Muhl.; Spreng. Syst. 1: 39. 1825. llysanthes attenuata Raf.; Benth. in DC. Prodr.10: 419. 1846. Not Z. attenuata Muhl. llysanthes dilitata Raf.; Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10: 419. 1846. Annal, low, wiry, glabrous, bright green. Stem erect, or at length decumbent, 1-2 dm. long, simple or diffusely branched from near the base ; leaves ovate, or the lower oblong or obovate, some- what leathery, .6-2 cm. long, obtuse or acute, entire or nearly 59, indistinctly nerved, sessile, abruptly narrowed at the base (CX cept some of the lower ones), obtuse or subcordate; pedicels oe wiry, much longer than the leaves; calyx-segments linear,shortet than the capsule ; corolla 5-7 mm. long; capsule ovoid, 4-5 ™m- long, rather blunt, tipped by the persistent style; seeds oh _.2 mm. long, nearly straight, reddish, transversely wrinkled, wit -usually square ends, 299 Damp places, New England to Dakota, Nebraska and Texas, south to the Gulf of Mexico, across the southern boundary of the United States and on the Pacific coast; also in Cuba, and said to occur in Mexico. July to September. Ascends to 100 meters both in the Eastern and Pacific States. Llysanthes gratioloides has a more extensive geographic distri- bution than any other of our species. It ranges over the whole United States, except a part of the Rocky Mountain region, al- though further exploration may show its existence there. It is Said to be native in South America and eastern Asia and to be naturalized in western Europe. I have not seen foreign speci- mens. 5. ILysanrHEs saxicota (M. A. Curtis) Chapm. Fl. S. States, 290. 1860. | ? Lindernia monticola Muhl. Cat. 59. Without description. 1813. Lindernia saxicola M. A. Curtis; Am. Journ. Sci. 44: 83. 1843. Llysanthes refracta var. saxicola A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. 2: pt. I, 283. 1878. Annual or sometimes biennial, glabrous, slender, but some- what fleshy, bright green. Stems solitary or tufted, erect or as- surgent, 2-20 cm. long, simple, or sparingly branched, especially _ above; leaves fleshy-leathery, 0.5-1.5 cm. long, the basal tufted, Spatulate, obtuse, commonly very short-petioled, the upper ones ovate, lanceolate or narrowly elliptic, acutish, sessile, not clasp- ing, slightly narrower than the lower; pedicels wiry, but rather Stout, ascending or spreading, 1-1.5 cm. long, 3-4 times longer than the leaves; calyx-segments linear-lanceolate, acutish or ob- tuse, 2 mm. long, slightly shorter than the capsule ; corolla pale blue, variegated, about 1 cm. long, its segments crisped ; capsule ovoid, 3 mm. long, rather obtuse; seeds globose-oblong, 0.5 mm. long, pale. Crevices in damp rocks, Tallulah Falls, Georgia, and on the Hi- wassee River, North Carolina. At about 460 meters at Tallulah Falls, and probably at a little greater altitude in North Carolina. 6. ILYSANTHES REFRACTA (Ell.) Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10: 419. 1846, Lindernia refracta Ell. Bot. S. C. and Ga, 1: 579. 1817. Lindernia monticola Nutt. Add. 1818. Annual or biennial, glabrous, very slender and wiry, bright green. Stems several together or densely tufted, erect or ascend- 300 ing, .8—3 dm. long, at length almost filiform, nearly naked, simple or sparingly branched and finally diffuse ; leaves mostly basal, spatulate or obovate, 1-3 cm. long, obtuse, entire or undulate, sessile or narrowed into a short petiole; stem leaves reduced to narrow inconspicuous bracts, except a pair at the first or second node; pedicels filiform, at length reflexed, 2-4 cm. long; calyx- _ segments almost linear, 2-3 mm. long, acutish, twice shorter than the capsule; corolla 1-1.3 cm. long, its segments flat ; capsule linear- oblong, about 4 mm. long, acute or acutish ; seeds globose-oblong, .5 mm. long, orange, with a small tubercle at the end. Mostly on wet rocks, North Carolina to Mississippi, south to Florida. Spring to Fall. Ascends to about 365 meters on Little Stone Mountain, Georgia. GAYLUSSACIA URSINA (M. A. Curtis) T. & G.; A. Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. (II.) 3: 49. 1846. Flowering specimens of this rare huckleberry were collected by Mr. A. M. Huger, in the mountains about Highlands, Macon county, North Carolina, June, 1895. The altitude was about 710 meters. : SoLipAGO Pursui Porter, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 311. 1894. _ «* # * Two remarkable southern stations * * *,’ namely McCalls Ferry, Pennsylvania, and Great Falls of the Potomac, are mentioned in the Synoptical Flora as localities for this northern Solidago. In the latter part of August, 1894, I was surprised to find handsome specimens growing in crevices of the rocks at the bot- tom of the cafion at the falls of the Yadkin river, and at the Nar- rows some miles above the falls in middle North Carolina. The plants differ from specimens from the northern localities in their greater size and glabrous achenes. There is an abundant growth during the last part of August and the first weeks in September, but at other seasons hardly a vestige of the species can be found. The average height of the plants is about three feet; a few speci mens attained a height of four feet. At these localities the species is more plentiful and attains a greater development than it does at the northern stations. p SOLIDAGO GRACILLIMA T. & G. F].N. A. 2: 215, 1841. In September, 1894, I found this species on the summit of : Little Stone Mountain, Georgia. Heretofore it has been known _ only from middle Florida, from collections by Dr. Chapman. — : 301 Sotipaco Raputa Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 102. 1834. Found for the first time east of the Alleghenies on August 18th, 1891, by Mr. Heller and myself growing on dry hillsides, just west of the Falls mountains, Stanley county, North Carolina, and observed for several succeeding years. This is an interesting addition to the eastern flora. : HELIANTHUS OCCIDENTALIS Riddell, Suppl. Cat. Ohio Pl. 13. 1836. This prairie species occurs in a meadow near Logansville, Georgia, about twenty-five miles east of Atlanta. This seems to be the first record of its occurrence east of the Blue Ridge. Notes on Potentilla.—Ill. By P. A. RypDBERG. With the exception of two species, viz., the white-flowered P. tridentata Soland., and the introduced P. nemoralis Nestl., all the North American perennial species with ternate leaves can be divided into two natural groups, viz., the Viveae, with leaves densely white-tomentose beneath, and the /igidae,withouttomentum. Both groups consist of plants generally less than 2 dm. high and often more or less caespitose. The style is terminal or nearly so, filiform but short, in all, except P. fadcllifolia, not longer than the mature achenes, All the species are arctic or alpine. To the Miveae belong the following: POTENTILLA VILLOSA Pall.; Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 353. 1814. P. fragiformis villosa Regel & Tiling, Fl. Ajan. 85. Watson follows Regel & Tiling in placing P. villosa as a variety under P. fragiformis. The two resemble each other in one im- portant character, viz., the broadly oval obtuse bractlets, which, as well as the calyx, enlarge considerably in fruit. P. villosa differs from P. fragiformis, however, in the leaves as well as in the flowers; those of the former are much thicker, densely silky above (rarely gla- brate), and densely floccose and with prominentveins beneath. The flowers are about one-half larger than those of Sragiformis. From all the species of the group it differs in the large 2-3 cm. wide 302 flowers, stout habit, large leaves and broad bractlets. /. v¢llosa is a native of Alaska and adjacent Asia, but is also found in the mountains of British Columbia, Vancouver Island and Washing- ton. / PoTeNTILLA HookErIANA Lehm. Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Hamb. 1849: Add. 10. 1849. Dr. Watson placed this with P. Pennsylvanica on account of the style. It is glandular, but scarcely thickened near the base, and not curved asin P. Pennsylvanica. In habit it comes nearest to P. uivea; and as the style is often glandular in P. villosa and sometimes in P. nivea, it is better to include P. Hookeriana in this group, with which it agrees in all other respects. It differs from P. nivea in the more deeply dissected leaves, the smaller flowers, the bractlets, which equal the sepals, and a slightly stricter habit. It is a very rare plant. POTENTILLA NIVEA L. Sp. Pl. 499. 1753. The common form of this species is fully as tall as either of the two preceding, but very slender. The flowers are only 15 mm. in diameter, the bractlets linear-oblong or lanceolate, shorter than the ovate-lanceolate sepals. The obcordate petals only a little exceed the sepals. The leaflets are 1-3 cm. long, oblong or obo- vate, with broad teeth. P. nivea is distributed throughout the arctic regions and in the higher mountains of the northern hemi- sphere. In America it ranges from Labrador to Alaska, extend- ing in the Rockies as far south as Colorado. P. nivea is very variable. The following varieties have been collected in America: POTENTILLA NIVEA MACROPHYLLA Hook. Bot. Mag. 57: ple 2982. Leaflets very large and deeply incised ; plant taller than the or dinary form. POTENTILLA NIVEA QUINQUEFOLIA. P.nivea pentaph iwlla Lehm. Novy. Stirp. Pug. g: 69. 1851. Not | P. pentaphylla Richt. ae 303 "P. nivea dissecta Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 559. 1873. Not P. dissecta Pursh, 1814. : Leaves quinate as well as ternate; leaflets deeply toothed, in the quinate leaves the lower ones often smallef. POTENTILLA NIVEA UNIFLORA (Ledeb.). Potentilla unifiora Ledeb. Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. 5: 543. P. nwea Vahliana American authors, at least in part. The true position of this plant is difficult to determine. It may be placed as a variety of P. nivea or of P. Vahliana or as a Species intermediate between the two. Ledebour made it a variety of P. villosa, which it somewhat resembles as to the leaves. It has the caespitose habit, short nearly leafless stems, and short wedge-shaped leaves of P. Vahliana. Its flowers are nearly of the same size as those of that species, but the petals are obcordate, not reniform, and the sepals and bracts are those or P. nivea, de- pauperate forms of which grade into it. It is found in the arctic regions from Greenland to Alaska and adjacent Asia, but also in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado. Apparently all specimens labelled P. nivea Vahliana from the Rockies belong to P. mivea uniflora. It was evidently this form that Watson had in mind when he made the statement that P. Vahliana was a depauperate few-flowered form of P. nivea. POTENTILLA VAHLIANA Lehm. Monog. 172. 1820. P. hirsuta Vahl; Hornem. Fl. Dan. f/. 1390. Not Michx. This is very low and matted, the large flowers a little exceed- ing the leaves. The petals are very broadly subreniform, 7. ¢., broader than long, and therefore overlap each other ; the bractlets are broadly oval, obtuse and about equal the ovate sepals. The whole plant is covered with yellowish villous hairs besides the tomentum. Lehmann was in some doubt whether he should regard it as a variety of P. nivea or asa distinct species. He made it a spe- cies on the authority of Vahl, who knew the plant in its native haunts. Seeing only P. nivea and P. Vahliana nobody would hesi- tate in assigning specific rank to the latter. The trouble comes in when one is to draw the line between either and P. uniflora. : Lehmann states that ?. Vahliana was collected by Richardson in’ = 304 Captain Franklin’s journey. Specimens collected by Richardson and named P. Vahliana are in the Torrey Herbarium at Columbia, but these, it seems to me, rather belong to P. uniflora. There is, however, from the-same collector one specimen, a very small one, indeed, which without any doubt belongs to P. Vakliana, but this is together with two specimens of F. zava under the name P. nivea arctica. Except this specimen and one from Herald Island, all specimens seen are from Greenland and the islands of Baffin Bay. They are generally labelled P. pulchella. The latter species is easily distinguished by its small flowers, the petals scarcely ex- _ ceeding the sepals, and its deeply dissected leaves which are pin- nate with two approximate pairs of leaflets. The /vigidae differ from the Niveae principally in the lack of tomentum. They are all low, more or less caespitose, arctic or al- pine plants. To this group belong the following : ; POTENTILLA RopsinstanA Oakes; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 441- 1838, as a synonym under P. minima Robbinsiana Torr, & Gray, /. c. P. frigida American authors, not Vill. Torrey and Gray placed this species as a variety under P. munima and Watson tranferred it to P. frigida. It very much re- sembles both of those European species. It comes nearest to P. minima in habit, but to P. frigida in pubescence. It differs from both in the small petals, which about equal the sepals, and in the bracts and the sepals, which are very narrow and subequal. In both P. frigida and P. minima the petals are longer than the sepals, and these much longer than the bractlets. The same characters that distinguish P. Roddinsiana from the two species mentioned distinguish it also from its American relatives. The range of P. Robbinsiana is very limited. It apparently is confined to the White Mountains of New Hampshire. POTENTILLA ELEGANS Schlecht. & Cham. Linnza, 2: 22. 1827. This species, as far as I know, has not yet been collected in America, but is mentioned here because it is quite common across — Behring Strait and may be found in Alaska. It resembles P. — Robbinsiana in the sepals and bracts, but is a more delicate plant, — the leaflets being only 3-5 mm. long and nearly glabrous. 305 POTENTILLA EMARGINATA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept..%: 353. 3814, This species was described from specimens collected by Kohl- meister in Labrador. According to Lehmann(Hook. FI. Bor. Am. I: 194), P. nana, also, was collected by the same missionary. There is therefore a doubt which of the two. is the original P. emarginata. The latter, as understood by Vahl, Lehmann and others, is a stouter plant than P. zaua, has very narrow bracts, and leaves with acute teeth, of which the terminal is generally the largest. In both the flowering stems scarcely exceed the leaves. P. emarginata grows in Labrador, the Baffin Bay region, Green- land and Spitzbergen. POTENTILLA NANA Willd. Mag. Gesell. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 7: 296. 1813. Dr. Watson states that this is a depauperate form of P. emar- Sata. * As understood by Lehmann, it is a plant much nearer re- lated to P. fragiformis, The habit is caespitose, as in P. emarginata, but the teeth of the leaves are rounded and the terminal one gen- erally smaller, and the bractlets are broadly elliptical and enlarge in fruit, as in P. fragiformis, from which it differs mainly in size, being in every respect smaller, and in the fact that the flowering stems scarcely exceed the leaves. A connecting link is formed by the Greenland P. Friesiana, which resembles P. nana in every respect, except that the flowering stems are elongated, as in P. Jragiformis. Probably all three are but forms of one species. P. nivea arctica, at least as to Richardson’s plant, must be included in P. nana. It ranges through arctic America from Labrador to Alaska, and is also found in eastern Siberia. POTENTILLA FRAGIFORMIS Willd. Mag. Gesell. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 7: 294. 1813. Differs from P. zana in being in every respect more robust and with stems 1-2 dm. high. It somewhat approaches P. villosa in habit, but lacks the tomentum and has much smaller flowers. It comes nearest the Caucasian and Siberian P. gelida Meyer, but differs in its hirsute pubescence. P. fragiformis is mainly Siberian, but has been collected on the Aleutian Islands. 7 306 POTENTILLA FLABELLIFOLIA Hook.; Torr. and Gray. Fl. N. Am. 1: 442. 1838. P. gelida American authors, not Meyer. This is near P. gelida and has generally been included therein, but differs in its much larger flowers, lighter foliage and a thicker creeping rootstock; it is best to regard it as at least a good variety. If the isolated range is taken in consideration, it is still better to regard it as a species. P. fladellifolia is found on the higher mountains of Oregon and Washington, while P. gelida grows in the Caucasus and eastern Siberia. Near /vigidae is another group, which may be called Brevifoltae, consisting of only twospecies. It differs from the preceding group mainly in two characters, viz.: pinnately 3-5-foliolate leaves and a very long and slender style, which is fastened a short distance be- low the apex of the achene. Both species are low, less than 1% dm. high, from a thickish branched rootstock. PoreNTILLA Grayi Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 560. 1873. In this species the leaflets are only three, broadly obovate oF nearly obicular. The habit of the plant reminds one somewhat 0 {f, flabellifoha, but the middle leaflet is considerably stalked, showing that the leaf is pinnate with only one pair, rather than ternate. As the style is of the same form and the same place of attachment as in P. brevi ifolia, it is better to let the two constitute a group by themselves, especially as the habit and flower is nearly the same. P. Grayi has been collected only in the mountains around the Yosemite valley, California. PoTENTILLA BREVIFOLIA Nutt.; Torr & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 442- This species has leaves with about two pairs of rounded 2—-3- cleft and crenate leaflets, which are rather small, only %-I cm. long. Lehmann included it in the Glandulosae on account of the habit, which a little resembles that of the group mentioned, and the fact that the plant is somewhat glandular puberulent. As stated before, the style is very slender, filiform, not basal, but fastened near the apex; the anthers are not flat, and plainly divided into two lobes, and the petals are emarginate. It is confined to the alpine peaks of Oregon. 307 Contribution to the Myxogasters of Maine. By F, L. Harvey. The following list includes all the species of slime-moulds known by the writer to have been collected in Maine. Species recorded by Saccardo, Massee and Lister are noted. We have had accesses to Sprague’s lists; the collections in the Port. S. N. H. determined by Cooke and Berkeley, a list of Maine fungi collected by Rev. J. Blake, specimens in the Blake Herbarium of the Maine State College; and a list of specimens collected at Rangely and Bar Harbor by Dr. Rex. The specimens collected by the writer have all been examined by either Wingate, Peck, Ellis, Rex or Morgan, or carefully compared with authentic speci-_ mens. We will be glad to know of additional references or the names of past or present Maine collectors of these forms. The list is by no means exhaustive, as each year brings to light new and interesting forms. Dr. Rex said “ your second sending con- tains an unusual number of interesting forms and suggests that there may yet be many treasures found.” We are under great obligations to the above named specialists, especially to Mr. Wingate, from whom came the original inspira- tion to study and collect these forms, and to Dr. Rex for many kind letters and the determinations of specimens, and since his death to Mr. Morgan for similar favors. We have followed the order of genera given in Lister’s recent monograph. MYXOMYCETES OF MAINE. Orp. CERATIOMYXACEAE. 1. Ceratiomyxa mucida Schroet.=Ceratium hydnoides Alb. & Schw. Common on rotton wood. Orono; Greenfield (Harvey). Orb. PHYSARACEAE. 2. Badhamia hyalina (Pers.) Berk. In Blake Herb. as Physa- — vum hyalinum Pers. Cumberland (Blake). 3. B. utricularis (Bull.) Berk. Low ground on prostrate logs. Orono, Oct. (Harvey). 4. B. macrocarpa (Ces.) Rost. Common in low ground on logs. Orono, Oct. (Harvey). 308 5. B. fasciculata (Jungh.) Rost. On bark of dead gray birch on ground ina swamp. Orono (Harvey). 6. Physarum Petersi Farlowii Rost. (P. globuliferum Pers. accord- ing to Lister.) Under bark of astanding birch. Orono (Harvey). 7. P. vinde Pers. Under this head we put Zi/madoche viridis and 7. mutadilis, both from Rangely (Rex). 8. P. didermoides. Port.S.N.H. Coll. no. 55 as Didymium con- gestum B. & Br. (Fuller). 9. P. cinereum (Batsch) Pers. Rangely (Rex). 10. P. contextum Pers. Rangely (Rex). Orono (Harvey). 11. P. sinuosum (Bull.) Rost. Rangely (Rex). P. divalve of Lister. 12. P. penetrale Rex. Rangely (Rex). 13. P. leucophaeumFr. Rangely (Rex). Orono (Harvey). 1889. Lister makes this P. xutans var. leucophaeum. Rex says “ speci- mens well marked with a large central vesicular granule of lime. 14. P. nutans Pers. Herb. Port. Soc’y, no. 32 (Fuller). Harri- son (Blake). Rangely (Rex). Orono (Harvey). Our specimens are Tilmadoche nutans Rost.=P. nutans var. genuinum List. 15. P. Ditmari Rost. Rangely (Rex).=P. virescens Ditm. 16. P. citrinellum Pk. Greenfield, Oct., 1895 (Harvey).=C7a- terium citrinellum Lister. 17. Fuligo septica Gmelin. Rangely (Rex). Orono & Greenfield (Harvey). Specimens collected at Greenfield, September, 1895; were infested by the rare fungus Hypomyces violaceus (Fr.) Tul. The aethalia vary in color and size. The shades are brown, yel- low and white. Some aethalia are nearly 3 in. across. We have found specimens 3 ft. from the ground on the side of living trees- 18. Craterium leucocephalum Ditm. Rangely (Rex). Craterium citrinellum Lister is recorded as Physarum citrinellum Pk. See this list No. 16. 19. Leocarpus fragilis (Dicks.) Rost. Herb. P. S. N. H. no. 21) as Diderma vernicosum Pers. (Fuller). Rangely (Rex). Orono, Sep- tember to November (Harvey) = L. vermicosus Link, of Lister. 20. Condrioderma testaceum (Schr.) Rost. Rangely (Rex). 21. C. Micheli Rost. Rangely (Rex). These specimens were the sessile variety. 22. C. aculeatum Rex.=C. Sauteri Rost. Bar Harbor (Rex). 309 23. Diachaea elegans Fries. Herb. P. S. N. h. (Fuller). Rangely (Rex). 24. D Thomasii Rex. This is spoken of by Lister as having been collected by Prof. Thaxter at ‘ A7/lery,” U.S. A. Probably Kittery, Me., is meant. Orb. DIDYMIACEAE. 25. Didymium Clavus Rost. Rangely (Rex). 26. D. farinaceum Schrad. Rangely (Rex). Orono (Harvey). 27. D. microcarpon Fr. Herb. P.S. N.H.as D. nigripes Fr. (Fuller). Cumberland (Blake), Bar Harbor and Rangely (Rex). 28. D. Xanthopus Fr. Wells (Blake). 29. D. proximum B. & C. Beech woods, Orono (Harvey). 30. D. eximum Pk. Orono (Harvey). The four preceding species are united by Lister as D. migripes Fries, and varieties. 31. D. effusum Link. Rangely (Rex). Orb. STEMONITACEAE. 32. Stemonitis fusca Roth. Otisfield (Blake). Rangely (Rex). Orono and Oldtown (Harvey). 33. S. herbatica Pk. On fallen trunks. Greenfield, Oct. (Har- vey). 34. S. ferruginea Ehrenb. Rangely (Rex). Orono, Aug. (Har- ; vey). 35. S. Smithii Macbride=S. microspora List. Greenfield, Sept 1895 (Harvey). 36. Comatricha typhoides Rost. Port. S. N. H. Coll., no. 94 (Fuller). Rangely (Rex). Orono (Harvey). 37. C. obtusata Preuss. Sprague’s N. Eng. Myc., p. 318 (Morse), as Svemonitis ovata Pers. Bar Harbor (Rex). A single very fine cluster was found at Orono by my son, Bartle Harvey, upon a decaying spruce timber from a barn. 38. C. longa wregularis Lister. Our specimens were named by Rex as C. wregularis Rex. Greenfield, Oct. Other specimens collected at Oldtown, September, 1895, were submitted to Morgan, who named them C. crypta Schw. 39. Lamproderma physarioides Rost. Rangely (Res) Greenfield, : September, 1895 (Harvey). 310 40. L. columbinum (Pers.) Rost. Greenfield, October, 1894. On moss covering a log, in fine development (Harvey). Regarding this form Mr. Morgan made the following note: « It corresponds exactly to what Rostafinski describes as Lampro- derma columbinum (Pers.) Rost. Lister and Massee have made very bad work of this genus, so that the students in this country using their volumes can scarcely tell what to do with their speci- mens. I was influenced by Lister in this genus, but after the pub- lication of his volume I am disposed to fall back on Rostafinski. Lister combines this species with L. physaroides A. and 5. This I think is not correct. The old writers describe.them as distinct, one with a silvery sheen and the other with a steel blue luster. Both have long stipes. I think Rostafinski is correct in allowing them to stand as two good and distinct species. It is more like L. vtolaceum Fr., having, however, a much larger stipe.” 41. L. violaceum Rost. Greenfield, 1895 (Harvey). 42. L. arcyrwides (Somm.) Rost. Rangely (Rex). Lister puts this under L. violaceum Rost. Orp. AMAUROCHAETACEAE. 43. Amaurochaete atra Rost. Herb. P. N.S. H. as Reticularia atra Fr. Maine (Fuller). OrD. HETERODERMACEAE. 44. Lindbladia tubulina Fries. Cumberland (Blake) as Licea spermoides B. & C. 45. Cribraria intricata Schrad. Rangely (Rex). 40. C. tenella Schrad. . Bar Harbor (Rex). 47. C. purpurea Schrad. On decaying logs, Greenfield, Oct. (Harvey). 48. Dictydium umbilicatum Schrad. Rangely (Rex) as dD. cernuum Pers. Orb. Lickacega. 49. Licea fragiformis Fr. Cooke’s Hand Book, 1: 408. Cum- berland (Blake). This form is noted in Blake’s list. It is not re-_ corded by Saccardo or Lister, and we have not been able to trace the synonymy. It may be Zubulina cylindrica (Bull.) DC., a8 Saccardo records L. fragiformis Nees asa synonym of this species: 50. L. minima Fr. Sacc.7: 405. Cumberland (Blake). The 311 specimens in the Blake Herb. bearing this name were mounted on a sheet without protection and are in bad shape. They were de- termined for Blake by Cooke and were probably correct. Sac- cardo questions whether this species belongs to the genus Licea, while Lister makes it a good species. _ 51. Orcadella operculata Wing. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1889: 280. Trunks of living red oaks, Me. (Wingate.) Orb. TUBULINACEAE. 52. Lubulina fragiformis Pers. Very common on hemlock stumps and logs and other situations. Rangely (Rex). Orono, Greenfield, Oldtown, Jackman, Norcross, etc. (Harvey). Orb. RETICULARIACEAE. 53- Enteridium Rozeanum Wing. On charred fallen trunks Chemo Pond, Bradley (Harvey). Orp. TRICHIACEAE. 54. Inichia fallax Pers. As T. clavata Wig. in Port. N. H. Coll. no. 19, Fuller. Rangely (Rex.). Orono (Harvey). 55. Z. varia Pers. Rangely (Rex.). Orono, 1889, Sept. Green- field, Sept., 1895 (Harvey). Rex. says, “ This is peculiar in the elongated sporangium, terminating in a hollow stipe, like 7: fad/ax. I have never seen anything like it in 7. varia before. 56. Z. varia sessilis Rost. Cumberland (Blake). Orono (Har- . vey). Lister does not recognize this variety. 57. L. chrysosperma (Bull.) DC.—T. favoginea Pers. Herb. Port. S.N. H. Coll. no. 18 (Fuller) Rangely (Rex.), Greenfield, Sept., 18905 (Harvey). 58. 7. Jackit Rost.=T. persimilis Karst. Greenfield (Harvey). Rex says of my specimens that they are “strongly marked.” | 59. T. scabra Rost. Rangely (Rex). Orono and Oldtown, Sep- tember, 1895 (Harvey). 60. 7. inconspicua Rost. Rangely (Rex). Orono (Harvey). Lis- ter regards this as 7: contorta Rost. 61. T. contorta Rost. Orono>(Ilarvey). Rex says my speci- mens are good examples of this species. 62. T. reniformis Pk. Orono (Harvey). Rex says, “Thisis _ typical according to a specimen of the type sent me by Prof. Peck.” 312 Later, Rex says this seems really to be a form of bale contorta. Lis- ter includes it in the above species. 63. 7. abrupta Cooke, Grev. 5: 150. Cooke B. Myx. 256 (Portland). Lister refers this form to 7. perszmilzs Karst. 64. T. subfusca Rex. Jackman (Harvey), Sept.,1895. Lister makes this var. swbfusca, under 7: Botrytis. Morgan says, “ The stipe is much shorter than the type I have from Dr. Rex, and the elaters are remarkably branched.” 65. TZ: affinis De Bary. Greenfield (Harvey), Sept., 1895. 66. 7. nana Mass. Westbrook (?). According to Lister this is the same as Hemiarcyria Wigandii Rost., a form which we record under that genus from Orono. 67. Oligonema nitens Rost. Orono, Sept., 1889. Greenfield, 1893 (Harvey). Our specimens are finely developed. 68. Hemiarcyria (Hemitrichia) rubiformis (Pers.) Rost. Cum- berland (Blake). Rangely (Rex). Orono (Harvey). 69. H. clavata (Pers.) Rost. Common on fallen trunks. Sept. to Nov. Rangely (Rev). Orono, Greenfield (Harvey). 70. H. serpula (Scop.) Rost. Bar Harbor (Rex). 71. H. Wigandi Rost. Orono, Oct., 1892 (Harvey). Rex says, “ This has not been recorded from America before. It an- swers the description well, except that the spore and thread measurements are less.” Lister refers Zrichia nana Mass. which _ is reported from Westbrook, Me., to this species. : 72. H. leiocarpa Rost. On vegetable debris. Portland (Bolles). Grev. 5: 150. 73. H. stipata Schw. Orono, Oct. ’90, Oldtown, Sept. ’95 (Harvey). Rex says of the specimens collected in 1890, “ That I have specimens in abundance of this species from several locali- ties in this country, but yours has the most strongly marked capil- litium. It is valuable for that reason.” Lister refers this to Avcy7i@ stipata Lister. 74. H. plumosa Morgan. On fallen trunks. Sept. 1895, Old- town (Harvey). Lister makes no mention of this. Orp ARCYRIACEAE. 75. Arcyria punicea Pers, Bar Harbor and Rangely (Rex) Orono and Oldtown (Harvey). 2 318 76. A. cinerea (Bull.) Schum (A. alhida Pers). Rangely (Rex). Orono and Jackman (Harvey). 77. A. adnata, Batsch=A. incarnata Pers. Cumberland (Blake). Rangely (Rex). Orono and Oldtown (Harvey). 78. A. nutans (Bull.) Grev. Orono, Greenfield, Jackman (Har- vey). 79. A. aurantiaca Rounk. On decayed pine boards. Orono, Oct., 92 (Harvey). Our specimens were determined by Dr. Rex. Lister says the description clearly refers to A.-ferruginea. 80, A. OErstedtii Rost. Rangely (Rex). 81. A. minor Schw. Greenfield, 1895 (Harvey). Lister does not mention this. 82. A. ferruginea Saut. In low ground. In large masses sev- eral inches square, upon the under side of a decorticated log. Orono, Oct., 1893 (Harvey). Dr. Rex makes the following note on this species: “This is an exceedingly interesting specimen to me, partly because it is the first American specimen I have seen, and partly from its vari- able thread sculpture. It is typical only in the central part of the capillitium. Both the basal and apical portions differ from my European types. Still I think it should be referred as above. I have compared it with authentic specimens of A macrocarpa Pk. Externally the resemblance is very great, but the capillitium is different, yet suggests your species in a few places. It seems to be one end of a series, of which A. ferruginea forms the other, and your specimens the central position. I should call your specimen an intermediate form between the above species, but referable rather to 4. ferruginea.”’ 83. Perichaena chrysosperma Lister. This is reported from Rangely by Rex, as Cornuvia Wrightii Rost. 84. P. depressa Libert. Rangely (Rex.). Orp. MARGARITACEAE. 85. Dianema Harveyi Rex. Our specimens are the type of this genus. They were obtained on decorticated poplar in a swamp near Orono, Sept., 1889. They have not been detected since the original gathering, though searched for carefully. The Species may be regarded as rare. : 314 Orp. LYCOGALACEAE. 86. Lycogala miniatum Pers =L. epidendrum List. Very com- mon. Cumberland (Blake). Rangely (Rex.). Orono (Harvey). On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S$. Marylandica. - By Evucene P. BICKNELL. Two totally distinct species of Scrophularia are included under the name Serophularia Marylandica, the common Figwort of the Eastern States. The true S. Marylandica is a \ate-flowering plant; beginning to bloom in the neighborhood of New York from the second to the fourth week of July, and continuing to bear flowers into late September or even October. The other species blooms in the spring and early summer—from about the middle of May until late June or early July. Its latest flowers are gone long be- . fore the earliest of S. Marylandica appear.* It is not a little remarkable that this very noteworthy differ- ence in the flowering-periods of these common plants should have remained so long undetected, and the fact readily explains why only a single species has been recognized; for, so close is the re- semblance between these two figworts that, were their flowering periods identical, their distinctness would scarcely have been sus- pected. The case affords a striking illustration of extremely close general resemblance between species fundamentally distinct. That I am not wrong in thus characterizing these plants will, I think, sufficiently appear from a comparison of their roots alone . which exhibit notable differences both in morphology and in anatomical structure. It is to be especially remarked, also, that each plant has a characteristic odor distinctly different from that of the other. It is a matter of curious interest now to recall the long-exist- ing differences of opinion as to whether our S. Marylandica, — * Observations made the present season show that this general rule is not without exceptions. On July 7th, among an abundant growth of the early-flowering species on a shaded northern slope, three belated flowers were found; the same day some plants of S. Marylandica which had strayed from the woods into damp open | ground showed their first flowers, 515 actually embracing two species, was or was not different from the European S. xodosa. Of the latter plant I have seen only two in- complete specimens, enough, however, to satisfy me that it is per- fectly distinct from both of its East American relatives. I have not overlooked that Pursh ascribed two species of Scrophularia to the Eastern States. There cannot be any doubt, however, that his S. /anceolata was merely a form of S. Mary- ‘andica, as authorities have ruled. At first glance the brief de- Scription of the former might seem to point to our early-flowering Species, but a more careful reading does not allow this view. Not only is no one of the essential characters of this plant defined, but the flowering period given by Pursh— Aug.—Sep.”—is alone con- clusive against his S. /anceolata being the same as our species which flowers in May and June. Moreover, Pursh’s description — Perfectly accommodates certain narrow-leaved forms of true S. Marylandica. As bearing on this point it may be noted that in the Herba- rium of Columbia University is a sheet of true S. Warylandica, - labeled in Dr. Torrey’s hand “.S. anceolata, Pursh,” followed by the full reference to Pursh’s publication. Another sheet of Dr. Torrey’s labeled S. Marylandica exhibits specimens of both our Species. For the new plant I propose the name Scrophularia leporella* in referenee to the flower which bears a curious resemblance to a little rabbit sitting upright with ears erect. In the very similar flowers of S. Marylandica the same resemblance is seen, but is less Striking, * Since this was written Mr. P. A. Rydberg has described a new Scrophularia from the Black Hills of South Dakota as Scrophularia nodosa occidentalis. (Cont. U.S. Nat. Herb. 3:517.) Mr, Rydberg, who has seen specimens of my S. lepo- vedla declares that it is not the same as the Dakota plant, the types of which were large- flowered, and showed a peculiar basal cutting of the leaves something like that seen in S. Californica, Certain specimens of Scrophularia from Nebraska in the Columbia Herbarium, which Mr. Rydberg regards as referable to his occidentalis seem to show a close affinity to /eporelia, and are certainly nearer to-it than to Marylandica, It set evident from this that the western plant should stand as Scrophularia occidentalis. It would be clearly illogical to maintain it as a variety of the European vodosa, and, if it should prove to be related varietally to one of our eastern species, that species would almost certainly be S. eporella, which would have to take the varietal designation. 316 ScrRoPHULARIA MARYLANDICA L. Erect, mostly 5°-6° tall (3°-10°), large plants becoming widely candelabrate branched above, the branches sometimes reaching an expanse of 5°. Stem glabrous and shining, four- sided with rounded angles and deeply grooved or impressed sides, more or less acutely quadrangular above. Panicles terminal on stem and branches, often somewhat pyramidal, mostly about r*. long (6/-2°) and leafy at the base, glandulose above and in the cymes, the glandules purple, stalked or terminating minute hairs. Cymes racemose, numerous, rather close, widely spreading or as- cending, varying from short and contracted to loose and open, 2's’ in length and breadth, the peduncles usually much shorter than the branches. Perfectly developed cymes are formed by the forking of the peduncle into two diverging, evenly zig-zag branches bearing at each angle aslender-pedicelled flower, a solitary longer- pedicelled flower rising from the angle of the fork. In many cases the structure is less regular, and more contracted cymes may be irregularly dichotomous. Cymes bracteolate throughout, the bracteoles subtending the pedicels mostly in opposite pairs, linear- subulate, spreading or recurved. Flowers few to many; on the lower cymes rarely less than 9-11 and frequently twice that num- ber. Leaves slender-petioled, deep green, rather thin and veiny, — glabrous above (with fine scattered hairs when young) minutely pubescent below (nearly glabrous to softly pubescent) often very large, reaching a length of 1° and a breadth of 6’, mostly ovate- lanceolate from a rounded or sub-cordate base, but varying greatly, from cordate-ovate and acute to lanceolate and acuminate with acute or narrowed base ; uppermost leaves often narrowly lanceo- late tapering to either end. The leaves vary also from regularly or irregularly serrate or dentate to coarsely doubly dentate-serrate or even sharply dentate lobed. Petioles long and slender, from \% to 34 the length of the blade, or longer in the lower leaves, becoming gradually shorter in the upper leaves, ciliate-pubescent along the upper side, sometimes glabrate; nodes of the stem be- tween the petioles often ciliate-fringed. A fascicle of smal] leaves ora single pair, often quite rudimentary, occupies the axil 0 each cauline leat; lowest leaves of the stem large and fully de- veloped, on long petioles. Corolla ventricose-ovoid, puncticulate with pellucid glands, 3-4” long, 2-214” wide, little contracted at the throat, the lobes short, the lateral pair and the upper lip usually slightly spreading, the lobes of the upper lip short and rounded ; outside of tube green, appearing dull and finely cellular, the interior shining and with the upper lip mostly deep brownish — purple ; not infrequently the flower is nearly all greenish-yellow. Sterile stamen with its adnate filament deep purple, about 3f"" 2 broad ; style filiform, scarcely enlarged at base. Calyx-lobes oF bicular to oblong, obtuse, scarcely margined. Flower-buds du 317 green before expanding. Capsule 2-3” long, about 2’ wide, short-ovoid or subglobose, mostly abruptly contracted or rounded to a slender mucronate point, often becoming black. Rarely the capsule is 3, 4 or 5-celled. | Woodland in rich soil, usually about rocky places, sometimes at the borders of thickets in low grounds. Begins to flower at New York about the middle of July (July 7-28). In some seasons flowers are still to be found at the end of September. Specimens have been examined from various localities from New York and Ohio to North Carolina, Tennessee and Kansas. SCROPHULARIA LEPORELLA MN. sp. Lower than S. Marylandica, mostly 3°-4° tall (2°-7°), erect, but sometimes inclined from the weight of the fruiting panicle, commonly simple or nearly so, or developing a few ascending slender branches, rarely strongly branched. Stem throughout quadrangular with flat sides and acute margined angles, more or less glandular-puberulent especially when young, becoming gla- brate below, viscid-glandular above and throughout the panicle; glandulosity finer and closer than in Marylandica, the smaller glandules pale. Panicle commonly longer and narrower than in Marylandica, 1°-3° in length, naked or with small leaves subtend- ing the lowest cymes. Cymes commonly fewer-flowered and more contracted than in A/arylandica, the branches and pedicels less slender and spreading, mostly under 2’ long and broad (1’-3’, rarely longer), ascending, frequently much separated, the branches often not longer than the peduncles, the bracteoles mostly not in Pairs or finally recurved as in Marylandica, but solitary and some- what appresed or incurved. Flowers of the cymes mostly 5-7, rarely more than 11, sometimes only 3 in each cyme throughout. Exceptionally, on strongly developed plants, the cyme may be as long-branched and many-flowered as in Marylandica, presenting, however, a very distinct appearance from the more ascending branches and pedicels and longer more attenuate capsules. Leaves commonly smaller than in Marylandica (largest 10! x 4’) thicker and less rugose, brighter green, glabrous both sides, somewhat shining below (when young with some minute glandular hairs on the veins above and below) varying from deltoid-ovate through Ovate and oblong to lanceolate and narrowly lanceolate, truncate, cordate, rounded or tapering at the base, from finely and evenly to Coarsely and irregularly dentate-serrate or sharply cut dentate, sometimes with acuminate and elongated spreading uncinate teeth. Petioles short, from 1% to &% the length of the blade, stouter than in Marylandica, finely glandular-puberulent, on the upper side short-ciliate. Leaves of the axillary fascicles larger than in Mary- _ 318 landica, the fascicles sometimes developing into short sterile branches. Lower leaves of the stem reduced or rudimentary, early deciduous, the lowest reduced to appressed scaly bracts. Corolla longer and narrower than in J/arylandica, more delicately veined but not glandular-puncticulate, more contracted at the throat 4-5” long, 2” broad, the lobes longer than in Marylandica, especially the upper one, the two lateral lobes erect or slightly in- curved, the lobes of the upper lip often narrowly oblong. Surface of the corolla-tube shining, greenish and purplish, the interior green and dull, the lobes varying from yellowish-green to dull purplish-red, or sometimes a bright pink-red; sterile stamen greenish-yellow, its lobe slightly more adherent than in Mary- /andica and mostly more abruptly dilated to the broadly truncate top which is %4’’-1” wide. Calyx-lobes broadly or narrowly ovate, obtuse or acute, slightly margined. Flower-buds shining, bright green with a purple spot at the top. Capsules ovoid-conic to elongated-conic or attenuate, passing into the thickened base of the style, 2’-5’’ long, 114-34” wide, at maturity slightly com- pressed and impressed along the sutures, mostly brown, the sur- face often distinctly reticulate-veined. Seeds a little larger than those of Warylandica and darker, otherwise similar—irregularly ob- long, often curved, strongly wrinkled striate and pitted. Roots fewer and simpler than in M/arylandica, much stouter and longet, coalescing basally to form a large irregular woody structure which may be as much as six inches in longer diameter. Wooded hillsides in rich soil, straying into open ground along roadsides where it sometimes becomes much branched and un- usually stoutly developed. Common near New York City. Dr. Britton finds it common on Staten Island. I have met with it within eight miles of the Connecticut line and in the Pocono region of eastern Pennsylva- nia. Its further distribution remains to be ascertained. ie Begins to flower at New York from before the middle of May to the end of the month. Full sized fruit is already formed early in June, and by the end of the month only a few belated flowers, if any, remain. , Although this species occurs in much the same kind of situa- tions as S. Marylandica, the two are rarely found growing together, or even inhabiting the same piece of woods. Near New York are various tracts of woodland inhabited exclusively by one or the other species; twice only have I found them growing together, — apparently in accidental association in both cases. o Allusion has been made to differences in the root-structure 319 of these two figworts. These differences are so distinctly marked, even to the unaided eye, that identification may safely rest on a mere glance at a fragment of the fresh root. In Mary- /andica the central cylinder is slender, occupying only about one- third of the diameter of the root; it is hence of about the thickness of the surrounding cortex, from which it is sharply distinguished by its greater whiteness, especially at its tough and lignified outer walls. Upon attempting to break the root the cortex is easily ruptured and peels off smoothly from the central cylinder which bends readily but refuses to break. In /eforella the central cylin- der is of ‘softer texture and much larger, occupying the greater part of the interior of the root ; its walls are not lignified, nor is it sharply marked off in color from the surrounding thin layer of cor- tex, which is not readily disengaged from it. The root is easily snapped in two, showing an even plane of fracture. A comparison of the flowers of these plants shows a curious reversal of color characters between them. In Marylandica the surface of the corolla tube is green and dull, the interior shining and brownish-purple; in /epore//a the outside of the tube is pur- plish and shining, the interior green and dull. The color of the sterile stamen, deep purple in J/arylandica, yellowish-green in /ep- orella is absolutely constant, that is to say, a reference to hundreds _ of flowers of each species has discovered no exception. Even i in flowers of Marylandica which are pale green nearly throughout, the sterile stamen remains purple; conversely, in the most highly colored flowers of leporella the green stamen is without the slight- est purple tinge. The early annual shoots of these plants show some interesting : comparative differences. Before the end of April the stouter shoots of /eporella are already a foot or more high, four or five times as tall as those of Marylandica. In the former the base of the. shoot is leafless, often for several inches, and invested with broad, appressed, overlapping scales or bracts (modified petioles) ; these show a gradual transition into the small lower leaves. The early leaves have broad, flat petioles, sometimes nearly half an inch wide ; the bases of the blades are mostly entire and sharply truncate. In Marylandica the lowest pair of leaves are large and fuily devel- Opec, on long slender petioles which rise from nearly the extreme base of the shoot. 320 Reviews. Plants of Monroe County, New York, and adjacent Territory — Many catalogues of American local floras have been published. Among the regions most thoroughly explored is that of central and western New York. The number and character of the stu dents who, first and last, have done field work within its in would warrant this conclusion without taking into consideration their published results. Gray, Torrey, Vasey, Knieskern, eee Sartwell, Paine, Wright, Day, Dudley and others have publishe papers, while many others have assisted in collecting information. The recent publication, by the Rochester Academy of Science, of a catalogue of “Plants of Monroe County, New York, ee Adjacent Territory,”* adds a large amount to our knowledge © the plants of this region. The catalogue is something more than a list, as may be seen by the table of contents. Inception of the Work ; Authorship. Scope of the List. Territory included. The Map. Authorities and Collectors. Early Botanists of the Region. Recent Collectors, Acknowledgments. Localities of Special Interest ; The Lessér Floras. Shore of Lake Ontario. Irondequoit Bay. Genesee River. Mendon Ponds, Swamp at Adams Basin. Bergen Swamp. Ravine at Holly. Introduction of Species, Disappearance of Species, Forest Trees. Statistics of the Flora. Systematic Distribution. Leading Orders. Leading Genera, Comparative Statistics, * Plants of Monroe County, New York, and Adjacent Territory. Published by <3 the Rochester Academy of Science: 159 pages; large octavo, with two mapS- — Price, one dollar. a: 321 Affinities of the Monroe Flora. General Comparison. Comparison with the Cayuga Flora. Plants common to the Monroe and Cayuga Floras, Comparison with the Buffalo Flora. Plants common to the Monroe and Buffalo Floras. Comparison of Cayuga and Buffalo Floras. Plants common to the Cayuga and Buffalo Floras. List of Plants peculiar to each of the three Floras. Plants peculiar to the Monroe Flora. Plants peculiar to the Cayuga Flora. Plants peculiar to the Buffalo Flora. Physical Characters of the Region, by H. L. Fairchild. Geography and Hydrography. Topography and Altitudes. List of Elevations. Geology. Stratigraphy. Pleistocene Drift. Influence upon Plant-life. Climatic Conditions. Statistics of Climate at Rochester. Date of earliest blossoming of Trees. The Catalogue. Explanation of Plan, Authorities, Topography and Reference Marks List of Phanerogams. List of Vascular Acrogens. Bibliography Corrections and Insertions. Index to Orders and Genera. The work is made up of two main parts, the introduction and the catalogue proper. The plan of the whole work is similar to Professor Dudley’s Cayuga Flora. There is lacking in it the evi- dence of painstaking research by the authors, so evident in every page of Professor Dudley’s book. ‘The committee have collated all the lists of plants of this vicinity which they have been able to obtain, have examined the specimens in the herbarium of the Academy, and have used all available sources of information.” The list includes phanerogams and vascular acrogens. The unstable condition of botanical nomenclature apparently subjected the committee to some embarrassment. They used the old no- menclature in order to make the work “immediately useful to the 322 schools of western New York,” Gray’s Manual being the stand- ard text-book. By including the names of the new system in brackets wherever they differ from the old, it is hoped to make the publication up to date in botanical science, and at the same time available to the students in the high schools. The tables in the introduction are interesting and suggestive. The number of species of flowering plants in the region is 1314, and consequently exceeds the number included in Professor Dud- ley’s Catalogue as well as Mr. Day’s “ Plants of Buffalo.” Some feeling is shown over the fact that Mr. Day reached far enough east to include the plants of Bergen Swamp. In the tables of comparison the Bergen plants are eliminated from the Buffalo list. An outsider might think this unjustifiable manipulation of the re- turns. It should be remembered, however, that Rochester and Buffalo are rival cities, and are not always on the most neighborly terms. The situation would be less amusing had not Rochester done very nearly the same thing herself for which she rebukes Buffalo. In including the plants of Wayne County and the region about Canandaigua Lake, about thirty-six plants were added to the list which have not been seen in Monroe County nor in the valley of the Genesee River. _ However inconsistent it may be for Rochester to expunge from the Buffalo list its eastern extension, and at the same time to in- clude an eastern extension of its own, every botanist will rejoice that the observations of Mr. Hankenson in Wayne County have been recorded. Monroe County is not a natural district, and the main issue is to include all the facts regarding the distribution of plants in that general region. The committee gives its authority for each rare plant andthereby relieves itself, in part at least, of the responsibility for errors. It includes the lists of isolated amateur collectors without seeing their specimens or rediscovering their stations. Twelve or thir- teen rare plants are included in the catalogue on the authority of the list of Rev. Lawrence Holzer, who collected about Rochester between 1862 and 1865. One plant, Carex squarrosa, the commit- tee declines to give a number. Those included are Nicotiana rustica L., Thymus Serpyllum 1.., Alnus serrulata Willd., Quercus — iicifolia Wang., Salix fragilis L., Allium vineale L., Trillium sessile 323 L., Carex monile Tuckerm., Muhtlenbergia sobolifera Trin., Glyceria pallida Trin., Bromus racemosus L., Abies balsamea Mill. Among these the species which arouses the greatest suspicion about Hol- zer's observations is the Quercus. Sargent avers (Silva of North America, 8: 156) that Q. dicifoha “ apparently does not reach cen- tral New York, nor cross the Alleghany mountains into the Mis- Sissippi basin.” Other plants in Holzer’s list belong to groups such that one who did not have access to verified specimens, might easily go astray in. In making up the lists peculiar to each of the three floras—Monroe Co., Buffalo and Cayuga—the committee spared no pains to swell the Monroe Co. list. A considerable per- centage of them are plants of recent introduction, some of them are given no number in the list. But it would be unfair, perhaps uncharitable, to dwell upon the parts of the work in which the com- mittee has emphasized the richness of their flora. The historical sketches are welcome contributions to our too meager knowledge of local botanists. The maps are excellent; the sketches of localities are full of interesting matter. The re- marks upon forest trees, which always form such a conspicuous feature in a flora, make one wish that more information had been collected and included. It is certain that Mr. Fuller could have put upon record much that those local botanists who succeed him would be glad to possess. W. W. Row_Lee. The Roentgen Rays and Botany.—It is reasonable to suppose that botanists, among other scientists, should devote some atten- tion to the influence of Roentgen rays upon vegetable life. So far only minor reports have been published owing to the fact that suf- ficient time has not yet elapsed for the attainment of reliable re- sults. Schober* has published the preliminary results of his observa- tions on the influence of the Roentgen rays upon the heliotropic curvatures of plants. He experimented upon the seedlings of Avena sativa. The seed was allowed to germinate in a dark chamber after which it was exposed (without being removed from the dark chamber) to the Roentgen rays for a period of one-half * Schober, Alfred. Ein Versuch mit Réntgen’schen Stra)len auf Keimpflanzen. Ber. deutsch, bot. Ges. 14: 108-110, 1896. . 324 hour. Upon examination it was found that the new rays had not © induced any curvatures. A further exposure of one-half hour induced no curvatures. Afterwards the seedlings were exposed to one-sided diffuse sunlight, to determine whether any after effects would be manifest. It was found that the heliotropic curvatures took place promptly and proceeded normally. Frony these experiments the author concludes that the new rays differ from sun rays in that they do not cause growth curvatures. No observations were made as to whether the seedlings absorbed the Roentgen rays. Recently Hintenberger* has published some interesting re- sults in regard to the preparation of Roentgenograms of vegetable tissue. From some previous experiments made by K. Zahlbruck- ner and W. Konig it became apparent that certain tissues are very clearly outlined, especially the interior of the ovary. The author, with the assistance of Dr. A. Zahlbruckner, made a series of eX- periments testing the transmissibility of different flowers, buds and fruits to the Roentgen rays. From the Roentgenograms obtained it was found that not all ovaries gave the same clearness of out line. Seeds having a comparatively low percentage of water and a large number of air chambers and passages gave the best results, as for example beans and peas. Fleshy fruits transmit the new rays with difficulty. The interrupted water columns in the vessels of the stem ofa species of Nuphar were outlined. : Further Roentgenogramic experiments with dried herbarium specimens, of seedlings, woody tissues, etc., are in progress. The author ventures the suggestion that vegetable tissue may perhaps be made more readily transmissible to the new rays by impregna- tion with various solutions, such as solutions of lead salts, etc. It is also his opinion that the sénsitive plates can be made to respond more effectually to the influence of the Roentgen rays. ‘ KE *Hintenberger, Hugo von, “ Réntgenogramme ” von Planzentheile. Separatab- druck aus der Photographischen Correspondenz, . 1896. 325 Index to Recent Literature relating to American Botany. Arthur, J. C., and Holway, E. W. D. Description of American Uredineae—I. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, 3: 44-57. pl. 1-3. Mr. 1895. Atkinson, G. F. The Relations between the sterile and fertile Leaves of dimorphic Ferns. Linn. Fern. Bull. 4: 33. Jl. 1896. Baker, J.G. Agave laxifolia. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: £/. 7477. Je. 1896. Native of Mexico. Bartsch, P. Notes on the Cretaceous Flora of western Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, 3: 178-182. F. 1896. Beckwith, F., and Macauley, M. E. Plants of Monroe Co., New York, and adjacent Territory. Proc. Roch. Acad. Sci. 3: 1-15. 3 My. 1896. Briquet, V. Verbenacearum novarum descriptiones. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 336-349. My. 1896. New species are described in the genera Lippia, Citharexylum, Duranta, Calli- carpa, Vitex and Clerodendron from Mexico and South America. Calkins, W.W. The Lichen-Flora and Chicago and Vicinity. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Chicago Acad. Sci. 1: 1-50. Ap. 1896. Campbell, D. H. Notes on Sphaerocarpus. Erythea, 4: 73-78. j/. 2. g My.. 1896. Carleton, M. A. A new AZcidium of peculiar Habit. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 44. 18096. Chamberlain, C. A remarkable Macrospore. Bot. Gaz. 21: 274. 17 Jl. 1896. Chamberlin, J. Native Plants at Niagara Falls. Gard. & For. g: 268. I Jl. 1896. Cheney, L. S. Zustichia Norvegica in fruit. Rev. Bryol. 21: 76, 77- 1894. : Chester, G. D. Notes concerning the Development of ematlion multifidum, Bot. Gaz. 21: 340-347. pl. 25, 26. 17 Je. 1896. Cox, C.F. Some recent Advances in the Determination of Diatom Structure. Journ. N, Y. Micros. Soc. 12: 57-69. p/. 60, 67. Jl. 1896. Davy, J.B. Local Uses of Plants. Erythea, 4: 90-91. 9 My. 1896. Davy, J. B. Additions to the ‘« Manual of the Bay Region Botany.” Erythea, 4: 90. 9 My. 1896. A 326 Davy, J.B. Note on Calypso borealis Salisb. Erythea, 4: 104-106. 1 Jl. 1896. Dodge, R. How I found Dryopteris simudata. Linn. Fern. Bull. Cab toas. Oe TE. 2806. Ellis, J. B., and Holway, E. W.D. New Iowa Fungi. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa. 3: 41-43. Mr. 1895. New species in Cryttosphaeria, Valsa, Cercospora, Fusicladium, Diaporthe and Metasphaeria, Ellis, J. B., and Bartholomew, E. New Species of Kansas Fungi.—l. Erythea, 4: 79-83. 9 My. 1896. New species in Polyporus, Puccinia, Phoma, Cytispora, Sphaeropsts, Hope rella, Diplodia, Cercosporella, Coniosporium, Dendryphium and Cladosportum. Fernald, M. L. Aster tardiflorus: a correction. Bot. Gaz. 21: 374. 17 Je. 1896. Fink, B. Lichens of Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, 3: 7°- 88. Mr. 1895. Geheeb, A. Sur une petite collection de mousses de Californie. Rev. Bryol. 23: 60-63. 1896. Goldring, W. The Californian Buckeye. The Garden, 49: 499 27 Je. 1896. With figures of AZsculus Californica. Greene, E. L. Distribution of Rhamnus in America.—I. Erythea, 4: 83-86. 9 My. 1896. Grout, A. J. A preliminary Revision of the North American Isothecia- ceae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 223-233. 30 Je. 1896. Halsted, B.D. Reseda Jutea moving inland. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 252. 30 Je. 1896. Harvey, F. L. Contribution to the Pyrenomycetes of Maine—I. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 50-58. 29 F. 1896. Hasse, H. E. Lichens of the Vicinity of Los Angeles—III. Erythea, 4: 106-108. 1 Jl. 1896. Hill, E.J. 2yrus coronaria. Gard. & For.g: 253. 24 Je. 1896. Hitchcock, A.S. The Grasses of Kansas. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 135-149. tlust. 1896. Hollick, A. Appendages to the Petioles of Liriodendra. Bull. Tort- Bot. Club, 23: 249-250. A/. 269, 270. 30 Je. 18096. Holm, T. A study of some anatomical Characters of North American Gramineae.—VI. Bot. Gaz. 21: 357-360. pl. 27,28. 17 Je. 1896. 327 | Holm, T. The earliest Record of Arctic Plants. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 10: 103-107. 15 Je. 1896, : Hooker, J.D. Zfiscia densa. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: f/. 7482. Je. 1896. Kearney, T. H., Jr. Some native Ornamental Grasses—I.-II. Gard. & For. g: 152; 172.. 15 Ap. 29 Ap. 1896. Kindberg, N. C. The European and North American Polytrichaceae. Rev. Bryol. 21: 33-41. 1894. Establishes Bartramiopsis n. g. Kindberg, N. C. Note sur Jes Archidiacées. Rev. Bryol. 22: 23, 24. 1895. Kindberg, N. C. Note sur les Climaciacées. Rev. Bryol. 22: 24, 25. 1895. Kindberg, N. C. New or less known Species of pleurocarpous Mosses from North America and Europe. Rev. Bryol. 22: 80-88. 1895. New species in Antitrichia, Clasmatodon, Thamnium, Pleurosiopsis, Isothecium, Leskea, Amblystegium, Eurhynchium, Hypnum, Camptothecium and Brachy- thecium, Kindberg, N. C. New or less known Species of acrocarpous Mosses from North America and Europe. Rev. Bryol. 23: 17-23. 1896. New species in Dicranum, Drummondia, Oreoweisea, Trematodon, Grimmia, Racomitrium, Ceratodon, Didymodon, Weisia, Orthotrichum, Zygodon, Mnium, Barbula and Bryum, Knowlton, F.H. Description of a supposed new Species of Fossil Wood from Montana. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 250-252. 30 Je. 1896. Pityoxylon Pealei n. sp, Knowlton, F.H. The Tertiary Floras of the Yellowstone National Park. Am. Journ. Sci. 2: 51-58. Jl. 1896. Lochman, C. L. Wild Parsnip and wild Carrot. Pop. Sci. News, 30: 125, 126. t/lust. Je, 1896. MacBride, T.H. An interesting Nicaraguan Puff-ball. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist, Univ. Iowa, 3: 216, 217. F. 1896. Bovista lateritia Berk. MacBride T, H. Saprophytic Fungi of eastern Iowa. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, 3: 1-30. Mr. 1895. : MacDowell, J. A. Die Tour eines Kakteensammlers in Mexico. Monats. Kakteenk. 6: 68. 20 My. 1896. a MacFadden, E. B. The Development of the Antheridium of Zargionia hypophylla, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 242, 244. f/. 268. 30 Je. 1896, Bull. Lab. 328 Maxwell, W. The Rate and Mode of Growth of Banana Leaves. Bot. Gaz, 21: 365-370. 17 Je. 1896. Meehan, T. Aspidium Goldianum. Meehans’ Month. 6: 121. £7. 7. Jl. 1896. Merritt, A. J. Notes on the Pollination of some Californian Flowers. Frythea, 4: 101-103. 1 Jl. 1896. Nash, G. V._ Revision of the Genus Asimina in North America. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 234-242. 30 Je. 1896. Nash, G. V. Asclepias arenicola. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 25% 253. 30 Je. 1896. Patterson, F. W. A Study of North American parasitic Exoasceae. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, 3: 89-135. p/. 7-4. Mr. 1895. Price, J. M., Jr. Parasitism in Aphyl/on uniflorum, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 132. 1896. Purdy, C. Pinus muricata. Gard. & For. 9: 242. 17 Je. 1896. Reed, M. Long-continued Blooming of Malvastrum coccineum. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 132. 1896. Reed, M. Ferns of Wyandotte County. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14 150. 1896. Reed, M. Kansas Mosses. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 152-199: pl. 1-36. 1896. . General description, key and list of 165 species. Rydberg, P. A. Notes on Potentilla.—I. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 244-248. 30 Je. 1896. Includes description of . rhoméboidea n. sp. Sargent, C. S., Editor. Clematis Suksdorfit. Gard. & For. 9: 255: / gO. 24. Je. 1896. Sayre, L. E. Further Experiments on Zaraxacum-root, with a View of Ascertaining its varied chemical Composition at different Seasons. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 42, 43. 18096. Setchell, W. A.—Notes on Cyanophyceae.—I. Erythea, 4: 87-89- g My. 1896. Shaw, W.R. Contribution to the Life-history of Sequoia semperdr- rens. Bot. Gaz. 21: 332-339. pl. 24. 17 Je. 1896. Shimek, B. Notes on the Flora of Iowa, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist Univ. Iowa, 3: 195-215. F, 1896. Lists of species new to the state and new localities, 329 Smith, J.G. A Synopsis of the American Species of Crenium. Bot. Gaz. 21: 361-364. f/. 29. 17 Je. 1896. C. glandulosum new. ; Smyth, B. B. Additions to the Plants of Kansas. Based on Plants added to the Kansas State Herbarium. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 133, 134. 1896, Stephani, F. Hepaticarum species novae.—IX. Hedwigia, 35: ‘73-112. 20 Ap. 1896; 113-140. 25 Je. 1896. New species among the various subgenera of Zejeunea from the West Indies and South America. Thaxter, R. New or Peculiar aquatic fungiitIV. Bot. Gaz, 21: 317-331. pl. 21-27. 17 Je. 1896. Rhipidium, Sapromyces and Aratospora, nov. gen. Touduz, A. Herborisations au Costa Rica. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 163-177. pi. 7-2, Mr. 1896. Uline, E. B., and Bray, W. L. Synopsis of North American Ama- ranthaceae.—V. Bot. Gaz. 21: 348-356. 17 Je. 1896. New species in J/resine. Underwood, L. M. Mycology in the Southern States. Gard. & For. Q: 263. 1 Jl. 1896. Venturi, G. Considerations sur les Orthotricha urnigera. Rev. Bryol. 22: 49-53. 1895. Walters, L. L. Erysiphee of Riley County, Kansas. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 200-206. tl/ust. 1896. Waters, C. E. Dryopteris simulata in Maryland. Linn. Fern. Bull. 4: 38. Jl. 1896. : Webber, H. J. Melanose of the Orange. Florida Farmer and Fruit Grower, 7: 419. 6. Jy. 1895. ee Webber, H. J. Some Results of the Year’s Work in the Investigation of Plant Diseases at the subtropical Laboratory. Proc. Eighth Ann, Meeting Florida State Hort. Soc. 48, 53- 1895- Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ] VoLumE I. No. 4. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N. L, Britton and: HH. . MM. Rethy C6367) 2 oe Se, 25 cents. No. 5. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton CISBB) Se AE Wi ie ee SE eee 25 cents, No. 6. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ; not yet completed. ) No. 7. The Genus Aicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents. No. 9. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L. Britton. : The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . ... 25 cents. No. 11, Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus Zissa, Adam. = By N, 1. Bellies (1809), GS 25 cents. No. 13. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton Bae de en ee SON Eagan es 25 cents. No. 1 5. EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. ~~— .-.-- JUST ISSUED.... AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA — OF THE — NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA, Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA. By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups. Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and cn URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the SYNONYMY, English Names, the REvisED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families. The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For Students and all Lovers of Plants. Vol. I. now ready; royal 8vo, pp. XII.4-612; figured species, 1425; uncolored. — Fekns to CARPET-WEED. Vols. II. and III. will appear during 1897. . Price, $3.00 per Volume. A discount of 15 per cent. allowed upon su scriptions for tive copies or more, deliverable to one address. Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers, Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York, or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York. CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae — of America is ready. It contains descriptions acd etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: MWitel/a Leibergi sp. nov. ; Mmu- cronata A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; gracilis (Smith) Ag. (transilis Sp. nov.) ; ¢enuissima (Desv.) Coss. et Germ.; pygmaea A. Br.; me nuta Allen (Maxceana sp. nov.); intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be prepared after the systematic part shall have been completed. T. F. ALLEN, MEMOIRS. «+» FROM THE ... Department of Botany of Columbia College: VOLUME 1, A Monograph of the North Americ Polygonum. By Dr. John K. “ nall, Price, $6.00. For copies address, PROF, L. M. UNDERWOOD, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY- an Species of the Genus Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates- 10 East 36th St., New York City, ESTABLISHED \BLISHED 18 345: EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF ; ° ’ ee 3c Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, — 205, 207, 209 & 2 Third Ave,, _ Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK: : ; OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR. Schleicher & Schuell’s Gig Pure and Common Filter Paper. * Doctor C. Scheibler’s as - ters (Polariscopes). — | Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity, Bale Paris, Platinum. JH. Tronesdorff’s “aie Chemicats oo SPECIALTIES. :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Gls ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohe ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, P Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, ‘Copperware, Bunsen’s Burners and Combustion Ed ees oe and possesses for a Chemists. ; ee 8 " LABORATORY “ourrt FITS a, FERTILIZERS, “Assay SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES Eo Micke Sobbe Chena Sent Ware. : ~ , ay ae "PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. (1) THE BULLETIN. This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is.$2 per annum. — Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. : Back Numsgers.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, in juiciuistves im yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end. of the five years. The price of these. _ five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to un on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years. ‘The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa- rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for. 0 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed : ‘separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied se aeca : (2) THE MEMOIRS. es The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in adewuce: The scala ‘ean also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each, The emitted from this list cannot be had separately. A + Volume 1, No. 2—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the C of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. ree cents. No, 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatic collected by Dr. . H. Ru - South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. — cents. i < ide No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Pile Leyes _ Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. ___No. 4—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Poly! By William E, Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. ct ee = Vek 9. NG, 5ctha the Bless GE Wemern North Carblinit’ and ‘contiguous ‘fitory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. eo oe No. 2A Revision of the North American Naiadacex with ilustrations of all the species. By Thos. Morong. Price $2.00, | oie No, 3—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in dante or td iby wag wee cents. ee wee Ho: Eee te content Profe tion of the Plants of Bolivia, ria sabes “SEPTEMBER, 1896, | o mon BULLETIN AL CLUB. a4 MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY. ae - _ NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON, REITER, BE 533 ee AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB. ss of P: ‘THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 7896. ' HON. ADDISON BROWN. Vice Presidents, Me ¥, ALLEN, M. Dd, Rev. H, LIGHTHIPE: nibetdiae Satitery, Corresponding Secretary, _ HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL, — - College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia University, New York City Editor, Treasurer, ae ON. L. BRITTON, Ph. D.,. - HENRY OGDEN, ee so aeaen oat New York City. 1z Pine Street, New York City. ; oe disielate Editors, Lose EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. ” i ANNA MURRAY VAIL, ee BYRON D,. HALSTED, ae : i A. saune easy . Curator, : i : Librarian, _ HELEN M.. INGERSOLL. an WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D. | Committee on Finawce, a 1 ae ae : Committee om Admissions, EE SO = : CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D, | 9B See, Saw a Om ve We aie eears 2 _ Library ana Herbarium Committee, AS Pe, me JOSEPHINE = ROGERS, se | HELEN M. INGERSO: -egularly at at Columbia Caveat, nue, New York City, on the second Mera fogs last Ww dn i except June, July, ie —_ -k, P BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Botanical Gardens.* By N. L, Britton. ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT. The cultivation of plants within small areas for their healing qualities by the monks of the middle ages appears to have been the beginning of the modern botanical garden, although these mediaeval gardens doubtless took their origin from others of greater antiquity. Botanical gardens were thus primarily formed for Purely utilitarian purposes, although the aesthetic study of planting and of flowers must doubtless have appealed to their owners and visitors. Their function as aids in scientific teaching and research, the one which at present furnishes the dominating reason for their existence, did not develop much, if at all, before the 16th century, and prior to the middle of the 17th century a considerable num-— ber existed in Europe, in which this function was recognized to a greater or less degree, of which those at Bologna, Montpellier, _ Leyden, Paris and Upsala were, perhaps, the most noteworthy. The ornamental and decorative taste for planting had meanwhile been slowly gaining ground, as well as the desire to cultivate rare °r unusual species, and during the 18th century attained a high degree of development. Many persons of wealth and influence fostered this taste and became, through the employment of men skilled in botany and horticulture, generous patrons of science. * Vice-Presidential address befere Section G, American Association for the Ad- oe __ Yancement of Science, Buffalo, N. Y., August 24, 1896. 332 The world was searched for new and rare plants, which were brought home to Europe for cultivation, and many sumptuous volumes, describing and delineating them, were published, mainly through the same patronage. The older gardens were essentially private institutions, but as the rights of the people became more and more recognized, many existing establishments and an increasing number of newly founded ones became, to a greater or less ex- tent, open to the public, either through an admittance fee or with- out charge. The four main elements of the modern botanical garden have thus been brought into it successively : 1. The utilitarian or economic. 2. The aesthetic. 3. The scientific or biologic. 4. The philanthropic. These four elements have been given different degrees of prominence, depending mainly upon local conditions, some gardens being essentially aesthetic, some mainly scientific, while in our public parks we find the philanthropic function as the un- derlying feature, usually accompanied by more or less of the aesthetic and scientific. The Economic Element-—In the broadest extension of this de- partment of a botanical garden there might be included, to advan- tage, facilities for the display and investigation of all plants and their products directly or indirectly useful to man. This con- ception would include forestry, pharmacognosy, agriculture, pomology, pathology and organic chemistry, and in case the management regards bacteria as plants, bacteriology. The display of the plants may be effected by growing such of them as will exist without protection in the locality in a plot, more or less individualized, commonly known as the Economic Garden, while those too tender for cultivation’ in the open are grown in the greenhouses, either in a separate house or section, or scattered through the several houses or sections, in the tempet- atures best adapted to their growth. The display of plant prod- ucts, best accompanied by mounted specimens of the species yielding them, by photographs and by plates, is accomplished by the Economic Museum, where these are arranged in glass oF glass-fronted cases, suitably classified and labeled. It is believed _ 333 that the most useful results are obtained by arranging this museum by the products themselves, and thus not in biologic sequence, but by bringing together all drugs, all fibres, all woods, all resins; where the same product is used in more than one in- dustry the exhibit may be duplicated, more or less modified, with- out disadvantage. The investigation of economic plants and their products is ac- complished through the Scientific Department, and few valuable results can be reached unless the scientific equipment is well de- veloped. The two departments must work conjointly, both on account of the necessity of knowing just what species is under in- vestigation, its structure, distribution and literature, and in order that the most approved and exact methods may be used in the research. Any idea that the scientific element can be dispensed with in connection with economic studies is palpably untenable. Teaching and research in agriculture, pomology and plant pathology are so well organized in America, through our National Department of Agriculture and our numerous agricultural colleges and schools, that there is no great necessity for providing elaborate €quipments for those branches in botanical gardens. But in case the endowment of a garden were sufficiently large to enable them to be successfully prosecuted, in addition to more necessary work, there can be no doubt that important additions to knowledge would be obtained. On the other hand, no such liberal allowances have been made with us for forestry or pharmacognosy, and re- Search and instruction in these sciences must prove of the greatest benefit to the country. The Aesthetic Element.—The buildings, roads, paths and plant- ing of a botanical garden should be constructed and arranged with reference to tasteful and decorative landscape effect. The possi- bilities of treatment will depend largely upon the topographical character of the area selected and the natural vegetation of the tract. The buildings required are: A fire-proof structure or struc- tures for museum, herbarium, libraries, laboratories and offices ; a glass house with compartments kept at several different tempera- tures for exhibition, propagation and experimentation, or several Separate glass houses; and to these will usually be added dwelling houses for some of the officers, a stable and other minor buildings. 334 The character, number and sizes of the buildings generally depend on financial considerations. In placing the structures intended for the visiting public, considerations of convenient access, satisfac- tory water supply and the distribution of crowds must be borne in mind, in connection with the landscape design. The planting should follow, as nearly as possible, a natural treatment, except immediately around the larger buildings and at the entrances, where considerable formality is desirable for architectural reasons. It is especially desirable that as much natural treatment as possi- ble should be given to the areas devoted to systematic planting— herbaceous grounds, frutecetum, arboretum. The rectilinear ar- rangement of plant beds found in most of the older gardens has become abhorrent to landscape lovers, and the sequence of families desired can usually be quite as well obtained by means of curved- margined groups. The cultivation of decorative plants, and especially the foster- ing of a taste for them, and the bringing of unusual or new species to attention and effecting their general introduction, are important functions of a botanical garden. For the accurate determination of these plants, information concerning their habits and structure, and suggestions regarding the conditions of their growth, the aesthetic side must rely on the scientific. The Scientific or Biologic Element—The important relations of the scientific department to the economic and aesthetic have al- ready been alluded to. The library, herbarium, museums and laboratories are the sources whence exact information regarding the name, structure, habits, life-processes and products of plants are derived, and they are the more useful as they are the more complete and thoroughly equipped. It is practically impossible for any one library to have all the literature of botany and related sciences; any one herbarium to possess an authentic and complete representation of all species of plants, or any one museum to be thoroughly illustrative; absolute perfection along these lines caf- not be obtained, but the more closely it is approximated the better the results. The research work of the scientific department should be organized along all lines of botanical inquiry, including tax- — onomy, morphology, anatomy, physiology and palaeontology, and the laboratories should afford ample opportunities and equipment — for their successful prosecution. ae 335 The arrangement of the areas devoted to systematic planting, and the proper labeling of the species grown, are important du- ties of the scientific department. The sequence of classes, orders and families is usually made to follow some “botanical system.” It is highly desirable that this should be a system which indicates the natural relations of the families, as understood at the time the garden is laid out, and be elastic enough to admit of subsequent modification, as more exact information relative to those relation- ships is obtained. The weight of present opinion is overwhelm- ingly in favor of an arrangement from the more simple to the more complex, and this will apply not only to the systematic planta- tions, but to the systematic museum and the herbarium. The scientific possibilities of a botanical garden are the greater if an organic or cooperative relationship exists between it and a university, thus affording ready facilities for information on other sciences. The Philanthropic Element—A botanical garden operates as a valuable philanthropic agency, both directly and indirectly. Its direct influence lies through its affording an orderly arranged in- stitution for the instruction, information and recreation of the people, and it is more efficient for these purposes than a park, as it is more completely developed and liberally maintained. Its in- direct, but equally important, philanthropic operation is through the discovery and dissemination of facts concerning plants and their products, obtained through the studies of the scientific staff and by others using the scientific equipment. NuMBER AND DistTRIBUTION OF BOTANICAL GARDENS. There are somewhat over 200 institutions denominated botan- ical gardens, but only a few of them meet the requirements of the foregoing sketch. Some are essentially pleasure parks, with the plants more or less labeled; most of them pay some attention to taxonomy and morphology ; many to economic botany ; while & small number are admirably equipped in all branches of the Science. I have drawn freely on Prof. Penhallow’s first annual report of the Montreal Botanical Garden, published in 1886, for the follow- ing approximate statement of the number in different countries: 336 Algeria, 1. Italy, 23. Australia, 5. Japan, I. Austro-Hungary, 13. Java, I. Belgium, 5. Malta, I. Brazil, 2. Mauritius, I. Canada, I. Natal, 1. Canary Islands, 1. New Zealand, I. Cape of Good Hope, 3. Norway, I. Ceylon, I. Pero, t. Chili, 1. Philippine Islands, 1. China, 1, Portugal, 3. Cochin China, I. Reunion, I. Denmark, 2.5 Roumania, 2. Ecuador, 1. Russia, 16. Egypt, I. Servia, I. France, 22. Siberia, 1. Germany, 36. Spain, 2. Great Britain and Ireland, 12. Straits Settlements, I. Greece, I. Sweden, 6, Guatemala, 1. Switzerland, 4. Guiana, I. Tasmania, I. Holland, 4. United States, 10. India, 7. West Indies, 6. NOTES ON SOME FOREIGN GARDENS. 1. Buitenzorg, Java. This is the largest botanical garden, occupying some 1,100 acres, at altitudes from sea level to ‘about 6,000 feet. It was founded by the Dutch government in 1817, and has been well supported. Affording, as it does, highly favorable conditions for the growth of tropical and subtropical plants under natural conditions, it has yielded most important results, especially in taxonomy and plant physiology, many of which have been published in the ten large volumes of its “ Annales.” 2. The Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew are situated on the south bank of the Thames, about six miles west of Hyde Park Corner. They are reached by several railway routes, the time from Charing Cross being about 40 minutes, by steamer and by omnibus lines. The present area of the gardens is about 260 acres, an addition having been made during the past year. These world-famed gardens originated in the exotic garden of Lord Capel, in 1759. In 1840 they were adopted as a national establishment and opened as a public park. The botanic garden proper occu- | 337 pies about 70 acres, and the remainder is given to arboretum and pleasure grounds. There are two main greenhouses: 1. The palm house, 362 feet long, the central dome rising 66 feet ; 2. The temperate house, of which the central portion is 212 feet long, 137 feet broad and about 60 feet high, flanked by wings which give a total length of about 580 feet, the whole covering between one and one and one-half acres of ground. There are also four- teen other houses, grouped in two ranges and more or less con- nected, given to special collections. There are three botanical museums: I. Devoted to economic products; 2. to miscellaneous Products; 3. to timbers. There is also a large museum hall given to the exhibition of floral paintings by the late Marienne North. There is a small laboratory equipped for research in physiological botany. The herbarium and library occupy the old palace of the King of Hanover, near the main entrance to the garden, and they are the largest and most complete in the world. The herbaceous ground is planted in long parallel “beds and contains several thou- sand species. The arboretum is thoroughly illustrative of all trees that will grow in the open at Kew, and the shrubs are, for the most part, cultivated in areas by themselves. There are numerous special features, such as the rock garden, the bamboo garden and the American garden. The research work of Kew is principally economic and taxo- nomic. Around it centre the 24 botanical gardens and botanical Stations of the British Colonies, which are manned chiefly by men who have studied or worked at Kew. The principal publications at present emanating from Kew are: 1. The Kew Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information. - Hooker’s Icones Plantarum. - The Continuation of Hooker’s Flora of India. - The Continuation of the Flora of Tropical Africa. - Annual Reports. - The Index Kewensis. The monographs and separate writings of its staff of scientific men are too numerous to review at this point. 3. The Royal Botanical Garden of Berlin is situated in the southwestern part of the city, but a project for moving it out into the country is now being seriously considered. The palm house NS Om fh w 338 ™. reaches a height of about 90 feet, being the highest one yet con- structed, and too high for satisfactory operation. The botanical museum is very extensive and has series of economic, systematic and archaeological collections. The herbarium is one of the largest in the world. The systematic beds are arranged on a strictly modern sequence, and portions of the garden are devoted to plant geography and plant biology. The arboretum is not ex- tensive. Among special features may be mentioned the alpine garden and the collections of Cacti. The garden is an institute of the University, where the principal laboratories are situated. There is also an institute of plant physiology with a small separate gar- den. The official publications of the Berlin Garden are the “ Notizblatt” and annual reports. A series of volumes of “ Jahr- biicher” was issued some years ago. The publications of the garden staff are voluminous and cover all lines of botanical inquiry. 4. The long-established “ Jardin des Plantes,” the gardens of the Museum of Natural History at Paris, are situated in the heart of the city, fronting on the Seine. The conservatories are grouped near the main museum building at one end of the grounds, are very large and contain a great variety of plants. The botanical library, laboratories, and the enormous herbarium are in a sepa- rate older building. The systematic beds are arranged in rows; ‘owing to the limited size of the area devoted to them, they are much crowded, but contain a splendid assortment of species. But little space is given to trees; there are, however, some famous specimens. Many valuable contributions to the literature of botany along all its lines have emanated from this grand institu- tion for over 100 years, published for the most part, in the “ An- nales” and “ Archives”’ of the Museum of Natural History, and in the Bulletin of the Botanical Society of France. 5. The Botanical Garden of the University of Vienna was established about 1754, and is located in the heart of the city. _ There are here very important and extensive museums, herbaria and libraries, and one large fine greenhouse. The systematic plantations occupy the larger portion of the tract, and special areas are devoted to the cultivation of medicinal and other eco- nomic plants, to an arboretum of native trees, and to groups illus- trating plant geography. The garden and associated laboratories 339 provide equipment for the prosecution of all lines of botanical re- search. 6. The Botanical Garden of Geneva was founded in 1817, and is situated in the heart of the city, near the University. There are two small greenhouses, a very large and important herbarium and library, and a small museum. The laboratories of the Uni- versity are extensive and well equipped, affording capital facilities for work along all the lines of botanical investigation. The De Candolle herbarium and library, and the Boissier herbarium and library, which are near by, afford, in connection with the collec- tions of the garden, unsurpassed facilities for taxonomic study. 7. The Royal Botanic Garden of Edinburgh covers about 60 acres, of which about one-half was added to the older portion some 12 years ago; there are possibilities of still further enlarge- ment. The main greenhouses have a frontage of about 200 feet, the palm house rising 7o feet, and there are six small special houses. The botanical museum, lecture room and laboratories are in one building, the large herbarium and library in another. The systematic plantations of herbaceous species are extensive, the rock garden being an especially strong feature. The develop- ment of arboretum and frutecetum in the newer portion of the tract has made good progress. The institution is in intimate re- lationship with the University, nearly all the instruction in botany being given at the garden, The research work has been extensive, along taxonomic, morphologic and physiologic lines. 8. The Royal Botanic Garden of Dublin, situated at Glasnevin, just without the city, was founded through the influence of the Honorable and Honorable Dublin Society, in 1790, was for many years supported by this Society with the aid of government grants, and was transferred to the Science and Art Department in 1877. It includes about 40 acres of undulating land, bounded to the north by the small river Tolka. There are eight greenhouses, most or them rather old, but containing a valuable ‘collection. There is a small botanical museum and herbarium. The syste- Matic herbaceous plantations are irregularly shaped beds, arranged in a somewhat radial manner. The arboretum and frutecetum oc- Cupy about one-half of the area. ae 9. The Brussels Botanical Garden lies in the heart of the city 340 and embraces not more than ten acres of land, of which one-half is given toarboretum. The greenhousesare large but oid. There is a very extensive herbarium and library. The systematic. beds are arranged as quadrants of a circle, separated by concentric and radial paths. Special areas are devoted to ornamental and eco- nomic plants. Owing to the restricted size of the area availablea very dense grouping of plants is necessitated. The research work accomplished here has been mainly taxonomic. The Botanical Society of Belgium has its headquarters at the garden. 10. The Imperial Botanical Garden at St. Petersburg is in close affiliation with the Academy of Sciences and the University. There is here a famous herbarium, a large botanical library and museum, and commodious and well-stocked greenhouses. The garden publishes « Acta,” and many researches prosecuted there are printed in the Bulletin and Memoirs of the Imperial Academy. 11. The Royal Botanic Garden of Trinidad, situated at Port of Spain, was established in 1818, and now occupies about sixty- three acres, with some outlying plantations. There is a vast col- lection of tropical plants in cultivation, an extensive botanical library and herbarium and a small laboratory. The garden pub- lishes “ Annual Reports” and « Bulletin,” dealing especially with topics of economic application. ¢ 12. The Botanical Department of Jamaica, West Indies, oper- ates extensive gardens at Kingston, smaller ones at Castleton, and the several large Cinchona plantations. The scientific collections and library are valuable. The department publishes ‘ Annual Reports ” and “ Bulletin,” especially devoted to economic botany. 13. McGill University, at Montreal, Quebec, carries on a small botanical garden in connection with its laboratories. The Mon- treal Botanic Garden, begun in 1885, on about 75 acres of ground in Mount Royal Park, was soon abandoned, owing to political complications. 14. Among other foreign gardens of which mention must be made, and of which a description would be interesting if our time allowed, are those at Munich, Wiirzburg, Tiibingen, Stockholm, Copenhagen, Upsala, Zurich, Ceylon, Calcutta and Oxford. 341 BoTANICAL GARDENS IN THE UNITED STATES. The first botanical garden established in America was begun by John Bartram in Philadelphia, in 1728. In it he placed a con- siderable number of plants obtained in the course of his exten- sive travels. The plot still remains, including the family home- stead, somewhat modified, and it is a pleasure to know that it will be preserved as public ground. André Michaux, in the latter part of the last century, planted gardens at Charleston, S. C., and New Durham, N. J., but they were essentially nurseries from which he sent seeds and plants to Europe. In the year 1801 Dr. David Hosack, then professor of botany and materia medica in Columbia College, purchased twenty acres of ground in New York city, and called it the Elgin Botanic Garden ; in this tract he accumulated, with great labor during the next ten years, a very large and valuable collection of plants. The institution was transferred to the State of New York, through an act of the Legislature, in 1810, and was then known as the Botanic Garden of the State of New York. It was subsequently granted to Columbia College. Funds for its maintenance were not provided, however, and it was ultimately abandoned. Two catalogues of its plants were issued by Dr. Hosack, one in 1806, and another in 1811. The condition of botanical gardens in America at that time is indicated by the following note in Dr. Hosack’s catalogue of 1806: “T learn, with pleasure, that a Botanic Garden is proposed to be established near Boston, and connected with the University of Cambridge. The Legislature of Massachusetts, with a munificence which does them honor, have granted, for this purpose, a tract of land, the value of which is estimated at thirty thousand dollars ; and several individuals have evinced their liberality and love of Science by voluntary subscriptions, to the amount of fifteen thou- Sand dollars, towards the establishment and support of that insti- tution. Another is also begun at Charleston, S. C., and a third is contemplated in New Jersey, in connection with the College of Princeton.” In the year 1824 there was published at Lexington, Ky., the “First Catalogues and Circulars of the Botanical Garden of Tran- 342 sylvania University at Lexington, Ky., for the year 1824,” by W. H. Richardson, M. D., President of the Board of Managers, and C. S. Rafinesque, Ph.D., Secretary. This rare pamphlet, which is not recorded in Dr. Call’s very complete life and writings of Rafinesque, is of 24 pages, and is printed alternately in English and French. It is essentially an appeal for plants and material for the garden, and a list of species that it could furnish to kindred institutions. This garden was evidently short-lived, inasmuch as in Rafinesque’s ‘‘ Neogenyton,” of the following year, 1825, he re- marks, ‘I mean, therefore, to indicate and propose in this small essay, many of the numerous new genera of plants detected or ascertained, some of which were indicated last year, 1824, in the Catalogue of the botanical garden which I have tried in vain to establish in Lexington.” The principal gardens at present operated and in course of de- velopment in the United States are as follows: I. The Botanic Garden of Harvard University, at Cambridge, Mass., founded in 1805. There are about seven acres of land under cultivation, a small greenhouse anda famous herbarium and library from which have flowed during the past 40 years volumi- nous and invaluable contributions to taxonomy and morphology, especially of North American plants. There is also a small mor- phologic laboratory. The main laboratories and museums con- nected with the institution are situated in other of the Harvard buildings a short distance away. The system of garden, libraries, museum, laboratories and herbaria operated by Harvard College is one of the most complete in existence. Itis hard to say, indeed, in what respect it is not ideal, except in the rather wide distance separating the several elements and the small amount of land avail- able for planting. 2. The Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University, at Jamaica Plain, Mass., was founded through a bequest of $100,000, made about 1870, by Mr. James Arnold; of Providence, R. I., to three _ trustees, to be used for the improvement of agriculture or horti- culture. The trustees wisely determined to devote it to forestry and dendrology, and effected cooperative agreements with Harvard College and the City of Boston, which have now given us the greatest tree museum in existence, freely open to the visiting pub- _ 343 lic. The planted area is about 160 acres, and will be materially increased in size. A small museum, library and herbarium build- ing has been erected near the main entrance. The great Siva of North America and the journal Garden and Forest are noteworthy publications from this noble institution. 3. The Botanic Gardens of the United States Department of Agriculture, at Washington, have an extensive range of green- houses and a large tract of land under cultivation. The herbarium of the department, now deposited with the United States National Museum, is very large and is at present increasing more rapidly than any other in America. There is a somewhat effective work- ing library, which greatly needs material enlargement, and several poorly located and equipped laboratorias, in which a vast amount of important investigation is being accomplished, under very un- favorable conditions, which urgently demand improvement. Pub- lications include: Bulletin of the Botanical Division, Bulletin of the Division of F orestry, Bulletin of the Division of Plant Pathol- ogy and Physiology, Contributions from the United States Na- tional Herbarium, Year-book of the United States Department of Agriculture, and circulars of the several divisions. 4. The Missouri Botanical Garden, at St. Louis, Mo., was es- tablished in 1889, through the provisions of the will of Mr. Henry Shaw, who for over thirty years previously had been bringing together material for it on the land about his residence, which was known as Shaw’s Garden. There were in all some 670 acres de- vised to the institution under the will of the generous and philan- thropic founder, and from the income yielded by much of this land, not nearly all the area being required for garden purposes, the in- stitution derives its large maintenance fund, which will certainly be greatly increased as the land becomes more valuable, and will sup- ply an income sufficient to operate the institution in the most effec- tive manner. There are several greenhouses, a very large and valuable herbarium and library, while the laboratories of the Shaw School of Botany, at Washington University, are in close relation- ship to the garden. Much important research, principally taxo- nomic, has been prosecuted. Publications consist of seven vol- umes of Annual Reports and nine “Contributions from the Shaw School of Botany.” 344 5. The Botanical Garden of the Michigan Agricultural College was begun in 1877. There are now about three acres under high cultivation, exclusive of the aboretum and decorative grounds, which together cover several acres. There are several small greenhouses, an herbarium of about 60,000 specimens, a good botanical library and extensive, well-equipped laboratories. 6. The University of California, at Berkeley, has a botanical garden of several acres, established some years ago, in which a large number of plants are grown. It furnishes a valuable adjunct to the work of the botanical department, which has well-ap- pointed laboratories, a working library and a large herbarium. 7. The University of Pennsylvania has recently established 4 garden of about three acres in the immediate vicinity of its build- ing, in Philadelphia, and has many species under cultivation. The extensive and well-appointed laboratories of its School of Biology, good library facilities and a small herbarium afford capital oppor- tunity for research, especially in physiology and morphology. 8. Smith College, at Northampton, Mass., has also recently established a botanical garden, on the campus. 9. The Buffalo Botanical Garden, in South Park, Buffalo, N. Ya was commenced in 1893, and has since made rapid and encourag- ing progress. A small range of greenhouses has been built, and others are planned. A beginning has been made in accumula- ting a library and herbarium, and much permanent planting has been accomplished. 10. The New York Botanical Garden. The establishment of the New York Botanical Garden was authorized by the Legisla- ture in 1891, and the enabling act was amended in 1894. The enterprise was inaugurated and the legislation procured by a com- mittee of the Torrey Botanical Club, appointed in 1889. The Act of Incorporation provided that when the corporation created should have raised or secured by subscription a sum not less than $250,000 the Commissioners of Public Parks were authorized to set apart and appropriate a portion of one of the public parks, not exceeding 250 acres, and the Board of Estimate and Apportion- ment was authorized to issue bonds, aggregating the sum of $500," 000, for the construction and equipment, within the grounds, of < the necessary buildings. The subscription of $250,000 required — 345 by the Act of Incorporation was completed in June, 1895, and the Commissioners of Public Parks, in the following month, formally appropriated 250 acres of the northern part of Bronx Park for the purposes of the Garden. Since that time the preparation of plans for the development of the tract has been steadily progressing, in- cluding designs for the museum building and a large horticultural house. This planning is still in progress, in charge of a commis- sion of architects, engineers, gardeners and botanists, who will complete their work within a short time, and be ready to submit a complete scheme to the Board of Managers during the coming autumn. Meanwhile, much preliminary work has been accum- plished in clearing the ground, in grading, in the planting of bor- ders, in the establishment of an extensive nursery, and in the ac- ~ cumulation of herbarium, museum and lirbary material. Through a coOperative agreement entered into with Columbia University, the herbarium and botanical library of the University will be de- Posited with the Garden, and most of the research and graduate work of the University in botany will be carried on in the museum building, The endowment fund has been materially increased, and about 430 persons have become annual members of the Garden, con- tributing ten dollars a year each to its support. The publication of a Bulletin has been commenced by the issue, in April, of the first number of Volume I. N. L. Britron. Proceedings of the second Annual Meeting of the Botanical Society of America, BurFao, N. Y., AucusT 21ST AND 22D, 1896. Subsequent to a meeting of the Council on the afternoon of Friday, August 21st, the Society met, with the retiring President, Dr. Wm. Trelease, in the chair, who introduced the President- elect, Prof, C. E. Bessey. Dr. Bessy addressed the Society in a brief and suggestive manner. The election of officers for the year 1897~’98 resulted as follows: | 346 President, Prof. J. M. Coulter. Vice-President, Prof. C. S. Sargent. Treasurer, Mr. Arthur Hollick. Secretary, Prof. C. R. Barnes. Councillors, Dr. B. L. Robinson, Mr. F. V. Coville. The Secretary reported the death of Mr. Michael Schuck Bebb, and a committee was appointed to prepare and report a suitable minute for record. The committee subsequently reported the following, which was unanimously adopted : The Botanical Society of America desires to place on record an expression of esteem for its deceased member, Michael Schuck Bebb, who died on December 5, 1895, at San Bernardino, Cal. His published studies upon the difficult genus Sa/ix have brought him to high rank as a professional botanist, and American botany owes to him a debt of gratitude, as one of its most distinguished representatives. Joun M. Courter, N. 1, . BRITTON, Conway MacMILLAN, Commuttee. Mr. C. H. Peck, of Albany, N. Y., and Mr. B. T. Galloway, of Washington, D., C., were unanimously elected active members. The question of the advisability of holding a midwinter meet- ing in addition to the regular annual meeting was discussed at length, and referred to the Council, with power. Professors Tre- lease, Atkinson and Britton were appointed a committee to nomi- nate additional members. The address of President Trelease, on “Botanical Opport- tunity,” was delivered on the evening of August 21st, before 4 large and interested audience, and publication for it was requested from “Science” and the ‘“ Botanical Gazette.” The following papers were read on Saturday afternoon: «Some Characteristics of a Fresh-water Insular Flora,’ by Prof. Conway MacMillan. “A Species of Eleocharis, new to North America,” by Prof. N. L. Britton. The following were read by title: “The Philosophy of Species-making,” by Prof. L. H. Bailey: _ «Some Problems in Sporophyll-transformation among dimor- phic ferns,’ by Prof. Geo. F. Atkinson. | 347 The Treasurer’s report showed a balance on hand of $556.30. The members present at the meetings were: G. F. Atkinson, — L. H. Bailey; C. R. Barnes, C. E. Bessey, E. G. Britton, N. L. Britton, J. M. Coulter, A. Hollick, C. MacMillan, W. Trelease, L. M. Underwood. Titles of Papers read before the Section of Botany, A. A. A. S., Buffalo Meeting, August 24-26, 1896. Prof. N. L. Britton, Vice-President of the Association and Chairman of the Section, presided; Prof. Geo. F. Atkinson, Sec- retary. Prof. Britton’s Vice-Presidential address, on “ Botanical Gar- dens,” was delivered on the afternoon of Monday, August 24th. It is printed in full in this issue of the BULLETIN. Papers were read as follows: 1. Lhe Relation of the Growth of Leaves to the CO, of the Air. By D. T. MacDoueat. 2. Directive Forces operative in Leaf-rosettes. By R.N. Day. - On Crataegus coccinea and its Segregates. By N.L. Britton. 4. The Distribution of the Species of Gymnosporangium in the South. By L. M. Unperwoop and F. S. Ear te. 5. Morphology of the Canna flower. By L. H. Battery. 6. A Comparison of the Flora of Erie Co., Ohio, with that of Ene Co., New York. By E. L. Mose ey. ° 7. Lhe Significance of simple and compound Ovaries. By C. E. BESsEy, 8. On the bacterial Flora of Cheddar cheese. By H. L. Russet. 9. The Terminology of Reproduction and reproductive Organs. By - —(C. R. Barnes. 10. A comparative Study of the Development of some Anthracnoses in artificial Cultures. By BERTHA STONEMAN. 11. The Development of the vascular Elements in the primary Root of Indian Corn. By W. W. Row ee. 12. Some Remarks on Chalazogamy. By J. M. Coutter. 13. The Habitats of the rarer Ferns of Alabama. By L.M. UNDER- WOOD. ; ws ; Ww 14. 1s. 35- 348 On the Stem-anatomy. of certain Onagraceae. By FRANCIS RAMALEY. The Point of Divergence of Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons. By C. E. Bessey. . Notes on the Pine-inhabiting Species of Peridermium. By L. M. UNDERWOOD and F. S. EARLE. . Reaction of Leaves to continual Rainfall. By D. T. Mac DOUGAL. . Studies in nuclear Phenomena, and the Development of the As- cospores in certain Pyrenomycetes. By Mary A. NICHOLS. . The Stigma and Pollen of Arisaema. By W.W.-ROWLEE. . Notes on the Genus Amelanchier. By N. L. BRITTON. . Remarks on the northern Species of Vitis. By L. H. BAILEY. (By title.) . On the Formation and Distribution of abnormal Resin-ducts im Conifers. By ALEx. P. ANDERSON. . The Development of the Cystocarp of Griffithsia Bornetiana. By ARMA A. SMITH. . Notes on the Allies of the sessile Trilium. By L. M. UxpERwoop. . On an apparently undescribed Cassia from Mississippi. By C. L. PoLiarb. . A bacterial Disease of the Squash-bug, Anasa tristis. . By B. M. DuaGoGar. . What is the Bark? By C. R. Barnes. . Embryo-sac Structures. By J. M. CouLter. . Some Cyperaceae new to North America, with Remarks on other Species. By N.L. Britton. . Grasses of Iowa. By L. H. PamMet. ie . Ceres-Pulver: Jensen's new Fungicide for the Treatment of Smut. By W. A. KELLERMAN. . On the Cardamines of the C. hirsuta Group. By N. L. BRITTON. . Ihe Relation between the Genera Polygonella and Ti hysanella, — as shown by a hitherto unobserved Character. By JOHN K. SMALL. . An apparently undescribed Species of Prunus from Connecticut. By Joun K. Smatt. ae The Flora of the Summits of King’s Mountam and Crowder’ fo Mountain, North Carolina. By Joun K. SMALL. 349 36. Parthenogenesis in Thalictrum Fendleri. By Davin F. Day. 37. A Discussion of the Order Pezizineae of Schroeter. By Evias J. Duranp. 38. What should constitute a Type Specimen. By S. M. Tracy. 39. Kheotropism and the Relation of Response to Stimulus. By F. C. NEwcomBE. 40. Some Adaptations of Shore-plants to Respiration. By HERMANN VON SCHRENK. 41. The Mechanism of Curvature in Tendrils. By D. T. Mac- Doueat. 42. Island Vegetation at the Lake of the Woods. By Conway MacMItian. 43. Sporophyll-transformation in dimorphic Ferns.’ By Geo. F. ATKINSON. 44. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Relation between Growth and Iurgor. By E. B. CopELAND. The meeting was pronounced the most successful hitherto held by the Section of Botany, and this was celebrated by an informal dinner held on Thursday evening, August 27th, which was en- joyed by forty members, Messrs. Hollick and MacDougal acting as toast masters in so felicitous a manner that they were unani- mously requested to repeat the experiment at the next meeting. On Friday, August 28th, the members of the Section were the Suests of the Buffalo Naturalists’ Field Club at Point Abino, On- tario, and enjoyed a beautiful day, and the study of a very inter- esting flora. Officers for the next meeting, to be held at Detroit, Mich., be- ginning August 9th, 1896, are Prof. Geo. F. Atkinson, President, and Prof. F. C. Newcombe, Secretary. 350 Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S., Buffalo Meeting, August 25-29, 1896. Tuespay, AUGUST 25TH. MORNING. In the absence of Mr. Coville, President, and Prof. MacMillan, Vice-President, Prof. Kellerman was elected President pro “em. Mr. Cowell, Secretary, submitted the registration book for signa- tures of members present and distributed badges. Prof. Kellerman distributed copies of a map of Ohio, showing the distribution in the southern counties of that state of Phoraden- dvon flavescens, Bignonia crucigera, which covers the fences in some places, and Polypodium polypodioides. Prof. Coulter remarked on the distribution of the Phoradendron in the lower Wabash region of Indiana and Illinois. Prof. Tracy stated that it is abundant in southern Illinois, and Prof. MacDougal recorded its occurrence at points in southern Indiana. Prof. Kellerman remarked that the Canada Thistle, Cavduus avvensis does not spread in southern Ohio. Prof. Lazenby stated that seeds of the plant are not formed in the region. Prof. L. R. Jones described a method of distributing pure cul- tures of fungi. Owing to mixed growth of several species of fungi upon the same substratum, it is often difficult to obtain an uncon- taminated growth for distribution in exsiccati. The growth and distribution of pure cultures easily obviates this difficulty. These pure cultures can readily be made in quantity and in convenient form for distribution by placing paraffined paper in the bottom of large culture dishes; the agar, or other nutrient medium, is then poured upon this, and seeded with spores from a pure culture. When colonies have reached sufficient development, the whole is dried down, the paper bearing the fungus is removed from the dish and cut up for distribution. Prof. Jones suggested that the method might be applied to the distribution of bacterial cultures. Concerning this, Prof. Russell stated that the method could not be used for the propagation of such cultures, as the bac- teria, especially the non-sporogenous forms, die out so easily when subjected to desiccation. It might be of service, however, in preserving the appearance of colonies. Mr. Duggar inquired if ~ 351 Prof. Jones had tried distributing cultures on mica. Prof. Jones replied that the paraffined paper was cheaper. Mrs. Britton reported the occurrence of the moss Zetraplodon éryoides in large quantities on the timbers soaked with drainage from the stables on the summit of Mount Washington, N. H., and distributed specimens collected there in July, 1895, by Mr. Edwin Faxon, Dr. Geo. G. Kennedy and Mr. E. F. Williams; it had Previously been found only in small patches on this mountain. She also remarked on the distribution of the species in North America. Judge Day remarked as follows on Jris: It seems to be a character of the rhizomatous species of /7zs, when forming flow- ers for the following season, to produce at the extremity of the thizome three buds, side by side, of which the two lateral ones are merely vegetative and the central one, alone, productive of flowers. I have noticed this character in /7is versicolor, Virginica, verna, cristata and cuprea, of North America, and Kaempferi, pumia, Siberica, Pseud-acorus, sambucina, Florentina and Germanica, so-called, of the Old World. I have failed to find it in any of the bulbous Jyises, or in any other genus of the Iridaceae, and think the observation has not been heretofore recorded. Prof. Bessey remarked on the distribution of the bear-berry, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, in Nebraska, stating that it is known to occur with Pinus pondorosa in two widely separated stations near the 1ooth meridian, one of these being in a cafion in the central County ( Custer) and the other a cafion on the south side of the Republican River, near the south border of the state. Judge Day said that in the Buffalo region it follows the Niagara River, but does not enter the gorge. Prof. Bessey remarked that ericaceous shrubs will not grow on the plains. Turspay, AUGUST 25TH. AFTERNOON. Prof. Newcombe described an improvement to the paraffine- bath, consisting of a device for adjusting the receptacles of the bath at various heights so as to secure different temperatures in the receptacles, while the temperature of the bath remains constant. This adjustment can only be made in baths in which there are Closely fitting, removable receptacles, sitting into pockets. Sucha - 852 bath can easily be made to order, and to the bottom of the recep- tacle brass strap-springs can be so riveted as to sustain the recep- tacle at any height by pressure against the side of the pocket. Prof. Rowlee presented the following notes on the branching of oaks: I. Our species of trees differ very widely in their method of branching. All, however, with the possible exception of the cottonwood, agree in that the branches are produced from the buds nearest the terminal bud of a season’s growth. No group has this peculiarity in so marked a degree, however, as the oaks. In them the internodes near the terminal bud are shortened and the branches appear close together. The branches appear in periods upon a main branch, each branch-bearing region being in the immediate vicinity of a season’s terminal bud. This peculiar method of branching contributes toward the rigid character of an oak tree. It is primarily due to the position of the branches and the short nodes in that region. II. Normally oaks make a definite seasonal growth terminated by winter bud. A tree (Quercus macrocarpa) in the writer's yard has departed from this mode of growth during the present season in 4 very decided manner. Early in the season, in May and early June, the tree in question developed normal annual shoots, each terminated by a winter bud. In the early days of July these winter buds swelled and developed into leafy shoots duplicating the growth already made. There was more contrast between the first and last leaves of the last growth and the leaves were very light colored. The question naturally arose whether the double seasonal growth in length was accompanied by double cambial growth; sections show that up to the time of the investiga tion (August) but a single ring had been formed, that is, the cam- bial growth had been continuous. [In the discussion which followed this paper it was stated that fruit trees frequently made a double seasonal growth in one year, and that autumnal flowering of fruit trees was accompanied by this phenomenon. | III. Specimens of white oak branches were exhibited illustra- ting an unusual degree of variation in the branches of an in- dividual tree. This tree is isolated from dwellings and from other a ? 853 trees and stands in a field east of Ithaca. The main part of the tree is normal, a single branch on the east side and low on the tree has much smaller leaves and acorns. The contrast between this branch and the rest of the tree is so marked as to be seen at considerable distance, and was well shown in the branches ex- hibited. Wepnespay, Aucust 26TH. Mornina. Prof. L. R. Jones presented some notes on potato-leaf blights, stating that Phytophthora infestans D. By. is common only in north- ern New England, northern New York and Canada. The so-called “Early Blight,” attributed to the parasitism of the fungus J/acro- Sportum Solani E. & M., is generally due not to the attacks of any fungus, but to arsenical poisoning, or to drought or other unfavor- able conditions surrounding the plant. On such dying potato leaves there occurs very generally a saprophytic fungus closely resembling Macrosporium Solani, but which in cultures develops quite differently. This fungus is distinctly an A/ternaria, ten or fifteen spores often being produced in a single chain. Macrospo- rium Tomato Cooke, develops exactly similar chains of spores in culture, and it seems probable that the A//ernaria from the potato leaf is the same as the tomato Macrosporium, but which should Properly be called Alternaria Tomato. Under especially favorable conditions Macrosporium Solani has also developed spores in chains, and hence should be known as A/ternaria Solani. Dr. Russell described a method of hindering the condensation Of water in Petri plates where agar is used asa.medium. It was simply to enclose culture dish in an ordinary porcelain bow] and cover same with a smaller inverted one. This maintains an equal temperature, both inside and outside of culture, thereby prevent- ing the accumulation of condensed water on under-surface of cover. Dr. Bessey gave an outline of the flora of Colorado Springs, Stating that there was here a sudden transition between the floras of the plains andthe mountains. In the vicinity of the town, at an elevation above the sea of about 6,000 feet, the plants are nearly the same as those about Lincoln, Nebr., which is situated Near the eastern side of the plains. He explained that radiating * 304 from Pike’s Peak, down to the plains, there are numerous deep dark cafions, whose vegetation was very different from that of the plains or the mountains proper. The cafon flora, however, has been greatly modified by forest fires, causing the opening up and drying out of the gorges, as in the case of South Cheyenne Cajion, and by the vandalism of tourists who have ruthlessly de- stroyed ferns, columbines, Calochortus, and other showy plants. The flora of elevations from 10,000 to 13,000 feet is scant and low on the open dry ridges and-summits; in the mountain mead- ows, grasses, sedges and clovers abound; the mountain swamps are overgrown with Porentilla fruticosa, but no sphagna were ob- - served. Prof. L. R. Jones remarked that Potentilla fruticosa took possession of old fields and pastures in Vermont, becoming a weed. Mr. E. J. Durand reported a new station for Lpipacizs viridi- flora ; this plant appeared with some ferns on a lawn in the village of Canandaigua, N. Y., which had been transplanted from some point in the vicinity. Judge Day remarked that attempts to culti- vate it at Buffalo had not succeeded. Mrs. Britton said that a similar experience had been had with Arisaema Dracontium on Staten Island, which came up in a fern bed, while no other station for the species is known on the island. Mr. Pollard, Assistant Curator of the U.S. National Museum, explained briefly the terms of transfer which has been effected of the National Herbarium from the control of the Department of Agriculture to that of the Smithsonian Institution. The work 1s now carried on by three assistant curators under the general supervision of Mr. Frederick V. Coville, Honorary Curator; and Congress has this year appropriated the sum of $10,000 for the care and maintenance of the herbarium. Mrs. Britton made the following remarks on the rediscovery of Schizaea pusilla in Newfoundland: The Rev. A. C. Waghorne has recently sent me two small tufts of this little fern which he collected last year about 70 miles from Bay of Islands, Newfound- land; “in bogs, borders of ponds, the quarry N. W. of the railway.” The specimens are small like those I collected in Nova Scotia, but they have an abundance of fertile fronds, which are quite . mature. It will be remembered that this is the fern that was found in the herbarium of De La Pylaie, from~Newfoundland, 355 but that it was for a long time doubted whether it could possibly have been found there, Dr. Gray and others supposing that the locality must have been a mistake, and that the specimens must have come from New Jersey. This discovery completely settles that question, and makes it evident that it is only those who know what to look for will find this fern, and that it will be found in intermediate stations between Nova Scotia and New Jersey, along the coast of New England, possibly on Long Island. Mr. Karl M. Weigand presented the following notes on the genus Loschniakia. Specimens of Boschniakia recently received from Tacoma were found not to agree at all well with the existing characterization of this genus as given in the Synoptical Flora. This led to an examination of all the herbarium material at hand, with the following results: It was found, in the first place, that instead of being “ ebracteolate” all members of the strobilacea group have some or all of the flowers subtended by two subulate bractlets, and, instead of « calyx truncate behind and with three teeth in front,” two teeth only were found in the above mentioned group and these were always lateral. The subdivisions found in the Synop- tical Flora are also unjustifiable. In the strobilacea group the calyx-teeth are not longer than the tube, and not always subulate; the scales are not always obtuse, and the placentae in one case were found to be three instead of four. Specimens of B. g/adra, the species on which the genus was founded, on the other hand, agree exactly both with the generic description and with the sec- tions, and it seems, therefore, as if the characterization had not been properly changed in the addition of subsequent species. J. Hookeri is probably not distinct from BZ. strobilacea, as Dr. Gray Suggested in Proc. Amer. Acad. in 1887. Although not a suffi- ciently large number of specimens have so far been examined to warrant definite conclusions, it seems certain that this genus is in need of a thorough revision, and it is thought desirable to call at- tention to the above noted discrepancies for the purpose of drawing Criticism from others. WEpneEspay, AUGUST 26TH. AFTERNOON, The committee on nomenclature submitted the following re- port: 356 To the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S.: Your committee on nomenclature, which was requested at the Springfield meeting to prepare a report, would respectfully sub- mit the following preamble and resolutions: Wuereas, A large number of requests for a list of all North American Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta has been received, and publication for such a list, when prepared, has been informally offered by the Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution ; Resolved, That the committee be and hereby is authorized to prepare for publication a list of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta occurring in the United States and the British possessions of North America. Resolved, That the committee be and hereby is authorized to ~ prepare and publish a supplement to the “List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America,” such supple- ment to contain additions and published corrections to the List. Such publication has been promised by the Editor of the Torrey Botanical Club. Resolved, That the committee be and hereby is authorized to prepare a fuller statement of the rules adopted at the Rochester and Madison meetings, with examples illustrating their operation, and submit it to the Club at a subsequent meeting, for publication in the proposed List of North American Pteridophyta and Sperma- tophyta. For the Committee, : N. L. Brirron, Chairman. The report was discussed by Prof. Coulter and Prof. Bessey, was approved and the resolutions unanimously adopted. Mr. Pollard, on behalf of Dr. F. H. Knowlton and others, sub- mitted a resolution calling for the appointment of a committee to consider and report on the desirability of the Club publishing a journal. After considerable discussion, it was laid on the table. Prof. Barnes discussed the relative merits of the terms photo- syntax and photosynthesis, maintaining that the first was the more desirable. Prof. MacDougal considered that both terms were temporary, but inclined to the use of the second. Prof. Bessey remarked on the distribution of Pinus ponderosa in Nebraska, which to-day forms extensive forests on the summits of Pine Ridge (alt. 4,000 to 5,000 feet), in northwestern Nebraska, and extends eastward along the bluffs of the Niobrara River to within twenty-five or thirty miles of its mouth. It extends east- ward along the North Platte River and Lodge Pole Creek, nearly - 357 or quite to Deuel County. It occurs, also, in isolated cafions in the central counties (in the Loup River Valley) and thence fifty or sixty miles eastward. Recently some remains of a considerable grove of pines was discovered along the bluffs of the Republican River, in Franklin County, about fifty miles east of the 1ooth me- ridian. Mr. Cowell exhibited specimens of hybrid and double-flowered sunflowers, Helianthus decapetalus X H. petiolaris and H. lenticu- darts, Tuurspay, AucusT 26TH. Mornin. Prof. Bessey remarked on the cafion flora of the plains. On the Great Plains there are two nearly distinct floras, viz: (a) that of the general surface, which, as we pass westward, is more and more like that of the arid regions, and (4) that of the river valleys and cafions, in which are found trees, shrubs and herbs which have invaded this dry region from the east and west. The line of de- markation between the cafion flora and that of the general surface is often very sharp, the one giving way to the other within the Space of a yard or less. Dr. E. B. Copeland discussed turgor-variations in the mosses. He stated that turgor is higher in the mosses than in most other plants, and exceedingly variable. Tests were made on various Species, especially Mnium cuspidatum and Funaria hygrometrica at temperatures varying from 0°-34° Centigrade, the turgor being determined by plasmolysis in solutions of potassium nitrate. From near zero up to 20°C. there was a decided decrease of turgor with increase of heat. This variation is due to chemical changes in loco, but seems to be unaccompanied by any change in the Starch or sugar present. In Mnium, however, it is dependent on the presence of not very remote products of assimilation. This adjustment of the concentration of the cell sap is of manifest ad- vantage in resisting variations of temperature. Dr. A. P. Anderson described a simple apparatus for spraying plants, consisting of two tubes at right angles to each other, similar to the one used by artists for spraying crayon drawings. Mr. E. J. Durand described the structure of pseudo-parenchyma in the higher fungi. In most of the higher fungi there is a tissue _ 358 which much resembles the parenchymatous or fundamental tissue of the higher plants. Owing, however, to its hyphal origin, it is usually termed pseudo-parenchyma. The transition from inter- woven hyphae to this tissue may be well seen in the stromata of Tubercularia, especially if the perithecial forms be present. The hyphae become much septate and the cells swollen and coalesced, forming a tissue of rounded cells. In the Pesizas and Discinas, also, we find the transition nicely shown. In these plants the cells are often large and vesiculose, but are formed by the septation and coalescence of large hyphae. Mr. H. von Schrenk discussed the host-plants of Comandra umbellata. He stated that though this species generally grows on various Ericaceae, notably Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum and corymbosum, he had found it on Potentilla, Solidago and Phleum pratense. He had found that there is no connection between the vascular systems of the parasite and the host-plant in Pideum, and had also cultivated the Comandra at St. Louis, independently of any host-plant, the plants growing to a height of several inches. He had collected C. pallida in Newfoundland, growing on Vac- cintum and Solidago. Dr. Bessey stated that both C. pallida and C. umbellata occur in Nebraska at least 1,000 miles from any ericaceous plant. Prof. Coulter reported that he had satisfied himself that in the vicinity of Chicago C. wmbellata grew unat- tached to any host. Prof. MacMillan spoke on “The Function of the submerged Leaves of Salvinia natans.” These hair-like leaves have been sup- posed to function as absorbing root-hairs, but he had observed that the rigid tips of these organs serve to prevent small aquatic animals from approaching the sporocarps, which they guard; he also stated that they project at right angles to the stem and thus serve as a counterpoise against the wind. Dr. B. B. Davis said that he had observed them entangled with humus and slime. Prof. MacMillan remarked on “Nuclear Budding in Cypripe- dium.” He stated that in C. Reginac,C. acaule and C. hirsutum the nuclei of the cells at the base of the hairs divided by an interest- _ ing and singular method, which differs from both methods known — as phragmentation and karyokinesis, but was evidently referable to the former. 359 Prof. MacMillan also remarked on some unusual adaptations of conifers to wind-swept stations, stating that he had seen the white pine 40 feet high, with a small slender top and short branches, while at the base long branches had developed, lying prostrate on the rocks, having acquired a juniper-like habit; he had noticed that this habit was most frequently taken on when the main trunk was broken. Prof. Bessey recorded the same habit in Engelmann’s Spruce, and Dr. Copeland recalled the well-known case of the Monterey Cypress. Miss Florence Beckwith reported Ononis repens and Plantago aristata as additions to the flora of Monroe county, N. Y. Tuurspay, AuGUST 26TH. AFTERNOON. Officers for the next meeting were elected as follows: President, Prof. S. M. Tracy. Vice-President, Prof. L. R. Jones. Secretary, Prof. E. S. Burgess. Miss Edna Porter illustrated the pollination of Epipactis viridi- Jiora by a model, stating that she had found the visiting insect to be a wasp, agreeing with Darwin’s observations on the English Species, Dr. E. B. Copeland spoke on “ The Lowest Limit of Turgor.” Nearly all of the material causing the turgor of normal stems, leaves and roots is unavailable as food, so that starvation can re- duce the turgor but slightly. Thus it is seldom, if ever, possible to reduce this material by etiolation below the osmotic equivalent of 1.5% KNO,. Where food is stored in solution it is of course represented in the turgor, but even in such organs there is usually a considerable unused, presumably non-nutrient, residue until death. Dr. Emily L. Gregory presented the following “ Notes on the Classification of Lichens:” In many of the modern text-books of systematic botany the three groups, fungi, algae and lichens are reduced to two, the lichens being placed with the fungi. It is evident that this ar- rangement is based upon the notion that the lichen is composed of a fungus and alga living together in the characters of parasite and host. It is the fungus which determines the form and de- 360 velops the spores; therefore those lichens whose fruiting is the same as the Ascomycetes are placed as a subdivision of this class, and the remaining forms, which follow the Basidiomycetes in their method of spore-formation, are classed with this group of fungi. Within the past few years there has been a strong reaction against this method of classification on the ground that, by virtue of this long-continued parasitism, the lichens have attained fixed characters of their own, differing from those of both fungi and algae. Prof. Reinke, of Kiel, is one of the leading advocates of this old method of classification, namely, making the lichens an in- dependent group codrdinate with the fungi and algae. He has written an extensive paper on the subject, which is published in Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, volumes 26, 28 and 29. A careless or even hasty perusal of this article is apt to lead one to the con- clusion that the author’s views are radically opposed to those of Schwendener, who is generally known as the author of the theory of the dual nature of the lichens. It is probably owing to this fact that a rumor has obtained circulation among some of our botanists to the effect that the modern scientists are discarding the Schwendener theory of the nature of the lichens. During the present summer I had an excellent opportunity to read and discuss this paper with Prof. Schwendener and in this way to obtain his present views on the subject. For these reasons I think a brief summary of his remarks may be of interest to the members of the Club and others who are not so familiar with the literature of this subject. It may be well to state at first that there is no difference of opinion between the two botanists con- cerning the real nature of the lichen. Reinke speaks in several places of his complete adherence to the principal theories set forth by Schwendener in his work published in 1869, “ Die Algentypen der Flechten-gonidien,” but he does not approve of the methods of classification which owe their origin to the acceptance of thes¢ theories. Reinke also strongly opposes the views held by Schwendener regarding the morphology of the podetium of the genus Cladonia. Schwendener claims that his experiments, together with those of Krabbe and others working in his laboratory furnish conclusive evidence that the podetium is a part of the fruit-body. Morphologically it is to be considered the stem of the — 361 Organ containing the spores, and this reasoning is based prin- cipally upon the fact that the mycelium threads forming the so- called ascogon, and which terminate in the asci holding the spores, may be traced backward through the podetium or stem to the point of its insertion on the horizontal thallus below. Reinke claims with equal emphasis that the podetium is to be ranked as a thallus, that it forms no part of the fruit-body; he upholds his claim chiefly by the fact that it acts as an assimilating organ and therefore must be considered as a vegetative part of the plant and not a reproductive organ. The importance which Reinke attaches to his view of the morphology of the podetium explains perhaps the above-mentioned conclusion of some readers of the article that the two botanists are antagonistic in their views on the lichens. Their difference of opinion comes rather from a radical difference in their interpretation of morphological characteristics, and not from any real difference concerning the question at issue, viz: the place which the lichens ought to occupy in the natural system of classification. Regarding this point, Schwendener expressly says that he has No objection to the plan proposed by Reinke of classing the lichens as a group by themselves, but also states that he does not think this plan would entirely do away with the difficulties in question. He gives as an example of these difficulties the fact that there are several species of fungi belonging to one genus, Some of which live as parasites on algae, or as lichens, others are true fungi living entirely after the fashion of other plants of this Sroup. If the lichens are to be classed as a separate group, there must be some provision made for such plants as these, for it surely would not be logical to separate such closely allied forms by putting them in different groups. Reinke proposes not only a rearrangement by which the lichens would be restored to their original dignity of place, but also outlines a plan for classification within themselves based as nearly as possible upon what he considers phylogenetic principles. It may be noted in closing that it is a little curious and striking that this plan is founded upon the classification of Tuckerman, a botanist who attached little importance to the principles of Phylogeny in his treatment of the lichens. 362 A paper by Prof. L. H. ease: «“ Notes on some Plants of Iowa,” was read by title. Prof. Coulter discussed the use of the terms close-fertilization and cross-fertilization. A paper by Mr. R. S. Williams, “ A List of the Mosses of northern Montana,” was read by title. Mrs. Britton stated that sets of these mosses were in preparation. Prof. Kellerman described a method of card-indexing a state flora, using for each species a card on which was printed a map of the state showing counties. He had used this in Kansas and in Ohio. Prof. Tracy said he had successfully applied it to Mis- sissippi. New and noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By Joun K. SMALL. SAXIFRAGA OCCIDENTALIS S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 264. 1888. This species was founded on plants collected on Vancouver Island, by Prof. Macoun. It is a beautiful and distinct species averaging one decimeter in height, with a purple hue which ex- tends even to the petals and filaments; it also possesses an abund- ance of red or reddish tomentum on the lower surface of the finely crenate leaves. This form is not as widely distributed as indicated by Dr. Watson, when he states “ the specific name is given to the species as the western correlative of the common eastern S. Virginiensis,” nor is it the western correlative of the latter species, Saxifraga Californica, proposed in the following yeat holding that place. Saxifraga occidentalis is apparently confined to Vancouver Island and the mainland in the immediate vicinity- SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS Michx. Fl, Bor. Am. 1: 269. 1803. Represents one of the most variable and perplexing species t the genus Saxifraga, but notwithstanding its variability in habit,size and flowers, there are two characters which serve to separate it from its relatives in western North America, namely, the triangular triangular-ovate or rarely almost lanceolate acute or acutish calyx-segments, and the narrowly elliptic or ellipticcapet vale ob- tuse or acute (rarely if ever notched) petals. 363 While collecting in the cafion below the Falls of the Yadkin river in North Carolina last April, I found unusually well devel- oped plants of Sazifraga Virginiensis ranging from four to five deci- meters in height, but more remarkable was the great quantity of small bulblets produced by the subterranean portions of the plants, and also the numerous offsets. The same features were noticed in specimens gathered on Dunn’s mountain in the same state. SAXIFRAGA CALIFoRNICA Greene, Pittonia, 1: 286. 1880. In the light of recent discoveries, Prof. Greene has not pointed out any reliable distinguishing characters in discussing the rela- tions between Saxifraga Californica and S. Virginiensis. The two species are closely related in habit, and the one is about as varia- ble as the other. Prof, Greene lays much stress on the occurrence of small bulblets in Saxifraga Californica, but we now know that S. Virginiensis also possesses this character. After examining many specimens for the purpose of finding some diagnostic characters in the two closely related plants, I find that the flower furnishes the best. Besides the reflexed or erect calyx-segments, these organs in Saxifraga Californica are ovate or oblong-ovate and obtuse, while those of S. Virginiensis are triangular, triangular-ovate, or rarely nearly lanceolate, and acute or acutish. The petals furnish another character; those of the western plant are broadly oval or suborbi- cular, some or all notched at the apex, while their lateral nerves vanish in the blade; in the eastern plant they are narrowly elliptic or elliptic-spatulate, not notched at the apex, and the lateral nerves converge to the mid-nerve at the apex. SAXIFRAGA FRAGOSA Suksdorf n. sp. Perennial by an ascending or horizontal rootstock, scapose Slender, pale-green, rough glandular-pilose with rigid hairs. Leaves basal, leathery, the blades ovate or oblong-ovate, I.5—4 cm. long, usually exceeding the petioles, glabrate, obtuse, entire or undulately toothed, abruptly narrowed or truncate at the base, de- Current on the winged petiole, which is slightly dilated at the base ; Scapes erect or assurgent, 2—3 dm. tall, solitary, paniculately or somewhat corymbosely branched at the top, the branches as- cending or nearly erect, subtended by lanceolate or spatulate bracts; flowers white, 5—6 mm. broad, in many-flowered cymules; calyx broadly campanulate, the tube 2.5 mm. broad, adnate to the 364 ovary, the segments triangular or triangular-ovate, obtuse, 3- nerved, longer than the tube; petals obovate, obtuse or notched at the apex, 2.5 mm. long, strongly 3-nerved, the lateral nerves aris- ing below the middle and converging toward the apex; filaments subulate, shorter than the petals; carpels of the ovary flat and surrounded by a disk; follicles globose-ovoid, 3.5 mm. long, dis- tinct, tipped by short diverging styles; seeds obovoid, more or less pointed at both ends. Wet rocks near the Columbia river, W. Klickitat County, Washington. Collected by W. N. Suksdorf. (no. 1727.) The specimens on which this species is founded were collected in March and May, 1892, and distributed later with the manuscript — name which I have taken up. It was collected also in Oregon, by Mr, Thomas Howell in May, 1895, “ on wet slopes, Gladstone” (no. 192). The species is related to Saxifraga Californica, but differs in its more rigid habit, rough and stiff pubescence, the narrow thyrsoid panicle or corymb and the triangular or triangular-ovate calyx-seg- ments. SAXIFRAGA TENNESSEENSIS n. sp. Saxifraga Grayana Kearney, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 262. 1894- Not Britton, 1894. Perennial by a short erect or ascending rootstock, scapose, glandular-pilose, bright green. Leaves basal, ovate or sometimes suborbicular, the blade 2-6 cm. long, obtuse or rounded at the apex, but usually terminated by a tooth, coarsely crenate-dentate, abruptly narrowed at the base, the petiole winged, longer OF shorter than the blade; scapes erect or assurgent, 1-2.5 dm. tall; branches of the panicle subtended by linear or spatulate bracts ; cymules open; flowers white, 8-9 mm. broad; calyx flattish, 5 mm. broad, its tube adherent to the ovary, its segments triangu- lar-ovate, I-1.5 mm. long, acute, spreading, longer than the tube; petals lanceolate, 3.5-4 mm. long, obtuse or slightly notched at the apex, sessile or nearly so, with two lateral nerves which arise below the middle and converge at the apex, the lateral nerves often giving off short secondary branches; filaments .subulate, somewhat longer than the calyx-segments, mature fruit not seen. Rocky bluffs of the Tennessee River about Knoxville. Alti- | tude about 270 meters. Saxifraga Tennesseensis was apparently first collected by Prof a A. Ruth, of Knoxville, Tennessee, but first brought to notice by 365 Mr. T. H. Kearney, who erroneously referred it to Saxifraga Grayana, a member of the subgenus Hydactia. The species really belongs to the subgenus Micranthes and is a close relative of the common Saxifraga Virginiensis. The primary character to debar it from relationship with S. Grayana is its subulate filaments; the calyx-segments, petals and follicles are also different from those of that species. The pubescence in S. Zennesseensis is inclined to be tomentose and tawny and is much more abundant than in S. Vir- Simiensis. Besides its general habit, it can be readily distinguished by its lanceolate petals, which are notched at the apex and strongly marked with two yellow spots near the base. SAXIFRAGA CLAYTONIAEFOLIA Canby n. sp. Perennial by a short horizontal rootstock, slender, glandular- pilose above, glabrate below. Leaves fleshy, orbicular-elliptic, more or less oblique, 6-10 cm. long, glabrate, obtuse, entire, undu- late, palmately six-eight-nerved, narrowed into a winged ribbed petiole which is as long as the blade or longer; scape erect or assurgent, 2-3 dm. tall, glabrate near the base, branched above; infloresence thyrsoid-corymbose, its branches subtended by small linear or linear-oblong bracts; flowers white, 4 mm. broad, each subtended by a small bractlet; calyx flattish, 2 mm. high, its seg- ments spreading and recurved, thin, oblong, acute, 3-nerved, longer than the tube ; petals spatulate or obovate-spatulate, 2 mm. long, slightly emarginate or minutely apiculate, gradually narrowed into a claw, marked with a stout midnerve which gives off two lateral nerves about the middle; filaments subulate, shorter than the petals, incurved at the summit; follicles (each) ovoid, 3 mm. long, the short stout styles spreading at an angle of 120° or more; seeds irregularly oblong, .7 mm. long, reddish, smooth, or very faintly striate. Damp crevices of rocks, The Dalles, Oregon. Collected by Frank Tweedy, May, 1883. I have taken up a specific name attached to a specimen, by Mr. Canby, preserved in the Canby Herbarium, now at the Col- lege of Pharmacy, New York. The form is without doubt an €xcellent species, differing from the related Saxifraga integrifolia by its leaves, which closely resemble those of a broad-leaved C/ay- Yonia, its flat calyx-tube, its oblong calyx-segments and its spatu- late or obovate-spatulate petals, which are only 3-nerved and either notched or apiculate at the apex. . 366 SAXIFRAGA NIDIFICA Greene, Erythea, 1: 222. 1893. This rare Sazxifraga has lately been sent me by Mr. E. P. Shel- don. The specimens are from Spokane, Washington, altitude 1,000-2,000 feet and were collected by J. H. Sandberg and J. B. Leiberg in May, 1893. Sazifraga nivalis (no. 1819) of Mr. Co- ville’s Death Valley report, apparently belongs here, as does also Torrey’s 155, collected in the Yosemite Valley and Mountains, California, in 1865. : SAXIFRAGA PLANTAGINEA N. sp. Perennial by a thick rootstock, stout, scapose, glandular-pilose; leaves elliptic or elliptic-spatulate, 6-10 cm. long, obtuse, undulate or distantly and shallowly toothed, leathery, ciliate, 5-7-ribbed, narrowed into a winged petiole, which is usually much shorter than the blade; scape erect, 2-4 dm. tall, sparingly branched near the top, the branches subtended by elliptic bracts; flowers greenish, in dense cymules; calyx flat, its segments ovate, 3.5 mm. long, obtuse, 3-nerved, longer than the tube ; petals suborbicular-oblong or some inclined to be broadly spatulate, 2~-2.5 mm. long, green- ish, shorter than the calyx-segments, obtuse, marked with a mid- nerve and several branches, narrowed into a broad claw; filaments converging, subulate, shorter than the petals; ovaries immersed in a lobed disk ; fruit not seen. Spokane, Washington, at 600-1,000 meters altitude ; collected by J. B. Leiberg and J. H. Sandberg, in May, 1893. Communi- cated by Mr. E. P. Sheldon. A fine species with leaves strongly resembling those of some of the broader-leaved Plantagos. The plant is very different from anything heretofore known in the genus Saaifraga. It is related to S. integrifolia. The broad greenish petals, which are exceeded by the calyx, serve to separate the species from all its — : relatives. SAXIFRAGA SIERRAE (Coville). Saxifraga integrifolia Sierrae Coville, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 7* 78. 1892. : Saxifraga Oregana Howell, Erythea, 3: 34. 1895. As Mr. Howell points out, Saxifraga integrifolia has been 4 composite species. Mr. Coville dwells on the differences inthe leaves of Saxifraga Sierrae and S. integrifolia ; these differences are much more marked in specimens collected later by Mr. Howell, 367 in Oregon. But in addition to these leaf-characters, the flower furnishes good points of distinction. The calyx-segments in Saxifraga Sierrae are suborbicular and broader than long (except in Mr. Howell’s specimens, where the whole vegetative and floral systems are abnormally elongated), the calyx-segments in SS. integrifola are ovate and longer than broad; the petals are ovate or broadly oblong and retuse at the apex, as opposed to the obovate petals of S. integrifolia with their rounded apices. SAXIFRAGA REFLEXA Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 249. pl.85. 1833. Several unsuccessful attempts to reéstablish this rare species have been made. Taking Hooker’s excellent plate as a basis, and this is all we have to go on besides his description, I find that the following numbers from the collections of the Northern Trans- continental Survey, distributed as Saxifraga nivalis,tare S. reflexa: 51a Scribner, 740 and 741 Tweedy, 757 Brandegee and 111 Canby. These are the only representatives of S. seflexa I have seen and are all in the Canby herbarium. SAXIFRAGA MONTANENSSIS nN. sp. Scapose,erennial by a stout horizontal or ascending rootstock, coarse, stout, glandular-pilose. Leaves basal, ovate or lanceolate, ‘5-I.5 cm. long, leathery, obtuse or acute, serrate-dentate, nearly sessile or apparently sessile on account of the broadly winged and dilated petiole; scapes solitary, erect, 3-6 dm. tall, stout (6-11 mm. in diameter), paniculately branched above, the branches usually shorter than the internodes; flowers greenish, almost 11 mm. broad, in dense glomerate cymules; calyx turbinate-cam- Panulate, 5-parted to below the middle, its tube adnate to the Ovary, its segments triangular-ovate, obtuse, at length deflexed; petals 5, greenish, lanceolate or linear, often slightly oblique, 3.5 mm. long, obtuse, 3-nerved, the lateral nerves arising below the middle, running close to the mid-nerve; filaments subulate, thrice shorter than the petals ; fruit not seen. Southwestern Montana, in bogs at 1,850 meters elevation. Col- lected by Mr. Frank Tweedy (No. 58), July, 1888. Also found by Prof. F. D. Kelsey at Millan, Montana. The proposed species Stands between Saxifraga Sierrae and S. Pennsylvanica. It differs from the former in its harsh pubescence which gives it a dull green color and in its comparatively small greenish flowers. From 368 the latter it may be distinguished by its habit, its more or less turbinate calyx-tube and the calyx-segments, which are triangular- ovate and about as long as the tube. In Saaifraga Pennsylvanica the calyx-tube is campanulate, the segments ovate-lanceolate or ovate and twice as long as the tube. The petals of the new spe- cies are oblanceolate or nearly linear, while those of its eastern relative are lanceolate or linear-lanceolate. SaxIFRAGA Noorkana Mocin; Engler, Monog. Sax. 135. 1872. Saxifraga -Stellaris var. Brunnoniana Bong. Veg. Sitcha, 149. 1831. Not S. Brunnoniana Wall. Saxifraga leucanthemifolia var. Brunnoniana Engler, Monog. Sex: 435. 1872. Saxifraga Bongardi Presl; Engler, Monog. Sax. 135. 1872. This is one of our northwestern forms that has usually been included under Saxifraga leucanthemifolia (S. Michauxi). It is more closely related however to the old world S. sée//aris, but is nearer the Alleghenian S. Michanxii than any of the several west- American species of the subgenus Avabidia that have so persis- tently been referred to the Alleghanian form. SAXIFRAGA FERRUGINEA Graham, Edinb. Philos. Journ. : 349 1829. This is another Aradidia of the Northwest. It is apparently very rare and has usually been referred to a variety of S. Michauai (S. Zeucanthemifolia Michx.) or included in that species. Some of its distinguishing marks are the low stunted stature, the reddish- brown tomentum and the short few-flowered one-sided corymb. The only recent collection appears to be that of Dr. G. M. Daw- son, made on the Queen Charlotte Islands in July, 1878. SAXIFRAGA NUTTALLII. Saxifraga elegans Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N.A.1: 573. 1840. Not Sternb. 1832. Little was known of this beautiful and most delicate Saxifrage until it was rediscovered in Oregon in 1871 by E. Hall (156). There is a good and ample specimen of Nuttall’s type in the Co- lumbia University Herbarium. Mr. Howell has lately found it at three localities in Oregon. rei 369 The Stigmas and Pollen of Arisaema.* By W. W. RowLee. (PLATES 272,'273.) The native Araceae fall into two natural groups. One group, which Dr. Gray in his Manual calls “the genuine Araceae,” con- sists of the genera Arisaema, Peltandraand Calla. The flowers in this group have no floral envelopes and are almost always mo- noecious or dioecious by the suppression of either the stamens or pistil. The other group consists of Spathyema, Orontium and Acorus, genera composed of plants having complete and perfect flowers. This group is much more generalized in its characters than the other, and if either deserves to be called the “ genuine Araceae,” this, it seems to me, is the one. So general is the belief now that the Araceae and the Lemna- Ceae present an illustration of specialization by reduction, it need hardly be mentioned that Arisaema and its congeners have departed farther from the ancestral forms than Calla and its congeners. The stamens of Arisaema appear to stand singly upon the spa- dix, each stamen representing a single flower. In A. sriphyllum this flower really consists of two stamens, the filaments of which are grown together so completely as to present the appearance of € single stamen. The number of cells in the anther and the vascular strands in the filament reveal the fact that cohesion has taken place. The anthers are also simple in their structure. See 1, plate (I.). : While collecting material for class-work in the spring of 1895, T put a spadix of Arisaema triphyllum into alcohol for study. Later when sections were made it was found that although the anthers had dehisced, nevertheless the anther cavities had con- siderable pollen in them, and that many of these pollen grains, still remaining in the anther, had developed tubes. In some, the tubes were long, in others short, in some they had barely left the grain. — The longer ones instead of growing out in a straight path — showed a great tendency to grow back upon themselves. The appearance at first led me to think that it grew ina close spiral- Begum ere a * Read before Section G, A. A. A. S., Buffalo meeting, August, 1896. 370 like coil, but further examination showed that the tube folded back and forth upon itself in such a way as to form a double layer. This peculiar growth was due in all probability to the meager amount of moisture in the anther, the folding serving to conserve moisture most effectively. Some tubes made as many as five double folds. Apparently the folding occurred after the tube had attained considerable length. Repeated examination of the pollen of both Arisaema triphyllum and A. Dracontium failed to afford another specimen in which ger- mination had taken place, and it seemed scarcely probable that this precocious development would occur frequently. It may have been due to the season or the situation; so far as I can see, it in no way benefits the plant. Warming, in his Systematic Botany, makes a group of mono- cotyledons which he calls the Enantioblastae, remarking that these plants ought perhaps to be amalgamated with the other orders. Although the Araceae are not included in this group, both species of Arisaema have truly enantioblastic ovules. The stigmas of Arisaema are remarkable in that the stigmatic surface not only covers the external surface of the capitate stigma, but extends down the short ofen style and forms a stigmatic surface at the summit of the cavity of the ovary, very much like the stigma om the outside of the ovary. The stigmatic hairs are club-shaped, quite long (short in the tube) and are not septate. They are closely packed together. The erect ovule reaches up to the hairs within the ovary. It remains to be seen just what the course of the pollen tube in these hairs is. It seems reasonable to suppo5¢ that the tube would enter the cavity of the ovary through the opening in the hollow style and that its entrance would be facili- tated by the stigmatic hairs. CORNELL UNIVERSITY. Explanation of Plates. PLATE 272. Fig. 1. Vertical section of consolidated stamens of Arisaema triphylium, show- ing anthers and anther-cavities, also structure of filament. (<125.) Fig. 2. Pollen grain. Fig. 3. Pollen grain germinated. Fig. 4. Pollen graim germinated, the tube closely folded upon itself. (Figs. 2, 3 and 4, <1400.) PLATE 273. Fig. 5. Vertical section of pistil showing ovules and stigma, (><350-) 371 Reviews. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada and the British Possessions, from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean Westward to the 1to2d Meridian. By Nathaniel Lord Brit- . ton, Ph. D., Emeritus Professor of Botany in Columbia Uni- versity, and Director-in-Chief of the New York Botanical Garden, and Hon. Addison Brown, President of the Torrey Botanical Club. In Three Volumes. Vol. I., Ophioglossaceae to Aizoaceae ; Ferns to Carpet-weed. Royal 8vo, pp. 612, New York, Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1896. Price per volume, $3.00. An entirely distinct epoch in the study of the North American flora is marked and, as to its general influence, inaugurated by the Publication of this great work. Popularization, but with a dis- tinct gain to science ; a more intelligent and natural arrangement of groups; the application of broader and more natural principles in the delimitation of species; a full and careful consideration of distribution ; a rational and just system of nomenclature—these are some of the progressive steps which are forcibly and clearly brought to mind as we examine the pages of our new flora. In comparing new works with old, we are often led to disparage the former because of the poorer advantages which were pos- Sessed by the authors of the latter. It is, however, quite safe to Say that in no preceding work of the kind have the materials at hand been more completely utilized, nor has there been a more Careful consideration of principles, or a more exhaustive study of details. Those American botanists who have prayed for more botany and less nomenclature may now give thanks! The first Portion of their prayer, at least, is answered. The scope and Nature of the work cannot be better stated in brief than by quot- ing the opening paragraph of the authors’ introduction : “The present work is the first complete Illustrated Flora pub- lished in this country. Its aim is to illustrate and describe every Species, from the Ferns upward, recognized as distinct by botanists and.growing wild within the area adopted, and to complete the Work within such moderate limits of size and cost as shall make it accessible to the public generally, so that it may serve as an inde- pendent handbook of our Northern Flora and as a work of general reference, or as an adjunct and supplement to the manuals of sys- tematic botany in current use.” The introduction also informs us that about three-fourths of these species, some four thousand in number, are here figured for the first time. Vol. I contains 1425 figured species. Not only is the conception of such a work as a practicable possibility to be credited to Judge Brown; the elaboration of the plan and the surmounting of the difficulties which have from time to time arisen have been his constant care. Above all, it is through his munificent provision of the substantial means that the accomplishment of the undertaking has been rendered pos- sible. Much as we owe to the publishers, whose names appear upon the title-page, it must not be unknown to the public that the real publisher is the Hon. Addison Brown, nor that he undertook the publication as a labor of love, with little prospect at the time that it would ever prove other than an expensive con- tribution to the popularization of science. Nor is it out of place to hazard the opinion, after a study of the work, that the actual re- sult will yet prove for the publisher a surprise sate the sunny side. The value of illustrations thus presented need hardly be dwelt upon. Important as they are in introducing the general public to a knowledge of our plants, the value of reliable figures is appre- ciated by none more keenly than by the experienced botanist. Not because they are more important than ,ome other features of the work, but because of their greater prominence, the illustra- tions are examined first. The adoption of proper sizes for the cuts has required com- stant study and thought. To display undimmed the individ- uality of the plant was the first consideration, while upon the other hand, to destroy the popular character of the work by unduly enhancing the cost, was to sacrifice the principal object for which it was undertaken. Apparently the most success- ful result possible in this direction has been attained. When the entire plant could not be figured, it has been individually studied as to its most characteristic parts. Tall stems have fre- quently been included by representing them in a doubled or ‘ 373 folded position. In all cases of reduction, life-size drawings have been employed. The magnification of such minute parts as sporanges, akenes, seed-coats and appendages is a feature of the very highest importance, and one the educational influence of which can hardly be over-estimated. Good instances are the fruits of the Potamogetons and dissections of the column in Orchida- _ ceae. The reduction is conspicuously indicated beside the gen- eral illustrations; the degree of magnification of the minuter parts is not stated, being considered unnecessary; but we regret the omission, or, at least, that it was not made clear that the same de- gree was used in illustrating the same organ throughout a group. The work upon the illustrations, both drawing and engrav- ing, is of the very highest quality, and a remarkable degree of naturalness has in most cases been attained. In many cases, as, for instance, in that of Xyris torta, the figures are exceedingly beautiful. Drawn usually from herbarium specimens, the figures have afterward been compared as often as possible with the living Plants. To have drawn all the figures from life, would, doubtless, have still further improved the appearances, but this was ob- viously impossible. Natural considerations, which have been allowed to control the entire planning of the work, are manifest in the choice of the boundaries selected for the flora. Even the announced limits are Over-stepped when necessary to complete a natural region, as in the inclusion of the extra-limital portions of Nebraska. That the relations between geography and botany have been attentively Studied is evidenced in more than one way. Both local cata- logues and local herbaria have been thoroughly searched to de- termine the precise range-limits, and great care has been exercised in indicating clearly the habitats of the species. In no preceding work has the subject of range been so well elaborated. We find in this work, moreover, about the first systematic attempt to give the altitudinal distribution. So little attention has been paid by Collectors to this important subject that the information here ac- cumulated by Dr. Britton can hardly be regarded as more thana Working basis, but as such its value will prove very great. Not the least valuable of the geographical features is the statement, in a general way, of the extra-territorial ranges of the species. Hav- 374 ing thus clearly established the ranges of the forms, they have been allowed to exercise a certain weight in deciding in difficult cases of species-limitation. So important has this subject of plant- geography come to be regarded in modern botany, that we may indulge a little natural pride in the appearance of so thorough a study of it by American authors. It is scarcely necessary to review here the slow and laborious process by which systematic botanists since Linnaeus have worked toward the natural arrangement and sequences of plant-groups. It is sufficient to say that only by a masterly review of morphology, anatomy, physiology, distribution in time and place, and even of such subjects as chemistry and nutritive and physiological proper- ties, have we been brought to an arrangement which commends itself to all who recognize and value a deciding influence higher than the dictum. Such inconvenience as results from working under the new arrangement may fairly be regarded as due to a failure to have taken natural relations into consideration. To those who have done so, the new arrangement will present no other unfamiliarity than that of a new thing which has been long and eagerly sought. As to beginning at the upper or lower end of the sequence, the reviewer confesses to but faint interest. It would appear to matter but little whether we turn to the right or to the left as we enter the herbarium. But it is of vital impor-_ tance that those things should be brought together which show the closest relationship, and the acceptance or non-acceptance of any portion of the new arrangement may best be decided upon the basis of those principles upon which it has been founded. The following extract from the table of contents displays the arrange- ment of the families :* PTERIDOPHYTA I 1. OPHIOGLOSSACEAE 1 | 5. POLYPODIACEAE 8} 9. LycopPODIACEAE 39 2, OSMUNDACEAE 4 | 6. MARSILEACEAE 33 10, SELAGINELLACEAE 44 3. HYMENOPHYLLACEAE 6 | 7. SALVINIACEAE 34 11. ISOETACEAE 45 4. SCHIZAEACEAE 7 | 8. EQUISETACEAE 35 | SPERMATOPHYTA = 49 GYMNOSPERMAE =. 49 * Underneath this table the authors print another, in which the common or Eng- lish names of the families are substituted, 375 I. PINACEAE 49 2. TAXACEAE 61 ANGIOSPERMAE 61 Monocotyledones 62 1. TYPHACEAE 62 | 11. MAYACACEAE 367 | 20. CONVALLARIACEAE 427 2. SPARGANIACEAE 63 | 12. XYRIDACEAE. 368 | 21. SMILACEAE 438 3. NAIADACEAE 65 | 13. ERIOCAULACEAE 371) 22, HAEMODORACEAE 442 4. SCHEUCHZERIACEAE 82 14. BROMELIACEAE 374) 23. AMARYLLIDACEAE 443 5. ALISMACEAE 84 | 15. COMMELINACEAE 374) 24. DIOSCOREACEAE 446 6. VALLISNERIACEAE 92 | 16. PONTEDERIACEAE 379! 25. IRIDACEAE 447 7. GRAMINEAE 94 | 17. JUNCACEAE 381 | 26. MARANTACEAE 454 8. CYPERACEAE 234 | 18. MELANTHACEAE 399 27. BURMANNIACEAE 455 9. ARACEAE 360 | 19. LILIACEAE 410 | 28. ORCHIDACEAE 456 To, LEMNACEAE 365 | Dicotyledones 482 Choripetalae 482 I, SAURURACEAE 482 | 8. ULMACEAE 523| 14. POLYGONACEAE 541 2, JUGLANDACEAE 483 9. MoRACEAE 527 | 15. CHENOPODIACEAE 569 3- MYRICACEAE 487 10. URTICACEAE 530, 16. AMARANTHACEAE 586 4. LEITNERIACEAE 489 | 11. LORANTHACEAE 534| 17. PHYTOLACCACEAE 593 5. SALICACEAE 490 | 12, SANTALACEAE §30| 18. NYCTAGINACEAE 594 6. BETULACEAE 506 | 13. ARISTOLOCHIACEAE 537 19. AIZOACEAE 597 7- FAGACEAE 513 It is incidentally to be regarded as fortunate that this arrange- ment brings before our students in the first volume those families which are usually regarded as most difficult. By the aid of this volume, any field-student or collector can, during the coming months, and before the appearance of the remaining volumes, be- come fairly well acquainted with the representatives of these diffi- cult gr oups which are afforded by his locality. The work will doubtless be assailed by a certain class because of the narrowness with which the species-limits have been drawn. On this Subject it may be well to quote the authors: “The present tendency of expert opinion is to separate more freely into con- venient natural groups, as genera and families, according to simi- larity of Structure, habit, form or appearance.” (Introduction, P-v.) And it may be further remarked that the tendency to unite species is manifested rather by those who act as editors ; to separate them, by those who pursue special studies. In the performance of this portion of the work, Dr. Britton has been €xceptionally well situated. During the six years that this work has been under way, he has been surrounded by a large and ener- getic group of workers, trained and held together largely through the influence of the Torrey Botanical Club. These men and- 376 women have gladly undertaken from time to time the investiga- tion of difficult or of poorly-known groups, and they have almost without exception brought to bear upon their work every modern method of research. This period has been noted farther for great activity in similar work throughout the country. An unusual amount of material in the way of field-notes has also been re- cently accumulated, a large part of it directly in the interest of this work. All this material has been assiduously studied. Although some of the cases of species-division appear surprising, yet in view of the minuteness with which the authors have con- ducted their studies, it may well be that such criticisms as shall be made will possess the demerit of being based upon a lower de- gree of scrutiny than the determinations themselves. That the possibility of determining a plant by merely turning to a figure may induce habits of superficiality, is perhaps, true, though hardly so in case of such a work as this. Even in case of those fragmentary illustrated works which may be regarded solely or chiefly in the light of picture books, it is probable that the hab- its of observation and comparison they induce and develop more than counteract any such tendencies to superficiality ; but in the present case every influence tends to lead the student on to deeper examination and more scientific methods. Reference has already been made to the illustration of the minuter structures beside the general illustrations. Even more important in this direction are the keys to the groups, so freely furnished as to form a complete system. No one, having learned to use botanical language, would of course think of consulting the cuts until the possibilities of the text—that of the keys, at least—had been exhausted. Those others, who may at first resort to the pictures, will, doubtless, quickly learn that time is usually saved by a different course, and a study of botanical terminology introductory to the use of the keys will almost surely follow. If there be some to whom this statement does not apply, the defect may be regarded as natural, and displayed in spite rather than because of the character of the book. Keys, if not usually artificial, are pretty likely to accomplish — their purpose the better in proportion as th ey are so... Thetis however, in the keys of this flora an evident design of combining 377 the advantages of a scientific relation and an artificial characteri- zation, an attempt in which there is no end of room for the exer- cise of ingenuity. The result is that in most of them we note a combination of obvious “ear-marks” with more complex char- acters, : It is needless to say that the rules of nomenclature followed are those which have been officially adopted by American botan- ists and which are evidently in the near future to dominate botani- cal writings abroad as well as in America. The code is printed and briefly explained in the introduction. In a foot-note reference is made to the principal American contributions to the subject of nomenclature. The authors would here have done well to include one by the writer, who has labored diligently in the interest of this movement, especially in medical literature. It appeared in the Bulletin of Pharmacy, and set forth clearly and fully the history of the movement in this country. The importance of applying some system in the application of family names is urged, but its introduction, in advance of full discussion and official adoption, is wisely omitted. The forms of type, use of capitals and symbols and rules of Pronunciation are also here briefly explained. Throughout the book the accent is indicated in botanical names, specific as well as others. sacs Much care has been devoted to the selection of the common names, which have also been printed in a separate index. It is hardly to be hoped that a high degree of satisfaction will be given in this direction. Those whose botanical work brings them into especial communication with those who speak of plants by their common names learn to be quite hopeless about satisfying. local ideas (and this the authors have not attempted), except by de- voting to synonyms an amount of space quite out of the question in such a work. The propriety of excluding a common name of Seneral acceptance because it is misleading as to relationship, as, for example, “ Dog’s-tooth Violet,” may well be questioned. Com- mon names are common property, and where the advisability of having them disturbed on scientific grounds has been officially considered, as, for example, by the National Bureau on Geographi- cal Names, it has been decided indefensible. Upon the other 378 hand, when this is done by such a work as the Illustrated Flora, it serves the very useful purpose of reminding those who use such names that they are opposed to scientific authority, sufficient in many cases to lead to their disuse. In the index to the botanical names the admirable system is followed of indexing the species as well as the genera and families. The closing thought, that the two remaining volumes require only printing and binding, is by no means the least pleasing with which we regard the present occasion. H. H. Russy. Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. Barnes, C. R. A horizontal Microscope. Bot. Gaz. 22: 55, 5% pl. 6. - 3t Jl. 1896. Bicknell, E. P. On anew Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. Marylandica. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 314-319. 20 Au. 1896. Comparative descriptions of .S, /epored/a, new, and S. Marylandica. Bissell, C. H. Reseda lutea. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 283- 2° Jl. 1896. : Notes extension of range. Britton, E.G. Criticisms of «* New or less known species of Acro- carpous Mosses from North America and Europe,” by N. C. Kind- | berg. Rev. Bryol. 23: 72, 73. Au. 1896. Cardot, J. ontinales nouvelles. Rev. Bryol. 23: 67-72. Au. 1896. F, patula, F. Missourica, F. Waghornei and F. MacMillani, new, from North America. % Clute, W. N. Zuphorbia Nicaensis. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 282, 283. 20 Jl. 1896. Notes extension of range into Pennsylvania, Cogniaux, A. New Melastomaceae collected by Miguel Bang, in Bow. livia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 276, 278. 20 Jl. 1896. New species in 7idouchina, Diolena and Miconia. Collins, F. S. New Cyanophyceae. Erythea, 4: t1g-t21. 7 Au. ~ 1896. _ ae ‘New species in Anadzena and Cylindrospermum. ae fae : =. 379 Crepin, F. Rosae Americanae.—I. Observations upon the Genus Rosa in North America. Bot. Gaz. 22: 1-34. 31 Jl. 1896. Davy, J.B. New Locality-records for the Bay Region Botany. Ery- thea, 4: 145. 1 S. 1896. Davy, J. B. Solanum elaeagnifolium Cav., in California. Erythea, 4: 125. 7 Au. 1896. Deane, W. and Robinson, B. L. A new Viburnum from Missouri. Bot. Gaz. 22: 166, 167. A/. 8. 31 Au. 1896. V. Demetrionis n. sp. Eastwood, A. Geranium parvifiorum Willd. Erythea, 4::16s 2 S. 1896. Reported from California. Eastwood, A. Scolymus Hispanicus L. Erythea, 4: 145. 1 S. 1896. Reported from California. Eastwood, A. The Alpine Flora of Mt. Shasta. Erythea, 4: 136- 142. 15S. 1896. : Elmore, C. J. Fossil Diatomaceae from Nebraska and their Dereon to modern Species. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 269-275. 20 Jl. 1896. Greene, E. L. New western Ranunculaceae. Erythea, 4: 121-123. 7 Au. 1896. New species in Ranunculus and Thalictrum. : Greene, E. L. Distribution of Rhamaus in North America.—Il. Erythea, 4: 133-136. 15S. 1896. tt. Gregory, E. L. What is meant by Stem and Leaf. Bull. Torr. Bo Club, 23: 278-281. 20 Jl. 1896. Gregory, E. L. [Exceptions to criticisms of ‘‘ Elements of Plant Anatomy.”’] Bot. Gaz. 22: 72, 73. 31 Jl. 1896. . : a Harvey, F. L. Contribution to the Myxogasters of Maine. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 307-314. 20 Au. 1896. List of 86 species with notes and stations. Harvey, F. L. Notes upon Maine Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 275, 276. 20 Jl. 1896. Heald, F.D. On the toxic Effect of dilute Solutions of ee and Salts upon Plants. Bot. Gaz. 22: 125-153. A. 7. 31 Au. 189 Au. . Hubby, F. W. Phacelia Cooperae. Erythea, 4: bigs 124. 7 AU. 1896. 380 Hulting, J. Beitrage zur Flechtenflora Nordamerikas. Hedwigia, 35: 186-193. 1 Au. 1896. Pertusaria Waghornei vn, sp. Kahlenberg, L. and True, R. H. On the toxic Action of dissolved Salts and their electrolytic Dissociation. Bot. Gaz. 22: 81-124. 3! Au. 1896. : Kelsey, F. D. Bark within a Tree-trunk. Bot. Gaz. 22: 54. fig: 31 Jl. 1896. Lindau, G. Beitrige zur Pilzflora Siid-Amerikas.—I.—Einleitung. Hedwigia, 35: 202-207. 1 Au. 1896. MacDougal, D. T. Can Research-work be accomplished in American Laboratories? Bot. Gaz. 22: 188, 189. 31 Au. 1896. ‘Mell, P. H. The Flora of Alabama.—Part V. Bull. Ala. Exp. Sta. 7O: 275-296. 1896. The first issue, comprising Leguminosae and Rosaceae. Pollard, C. L. Cassia proboscidea n. sp. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 281, 282. 20 Jl. 1896. Renauld, J. and Cardot, J. New Mosses of North America.—VI. Bot. Gaz. 22: 48-53. g/. 9-5. 31 Jl. 1896. New species in Dicranum, Trichostomum and Hypnum. Robinson, B. L. The Fruit of Zropidocarpum. Erythea, 4: 109- 119. pl. 7. - 7 Au. 1896. Robinson, B. L. and Greenman, J. M. A new Genus of Sterculi- aceae and some other noteworthy Plants. Bot. Gaz. 22: 168-170. 31 Au. 1896. Nephropetalum n.g. with NV, Pringlei n. sp. and a new species in Hemizonia. Rydberg, P. A. Notes on Posentid/a.—ll.-IlI. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 259-265; 301-306. 20 Jl., 20 Au. 1896. Describes P, lateriflora and P. litoralis new. Rydberg, P. A. The North American species of Physadis and related Genera. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 4: 297-374. 15 S. 1896. Monograph of Physalis, Margaranthus, Chamaesaracha and Oryctes: M. pur purascens, P. Texana, P. ciliosa, P. hastata, C. crenata and C. villosa, new. Schenck, H. Brasilianische Pteridophyten. Hedwigia, 35: 14!- 160. 25 Je. 1896; 161-172. 1 Au, 1896. Geographic distribution ; list of species; new species in Cyathea by Christ. Small, J. K. A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 265-269. 20 Jl. 1896. O. cymosa new, Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ] VOLUME I. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N. L, Britton and H. Hf. Rusby (1887), .......4.. 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. ... . 25 cents. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa, Adans. By N. L. Britton ( ISO) ee ee a 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton ONO) 5 Sa ee ee 25 cents. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- OO IR eS ee ea ee 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton (1890 ae, Aa ey ee Mie Med tere ao keg Meee awe: OG aueo ust nny pat oe age po Mee ew. Gf 25 cents. ESOT Oe pk gg eee a eee es ater ees 25 cents. Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong ANBOD) Sieg Gye eS Pe ee oe 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton RISE oy oy pat ge Soe ed oe ee 25 cents, Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich PMA ASOODY oT ee a eS ee Ae 25 cents. A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus Meidomia occurring in the United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents VouiumE II, Mritton (1898). oo ue ene eg son a BS CONE, Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small (1869) 5 5g eet a ween es 25 cents. A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong (1893) ee ee ee a ee _ 25 cents. (3803). eS ee Ble ek Se ae se oe ete. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton RBO3)e oye Pe ee eats . , 25 cents. on the North American . . . 25 cents, New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents. The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian aneco sg : tem. B ohn K, Small I de aie ae ee Notes Ssh ite Seti ch hihaaien sak tees Orders. By Thomas Morong (1893), .. EE Eg Ee ee. ek Oe eae Eee Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr (pt a a a ee 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum—II. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K. RC SEO ye yy cg a ow ee 25 cents. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other Species. By A. A. Hieller-(ifo4). 4. s be eee tS jl New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII By N.L. Brit- MADEN ine a le dE a ee 25 cente. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of Cisrpia. « By W..D, Matthew (1803)): 040 wie it ie we ee : A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America. By Anna Murray Vail (1894), ISP eae Ee ree ee ee, eee ree eee | 8 cents. VoLuME III. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution. et Ce a ee a aster Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum. Dy Tweets 1h Briton (isa), ss 25 cents. New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents. Contributions to p nai icyoteey, VIL Lie of Me Genus Phys- comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . . . +--+: > 25 cents. The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard ( 1894), 25 cents. A Revision of the Genus Zechea. ‘By N. L. Britton (1894), ._. 25 cents New or little known Plants of the Southern States, By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), See de ee, eee ee RE os ee Re Re ee er ee 25 cents. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By Carns © Cte Cine ee ee ee 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K. Seman (1864 ee aE e Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus Bruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth Ce PON [1808 eo ee 25 cents. The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas aia Pi 2 . A preliminary Revision of the Genus Zathyrus in North America. By Theadote 4s, White (1800) 6 4 ci GG wee eee 25 cents, Two Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1894) . . - «+ - as cents. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small TOO) he a ie ee er neem Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 ent Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents: Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), ._ - 25 cents: A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By Anns. Muay Vail (oe) sh eS 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scou- fie va Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. puter BUDE oe ee ee eg ks a ee ee ._- 45 Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John I ee ee ea iG te . An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U.S. A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years cages” nid 5° . gh Sh Sa ee, aon Sa, ee ae (eee eres serrata Sull. 3. On a European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens. By gEliabeth G. Britton (1895), BE Se fee e new hybri from the Southern States. By John K. S' 7 rae ena a ee Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash. "(189 a5 An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard 3951) adoduring the summer of 1892. By N. L. Brittonand Anna Murray Vail (1895). 50 cents: VoLuME IV, No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents. No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton it ceg BPR eres Oe ee Pe ee ; Se ee 25 cents. No. 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents. 25 cents, No. 82, Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- Sty (189s a Pn Aer eee honet ar . . . 25 cents. No. 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/ectia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail R696 ari ee 25 cents. No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. . .@5 cents. No. 87, A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax- te aie aS Cente, No, 88. A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell ( 1896), j . «25 cents, N Grout (1896), . seas ee ee eg ig aa 25 cents. 95. Revision of the Genus Asimina in North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896). 25 cents. 9 96. Notes on Fotentilla,1.,11. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . 25 cents. 97. A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896). 25 cents. No, 98. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K, N. minal (8896) ees eae a ara : . 25 cents. No 99. Notes on Potentilla—Ill. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... .. 25 cents. % 100. On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. A/ary- landica, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896) = ....... 25 cents. Title-pages for Vols. I., II., III. and IV. can be supplied. C © Series as above listed will be supplied for $12. : oples of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, may be had for $2. Address PRoF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., ' Cambridge, Mass. National Herbarium Mounting Paper. ALL ARTICLES FOR SPRING CLASSES IN BOTANY. — New Devices in Presses, Collecting Boxes and Herbarium Cases. SEND FOR NEw PRICE LIST. —> EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. ~~— ase e JUST (ISSUED... . -AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA — OF THE — NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA, Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA. By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups. Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG: URED. Cuts, over 4,000, With Keys to species and genera, the SyNONYMY, the English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SySTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families, The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For Students and all Lovers of Plants. Vol. I. now ready; royal 8vo, pp. XII.+612; figured species, 1425; uncolored, FERNS to CARPET-WEED. Vols. II. and III. will appear during 1897. Price, $3.00 per Volume. . Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers, Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York, or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York. CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae of America is ready. It contains descriptions and etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: Vitel/a Leibergi sp. NOV. ; mu- cronata A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; gracilis (Smith) Ag. (% ansilts Sp. nov.) ; ¢enuissima (Desv.) Coss. et Germ.; pygmaca A. Br.; mt nuta Allen (Maxceana sp. nov.) ; intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be prepared after the systematic part shall have been completed. T. F. ALLEN, 10 East 36th St., New York City. MEMOIRS +» FROM THE ... Department of Botany of Columbia College VOLUME 1, A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum. By Dr. John K. Small. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00. For copies address, = PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. — BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 272. CATT IOS ea igs yr iy AX, A RRS Ls nian p - —— Com wl i An eeQticte 4,8 ress ASS \ ZL N 4) vs ~. a> 4 QTY g Ss se pe Sy mmm SS STAMENS AND POLLEN OF ARISAEMA. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 273. Lh) AWenN CATT Le 9 *teeNies <> x Ones (TA 0 aw, Sid ht SOE Oat ; o- 9 heiteage 7 ud IATL er vs een bay .\} PSs —— SECTION OF PISTIL OF ARISAEMA. ESTABLISHED 1851. EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 205, 207, 209 & 2u Third Ave,, Corner of 18th Street, : NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone 2 i Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s ‘Saccharomes ee ters (Polariscopes). Sauer Prof. Jolly’s Specific G ravity be # ances, etc. va Le Brun F. Desmontes & Cae a i Paris, Platinum. ae = dH. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. ware, Ponsin from the Roval Berlin aie Wiewics Factories, TER, ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s Burners and Combustion Furnaces, tae and —— for Sugar Chemists. a LABORATORY. OUTEITS- s oe ee ae cs : = FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, “UNIVERSITIES | AND” Mee | Gtass- Browne, Ercaixc, Grinpis > Rerat “PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. (1) THE BULLETIN. This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for a England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. Back Numpers.—The BuLLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive ~ in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these _ five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to” _ fun on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years. _ The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed separ : rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00, Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed a cae Price of each $2.00. Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete. South America, with come of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, 7 cents. s No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. ‘Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. ae ee genes ets OR: aeste! Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding Parts, with two plates. By B D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. : : No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginin, with two plates. By Anna Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. ___No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygata. By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. ~ Vol. 3._ No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. — the oer Raven 9 Me orth Leer Neimenien Witt with illustrations of all y Thos. Morong. Price $2.00. : ae jo. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. ‘By Heuy H, Rusby. Price, 50 cents. _ 7 Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum Part 1 Bibliography: ‘By Lucien ; No. Pieoei he Hotioast Exploration d : gn Season Se 2.— on the of Virginia | ting 92. By John K. Small and Avua Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. ae No. 3-—An Enumeration of the Plants collected i in i Henry H. Rusby. Price, socents. oa 7 a 4 sonckss lypogaca Ly wih three plates. By Anna Stoskton Pettit. a OCTOBER, 1896. = —S=—No. 10. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. ~ A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY. EDITED BY NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON, AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB. CONTENTS: a ; | PAGE, The Genus Cephalozia in North Aavertc: jistaseis: bc. Caen Cam- ether Underwmead i es 38x) panulae: L. M. Underwood; Notes from votes on Potentilia—tV.: P. A. Rydberg | Binghampton, N. ¥.: Witlard N. Clute (Prares 274 and 275) Ee ee ee eee my Cheapest: serrulata Pggrens i Notes on the Pine-inhabiting Species of Peri- dermium: Lucien M. Underwood and Be ae es ee be 2 tetlelieengtethstnee gett & EX T United States—VIL: Fohn K. Small ,. 405| Am m Spee of Fung: Chas. H. Peck... aur) ; ol —— sage et THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 18096. President, HON. ADDISON BROWN. Hea! Vice Presidents, . T. F. ALLEN, M. D. Rev. L, H, LIGHTHIPE. - & Recording Secretary, . Corresponding Secretary, os 3 HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL, College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia University, New York City. £aditor, Treasurer, . N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D, HENRY OGDEN, _ Columbia University, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City. Associate Editors, ee _ EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D,, ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. Ste Us ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. use ‘ - A, A. HELLER. Curator, : Librarian, a HELEN M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D. * . Committee on Finance, Oke J. L KANE. WM. E. WHEELOCK, MDS : Committee on Admissions. CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. Dy e eR eee Bee tk ee : 64 W. a pene oe Se Library ana Herbarium Committee, JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, HELEN M. INGERSOLL, hg E. Bil norm rie M. D., “Rev. LHe La nine net es s Coteeliais om the Lovet Flore pare “Pro. THOS. co PORTER, ELIZABETH G BRITTON, i Ph. D, MARIA O. LE BRUN, ie ee Street and Madison nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each m tee eg ae ee coh cae ‘M. Botanists BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. The Genus Cephalozia in. North America. By Lucren M. UNDERWOOD, The Trigonantheae as outlined by Richard Spruce form a Somewhat natural group of the Jungermaniaceae. With us the Species are all foliose, but in certain neo-tropical genera the Sametophyte is reduced almost to the condition of protonema, Producing leaves only on the branches bearing the sex apparatus. In the Australasian genus Zoopsis, the simple thalloid shoot in some Species is provided with rudimentary leaves only, formed of one or two cells. The tribe, therefore, contains within itself, some of the Connecting links which ally the more usual forms to the simple Primitive hepatics. The tribe is characterized by the archegonia being borne on a Usually short ventral branch,* with a normally triangular perianth, So placed that the third or odd angle is ventral, the remaining two being lateral. The underleaves are usually wanting or small, only attaining the dignity of a third series of leaves in some of the Species of Lepidozia, though in Bazzania and Kantia they are well marked structures. The tribe contains some species that form con- Spicuous mats like Bazsania, but others are small, minute or even Microscopic in size. They inhabit old logs, or grow on the ground 'n swamps, on clay banks or occasionally even in sand and on the faces of moss-covered rocks, but with us are rarely, if ever, found a Stect trees, where the species of Frullania, Lejeunea, Radula * Exceptions to this occur in some rare species of Cephalosia where they are : : terminal, 382 and Porella are most abundant. One species is semi-aquatic in bogs. as Schiffner* recognizes twenty-six genera. Strongly in contrast with this arrangement is that of Spruce,t in which ten of the genera recognized by Schiffner appear as sub-genera of Cephalo- zia. Probably a more rational arrangement would be reached in a mean between these two somewhat extreme views. The genera represented in temperate and boreal North Amer- ica may be separated by the following artificial synopsis based on forms lacking the sporophyte or perianth as species are often met with in this condition :t¢ Leaves succubous or rarely transverse; plants small or minute (except in some species of Odontoschisma). eaves deeply bidentate or bifid. Underleaves rarely present except on perianth-bearing branches. CEPHALOZIA. Underleaves well developed. Without root-hairs; underleaves like those of the stem. HYGROBIELLA. With root-hairs; underleaves undivided. PLEUROCLADA. Leaves rounded, entire or nearly so. ODONTOSCHISMA. Leaves incubous ; plants larger, often conspicuous (except in Lepidozia). Leaves rounded, entire or minutely two-toothed ; perianth wanting, the spore phyte rising from a buried pouch, KANTIA. Leaves narrowed toward the end, usually 3-toothed. : BAZZANIA. Leaves palmately 3-4-cleft or divided. LEPIDOZIA. * Hepaticae, in Engler-Prantl: Die natiirl. Planzenfam. 13: 94-103. 1893 + On Cephalozia. 1882. } The question so frequently asked by those who collect mosses is again answered there: ‘Why is it that we find hepatics so rarely in fruit?” In the first place yes “fruit” (sporophyte) of the hepatic is less conspicuous than that of the true meer and the seta is often short. The first answer then is: «Because you overlook it In the second place there is a fundamental difference between the sporophyte of the hepatic and that of mosses. In the mosses the capsule develops after the seta; es seta is, therefore, a somewhat permanent structure and the moss remains “ in fruit’ for a considerable length of time. In the hepatic the capsule develops within the calyptra (which in turn is surrounded by the perianth) until fully mature when the seta develops, pushing through the calyptra; the seta is, therefore, a temporary and usually ephemeral structure, often withering away soon after the spores are scatt The perianth is a more permanent structure, and specific and even generic characters are, founded on it. Some stage of its development can usually be found in most hepatics. Except in a few cases the characters of the sporophyte are unimportant oe from a taxonomic standpoint when generic and specific limits are considered, @ condi- mee tion of things widely different from that which obtains among the mosses. o 383 Of the above genera, Hygrobiella is represented by three north European species one of which H. laxifolia (Hook.) Spruce has recently been sent in from Idaho collected by Sandberg ; it is also found in Greenland; Pleuroclada, a monotypic genus of boreal regions, has been found by Macoun in the Rocky Mts. of British America ; Odontoschisma has three American species as known at © Present; Aantia is represented by four American species, one of them, X. arguta (N. & M.) Lindb., introduced in greenhouses ;* Bazannia, so abundantly represented in tropical and south Tem- perate regions, has with us the two northern species that are like- wise common in Europe; and Lefidozia, likewise a large genus of universal distribution, has with us only three species.} The remaining genus, Cephalozia, is the largest and the most widely distributed genus of the tribe on our continent. The Euro- Pean species were somewhat increased in number by the researches of Lindberg in Scandanavia, and the greater part of the tangled synonomy, to which Lindberg also contributed, was worked out by Spruce in 1882, athough he added to the tangle by knowingly giving to one species the same name that Lindberg had already given (unwittingly) to another species! The latest curiosity in the nomenclature of the genus is that expressed by Schiffner,t who, after establishing all of Spruce’s subgenera as genera, rejected the old generic name, Czphalozia, which has been in use for over a half century, and adopted the subgeneric name Eucephalozia, first used by Spruce in 1882 to designate the typical members of the §enus, as a generic name! Cephalozia was proposed as a section of /ungermania by Du- mortier in 1831 and was erected into a distinct genus by the same *Kantia aquatica Underw. in Hep. Amer. (exsic.) no. 107, is a curious sub, merged form of Lejeunea (probably L. serpyllifolia) which has lost its basal lobes, *Pparently a case of reversion resulting from its abnormal habitat. Herr Stephani dis- _ Covered rudiments of a perianth in one specimen which led to the determination of the true relations of this curious form. Th chaetophylla tenuis Pears, cited by Evans (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 308 1893), is a true Biepharostoma and must be known as &. nematodes (Aust.). It is Cephalozia nematodes Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 302. 1879. L. Californica Aust, Bull Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 19, 1875, is of course Prilidium Californicum. : Loc. cit, 97. A few such anarchistic movements in nomenclature, exceeding anything produced in this country with all its objectionable « Freiheit,” and entirely without reason or warrant, mar this otherwise excellent work. 384 author in 1835 with /ungermania byssacea Roth. as a type species. It was not accepted by the authors of the Synopsis Hepaticarum 1844-7, but the same is true of many other early genera not pro- posed by Nees, one of the authors of the work. It was after- wards accepted by Gottsche, and later hepaticologists have ac- cepted it without question, Schiffner alone excepted, as above stated. Of its sub-genera, as noted below, Wowe/lia differs most widely in its general facies from the rest of the genus, but none of the groups seem sufficiently separate for generic distinction. The genus as here recognized can be characterized as follows: CEPHALOZIA Dumort. Gametophyte mostly small or minute, usually close-creeping; stems branching ventrally or rarely laterally, often flagelliferous; leaves obliquely placed, succubous, bifid from one-third to over one-half their length; leaf cells usually large, transparent, mostly hexagonal; under-leaves usually wanting on the stems, often present on perianth-bearing branches. Perianth long, triangular, with a narrowed, toothed or ciliate mouth. Sporophyte an oval or oblong-cylindric capsule on an ephem- eral seta, varying in different species from 2 mm. to 2 cm. long. The genus includes some sixty species well distributed, pee best known from the North Temperate zone. Fourteen i habs are found in America north of Mexico. These can be distin- guished by the following table, which has been constructed with special reference to material in which the perianth characters can not be seen: Leaves deeply concave or somewhat saccate with two long, curved, slender divisions; perianth on a short ventral branch. § NOWELLIA. Leaf cells 20-25 1, isodiametric’ 1. C, curvifolia. Leaves not deeply concave nor saccate, Branching ventral; leaves bifid, but the leaf margins otherwise entire. Leaves wider than the stem; involucral leaves not united. § EUCEPHALOZIA. Leaves small, 0,35 mm. or less long. Leaves wide (0.35-0.4 mm.) decurrent at base; leaf-cells 35-49 # } dioicous ; perianth fleshy (3 cells thick at base.) ~ 9 C. medi : Leaves narrow (0,2-0.2§ mm.) not decurrent at base ; leaf-cells — 20-30 ; perianth thin. ; ee Leaves strongly narrowed above the base; Terianth obovate- a oblong. ’ 3. C. Sullivantiae 385 Leaves not specially narrowed above the base. Perianth linear-fusiform, widest below the middle; dioi- cous, 4. C. catenulata. Perianth linear-clavate, widest above the middle; dioicous or autoicous. 5. C. Virginiana, Leaves medium size, 0,5~0.65 mm. long; leaf-cells 40-50 x. Leaves longer than broad, cleft half way to the base or more; per- ianth thin. Smaller; leaves 0.5 mm. or less long; usually monoicous. 6. C. bicuspidata, Larger; leaves 0,65 long with apiculate divisions; dioicous, 7. C. extensa. Leaves as broad or broader than long; monoicous; perianth fleshy, usually narrowed at base. 8. C. pleniceps. Leaves larger, 1-1,35 mm, long, usually narrowed at base; plant semi- aquatic, 9g. C. fluttans, Leaves only about the width of the stem or even narrower; innermost involucral leaves united into a cup. § CEPHALOZIELLA. Plants small; stems 2-4 mm. long. : Perianth linear or narrowly fusiform, the mouth denticulate or lo. C. divaricata, nearly entire. 11. C, Macouniz. Perianth ovate-fusiform, the mouth ciliate. Plants minute ; stems less than 2 mm. long. Underleaves lanceolate, entire, often present only near the end of the stem. 12. C, Sullivantii, Underleaves everywhere present, the upper ones bifid. 13. C. minima, Branching lateral ; leaves bifid with dentate margins; perianth terminal; under- § PRIONOLOBUS. leaves usually present. 14. C. Turneri. Leaves complicate-bifid, equitant, 1. CEPHALOZIA CURVIFOLIA (Dicks.) Dumort. Recueil d’ Obs. sur les Jung. 18. 1835. Jungermannia curvifolia Dicks. Pl. Crypt. Brit. 2: 15. pl. 5,f. 7: 1790. Nowellia curvifolia Mitt. in Godman, Nat. His. Acores, 321. 1870, : Gametophyte a green or reddish slender creeping leafy axis, Sparingly branching; leaves somewhat orbicular, deeply concave, with two slender incurved teeth widely separated at base and soon becoming one cell wide; underleaves wanting ; leaf cells isodia- Metric, 20-25 » in diameter: monoicous or dioicous ; perianth on @ short branch, triangular-prismatic, about 1.3 mm. long, plicate, with the mouth constricted and short ciliate; involucral leaves in ‘ele two or three rows, deeply bifid with broad serrulate divisions. 386 Sporophyte a dark brown oval capsule 0.7-0.8 mm. long, on a short seta 0.5-2 cm. high; spores 6-8 » in diameter, nearly spherical, dark brown; elaters 250 long, wider than the spores, bispiral. A very common species on rotten wood distributed from the mountain region of Georgia to Wisconsin and northeastward; also European. It has been distributed by Sullivant : Musc. Alleg. 242 (as Jungermannia curvifolia); Austin: Hep. Bor.—Am. 60; and in Hep. Amer. 17. Several figures exist ; of these, Hooker, Brit. Jung. pl. 15, and Suppl. f/. z, and Ekart, Syn. Hep. Germ. pl. 8. f 59, are among the best; that in Smith, Eng. Bot. g/. 1304 poorly repre- sents the plant. 2. CEPHALOZIA MEDIA Lindb. Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. G:. 242. 15at, Cephalozia multiflora Spruce, On Cephalozia, 37. 1882 (not of Lindb.). . Gametophyte a slender creeping, usually pale green leafy stem; leaves often wider than long, decurrent, slightly imbricate, bifid one third their length with an obtuse or rarely lunate sinus and acute connivent segments; leaf-cells mostly uniform, 36-40 # 19 diameter: dioicous; perianth on a very short branch, linear-fusi- form, fleshy, formed of three layers of cells at base and two above ; antheridia usually near the apex of a branch. Sporophyte @ short-stalked, oblong-cylindric capsule enclosed at first in a fleshy calyptra formed of three layers of cells; spores cinnamon-colored. One of our most common species growing in large patches of decaying logs and rarely on the ground from Florida to Virginia, California and generally distributed over the northern portion of America; also European. The species was long confused with C. connivens ( Dicks.) both in this country and in Europe. During this period it was distributed under the original name of /unge?~ mannia connivens by Sullivant, Musc. Alleg. 246, and as Cephalo- sia connivens by Austin, Hep. Bor.-Am. 57. Lindberg, thinking that this species was the true C. connivens, gave to that species the name of C. multiflora. Later, Spruce, identifying the true C. com nivens, unfortunately gave the same name (C. multiflora) to the _ present species. Under this name the species was distributed by _ 387 us in Hep. Amer. 38 and by Macoun, Can. Hep. 19* Fortu- nately Lindberg, a year earlier than Spruce, had given the species a name that will effectually blot out the confusion arising from the use of the homonym, C. mud/tiffora. 3. CEPHALOZIA SULLIVANTIAE ( Aust.) Jungermannia Sullivantiae Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 3: 12. 1872. (Not /. Suélivantit Aust. Proc. Acad. Phila. for 1869: 221. 1869.) Gametophyte a short, close-creeping, sparingly branched stem ; leaves whitish, usually spaced, about 0.3-0.35 mm. long, two-thirds as wide, strongly narrowed just above the base, somewhat ovate, erect, spreading or nearly horizontal, bifid to one-half or two-thirds their length, with obtuse sinus and acute usually divaricate divi- sions; leaf cells 25-30 y in diameter; dioicous; perianth at the end of a very short branch, obovate-oblong, 1.2-1.5 mm. long, the mouth deeply to.cleft; involucral leaves mostly bifid with a large tooth on the outer margin near the middle or towards the base. Sporophyte a short-stalked mostly short oval capsule; mature Spores not seen. Apparently an uncommon species, seen only as yet from Ohio, Whence it was distributed by Sullivant: Musc. Alleg. 241 (as JSungermannia bicuspidata, var. 2); Austin also reported it from Illinois, but I have seen no specimens. The name is unfortunately too near C. Sullivantii and may need change to prevent confu- sion. 4. CEPHALOZIA CATENULATA (Hiiben.) Spruce, On Cephalozia, 33. 1882. Jungermannia catenulata Hiiben. Hepaticol. Germ. 169. 1834. JSungermannia reclusa Tay]. Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 278. 1846. Cephalozia serriflora Lindb. Medd. Soc. Faun. et. Fl. Fenn. 1878, ; *In my set of Macoun’s Canadian Hepaticae this species occurs under the fol- lowing numbers: No. 39 as Cephalozia Lammersiana., No. 18 as Cephalozia catenulata. No. 20 ( mostly) as Cephalosia pleniceps. | The Species thus appears in one set of exsiccatae under four distinct names! The Smaller species of Llepaticae, like Cephalosia and Marsupella, are likely to grow in termixed, so that the greatest care is necessary in selecting them for issues of exsic- Catae wh ch are to be used as works of reference. Spruce has called attention to the a Similar errors in European exsiccatae, particularly Gottsche and Rabenhorst’s Tlepa- a ticae Europeae, - ; ee : ee ; 388 Gametophyte a slender creeping stem with pale leaves which are incurved in drying so as to cause the stems to resemble a chain; leaves subimbricate, slightly concave, oval-rotund, cleft one-half their length with a somewhat obtuse sinus and acute, more or less spreading divisions; leaf-cells 22-25 » in. diameter: dioicous; perianth on a short branch, 1.3 mm. long, linear-fusi- form, widest below the middle, the mouth ciliolate; antheridia in he axils of the leaves of a short apical spike. Sporophyte a reddish oval-cylindric capsule borne on a short seta. Somewhat common on the ground and on rotten wood from Newfoundland to British Columbia and probably southward, where it is often confused with the next species; also European. It was distributed by Austin in Hep. Bor. Am. 56. 5. CEPHALOZIA VIRGINIANA Spruce, On Cephalozia, 37. 1882. Gametophyte a slender creeping whitish stem; leaves con- tiguous or slightly imbricate, obliquely ovate, cleft about to the middle, with acute or acuminate spreading divisions ; leaf-cells — isodiametric, about 22 in diameter: dioicous or sometimes auto- icous ; perianth large, linear-clavate, widest above the middle, the mouth constricted and unequally short-setulose; antheridia in the axils of the leaves of a short spike. Sporophyte an oval-cylindric reddish brown capsule on a rather long seta. Through the kindness of Mr. Pearson I have a fragment of the type specimen described by Spruce from Portsmouth, Virginia. The species appears to be more or less widely distributed through the Southern States, but in the absence of mature perianths is dis- tinguished with difficulty from the preceding species. It was dis- tributed in Hep. Amer. 72. 6. CEPHALOZIA BiIscuspipATA (L.) Dumort. Recueil d’Obs. sur les Jung. 18. 1835. Jungermannia bicuspidata L. Sp. Pl. 1132. 1753- Jungermannia Lammersiana Hiiben. Hepaticol. Germ. 165. 1834. Gametophyte a slender prostrate greenish leafy stem, I-3 ¢™, long, flagelliferous branching; leaves distant in the basal portion. imbricate toward the apex, round-ovate, cleft to the middle or be- yond, with spreading lanceolate, acute or acuminate lobes; leaf cells uniform, 30-40, in diameter: monoicous or in one form — dioicous; perianth on a very short branch, about four times the length of the leaves, somewhat fusiform. Sporophyte cylindric- _ oblong on a short seta; calyptra thin; spores purple. i 389 On rotten wood and on the ground; widely distributed from ’ Newfoundland to British Columbia and southward along the Appalachian area; also reported from California (Howe); the species is also European. It was distributed by Sullivant: Muse. Alleg. 240 (as _/ungermannia bicuspidata); by Austin: Hep. Bor. Am. 58,59, the latter as var. conferta, a form with crowded leaves ; and in Hep. Amer. 71. Theform known as C. Lammersiana found in the British Possessions can hardly be maintained as distinct. The species has been frequently figured, the best figures being Hooker, Brit. Jung, pl. rz, and Suppl. p/. zg; Ekart, Syn. Jung. Germ. #/. 4, f. 23; and Smith, Engl. Bot. p/. 2239. 7. CEPHALOZIA EXTENSA (Tayl.) Spruce, On Cephalozia, 44. 1882. Jungermannia extensa Tayl. Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 279. 1846. Gametophyte a prostrate pale or rufous, sparingly branched leafy stem; leaves spreading, complicate-concave, those of the basal portion contiguous, those of the apical portion crowded, bifid more than one-half their length, with triangular-lanceolate acuminate and often .apiculate divisions; leaf-cells about 35 » in diameter : dioicous ; perianth on a more or less elongated branch, linear-fusiform or sublanceolate, three times the length of the in- Volucral leaves, which are in three or four ranks, deeply cleft and slightly longer than the ordinary stem-leaves. Sporophyte a long- Stalked oval capsule, 0.7 mm. long; spores about 9 » in diameter. This plant was originally described from material collected by Dr. Scouler at Observatory Inlet, N. W. America and appears from present data to extend from Washington and British Co- lumbia to northern California. It was distributed in Can. Hep. 22. 8. CEPHALOZIA PLENICEPS (Aust.) Lindb. Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. 9: 158. 1883. Jungermannia pleniceps Aust. Proc. Phila. Acad. for 1869 : 222. 1869. Cephalozia crassifiora Spruce, On Cephalozia, 40. 1882. Gametophyte a short slender prostrate leafy stem; leaves thick, obliquely orbicular, concave, not decurrent, cleft one-fourth to One-third their length, with acute or somewhat obtuse sinus and acute lobes; leaf-cells rather large, 36-40 p in diameter : MoOnoicous; perianth terminal on a short branch, 2.6 mm. high, obovate-cylindric, fleshy, three cells thick at base, reduced to two cells above the middle; involucral leaves in about three ranks, ap- 390 pressed, fleshy, composed of two strata of cells near the base; antheridia in the axils of smaller leaves crowded in spikes. Sporophyte a short-stalked oval capsule, 0.8 mm. long, en- veloped until maturity in a thin calyptra; spores about 9 y in diameter. The type locality of Austin’s plant was in the White Mount- ains of New Hampshire; that of Spruce’s C. crassiflora in the Pyrenees. It occurs on the mountains of New England and in Canada, and according to Pearson extends westward to British Columbia; also reported from California (Howe). It is likely to be confused with C. media on account of its thick perianth, which in section is found to be made up of three strata of cells at base, and two strata if the section is made higher up; C. media is smaller and dioicous, with strongly decurrent leaves and probably has a much wider range in both latitude and altitude. C. pleniceps is also reported from various parts of Europe. 9. CEPHALOzIA FLUITANS (Nees) Spruce. on Cephalozia, 50. 1882. Jungermania fluitans Nees, in Syll. Ratisb. 129. 1823. Cephalozia obtusilobata Lindb. Bot. Notiser, 1872: 164. 1872. Gametophyte a slender elongate axis, growing over Sphagna or semi-aquatic; leaves distant, oval, ovate or oblong, some- what cuneate at base, bilobed one-third to one-half to the base, with a narrow acute sinus and usually obtuse lobes; leaf- cells hexagonal, 40-50 y» in diameter: dioicous; perianth on 4 short branch, about 3 mm. long, oval, cylindric, trigonal only at the apex; involucral leaves rather smaller than the ordinary stem- leaves, bifid to the middle, with acute lobes. Sporophyte an ob- long or oblong-cylindric capsule, on a short seta ; spores minutely tuberculate. = Growing in wet places, in Sphagnum bogs or semi-aquatic 1) — the margin of pools, New Jersey and New England to Labrador and northwestward. It has been distributed by Austin in Hep. Bor. Am. 35 (as /ungermannia inflata var. fluitans) and in Hep. Amer. 154, 173. 10. CEPHALOZIA DIVARICATA (Sm.) Dumort. Hep. Europ. 89. 1874- Jungermannia dwvaricata Smith, Engl. Bot. p/. 779. 1800. JSungermannia byssacea Roth, Fl. Germ. 3: 387. 1800. Jungermannia confervoides Raddi, Mem. Soc. Mod. 18: 29-— pl. gof. Ie 1820. | 391 Jungermannia Starkit Funck ; Nees, Europ. Leberm. 2: 215, 225. 1836. Jungermannia Grimsulana Jack; Gott. et Rabenh. Hep. Europ. No. 56. Gametophyte a slender green olivaceous or almost black, leafy stem with leaves scarcely wider than its diameter; leaves mostly spaced, especially on sterile stems, cleft about half-way to the base, the lobes complicate or divergent, acute; underleaves mostly wanting : dioicous; perianth linear or narrowly fusiform, Sometimes purple toward the base, prismatic, 3—-6-angled, the mouth somewhat constricted, denticulate or nearly entire ; invo- lucral leaves larger, more or less connate, bifid, the lobes denticu- late. Sporophyte an oblong-globose capsule on a short seta. On sand and rocks and occasionally on rotten wood, New Jersey to Labrador, and on the Pacific coast from California northward ; also European. It was distributed by Austin in Hep. Bor. Am. 51, 52, 53, 54; and in Hep. Amer. 155. The species has been well figured. Besides the figures of Smith and Raddi, noted above, the more important are Hooker. Brit. Jung. pl. 12 and Ekart, Syn. Jung. Germ. f/. 4. f 34. 11. CepHatozia Macouni (Aust.) Aust. Hep. Bor. Am. no. 55. 1873. Jungermannia Macounti Aust. Proc. Phila. Acad. for 1869 : 222. 1869. Gametophyte a short creeping more or less branched leafy stem ; leaves contiguous or somewhat imbricate, broadly spread- ing, bifid a little beyond the middle, the lobes spreading and broadly subulate, 2-4 cells wide at base, mostly acute ; leaf-cells 15-18 » in diameter; underleaves wanting: dioicous; perianth about 0.7 mm. long, whitish, ovate-fusiform, the mouth narrowed and ciliate; involucral leaves 2 or 3 pairs, appressed, 2—3-cleft Nearly one-half their length, irregularly spinulose. Sporophyte not seen. On rotten logs, mountains of New England (Austin), Ontario and British Columbia (Macoun). The plant was distributed by Austin : Hep. Bor. Am. 55. The species is rarely collected. 12. CEpHatozia SULLIVANTII (Aust.) Aust. Hep. Bor. Am. No. 50, 1873. Jungermannia Sullivantii Aust. Proc. Phila. Acad. for 1869: 221. 1869. | : 592 Gametophyte an exceedingly minute mostly simple, fleshy stem, often less than a millimeter long; leaves imbricate, ovate- orbicular, usually narrower than the stem, bifid with an acutish sinus; underleaves lanceolate-ovate, entire, often apparent only near the ends of the stems; perianth terminal on ascending stems, 0.5 mm. or less long, oval or somewhat obovate, plicate and trun- cate at the mouth. Sporophyte an oval capsule ona seta scarcely longer than the perianth. Among mosses on rotten wood, New Jersey and Ohio (fide Austin); also Belleville, Ontario (Macoun). Not often collected but likely to be overlooked by collectors on account of its almost microscopic size. It was distributed by Sullivant: Musc. Alleg. 239 (as Jungermannia divaricata); this number forms the type; it was also distributed by Austin: Hep. Bor. Am. 50. | 13. CEPHALOZIA MINIMA Aust.; Pearson, List Can. Hep. 11. f/. 6. 1890. Gametophyte a minute dark grecn, usually simple leafy axis; leaves about the width of the stem, obovate or subquadrate, bifid one-third their length, with acute divisions, the margins entire, leaf cells 4~6-sided; about 16 p in diameter ; underleaves present, the lower entire and subulate, the upper larger and bifid: dioicous; perianth acrocarpus, oblong-oval, with rather wide sub-entire mouth ; involucral leaves 3 pairs, larger than the ordinary stem~- leaves, subquadrate, bifid one-third to one-half their length, spinu- lose-dentate ; antheridia on short branches. Sporophyte not seen. On rotten logs, Belleville, Ontario (Macoun); known only from the type specimen. 14. CEPHALOzIA Turner! (Hook.) Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. #0: §O2. *875. Jungermannia Turneri Hook. Brit. Jung. p/. 29. 1816. Gametophyte a prostrate slightly branched leafy stem, 2-5 mm. long; leaves approximate, equitant, complicate-bifid half-way to the base, the margin everywhere sharply and unequally serrate- dentate; underleaves wanting: dioicous or monoicous ; perianth whitish, 0.3-0.5 mm. long, pentagonal-prismatic, the mouth almost closed, obscurely ciliolate ; involucral leaves larger than the ordi- nary stem-leaves, spinose-dentate, bifid with acute divisions. Spo- rophyte and oval capsule on a slender seta; spores dark browf, about 8 yw in diameter; elaters dark brown, about 200 p long, with two close spirals. This species was first announced by Mr. M. A. Howe from 2 393: Marin and San Mateo counties, California,* but a scrap of it had been previously collected (1888) with Polytrichum by Miss M. E. Parsons, of San Rafael, and overlooked in my collection. It is found mostly on the ground and is an interesting addition to our flora. It has long been known in Europe, but does not appear to © be common. It was distributed in Hep. Am. 174, from fine ma- terial sent by Mr. Howe. The species has been illustrated in Smith, Engl. Bot. p/. 2570 and in Ekart, Syn. Jung. Germ. pl. 9, f. 69 in addition to the citation of Hooker above. Species dubiae et inquirendae. CEPHALOZIA DENTATA (Raddi) Spruce,On Cephalozia, 71. 1882. : Jungermannia dentata Raddi, Mem. Soc. Mod 18: 22. pl. 4. fi 4. 1818, (This species was reported by Mitten, Jour. Linn. Soc. 8: 52, 1865, under the name Trigonanthus dentatus, from Galton Moun- tains, British Columbia, but as it is not otherwise known from North America the identification needs to be verified.) CEPHALOZIA CONNIVENS (Dicks.) Dumort, Recueil d’ Obs. sur les Jung. 18. 1835. Jungermannia connivens Dicks. Pl. Crypt. Brit. fasc. 4: 19. pi. Al. foT5. ° ¥8or. Cephalozia multifora Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 501. 1875. (not Spruce /. ¢.) (This species has been frequently reported from America but has been confused with C. media. It is likely to occur northward and can be distinguished from that species by its large leaf-cells (664 in diameter) and its perianth formed of a single layer of cells, with long ciliate mouth.) * os The publication of a revision like the above is often accepted by botanical collectors as an indication that the information re- Sarding the genus is closed. Asa fact such a revision merely in- dicates the extent of our knowledge for the present and forms a datum line for further study. It also shows or ought to show the limitations of our knowledge. The remarks to follow apply not only to the genus Czphalozia, but to all genera and species of He- ee ne * Erythea, 4: 50. 1896, 394 paticae. Our knowledge of the distribution of species is very much limited. We know next to nothing of the Hepaticae of the en- tire range of the Rocky Mountains south of northern Idaho, and Mr. Leiberg and others who have sent in considerable quantities of interesting plants from farther north have only shown us the stores of information awaiting the collector in that region. Colorado, Utah, the Sierras from Oregon southward, and all the Southwest from Missouri to Texas, New Mexico and Arizona are a great unknown, no less among all of the lower cryptogams than in the Hepaticae. Much more needs to be done throughout all the States of the Mississippi valley, and especially the southern extension of the Appalachian area, which needs the careful atten- tion of the resident observer, rather than the hasty notes of the transient collector. It is hoped that the above synopsis and de- scriptions will be sufficient to provide for any student of the group the ready means of identifying his material; we shall be pleased to receive doubtful material, or that illustrating additional facts of distribution. New York, 24 September, 1896. Notes on Potentilla.—-lV. By P. A. RyDBERG. ( Plates 274 and 275.) The Aureae resemble much the Frigidae except that the leaves have more than three leaflets. They are all low plants, generally less than 2 cm. high, except P. dissecta, which sometimes reaches a height of 3cm. The pubescence is scant, silky, strigos€ or hirsute, only in a variety of P. dissecta a little tomentose on the lower surface of the leaves, and the plant often becomes glabrous and shining in age. The style in all is very slender and filiform, fastened near the apex of the achene and generally much longer than theachene, Most of the species belonging to this group have truly digitate leaves, but in the North American representatives — the outer leaflets are often inserted lower down and the leaves be- come pinnate with approximate leaflets. | 395 POTENTILLA RUBENS (Crantz) Vill. Prosp. Fl. Dauph. 46. 1779. P. maculata Pourr. Act. Toloss. 3: 326. 1788. This species comes very near the Frigidae, especially to P. nana and P. friesiana. From the latter it differs little except in the number of leaflets. The leaves are much smaller than those of the other American Awrcae, the leaflets being only 10-20 mm. long. The sepals are broadly ovate, while in the rest they are ovate- lanceolate or lanceolate. P. rubens grows in arctic and alpine re- gions of Europe, in Greenland, the Baffin Bay region and Labrador, POTENTILLA DISSECTA Pursh, Fl]. Am. Sept. 355. 1814. P. diversifolia Lehm. Nov. Stirp. Pug. 2: 9. 1830. It would be much better if Lehmann’s name were used for this species, as this, without any doubt, belongs to it. As to P.dissecta Pursh, nobody seems to know absolutely what it is. Dr. Watson thought it to be the same as P. dwversifolia Lehm. Lehmann had Seen /. dissecta in Bank’s herbarium, but thought that his P. diver- Sifolia was different. Not being able to settle the matter satisfac- torily, the author thinks it best for the present not to make a change in the « accepted” nomenclature, although P. diversifolia isa good name, and available, and besides has the advantage of belonging to this plant without any doubt. To the author it seems as if P. dissecta rather belonged to P. multisecta (see below) or to P. Ranunculus. Lange’s description and figure of the latter in Flora Danica, and the only specimen Seen by me agrees much better with Pursh’s description of P. dissecta than the present species does. Dr. Watson included in his P. dissecta, with varieties, not less than five different plants, which I believe are all good species, viz.: P. diversifolia Lehm, P. decurrens (Wats.), P. multisecta (Wats.), P. pinnatisecta (Wats.) Aven Nelson, and P. Drummondu Lehm. These will be discussed further below. He also included P. ruéri- caus Lehm.; I have not seen any authentic specimens of that. There are two forms that fairly agree with Lehmann’s description and figure of P. rubyicaulis. One differs from P. diversifolia Lehm. Only in being smaller and with the leaves slightly whitened be- neath. Following Gray and Watson, I have taken this to be /, 396 rubricaulis Lehm. and have made it a variety of the present spe- cies. I regard the other form as a new species and it will be dis- cussed later. P. dissecta varies much in the form of the leaves. In the type of P. diversifolia Lehm. the lower leaves were pinnate with. ap- proximate leaflets, but all the leaves are as often perfectly digitate. The leaflets are larger than in the other related species, oblance- olate, and generally seven in number. In the typical form they are generally appressed-hairy. All specimens seen are from the plain and mountain regions of the West, the range extending from Colorado to California, British Columbia and Saskatchewan. POTENTILLA DISSECTA GLAUCOPHYLLA (Lehm.) Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: §56. 1873. P. diversifolia glaucophylla Lehm. Rev. Pot. 73. 1856. Leaves nearly glabrous, glaucous-green and always digitate. The range is the same as that of the species, but it is much more common within the United States. POTENTILLA DISSECTA RUBRICAULIS (Lehm.). P. rubricaulis Lehm. Nov. Stirp. Pug. 2: 11. 1830. Leaves somewhat tomentose beneath when young. It may be a hybrid between P. dissecta and P. nivea or P. concinna, as it 3S rare and only found in the mountains, where these species also grow. POTENTILLA DECURRENS (Wats.). P. dissecta decurrens Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 557. 1873: This species much resembles the preceding, especially the vat- slaucophylla, but it is a more cespitose plant and has smaller and thicker leaves with prominent veins beneath. The leaflets are genet ally five and the lower often attached a little lower down and de- current on the petioles, but this is not always the case by far. Itis found in the higher moutains of Utah, Wyoming and Montana. Potentilla Ranunculus Lange, Fl. Dan. p/. 2964, from Greenland, comes near to both the preceding, differing from both in the more deeply dissected leaves and scaly rootstock. The leaves resemble — much those of P. decurrens, but are perfectly digitate and much — thinner. It seems to be a very rare plant. eee 397 Potentilla ranunculoides Hamb. & Bonp.; Nestl. Monog. Pot. 56, of Mexico, belongs also to this group, differing from the North American species by its large petals and very broad rounded leaf- lets. POTENTILLA MULTISECTA (Wats.). P. diversifolia multisecta Wats. King’s Rep. 5: 86. 1871. This was also included in P. dissecta by Watson. It isa proba- bility that it is the original P. dissecta Pursh, the description of which fits this, as well as P. Ranunculus Lange, better than the plant for which the name is used, viz. P. diversifolia Lehm. From this, P. mu/tisecta differs not only in the finely dissected leaves, but also in the smaller flowers. The leaves are not truly digitate, but the outer leaflets are attached a little lower, as in P. decurrens. All are divided into linear divisions. This species there- fore connects the Aureae with the Mulujugae, especially with P. pinnatisecta and P. millefolia, It ranges from Nevada to Montana and Wyoming. A small group, nearly related to the Awzreae, especially to £. decurrens and P. multisecta, but with the leaves more or less tomentulose beneath may be known as the Sudjugae. The leaves are at the same time digitate and pinnate, z. ¢., they are digitately 3-5-foliolate with a pair (in the last sometimes 2 pairs) of smaller leaflets further down on the petiole. In this respect they resem- ble P. pulchella, from which the Sudjugae differ in the style, which is filiform. They are all low and tufted, or cespitose, delicate Plants from Colorado, less than 2 dm. high, except the first, which Sometimes reaches 3 dm. It approaches in size and habit the Gracilis group, 7. ¢., P. gracilis and its varieties as understood by Watson. Strangely, all four seem to be undescribed. POTENTILLA SUBJUGA N. Sp. ,, rufted from a perennial root; stems many, I-3 dm. high, silky-villous, few-leaved, rather divergently branched above, the wer portion covered with the brown scarious lower stipules ; up- Per stipules green, ovate, entire. Basal leaves many, digitately 5- (seldom 3-) foliolate with an additional pair of smaller leaflets on the Petiole, about 1 cm. below the others; leaflets 1-4 cm. long, oblong or obovate, deeply incised into oblong rather obtuse segments, silky and green above, silky and white-tomentose beneath ; stem- 398 leaves generally ternate, few and reduced in size; calyx silky-hir- sute, in fruit 5-8 mm. in diameter; bractlets oblong, obtuse or acute, about %4 shorter than the ovate triangular acuminate sepals; petals broadly obcordate exceeding the sepals; stamens about 20; style filiform, nearly terminal; achenes smooth. (Plate 274.) As before noted it resembles somewhat the species of the Gracilis group, especially P. fastigiata in size and P. pulcherrima in the form of the leaflets and the pubescence. _ The latter has. digitate or more or less pinnate leaves with approximate leaflets, but they are never, as in P. subjuga, digitately 5-foliolate with a pair of smaller ones some distance below. InP. sudjuga, the leaflets are more deeply incised and the stem and branches stricter and the latter rather di- vergent; they are few-flowered,* as in P. zévea, from which it differs in the number of the leaflets. Colorado: N. H. Patterson, no. 192, 1892 (from near Empire, type); 1885 (from Gray’s Peak); C. S. Crandall, no. 184, 1892 (from Graymont); T.C. Porter, no. 44; Hall and Harbour, no. 160, 1862, mainly. POTENTILLA TENERRIMA N. Sp. Tufted from a perennial root; stems many, very slender, genet ally tinged with red, 1-1%4 dm. high, sparingly strigose ; stipules linear, lanceolate, acuminate, about 1 cm. long, the lower scarious and brown. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate, with a pair of smaller leaf- lets below, or, which is the same, pinnate of 2 pairs and terminal leaflet sessile, finely silky and alittle grayish tomentulose beneath; leaflets obovate or oblanceolate in outline, divided to near the mid- rib into linear acute segments; flowers on slender pedicels, nearly 1 cm. in diameter; calyx silky-strigose, in fruit 14 cm. in diameter; bractlets linear, acute, very little shorter than the narrowly lanceolate sepals; petals obovate, slightly retuse, a little exceeding the sepals; stamens about 29; style filiform, nearly terminal ; achenes smooth. (Plate 275, figs. 1-5). a It resembles a very slender form of the preceding, but the ter- minal leaflets, as in the two next, are always only three. The ses ments of the leaflets are also much narrower, as also the bracts and sepals, which are narrower than in any other North American — species. Colorado: Brandegee, no. 950, 1874 (from Bergen’s Park, type); | Hall and Harbour, no. 160 (in part, in the Harvard herbarium). —-— ——— * P, rubricaulis Lehm. may perhaps be a form of this with only 3 terminal leaf: ue ~ lets and more erect branches. * 399 POTENTILLA MINUTIFOLIA N. sp. Cespitose, stems about 1 dm. long, slender, 1—2-leaved, spar- ingly silky or nearly glabrous, slightly striate; stipules ovate- lanceolate, the lower scarious and brown ; basal leaves very small, on slender petioles 3-5 cm. long, silky-hirsute, slightly grayish beneath, pinnate, of two pairs of leaflets, the upper pair and the Sessile odd leaflet about y% cm. long; the lower pair only 2-3 mm.; leaflets obovate, incised, with oval rounded segments; flowers 1-2, about 15 mm. in diameter; calyx sparingly hirsute, in fruit 7-8 mm. in diameter; bractlets oblong, generally obtuse, about half as long as the oblong-lanceolate obtuse or acutish sepals; petals obcordate, about ¥% longer than the sepals. (Plate 275, figs. 6-10.) This somewhat resembles P. subjuga, but differs in the small Size of the plant and of the leaves, the three terminal leaflets, and their short and rounded segments. Colorado: Wm. M. Canby (Pikes Peak) 1895. POTENTILLA SAXIMONTANA N. sp. Densely cespitose; stems several, 1—3-flowered, less than 5 €m. long, silky pubescent. Basal leaves numerous, pinnate with 2-3 often approximate pairs of leaflets, silky pubescent and some- What tomentose beneath, short-petioled; leaflets deeply dissected Into oblong obtuse or acute segments; flowers about I cm. in . diameter; calyx densely silky; bractlets oblong, obtuse, shorter than the broadly ovate-triangular sepals; petals broadly obcor- date, much longer than the sepals; stamens about 20; style nearly terminal, about equalling the smooth achene.* __ It somewhat resembles the preceding, but is still more cespi- tose, has much broader sepals and larger leaves, which have much shorter petioles. The leaves resemble somewhat those of L. pinnatisecta (Wats.) Aven Nelson (7. ovina Macoun), but are slightly tomentose. The flowers are much larger and the sepals Much broaderthan in that species. It resembles also somewhat P. Sommerfeltii, but has much more dissected leaves, and the style is different. The following specimens have been examined: Colorado: John Wolf, no. 366, 1873 (Wheeler’s expedition, type); Hooker & Gray, 177 (Torrey’s Peak); Knowlton, no. 19, 1896 (Pike’s Peak). "8 The plate of this will appear in a subsequent number. 400 Notes on the Pine-inhabiting Species of Peridermium. * By Lucigen M. UNDERWOOD AND F, S. EARLE. There seems to have been much confusion regarding the pine- inhabiting species of Peridermium not only in this country but also in Europe, and the difficulties in the way of a clear understanding of the species have not been entirely removed. So far as we have been able to discover we have only three species of this group in the eastern United States besides three nominal species from western North America which we have not been able to eX amine.t It is possible that the examination of the type of an- other Eastern species (now inaccessible for the time) may reveal some features that its description does not show and require fur- ther modification of the synonymy. Two of our species are foliicolous and produce only a minimum of disturbance in the tissues of their host, while the third is found only on stems producing extensive gall-like swellings often of enormous size. These may appear on the smaller limbs, or 0? _ branches of various sizes, or on the main trunk of trees of com siderable diameter. So far as the economic relations are com cerned, the foliicolous species rarely produce any considerable damage, but the stem-inhabiting species causes extensive damage in some portions of the South in the deterioration or death of | chiefly young pines. The Eastern species are as follows: 1. PERIDERMIUM ACICOLUM (Wallr.). P. pint var. acicolum Wallr. Fl. Crypt. 262. 1833. P. oblongisporium Fuck. Symb. Mycol, 42. 1869. This species, which is very distinct from the stem-inhabiting Peridermium pini of Europe, appears to be confined to the North- eastern states and is not separable from the forms occurring in Eu- rope on various hosts. With us it has been found only on Pius vigida, We have seen specimens from Massachusetts (Underwood, Seymour) and New Jersey (Pennypacker) only. The spores af " * Read before Section G, A, A, A.S,, Buffalo meeting, August, 1896. + #. Englemanni Thuem., from Colorado; P._filamentosum Peck, from At ; and PF. Harknessii Moore, from California. 401 large, usually oval, often reaching 40,; the peridial cells form a thin tenacious membrane and do not readily separate from one another when placed in dilute potash; their ends are usually rounded, but are sometimes obliquely truncate, imbricate or occa- sionally in rows placed end to end; they are somewhat interme- diate in this respect between our other two species. Exsicc. Ellis & Everhart. N. A. Fungi, 2222; Seymour & Earle, Economic Fungi, 223. The above species has been confused with P. fini. Wallroth was the first to distinguish it as a foliicolous variety, while Fuckel made ita distinct species, Unless we are to recognize only one pine-inhabiting Peridermium which is clearly illogical, we must maintain this as a distinct species. If we are to follow in the lead of some of the highly imaginative fungiculturists, some of whom maintain that this form is the aecidial stage of a Cronartinm, while P. pini is similarly regarded as the corresponding stage of a Coleo- Sporium, the two must beat least specifically distinct, since in their mature stage they would belong to two totally different genera! Winter singularly unites them in one species without even main- taining a varietal distinction. 2, PERIDERMIUM ORIENTALE Cooke, Indian Forester, 3: 91. With some hesitation we refer the large leaf-inhabiting species of the Southern States to this name, originally described from northern India. In this we are supported by three somewhat questionable principles: (1) A writer is supposed to know his own Species (a principle, however, which does not always follow) and the specimens issued in Ravenel’s Fungi Amer., cited below, were doubtless examined by Cooke, who was the author of the species in question ; (2) There is little in the description of the species as quoted in Saccardo that would stand in the way of such a refer- €nce; and (3) The species has commonly been referred to this name by American authors. While, therefore, it seems hardly Probable that there should be a species of Peridermium common to two such remote localities as India and the southern United States, and while the original specimen may, in the light of char- acters now recognized that are not touched upon in the original 402 description, prove totally distinct, it seems hardly wise to us to establish a new species without first seeing the type of the one to which it has been referred. On this principle of /azssez faire we retain with some mental reservations the above name. This species seems to have a wider range of host plants as well as a greater geographic distribution than the preceding. We have examined specimens as follows: _ On Pinus taeda. Georgia (Ravenel, Underwood); Alabama (Underwood & Earle). On Pinus palustris. South Carolina ( Ravenel ); Florida ( Martin, Underwood ); Alabama (Earle & Underwood); Mississippi (Earle & Tracy). On Pinus sp. Missouri ( J. G. Barlow ). ‘This handsome species is quite abundant in the Southern States, and while found more commonly on comparatively young trees .it frequently appears: on trees of considerable size. It was first distributed by Ravenel as Accidium pini of which he curiously gives Peridermium pineum Schw. as a synonym, notwithstanding Schweinitz alludes distinctly to the peculiar gall-like growths thet are discussed under the following species. Later Ravenel dis- tributed the same thing under the name of P. orientalis [sic] Cooke. The spores are small, rotund or broadly oval, and like the pe- ridial. cells, thickly beset with long weak obtuse spines; in size they are variable, averaging 204. The peridial cells approach rectangular, are truncate and placed end to end, are variable in size, averaging about 40 by 25 w, and readily separate from one another; they are thickly beset with long, obtuse echinulations, — which, when seen from above, give the appearance on a casual SS amination of being radiate-striate on the margin.* Exsicc. Ravenel. Fungi Carol. fasc. 1, no. 93 (as Aectdium pint. a Ravenel. Fungi Amer. 270. Ellis. N. A, Fungi, 1026. Seymour & Earle. Economic Fungi, 224 (as Peridermiam : pint var. acicolum). ae * This character is common to all the species of Peridermium we have &© amined, though it seems to have been overlooked, since the peridial cells are usually described as wrinkled or striate margined. The echinulations are ee pee because in this sone 403 3. PERIDERMIUM CEREBRUM Peck, Reg. Rep. 25: 91. 1873. Peridermium pineum Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 4: 294. 1835. Not Lk. 3 Ob. ? Peridermium pyriforme Peck, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 13. 1875. : This stem-inhabiting species was first mentioned by Schwein- itz in Syn. Fung. Carol. Wo. 456 and afterward in Syn. Fung. Bor. Am., where he describes it as follows: “In Pennsylvania prope Philadelphia et alibi non rarum. Specimina ampla, pedalia in ipso trunco Pini inopis mihi obvia, analogon praebuerunt Gym- nosporangis juniperini.” Later the species was collected by Lint- ner at Center, New York, on Pinus rigida and described by Peck as Peridermium cerebrum. Professor Peck informs us that the species is not common in eastern New York. We have seen the type specimen, which is not different from the forms common about Washington on Pinus Virginiana and farther south on P. echinata, except that the gall is larger in proportion to the size of the stem. . Peck described later a second species sent him by Ellis either from New Jersey or Georgia. Of this we have not been able to see the type, but its striking characteristic of pyriform spores men- tioned in the description we have found in both forms of P. cere- brum as they occur in the South. A form distributed by Ellis, N. A. Fungi, 1021, «On seedlings of Pinus inops Ait,” shows micro- Scopic characters similar to this species, but in the set examined the fungus appears to make only a slight swelling and that totally unlike the normal one produced on P. Virgintana. There may ; have been some error in the determination of the host. This mat- — ter has been left for later consideration. Specimens have been examined as follows: On Pinus rigida, New York (Peck); New Jersey (Ellis); Massa- chusetts. (Underwood); the last named specimen was in the form of a convex swelling at the base of a large tree; the others are of the typical globose form. 2 On Pinus Virginiana. Virginia (Galloway); Alabama (Under- W0od) ; to these should be added the Schweinitzian reference to Pennsylvania above cited; all these forms are of the globose — : type. ee . : 404 On Pinus echinata. Alabama (Earle & Underwood). These are also of the globose type. On Pinus taeda. Alabama (Underwood & Earle); Mississippi (Tracy). These are of the fusiform type described below. On Pinus sp. Webster County, Mississippi (W. B. Stark). Also of the fusiform type, though represented only by fragments. ‘In microscopic characters this species is related to the European Peridermium pini (P.) Wallr., but sufficiently distinct. The spores are of medium size, 20-30 y long, irregularly oval, ovate or pytl- form; the peridial cells are long and narrow, with pointed ends, arranged imbricately and never end to end; they are about ”~ 60 yz by 15-20 » and do not readily separate from one another in dilute potash. Exsicc. Ellis, N. A. Fungi. 1022. We have observed the development of the globose type on Pinus echinata in central Alabama, where it is very common and causes considerable damage among the pines. It frequently a if pears as globose swellings less than two centimeters in diameter, on small twigs, and often during its early stages of growth no spores are developed. The mycelium is perennial and later pro- duces conspicuous yellow peridia, which are often arranged so as to form convolutions giving a resemblance to the surface of the brain. Within these, spores are produced in prodigious quantl- ties. Unless the branch is killed, the parasite continues to groW for a succession of seasons, producing more spores each season. Usually the gall entirely surrounds the branch, but in some cases the branch escapes with only one side affected. Occasionally the | main trunk will be first affected and, continuing to grow with its gall, will form a large ball a foot or more in diameter. Since bx plant is perennial the necessity of an alternate host is not im- mediate, and it will be a matter of future investigation as 0 what becomes of the spores. Some source of infection must 7 be at hand, since the parasite is very abundant in the South, some considerable areas in eastern Alabama showing nearly every tee — of the species more or less affected. . es On Pinus taeda the form of the gall is entirely different. In- _ : stead of a globose'type, which occurs on the other hosts, we have __ an elongate fusiform enlargement of the branch almost uniform — 405 in every direction, so as to produce an almost perfect spindle. So far as we can discover, there are no microscopic differences be- tween this form and the globose type, either in the spores or pe- ridial cells, both showing the same characters and the same varia- tions. The difference in the gall, however, is so marked and so constant, and the parasite on both pines is so common, that the Shape of the gall often serves as a ready means of identifying the trees at a glance. Occasionally larger trunks will be affected, and then the gall retains its typical elongate character instead of the rounded convex forms that appear on Pinus echinata in the South, and that we have seen on Pinus rigida as far north as Massachsetts. The occurrence of such marked macroscopic characters opens up an interesting question as to how much weight should attach to what may be called “ habit characters.” Shall they be disregarded, shall they be recognized as varietal differences, or shall they serve aS specific characters of equal weight with those which require a microscope to detect? We have provisionally adopted the first course in the present case. AUBURN, ALABAMA, July, 1896: Studies in the Botany of the southeastern United States—VII, By Joun K. SMALL. Rumex Lanetoisi n. sp. Perennial, glabrous, somewhat scurfy, dark green (when dry). Stem erect or ascending, 5—7 dm. tall, simple or with a few nearly €rect branches, more or less flexuous, at length strongly furrowed : leaves oblong or linear-oblong, 3-12 cm. long, acuminate or acutish, rose crenulate, slightly crisped, somewhat prominently nerved es- pecially beneath, narrowed into a petiole which is usually I or 2 cm. long; ocreae very thin, early falling away ; panicle rather open, not leafy, 1-2 dm. long; racemes strongly ascending, 5-10 cm. long, usually interrupted; flowers about 2 mm. long, in dense whorls (in fruit); pedicels about 5 mm, long, articulated near the base, enlarged ‘towards the end; wings rather coriaceous, deltoid, 4 mm. long, the sides rounded, the apex blunt, the surface promi- nently nerved, each bearing a papillose calosity 1 mm. broad and 3 mm. long; achene ovoid, nearly 3 mm. long, abruptly contracted into a very short base, slightly acuminate at the apex, the faces dark red, the angles slightly paler and margined. 406 Southern Louisiana, New Orleans (Joor, according to Trelease) and Pointe a la Hache (Langlois). This is Rumex Floridanus Trelease, but not R. Ploridanus Meisner. With the original specimens of R. /Voridanus Meisner at hand 1 cannot separate them from R. vertcillatus, to which Meisner says the species is closely related. Prof. Trelease has given the plant its correct position, but referred it tothe wrong species. 2. Langloisu is intermediate between R. verticillatus and R. altissimus in. these respects: its inflorescence suggests the latter, while its foliage sug- gests that of the former. POLYGONELLA Michx. Fl. Bor. Am, 2: 240. 1803. [Lyonra Raf. Med. Repos. N. Y. 5: 352. 1808.] [Sropinaca Raf. Fl. Tellur. 3: 11. 1836.] [Gonopyrum F. & M.; C. A. Meyer, Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. (VI.) 4: 144. 1240. Key to the Species. Flowers polygamo-dioecious; filaments subulate or filiform, nearly alike or some slightly dilated at base ; embryo axial Ocreae fringed with a few bristle-like cilia. 1. £, ciliata, Ocreae naked. Leaves I~5 mm. broad. Achenes rhomboidal; leaves filiform-subulate. 2, P. brachysta-hy@ Achenes ovoid or oblony-ovoid; leaves wedge- shaped or spatulate. Stems branched above ; outer calyx-segments not reflexed. 3. PB gracilis. Stems diffusely branched at the base; outer calyx-segments reflexed. ' . 4 F polygama. Leaves 5-25 mm. broad. 5. P. macr ophylla. Flowers perfect; filaments dissimilar, the inner conspicuously dilated ; embryo near one of the faces of the endosperm. Annual; outer calyx-segments not reflexed, the inner not becoming conspicuously larger than the outer. 6. £. articulata. Perrennial ; outer calyx segments reflexed ; the inner de- veloping large wings. 7. P. Americana. ‘i POLYGONELLA CILIATA Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 14: 81. 1856. Vicinity of the Manatee river, Florida. : As late as the year 1894 there. seems to have hain only one _ collection of the above species ; this was Rugel’s 429, on which 407 Meisner based the species. In August, 1895, Mr. Nash collected specimens at Palmetto, Manatee county, Florida (no. 2429). This second station is in the vicinity of the original station. The geo- graphic range of Polygonella ciliata seems to be very restricted. 2, POLYGONELLA BRACHYSTACHYA Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 14: 80. 1856. Polygonella Croomti Chapm. FI. S. States, 387. 1860. As far as I can see, these two species must be united. Having the types of both at hand I cannot find any distinctive characters and in addition the labels show that Polygonella Croomii is from “ South Florida,” and not from “Carolina or Georgia,” as Dr. Chapman records in the Flora of the Southern United States. 3. POLYGONELLA GRACILIS (Nutt.) Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 14: 80. 1856, : Polygonum gracile Nutt. Gen. 1: 256. 1818. : Polygonum setaceum Nutt.; Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 14: 80. 1856. Sand hills, South Carolina to Florida and Louisiana. 4. Potyconetta poryGama (Vent.) A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. §: 231. 1847. ; Polygonum polygamum Vent. Hort. Cels, p/. 65. 1800. Polygonella parviflora Michx. F|. Bor. Am. 2: 241. 1803. Atraphaxis dioica Bosc; Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 14: 80. 1856: Folygonella parvifolia var. subenervis Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 14: 80. 1856, Dry, sandy soil near the coast, from North Carolina to Florida. 5. POLYGONELLA MACROPHYLLA N. sp. Perennial (?), stoutish, glaucous, glabrous. Stem solitary, erect, dm. tall, simple below, branched above ; leaves obovate or ob- nceolate, 2-6 cm. long (sometimes shorter on the branchlets), obtuse, 3-5 -nerved, leathery, exceeding the internodes except on the upper part of the stem; ocreae cylindric, slightly oblique, not Pointed, increasing in length toward the upper part of the stem ; Tacemes very dense, 2-3 cm. long, disposed in ovoid panicles ; Ocreolae funnelform, densely imbricated, slightly pointed ; pedicels Jointed at the middle; calyx (flowering stage not seen), the outer Segments slightly accrescent, the inner developing wings; fila- Ments subulate, somewhat dilated at the base; style 3-parted to a 408 the base; wings oblong, 4 mm. long; achene 3-angled, narrowly oblong, acuminate at both ends, 4 mm. long, browa. « Sandhills near the coast, Florida, A. W. Chapman.” Strikingly different from anything heretofore described in the genus but related to Polygonella polygama. It differs from all its relatives in its stout build, wand-like stem and remarkably large ‘ leaves for the genus. 6. POLYGONELLA ARTICULATA (L.) Meisn. Gen. 2: 228. 1836-43. Polygonum articulatum L. Sp. Pl. 363. 1753. Sandy beaches along the Atlantic coast from Maine to Florida and along the Great Lakes. 7. PoLYGONELLA Americana (F. & M.) Small, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 141. 1894. Gonopyrum Americanum F.& M. Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. (V1.) 4: 144. 1840. Polygonella ericoides Engelm. & Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. S$. 25). 3527. Polygonella Meisneriana Shuttlw.; Meisn.in DC. Prodr. 14: 81: 1856. Sandy soil, Missouri to Georgia, south to Alabama and Texas. With the two excellent specimens from which Meisner drew his original description, to compare with a generous supply of Polygonella Americana and observations in the field, I cannot sep~ arate Polygonella Metsneriana from P. Americana, There may be two species in what is now included in the latter species, but the separation must be on different lines. Tue Genus WaAREA. I have always been impressed with the remarkably inconsistent descriptions that have been applied to the plant we have known as Warea amplexifoliia. The discovery, by Mr. Nash, of a third species of Warea in western Florida renewed my interest in the group and Jed me to investigate it. The facts seem to be as fol- lows: In 1822 Nuttall described Stanleya ? amplexifolia,* found- ing the species on a specimen from eastern Florida. This plant had amplexicaul leaves. In 1834 Nuttall founded the genus cad ete * Am. Journ. Sci. 5: 297. 409 Warea,* making the type a Warea amplexifolia founded ona plant from western Florida. This plant had sessile leaves, according to the author and his plate. Nuttall was not as shrewd as usual, and failing to see that his Warea amplexifolia was different from Stanleya amplexifolia, combined the original description of Stanleya amplexifolia with that of Warea amplexifolia; this blunder has been followed to the present day and consequently the ambigu- ous descriptions, The plant from eastern Florida has been represented in our herbaria by good and ample specimens while only a few fragments of the west Florida plant seem to be extant, but now that we are furnished with excellent material the specific lines appear very distinct. I append a synopsis of the genus. WAREA Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 83. p/. ro. 1834. Key to the Species. Leaves narrowly cuneate.at the base; claws of the petals pecti- nate-fimbriate. Leaves rounded or auricled at the base. Leaves sessile, not auricled at the base; claws of the petals granu lar-toothed. Leaves clasping, auricled at the base; claws of the petals serrulate, I. WAREA CUNEIFOLIA (Muhl.) Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 84. 1824. Cleome cuneifolia Muhl. Cat. 61. 1813. Stanleya gracilis DC. Syst. 2: 512. 1821. Cleome laevigata Soland.; DC. Syst.2: 512. As synonym. 1821. Sand hills, Georgia to Florida, near the coast. 2. WarEA SESSILIFOLIA Nash, Bull. Torr. Club. 23: 101. 1896. Warea amplexifolia Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 83. p/ 70. 1834. Not Stanleya amplexifolia Nutt. Sandhills, West Florida at about 100 feet above sea-level. 3. WaREA AMPLEXIFOLIA (Nutt.) Stanleya amplexifolia Nutt. Am. Journ. Sci. 5: 297. 1822. Sand hills, East Florida, near sea-level. | CARDAMINE ARENICOLA Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 220. 1892. This has been found by Prof. Scribner growing in sand and — * Journ. Acad. Phila., 7: 83. pl. ro. 1. W. cunetfolia. 2. W. sessilifolia, 3. W. amplexifolia. 410 shaly soil about Knoxville, Tennessee. It is also plentiful in the sandy summit of Little Stone Mountain, Georgia. Euruorsia HUMISTRATA Engelm.; A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2. 386. 1856. The known geographic ranges of the above species has lately been greatly extended southward by collections from Mississippt Professors. Tracy and Earle found it on Horn Island (2886) and at Biloxi (2913). The name Gavesza cannot be applied to the Acanthaceous genus of the southern United States, with which it has lately been asso- ciated, having previously been used for an entirely different plant. I take pleasure in using in this connection the name of Prof. W. S. Yeates, State Geologist of Georgia, for while on his survey I first met this rare and peculiar species along the Flint river, 1m southwestern Georgia. Previously it had not been known to 0c cur east of Alabama. YEATESIA. [Gatesta A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 365. 1878. Not Bertol. 1848.] YEATESIA LAETE-VIRENS (Buckl.). Justicia laete-virens Buckl. Am. Journ. Sci. 45: 176. 1843- Rhytiglossa viridifiora Nees, in DC. Prodr. 11: 346. 1847. Dichiptera Halei Ridd. New Orleans Med. Journ. 1852. Gatesia laete-virens A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 365. 187 8. Justicia viridifolia Buckl.; Nees in DC. Prodr. 11: 346. AS synonym. 1847. _ Tennessee to Georgia, Florida and eastern Texas. VIBURNUM RUFOTOMENTOSUM. Viburnum prunifolium var. hii sat T.&G. FI. N. A. 2: 15- 1841. Viburnum fernugineum Small, Mem. Torr. Club, 4: 123- f/- 7! 8. 1894. Not Raf. 1838. Viburnum prunifolium is said to grow as far south as Missis- sippi and Florida, but during all my travels in the Southeast I have not met with the species. Viburnum rufotomentosum seems to te- place our common plum-leaved Visurnum in the Southern States. __ The most southern station at which I have collected V. prunifolum - - gpa North Carolina. 411 New Species of Fungi. . By Cuas. H. PEcK. LEPIOTA MUTATA. Pileus thin, convex, subumbonate, slightly scabrous on the disk, white, changing to brown on the disk in drying ; lamellae close, thin, subventricose, free, white; stems slender, equal, hollow, white ; the annulus slight, sometimes evanescent; spores ellip- _ tical, .0003 to .o004 in. long, .0002 to .00024 broad; pileus 1 to 1.5 in. broad; stem about 1 in. long 1 to 2 lines thick. Ground in woods. Kansas. July. E. Bartholomew. In the fresh condition this plant is entirely white, but in the dried specimens the umbo or disk has become brown. This change in color suggests the specific name. In the other white Species, ZL. evminea and L. alba, the spores are longer, and in ZL. Miamensis and L. subremota the pileus is scaly. CLITOCYBE SUBSOCIALIS. Pileus fleshy, convex, becoming somewhat depressed centrally, minutely squamulose, pale tawny or subrufescent, flesh white, taste and odor nauseous; lamellae subdistant, decurrent, white, the interspaces venose ; stem equal, solid, colored like the pileus, having a white mycelioid tomentum at the base; spores subellip- tical, .00024 to .0003 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad, slightly apicu- late at one end and usually containing a shining nucleus ; pileus 6 to 18 lines broad ; stem I to 2 in. long, I to 2 lines thick. Grassy ground. . Camas, Washington. December. F. C. Yeomans, ; The species is apparently closely allied to Ciitocybe socialis, from which it differs in its strong odor, squamulose pileus and White lamellae. It also approaches C. sinopica and C. infundibli- Jormis in color, but in both these the pileus is also glabrous. The Squamules are somewhat granular in appearance. OMPHALIA LUTEOLA. Pileus thin, convex or sub-hemispherical, glabrous, centrally €Pressed or broadly umbilicate, buff-yellow ; lamellae few, 10-15, _ distant, decurrent, pallid; stem slender, glabrous, solid, brown, — with white mycelium at the base; spores subelliptical, .00024— 00028 in long, about .o0016 broad, commonly uninucleate ; pileus _ 2-4 lines broad ; stem about 6 lines long, .5 thick. = ae 412 Decaying wood of fir trees. Camas,, February. Yeomans. The small size, buff pileus solid stem and pallid lamellae.are the distinguishing features of this species. It is closely related to O. Campanella, but the paler colors of the pileus and lamellae and the white mycelium will separate it. The stem appears to be solid, but it is possible that in fully mature specimens there may be a small cavity. LACTARIUS LUTEOLUS. Pileus fleshy, rather thin, convex or nearly plane, commonly umbilicately depressed in the center and somewhat rugulose, pruinose or subglabrous, buff color, flesh white, taste mild, milk copious, flowing easily, white or whitish; lamellae close, nearly plane, adnate or slightly rounded behind, whitish, becoming brownish where wounded; stem short, equal or tapering down- ward, solid, but somewhat spongy within, colored like the pileus; spores globose, .0003 in. broad; pileus 2-3 in. broad; stem I-1.5 in. long, 3-5 lines thick. Dry woods. East Milton, Massachusetts. August. H. Webster. This species is related to Lactarius volemus and L. hygropho- voides, but its smaller size and short stem will distinguish it from the former and its close lamellae from the latter. Its paler buff color will separate it from both. Some specimens have a narrow encircling furrow or depressed zone near the margin and a slightly darker shade of color on the margin. The milk consti- tutes a remarkable feature of the species. According to the notes of the collector it is exceedingly copious, rather sticky, serous in character with white particles in suspension. It flows from many points as soon as the plant is disturbed and it stains the gills. It 1s impossible to collect an unstained specimen, so free is the flow of the milk. He says, “I have never succeeded in picking a spec! men so quietly as to prevent an instant and copious flow of its milk.” RUSSULA SUBDEPALLENS. Pileus fleshy, at first convex-and ‘striate on the margin, then expanded or centrally depressed and tuberculate-striate on the “margin, viscid, blood-red or purplish red, mottled with yellowish spots, becoming paler or almost white with age, often irregular, flesh fragile, white, becoming cinereous with age, reddish under the cuticle, taste mild; lamellae broad, subdistant, adnate, white — 413 or whitish, the interspaces venose; stem stout, solid but spongy within, persistently white; spores white, globose, rough, .0003 in. broad ; pileus 3-6 in. broad; stem 1.5-—3 in. long, 6-12 lines thick. Under a hickory tree. Trexlertown, Pennsylvania. June. W. Herbst. Closely related to Russwla aepallens, from which it differs in having the margin of the pileus striate at first and more strongly so when mature, also in the pileus being spotted at first, the aang more distant, the stem persistently white and the spores white. MARASMIUS.: GREGARIUS. Pileus submembranous, glabrous, centrally depressed or broadly umbilicate, striatulate when moist, bay-brown or pale alutaceous, a little darker in the center; lamellae narrow, subdis- tant, adnate, some of them branched, whitish; stem short, slender, inserted, hollow, flocculose or almost pubescent, pale bay-brown, a little darker toward the base; spores subglobose, about .00016 In. broad ; plant gregarious; pileus 4 to 6 lines broad; stem 4 to 6 lines long, about .5 line thick. es Decorticated wood. Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. June. C.G. oyd. PANUS BETULINUS. Pileus thin, suborbicular or dimidiate, nearly plane, glabrous, Prolonged behind into a short stem, grayish-brown, darker or lackish toward the stem; lamellae narrow, close, decurrent, whitish; stem adorned with a slight tawny hairiness which is more fully developed toward the base; spores minute, .00016 to 002 in. long, .00006 to .00008 broad. Decaying wood of birch. Newfoundland. October. Rev. A. C. Waghorne, LENTINUS MAGNUS. Pileus thick, hard, convex, slightly depressed in the center, 8'abrous, dingy-white, the surface cracking into broad areolae i, Scales, margin involute, flesh whitish; lamellae broad, close, thick, slightly decurrent, coarsely déntate or lacerate on the edge, id; stem stout, hard, solid, squamose, slightly thickened at the ase, colored like the pileus; spores oblong-elliptical, .0003 in. lone’ C015. broad ; pileus 6 in. or more broad, stem about 4 in. ‘ong, I in. or more thick. : - : Gregarious on ground abounding in humus. Mount San — _ Antonio, California. August. Prof. A. J. McClatchie. ae This large species was found at an elevation of 10,000 feet. It is well marked by the peculiar areolate and scaly cracking of the surface of the pileus. The scales of the stem are similar to those of the pileus. The lamellae are thicker than those of Lem- tinus lepideus and the spores are smaller. The scales are concolor- ous, not spot-like, as in that species. LENTINUS UNDERWOODII. Pileus fleshy, tough, convex or nearly plane, the glabrous sur- face cracking into areola-like scales which are indistinct or we ing toward the margin, whitish or slightly tinged with buff or pale ochraceous, flesh white; lamellae moderately close, dccu slightly connected or anastomosing at the base, somewhat notche on the edge, whitish, becoming discolored in drying; stem stout, hard, solid, eccentric, squamose, colored like the pileus; spores oblong, .0005-.0006 in. long, .0002-.00025 broad; plant cacti tose; pileus 3-6 in. broad; stem 1.5—3 in. long, about I in. thick. Wood of oak. Tuskegee, Alabama. July. Prof. L. M. Under- wood. This differs from L. magnus in its caespitose habit, eccentric stem, longer spores, less distinctly areolate-squamose pileus and | in its habitat. The lamellae are connected at the base very much — like those of Pleurotus ostreatus. LENTINUS VENTRICOSUS. Pileus fleshy, nearly plane above, glabrous, shining, white, ur thin margin involute, flesh whitish; lamellae narrow, close, ane serrate on the edge, whitish ; stem short, thick, ventricose, gene 4 solid, abruptly narrowed or pointed at the base, annulate, wh! - tinged within with isabelline; spores .0004 to .0005 in. long, — ee to .00024 broad; pileus 4 to 6 in. broad; stem 1.5 to 2 in. ong, = nearly as broad in the thickest part. 3 Auburn, Alabama. December. Underwood. oe A species well marked by its white glabrous pileus and its” : short ventricose annulate stem, PHOLIOTA SABULOSA. Pileus convex or nearly plane, glabrous, pale yellowish-brow? + lamellae adnate, subdistant, yellowish-brown; stem short, equa™ or slightly tapering downwards, hollow, colored like or 4 li __ paler than the pileus, paler above the slight subevanescent annulus spores subelliptical, brownish-ferruginous, .0003 to .0004 in. long, 415 0002 to .00024 broad; pileus 9 to 12 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, 1 to 2 lines thick. Sandy soil. Alabama, Décember. Underwood. In the dried specimens the pileus is pale-tawny and the lamel- lae are brownish ferruginous. FLAMMULA UNDERWOODII. Pileus convex or nearly plane, often irregular from its crowded mode of growth, Ssquamulose or furfuraceous, yellowish-brown ; lamellae rather broad, close, adnate or slightly decurrent, yellow; stem tapering downward, radicating, longitudinally streaked with brownish hues, yellow at the top; spores elliptical, ochraceous, 00024 to .0003 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad; plant caespitose ; Pileus 1 to 4 in. broad; stem 2 to 4 in. long, 3 to 6 lines thick. Pine trunks. Alabama, November. Underwood. The Species is apparently related to /lammula sapineus, from Which its densely caespitose habit and brownish streaked stem will easily separate it. GALERA SEMILANCEATA. ‘: Pileus membranous, acutely conical or campanulate, often raged umbonate, glabrous, sulcate-striate, pale-yellow or buff : mellae rather broad, ascending, distant, adnate, tawny-ferrugi- nous when mature; stem slender, glabrous, hollow, pallid ; spores elliptical, ferruginous, .0004 to .0005 in. long, .0002 to .00024 road ; pileus 4 to 6 lines broad ; stem 1.5 to 2in. long,.5 to I line thick. Among fallen leaves, sticks, mosses, etc. Washington. De- cember. Yeomans. Mr. Yeomans remarks that this plant in size, shape and color “orresponds very closely to Cooke's figure of Psilocybe semilanceata, but that the spores have a dark yellow-ochre color. The umbo when present is small and almost papilla-like. = TUBARIA TENUIS. Pileus membranous, hemispherical or convex, obtuse or sub- umblicate, glabrous, hygrophanous, reddish-cinnamon when moist, ‘team color or pale-ochraceous when dry, either faintly striate or Sulcate-striate on the margin; lamellae 1-2 lines wide, distant, ven- Cose, adnate or slightly decurrent, tawny-ochraceous; stem ender, flexuous, often uneven, hollow, pruinose at the top, downy at the base, pale-yellow or cream color; spores elliptical, — 416 ,0003 in. long, .o002 broad; pileus 4-8 lines broad ; stem I-2 in. long, about 1 line thick. Among mosses on gravelly hillsides. Pasadena, California. January. . McClatchie. This species is variable and somewhat ambiguous between Naucoria, Galera and Tubaria, but the attachment of the lamellae indicates a close relationship to the genus Zudaria. From Naw- coria melinoides, which it much resembles, it may be separated by its paler stem and smaller spores and by the tendency of the pileus to become centrally depressed or umbilicate. From Nau- coria pygmaca and Galera pygmaco-affinis it may be distinguished by its yellowish stem and adnate or decurrent lamellae. CORTINARIUS INTRUSUS. Pileus fleshy, rather thin, convex, then expanded, glabrous, somewhat viscid when moist, even or radiately wrinkled on the margin, yellowish or buff, sometimes with a reddish tint, flesh white; lamellae thin, close, rounded behind, at first whitish or creamy white, then cinnamon, often uneven on the edge; stem equal or slightly tapering either upward or downward, stuffed or hollow, sometimes beautifully striate at the top only or nearly to the base, minutely floccose when young, soon glabrous, white; spores broadly elliptical, brownish cinnamon, .00024 to .0003 1% — long, .00016 to .0002 broad; pileus 1-2.5 in. broad; stem 1-3 in. long, 3-6 lines thick. Mushroom beds, manured soil in conservatories or in plant pots. Boston, Massachusetts. R. Macadam. Haddonfield, New Jersey. C. McIlvaine. : This interesting species is closely allied to Cortinarius mult : Jormis and belongs to the Section Phlegmacium. It has a slight odor of radishes and is pronounced edible by Mr. Mcllvaine. i habitat is peculiar, but it possibly finds its way into conservatories E and mushroom beds through the introduction of manure OF soil, i or leaf mold from the woods. It seems strange, however, that it has not yet been detected growing in the woods or fields. Hebe- loma fastibile is said sometimes to invade mushroom beds, and ot : plant resembles it in so many particulars that it is with some hes tation that I separate it. The chief differences are in the oe and spores. The former, in Hebcloma fastibile, is described as solid _ and fibrous-squamose and the latter as 10x 6 micromillimeters # 417 size. The brighter color of the smaller spores and the stuffed or hollow smooth stem of our plant will separate it from this species. HyPHOLOMA ATROFOLIUM. Pileus submembranous, at first convex or hemispherical, then broadly convex, commonly umbonate, minutely and irregularly furrowed, striate to the apex when mature, hygrophanous, burnt- umber or wood-brown when moist, fading to pale-tawny or cream color in drying, veil fugacious ; lamellae subdistant, adnate, at first pale-brown or drab, then dark seal-brown, almost black; stem slender, fibrillose, hollow, pallid or cream color ; spores very dark- brown, elliptical, .oo04 in. long, .0002 broad; pileus 9-24 lines broad; stem 12.5 in. long, I-1.5 lines thick. Among bushes. Pasadena. January. McClatchie. The plants are gregarious or loosely caespitose. The lamellae, when mature, are almost black, and on this account the species might be sought in the genus Psathyrella, but the form of the Pileus indicates a closer relationship to the genus Hypholoma. Its hygrophanous character places the species in the section Appen- diculata. In some respects it approaches 7. hymenocephalum, from which its convex pileus, less close and darker colored lamel- lae and longer spores will separate it. PSATHYRELLA GRACILLIMA. Pileus membranous, convex or nearly plane, finely striate nearly to the disk, subhyaline. bluish-white with a pinkish tint, the disk yellow and commonly depressed; lamellae thin, close, founded behind and adnexed or nearly free, light slate color when young, becoming black or variegated with black; stem slender, elongated, erect, hollow, whitish or cream colored ; spores oblong- elliptical, pointed at one end, .00055 to .0006 in long, .00024— ‘0003 broad; pileus 6 to 18 lines broad; stem 3-5 in. long, about I line thick. Damp ground among weeds. Kansas. July. Bartholomew. The notes of the collector describe the spores as dark brown, but they appear to me when viewed by reflected light to be black. The plant is very graceful and fragile. Its relationship Seems to be with such species as Psathyrella hiascens, P. trepida and P. hydr ophora, from all of which it may be separated by the attach- ment of the lamellae. The depressed disk suggests Coprimus | : - “icatilis, but the specimens give no evidence of the deliquescence > Of the lamellae. | | : 418 PSATHYRELLA DEBILIS. Pileus membranous, campanulate, umbonate, finely striate nearly to the umbo, subhyaline, whitish, becoming grayish, lamellae thin, narrow, close, adnate, whitish when young, becom- ing black; stem slender, weak, flexuose, never erect, hollow, white; spores broadly elliptical, .oo05 in. long, .0003 broad; pileus 6-15 lines broad; stem 2-3 in. long, I-1.5 line thick. Damp ground attached to decaying stems. Kansas. July. Bartholomew. The plants are suggestive of Psathyra gyroflexa, but they dif fer in the umbonate pileus, the larger spores and in having 0 purplish tint to the lamellae. BoLETINUS APPENDICULATUS. Pileus fleshy, convex, glabrous, ochraceous-yellow, the margin appendiculate with an incurved membranous veil, flesh pale-yel- low, unchangeable; tubes rather small, yellow, their mouths an- gular, unequal, becoming darker or brownish where wounded ; stem solid, slightly thickened at the base, yellow; spores pale- yellow, oblong, .0004 to .0005 in. long, about .00016 broad ; pileus 4 to 8 in. broad; stem 2 to 3 in long, 4 to 6 lines thick. Under or near fir trees. Washington, September to Decem- — ber. Yeomans. BOLETUS TABACINUS. Pileus fleshy, convex or nearly plane, subglabrous, often ri- mose-areolate, tawny-brown, flesh at maturity soft and similarly colored; tubes concave or nearly plane, depressed around the stem, their mouths small, angular, colored like the pileus; stem subequal, solid, reticulated, concolorous; spores oblong oF sub- 7 fusiform, .0005 to .00055 in. long, about .0002 broad; pileus 2-5 _ to 5 in. broad; stem 1.5 to 3 in. long, 6 to 10 lines thick. ES Along roadsides. Alabama. May. Underwood. : The species is referable to the section Calopodes, but the tubes are more or less depressed about the stem. It is well marked by — its color which is some shade of brown or tawny-brown through : out, inclining at one time toward wood-brown, isabelline-brown OF — broccoli-brown, at another toward sepia-brown, The flesh in the : dried specimens appears a little darker than the surface of the pileus. It is almost tomentose in texture. 2 : PoLyrporus BARTHOLOMAEI. eee _ Pileus thin, rather soft but tough, obovate or subspathula 419 azonate, unpolished, thin on the margin, narrowed behind into a flattened stem-like base, whitish; pores small, short, subrotund, decurrent, whitish ; pileus 6—10 lines broad, about 1 line thick. Decaying sticks and chips on damp ground. Kansas. July. Bartholomew. This plant resembles Polyporus humilts in size, color and general appearance, but it differs from it in texture. The notes of the col- lector say that the pileus ishygrophanous. Inthe dried specimens its upper surface appears almost as if minutely tomentose or velvety pubescent. The margin beneath is sterile. TYLOSTOMA PUNCTATUM. Peridium subglobose, flattened and umbilicate at the base, the external peridium falling away above, persistent at the base, the internal peridium papery but rather firm and tough, minutely and irregularly punctate-pitted, whitish, the mouth slightly prominent, small, lacerated; stem cylindrical, obscurely squamose or rimose- Squamose, sulcate-striate above, hollow, subferruginous, white within ; spores pale-ferruginous, globose, minutely warted or rough- €ned, .00016 to .0002 in. broad, the threads of the capillitium hya- Ine, sparsely branched, .0003 to .0004 in. broad, broader than the Spores, the ends obtuse or subtruncate, occasionally thickened ; Spores globose, .00016 to .0002 in. broad ; plant 1 to 1.5 in. high, Peridium 5 to 6 lines in diameter ; stem about 2 lines thick. Sandy ground in pastures. Kansas. July. Bartholomew. The peculiar character of the species is in the minute punctate pits or impressions in the inner peridium. These are somewhat Scattered and unequal and are similar to those seen in the seed Coat of some species of Lithospermum. I find no mention of such a character in any of the published species. CLAVARIA PLATYCLADA. Clubs caestipose, more or less connate at the base, simple or forked, rarely with one or two irregular branches, solid, com- Pressed, tapering below into a whitish base, canary yellow, white within, the tips flattened, obtuse, becoming brownish with age; Spores globose, .0002 to .00024 in. broad. Tufts 3 to 4 in. high ; clubs 2 to 4 lines wide, scarcely more than 1 line thick. Woods. Maine. September. Harriet C. Davis. : The species is closely allied to Clavarta fusiformis, from which It is separated by its solid, obtuse, compressed and often forked or branched clubs tapering below into a whitish base. 420 PEZIZA ODORATA. Cups .§ to 3 in. broad, gregarious or scattered, thin, sessile, rather brittle when fresh, shallow expanded or even convex from the decurving of the margin, at first brownish, then white or whit- ish, the hymenium ochraceous-brown; asci cylindrical, opening by a lid, .o1 to .o12 in. long, .0006 to .ooo8 broad, paraphyses filiform, obscurely septate, slightly thickened at the tips; spores elliptical, even, .0008 to .0009 in. long, .0004 to .0005 broad. Ground ina cellar. Maine. June. F. L. Harvey. The plant when fresh has a peculiar fungoid odor suggestive of that of chestnut blossoms. The species is apparently allied to P. Petersu,from which it may be distinguished by its larger spores and distinct but peculiar odor. The spores also are not binucleate, as in that species. In drying, the hymenium is apt to become blackish. ; SLEROTINIA INFUNDIBULIFORMIS. Cups thin, regularly infundibuliform, glabrous, stipitate, rugose, bay-brown; hymenium even, bay-brown; stem long, slender, flexuous, attenuated downwards, colored like the cup, sometimes a little darker toward the base, yrowing from a small wrinkled black sclerotium; asci cylindrical, 8-spored, .005-.006 in. long, .0004—.0005 broad; spores elliptical, .c005 in. long, .00025 broad ; paraphyses filiform, slightly thickened at the apex; cups 3-4 lines broad and high ; stem about 6 lines long. Wet woods. Newfoundland. August. Waghorne. Further Observations on Antidromy, By GEORGE MACLOSKIE, It was shown in the BuLteTin of last year (p. 389, 466) by = examples drawn from a large number of orders of Phaenogams, that there are probably two castes, a dextrorse and a sinistrorse, of every species. This “ antidromy”’ was also traced generally to 4 diversity of the embryo in the seed, depending on whether it grows on one or other margin of a carpellary leaf. A further explanation, then only suggested, proves to hold in many cases: namely, that a forking rootstock produces antidromic plants on ~ the two branches of the fork. This last explanation applies tO — such cases as Richardia, Podophyllum, Nuphar, Helonias, Chaemae- 421 4rium and many other Liliaceae, and Carex (whose tussocks, aris- ing from a common stock, consist of relatively antidromic plants). This fact may have a bearing on the problem of homology of seeds and root-buds, and may suggest a diversity between sub- terranean and ordinary cauline buds. During the past summer I have enlarged my range of ob- servations on this subject by help of the great botanical gar- dens and museums of Europe, and have found light on some difficult points.* Among the numerous additional evidences of antidromy I may cite many Cactaceae (as Mammiillana), Tamarix Gallica, Screw Pines (Pandanus utilis, etc.). and gener- ally the palms. Dr. Urban, of the Berlin Botanische Museum, has published papers on the spirally twisted fruits of species of Medicago, and of certain genera of Loasaceae. His monograph of the genus Medicago shows that most of the species have a sinis- trorse twist, a few (as MW. tuberculata) mostly dextrorse; and he knows of no clear case of one individual plant having two kinds of twists among its fruits. These results on the whole harmonize with the general rule of antidromy; and they seem to be well es- tablished by his large collection of specimens which he kindly Showed me. [I also examined living specimens of this genus in the Botanische Garten, but failed to correlate the spirality of the fruits with the phyllotaxy of the plant which bare them: this failure was due to the difficulty of deciding the order of phyllotaxy of such straggling plants. His paper on Loasaceae brings out the interesting facts that in some of the species the fruits are spirally twisted, the direction of the twisting being either one for a, species (several Species of Cajophora), or constant in a genus (Blwmen- bachia) and dextrorse or locally specialized, all the plants from one locality being alike, but different for the same species between different localities ( Sclerothrix); or the fruits following one an- other in one specimen may be antidromic (species of Cayophora). *T beg to express my thanks for courtesies extended by the officers of Kew Gar- dens, England ; of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris; by Mr. F. A. Bather, of the Natural History Museum, London; Herr Otto Miiller, of the Botanische Garten of the Uni- Versity of Strassburg; and Dr. Ign. Urban, of the Museum der Koenigl, Botan. Go: ‘en of Berlin. I may explain that in quoting Dr. Urban I render his word “ dextrorse by “sinistrorse ” and conversely, so as to turn his terminology into conformity with Our method of designating the spiral thread of a common screw as « dextrorse.” 422 Of these plants I examined the living Blumenbachia /ueronyma Urb., and found that whilst all its fruits were dextrorsely twisted, as he had stated, its foliage shows true antidromy. Though the leaves are opposite, only one of a pair bears an axillary pedicel, and in some plants the leaves having a pedicel form a dextrorse, in others a sinistrorse spiral. Thus the plant is found to have anti- dromy in its foliage, and monodromy of its carpels. (In other cases, ¢. ¢., /mpatiens, and Prosopis carpels as well as foliage are an- tidromic and very frequently the anthotaxy, or order of growth of the components of an inflorescence, is antidromic.) There are very many torsions in plants which have no relation to antidromy, and which are usually constant in all individuals of ‘a species; as is Convolvulus, Hop, etc. Canna proves to be of this kind; its numerous species and many thousands of specimens growing in the Jardin des Plantes, all have the young leaves dl- vectly enfolded (that is clock-wise) ; Musa is similar, but the case is different with A/ve, as all its young leaves are folded in the same direction in one plant, but antidromically as between different plants. The trunks of the Horse Chestnut, and of Catalpa, are always twisted dextrorsely ; this is best seen in old trees, and is very ob- vious in the miles of old trees of Horse Chestnut, which extend from St. Cloud towards Versailles. Each trunk is fluted and strengthened by rounded pilasters representing the continuation downwards of the large branches, and always dextrorsely twisting. As the leaves are opposite, we cannot readily determine the order of phyllotaxy. But the seeds even when viewed from the out. side are easily seen to be of two kinds, the radical of one turning towards your right, of the other towards your left. Even the small winged seeds of Catalpa have a mark which betrays the di- versity ; and also the opposite leaves of Jacaranda obtusifolia H. B.K., of the same Bignoniaceous order with Catalpa, has its oppo site leaves arranged in spiral orthostiches, which leave no doubt as to the antidromy. The leaf-scars and cone-spirals of Gymnosperms conclusively prove their title to a place in the realm of antidromy, not only the pines and araucarias, but the various genera of Cycads, a5 Cycas, Zamia, Ceratozamia, Encepholartos, are uniformly anti- ‘ 423 dromic (the peculiar habit of Gnetaceae obscures the evidence with them). Of still greater interest were the coal-plants and the mod- ern tree-ferns. In the South Kensington Museum of Natural History I found Lepidodendron Sternbergit and Sigillaria tesselata clearly antidromic, the leaf scars forming different spirals, and sin- istrorse and dextrorse specimens of each being seen. Of the fruits of Palacoxyris carbonaria some were twisted in one way, some in the other way. The fact that some of the fossils have regularly bilateral markings received a curious illustration from the tree- ferns. We have in Princeton a piece of fern-stem (an A/sophila) with its scars absolutely symmetrical. But in Kew Gardens Mu- scum and in one of the greenhouses in Paris I saw tree ferns (Cyathea Schauschii Mart. and Alsophila Brunoniana Wall.) hav- ing about 10 feet of the lower part antidromic, that is dextrorse and sinistrorse in different plants, and the upper part of the same stems closely beset with symmetrically placed scars. This shows how the primitive antidromy may become exhausted, and may disappear, or even as in A&sculus, may be overlaid by a different kind of spirality subsequently acquired. I should add that Herr Otto Mueller of the University Gardens of Strassburg informed me that he has often observed the duplex Order of phyllotaxy, though he had never seen any reference to this in print. PRINCETON, September 29, 1896. Botanical Notes. Coleosporium Campanulae (Pers.) Winter. While visiting at Earlville, Madison county, N. Y., the present summer, I found the common Campanula vrapunculoides everywhere covered with this fungus, which does not seem to have been reported from this coun- try, although it is common in Europe on this and other members of the Campanulaceae. Subsequently Mr. F. L. Stevens has sent me some of the same fungus collected at Jamesville, Onondaga county, N. Y. It is likely to be found elsewhere as soon as at- tention is called to it. L. M. UNDERWooD. 424 Notes from Binghampton, N.Y. During the present year the botany of this section has been enriched by the discovery of sev- eral plants new to the region, and by the addition of several interesting facts regarding more common ones. On May 31, 1896, I found a considerable amount of the mouse-ear hawkweed (/. Pilose/la L.) growing on a dry bank near New Milford, Susquehanna county, Pa. The plant is reported to be not uncommon in that locality. A dry wooded hill within the city limits of Binghampton, yielded an abundance of Silene antirrhina divaricata Robinson, in July. Linnaea borealis was found on July 4, 1896, at Killawog, Broome county, N. Y., altitude, 1050 feet. The plant is re- ported from several points in this latitude, but so far as 1 am aware, always from higher elevations. On the 12th of July 1896, a large swamp filled with Wood- wardia Virginica was noted ten miles north of Binghamton. This fern is very rare in this part of the Susquehanna Valley. The only other station known to me was found by Mr. James A. Graves at Susquehanna, Pa. Orontium aquaticum, previously known to grow here, has been found in much larger quantities ina swamp. On the borders of certain small lakes in the territory south of us, this plant is very abundant, but in all situations where it grows the fact that it is an introduced species seems apparent. The corn-speedwell (Veronica arvensis) has become quite a. weed in cultivated grounds. It differs from the usual V7. arvensis in producing deep blue blossoms. The stipules of Porteranthus trifoliatus are supposed to be small and awl-shaped, but in this locality specimens are common with ovate-lanceolate incised stipules three-quarters of an inch in length. Ranunculus repens, which occurs occasionally in wet. places, has taken up its abode in several lawns about the city. In such © situations the leaves are white-spotted and close to the earth and the stems are flat on the ground and root at every joint. The — : whole plant is so low that the lawn mower will not. touch it, and | _ in consequence is hard to eradicate. Wi.itarp N. CLuTE. 425 Cleome serrulata spreading eastward —This western species has now obtained a foothold east of the Mississippi River. I have noticed scattering plants for several years past, growing on the sandy banks of the above river at Rock Island, Ill., and apparently perfectly at home. A botanical friend informs me that it has crossed the river and become well established at East St. Louis, Ill. This showy plant will make a charming addition to our way- side denizens. Frank E. McDonacp, Asplenium ebenoides, the rarest of our ferns, has recently been collected by me at Blacksburg, Va. My field notes are published in the October number of the « Linnaean Fern Bulletin.” W. AcpHonso MurriLt. Proceedings of the Club. Tugspay Eveninc, Ocroser 13th, 1896. Vice-President Lighthipe occupied the chair and there were 33 persons present. The following were elected active members : Mrs. George Such, South Amboy, N. J. Mrs. Edward C. Bodman, 835 Madison Ave., N. Y. City. Miss Olive M. Ewing, Long Branch City, N. J. _ Prof. L. M. Underwood, Columbia University. Dr. A. Emil Schmidt, 448 East 59th St. Prof. Francis E. Lloyd, Forest Grove, Oregon. Mr. J. A. Lindbo, Stanton, Nebraska. Mr. Martin Bimbaum, 939 2d Ave., N. Y. City. Dr. Britton reported for the Field Committee that the field meetings during July and August, which during previous years had been unsuccessful as regards attendance, have this year been entirely successful. Miss Ingersoll reported for the Herbarium Committee that a number of specimens had long needed mounting and placing in the herbarium. After discussion, it was unanimously resolved that the sum of ten dollars should be appropriated to pay for this work. Dr. Britton spoke of the numbers of the Buttetin which were out of print and stated that this want interfered with filling orders 426 for sets of that journal. He had thought of offering the early vol- umes of the Memorrs to the more recently elected members, to complete their files, at a reduced rate, the proceeds to go toward the reprinting of missing BuLLETIN numbers. The proposition was discussed by Judge Brown. It appeared that about $200 would be required for this purpose. It was unanimously resolved that the editor be authorized to exercise his judgment about carry- ing out the proposed plan. The regular program of the evening was then taken up. Judge Addison Brown, “Notes from Connecticut;’ Miss Helen M. Ingersoll, « Notes from the Palisades;” Dr. J. K. Small, « Notes from the Southern Alleghenies;” Rev. L. H. Lighthipe, “Notes from Florida;” Dr. H. H. Rusby, “ Notes from Ven- ezuela.” Dr, Rusby also exhibited specimens of fruits preserved fresh and unaltered by the use of formalin. Prof. Lucien M. Un- derwood remarked upon fern collecting in Florida and Alabama. Dr. Britton spoke of his summer’s work, which had included but a small amount of field observation, but had consisted chiefly in the proof-reading of the //ustrated Flora and in perfecting the plans for the Botanical Garden. He exhibited some diagrams showing tentative plans for the large greenhouse. Mrs. Britton spoke of her observations and collections in Pennsylvania and in the Adirondacks. * Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. Arnold, F. Labrador. Pamph. pp. 18. Munich. Jl. 1896. List of 127 species of lichens, collected by Mr. Waghorne in Labrador. Coville, F. V. Crimson Clover Hair-balls. Circ. 8. U. S. Dept- Agric. Div. Bot. pp. 4. 1896. _ Account of balls of the hairs of Zrifolium incarnatum formed in the stomachs of horses. Dallas, Mrs.G.M. Minnewaska’s Flora. Pamph. pp. 13. Jl. 1896. List of species observed. Dana, Mrs. W.S. Plants and their children. 8vo. pp. 272. /. 277- _ American Book Co. 1896. Davidson, A. Catalogue of the Plants of Los Angeles county, Cal. Part 1, Phaenogamia. Pamph. pp. 36. 1 Jl. 1896. List of species, with notes on distribution. ; 427 Davy, J. B. Zpilobium spicatum in the Bay Region. Erythea, 4: 151. 10. 1806. Davy, J. B. Note on Rubus leucodermis. Erythea, 4: 151, 152. 1 O. 1896. Eastwood, A. Report ona Collection of Plants from San Juan County, in southeastern Utah. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (II.) 6: 270-329. AZ. “Sioa Ane with novelties in Polygala, Psoralea, Mentzelia, Hous- tonii, Grindelia, Erigeron, Dicoria, Cnicus, Atriplex and Eriogonum. Eastwood, A. New Stations for new Plants. Erythea, 4: 151. 1 O. 1896. Galloway, B. T. The Pathology of Plants. Exp. Sta. Rec..7: 725- . 735- 1896. Notes on lines of investigation. Gurke. LMibiscus Lindmani. sp. nov. Notizb. K6én. Bot. Gart. Ber- lin, 1: 180. 1 Au. 1896. A new species from Paraguay. Hasse, H. E. Lichens of the vicinity of Los Angeles.—-IL... Erythea, 4: 96-98. 1 Je. 1896. Hasse, H. E. Lichens of the vicinity of Los Angeles.—IV. Erythea, 4: 150, 151. 1 O. 1896. Hitchcock, A. S. Grasses of Kansas. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 1893~'94: 135-146. 18096. Annotated list. Hooker, J.D. Pilocarpus Jaborandi. Curt. Bot. Mag. p/. 7483. J). 1896. Hooker, J. D. Solanum cernuum. Curt. Bot. Mag. p/. 7497. Au. 1896. MacMillan C. Some Considerations on the Alternation of Genera- tions in Plants. Pamph., pp. 41. Lincoln, Nebr. 1896. Read before the botanical seminar of the University of Nebraska. Meyen, F. Einiges iiber die schénen Kaktus-Arten auf der West- kiiste von Siid-Amerika. Monatsschr. Kakteenkunde, 6: 138-140. 20 S. 1896. Morgan, A. P. The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley.—IV. Journ. Cine. Soc. Nat. Hist. 19: 73-110. pl. 17-15. Au. 1896. Descriptions and figures of the Physaraceae. : . 428 Patouillard et Hariot, P. Liste des champignons récoltés en Basse-. Californie par M. Diguet. Journ, de Bot. 10: 250-252. p/. 2. 1 Au. 1896. Enumeration of 13 species. Batarrea Digueti new. Rothrock, J. T. Red Pine, Norway: Pine. Forest Leaves, 5: 152. pl. 2. Au. 1896. With two illustrations of Pinus resinosa. Small, J. K. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States.—VI. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 295-301. 20 Au. 1896. New species in Xides and //ysanthes with revision of N. A. species of latter genus. Smith, A. A. The Development of the Cystocarp of Grifithsia Bor- . metiana. Bot. Gaz. 22: 35-47. pl. J, 2. 31 Jl. 1896. Swingle, W. T. Bordeaux Mixture. Bull. Dept. of Agric. Div. Veg- Phys. and Path. 9: pp. 38. 1896. Gives toxic effects upon fungi and algae. Walters, L. L. Erysipheae of Kansas. Trans, Kans. Acad. Sci. 1893’-94: 200-204. ~/. 2. 1896. Descriptions and figures of the species. Weber. Neue Kakteen aus Nieder-Kalifornien: Monatsschr. Kak- teenkunde, 6: 137, 138. 20 S. 1896. Waugh, F. A. The Pollination of Plums. Bull. Vt. Exp. Sta. 53: 44-66. 7.6. Au. 1896. Wheeler, C. F. Sisymbrium altissimum UL. Bull. Torr. Bot. en 23: 283. 20 Jl. 1896. Notes extension of range into Michigan. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 274. POTENTILLA SUBJUGA RYDB. ee eee eS ee ee ee eee BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 275. 3) \ i i} 4\ i x" \P Ns 1-5; POTENTILLA TENERRIMA RYDB, 6-10 P. MINUTIFOLIA RYDB. _ . Sa Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. {The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ] VotumE I. No. 4. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By N. L, Britton and H. 1. Rusby (1887), . . . . . . . 25 cents. No. 5. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton Sa ee . . , 2§ cents, No. 6. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South not yet completed.) No. 7. The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . 25 cents. No. 9. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L. Britton. The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888), . . 25 cents. No. 11, Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa, - Adans. By N. L. Britton (1889), ee ete 25 cents. No. 13. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton ot) Pane ee ek Bula, eek Ge Re ae . 25 cents. No. 15. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- ock (1890), . . eres De eee hel es 25 cents. No. 16. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton RISOO) io mee po Ce re. No. 17, The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents. No. 20. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton. ar (1891), ats Ore wee i PE EM ae agora orion ayer ao celta Weg ieee ats Sear 25 cents. “8. 21, Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong (1891), Cee ee ee ae 25 cents. No. 22, New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton IOO8 ys ak ; ote us _ 25 cents, No. 24. Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich Ries (¥808),° 0 . 25 cents. No, 25. A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus Meibomia occurring in the United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents VoLuME II. aoe No. 26. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpusand Rynchospora occurring in North America. By N, L. Britton (1892), 25 cents. No. 27, Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N. 25 cents, No, 29. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VL By N. L. Britton (1892), Pee etek Aes . 88 Conie. No. 30. Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L. N Britton (1892), . gar de eg acs 25 cents. ° 3%. A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. ei (1892 fees 3 aoe ey : PER reat ate Pet Ban ee 25 . No. 33. A New a of Listera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong (i892), ee sae seeds _ 25 cents. No. 35. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay, No, 37. Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John . Small N be 3) Mg hie ee eee ae 25 cents, 9 38. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. i Beitos RIBOS) i a oa ee a gs ee ste a nts. No. 39. Peis ast to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, 25 cents, Mo, 40. New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), 25 cents. 4. The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the A) moe epsgeopetn ed : tem. obn- Ks Small. (9863), 2.55 6 . pees rere No. 42. Notes Be shea ree ab titaaense and other Orders. ne P aorne Gh Morong (1893), . . See eet ee Ba © “ ‘ eae x ind oe netomat yee No. 43: No. 44. Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr (1893), a tg Reese ae 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum—Ili. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K. Seer CIS bee ea 3 25 cents. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other Species. By A. A. Heller(1894) ... |. .. . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit- ton (1894), ._. 2§ cents. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 — A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893), . . .- . . . 25 cents. A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America, By Anna Murray Vail (1894), eee ar ig UR a EY Tg he a em ge aS we ire ugk eis bet 25 cents. VotumE III. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution. Oy ki I ee ae a a ee 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum. comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . . . . 25 cents. The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents. A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), ._. 25 cents. New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. Ae) eI ree aS ee ee 25 A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By Cara ©, Carat ioe) Gs ; as on : Bee ited States, II. By John K. Small (1894), eS ae ee Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth he CAR ae 25 cents. The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894) 25 cen A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lafthyrus in North America. ee Theodore G. White (1894), Be er 25 cents. Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) .. . 26 cents. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small (1894), +s SS Some new Florida Plants, By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . - 25 cents: Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents: Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), a5 com A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By 25 cents. hee a pe er ae ee ee: (1895), 25 cents. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John 25 cent Vise ame We eee ok Se Physcomitrella patens, 2. On a Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegme serrata Sull. 3. Ona European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens. ©Y Elizabeth G. Briton ee ee 25 cents. 1895), ae ye, me Some new hybrid nia from the Southern States. By John K. Small VoLuME IV. No, 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents. No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton Ce) ss Pe Ge is Sa A Sh 25 cents. No. 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo, V. Nash (1895), 25 cents. No. 79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small (1895), Bg as ee ee 25 cents. *No. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).25 cents. No. 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.) 25 cents, No. 82, Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- der (1806). ns a a eS 6 ar No. 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail (1895 ). : ee SS 25 cents. No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. No. 85. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents. No. 86. Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species. By Eugene P. Bicknell. (1806), ale ae eee . 25 cents. No. 87. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax- ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896), . go 2B Cente: No. 88 A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . 25 cents, No. 89. Notes on some Florida Plants, II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), _. 25 cents. No, 90, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K. Small, (1896), . . rae ee <'s . 25 cents. No. 91, The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium), By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . 25 cents. No. 92. Newor noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V, Nash (1896), 25 cents. No. 93, OE£mnothera and its Segregates. By John K. Small (1896),. . . 25 cents. No. 94. A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J. Grout (1896),. . ; 25 cents. No. 95. Revision of the Genus Asiminain North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896). 25 cents. No. 96. Notes on Potentilla,1.,11. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) .. 25 cents. No. 97, A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896). 25 cents. No. 98. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K. Small (1896), oy, A ea . 25 cents. No. 99. Notes on Forentilla—III. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... . . 25 cents. No. 100. Ona new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded ‘with S$, AZary- landica, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896) eee ; 5 a1 as Cents. VoLuME V. No. tot. The Genus Cephalozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood ( 1896). 25 cents. No. 102, New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K. Small (1896). Title- The 25 cents. pages for Vols. I., II., III. and IV. can be supplied. Series as above listed will be supplied for $12. Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, May be had for $2. Address PrRor. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., Cambridge, Mass. National Herbarium Mounting Paper. ALL ARTICLES FOR SPRING CLASSES IN BOTANY New Devices in Presses, Collecting Boxes and Herbarium Cases. Send for New Price List. Everything Useful to Botanists ISSUED AUG. /5TH. AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA — OF THE — NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA, Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA. By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, with the assistance of SPECIALISTs in various groups. Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG- URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the SYNONYMY, the English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families. ie The First complete ILLUsTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For Students and all Lovers of. Plants. q Vol. I. now ready; royal 8vo, pp. XII.4-612; figured species, 1425; uncolored, FERNS to CARPET-WEED. Vols. II. and ILI. will appear during 1897. Price, $3.00 per Volume. Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers, Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York, or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York. CHARACEAE OF AMERICA. The third fascicle of the Second (systematic) part of the Characeae of America is ready. It contains descriptions and etchings of the follow- ing, to continue previous descriptions: (Vitella Leibergi sp. nov. ; Mu- cronata A. Br.; capitellata A. Br.; gracilis (Smith) Ag. (% ansilis Sp. nov.) ; ¢enuissima (Desv.) Coss. et Germ.; pygmaea A. Br.; nuta Allen (Maxceana sp.nov.) ; intermedia Ndst.; and Asa Grayana Schaffner. Price, $1.00. Part I. (general) is out of print. A new edi- tion will be prepared after the systematic part shall have been completed. oe . ALLEN, ‘ 10 Hast 36th St., New York City. — MEMOIRS .. FROM THE .., Department of Botany of Columbia College, VOLUME 1. a A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 3 Polygonum. By Dr. John K. Small. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates | Price, $6.00. For copies address, ee BY PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, | : COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY ESTABLISHED I85I. EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, : 205, 207, 209 ee Third Ave., Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone _ % a Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). - Prof. Jolly’s Specific ee Ret . ances, etc. Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., of Paris, Platinum. — ; Se, Bes ‘Tronesdorff’s: cS z Chemicals Be SPECIALTIES: -cRecreonapeat Apparatus, Normal Graduated Gla : ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem ian and German Glassware, Filter. Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’ Burners and Com bras Furnaces, — ont Chemicals. ‘for Sugar Chemists. : LABORATORY OUTFITS PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB. (1) THE BULLETIN. r This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with : _ many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. . Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. Back NuMBERS.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to ‘Tun on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years. The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa - ately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for _ §0 cents. The price of each is $1.00, Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed | Separately. Price of each $2.00. Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete. 3 (2) THE MEMOIRS. Ls ee webs ult — is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. a) numbers = — also be “75 cents. ws Pate Nox 4-i0n Seedinan Feaitn, By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds a Surrounding : _ Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. ; No. 2—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna - Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. del No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygata By William E. Wheelock, Price, 75 cents. ae SS Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter -ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. : No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacese with illustrations of , : the species. By Thos. Morong. Price $2.00. . By No, Bi ee Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel By Henry Price, 50 cents. me oro Se @ as index Hepaticarum Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien Underwood. Price, 75 cents. ~ No. 2,—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia dur during the Season 1892. FEES X Seat eet Ans Morey Ye Price, 50 cents. :; __No. 3.— An Enumeration ofthe Plants collecied in Bolivia by Miguel Bong Hay EL Rebs, . Price, 50 cents. — No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L. with three plates. _ ‘By Anna Stockton aa Price, : OP ae ‘ 1 NG. 5Slongmaph of Piya and related Genera. ByPA. Ryd erg. “| NOVEMBER, 1896, BULLETIN. ORREY BOTANI A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY _AND OTHER MEMBERS OF TH oe - 7 He oak CLUB, | ‘THE TORREY BOTANIGAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 1896. President, HON. ADDISON BROWN. Vice Presidents, T. F. ALLEN, M, D. > Rev. L, H. LIGHTHIPE. «Recording Secretary, ; Corresponding Secretary, HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL, College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia University, New York City. Editor, : . : Treasurer, | _N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN, _ Columbia University, New York City, 11 Pine Street, New York wee | Associate Editors, — . Z “EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph, B., _ ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Se.'Dx A A. HELLER. Curator, we arisen, ae HELEN M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. babel urea M. Dd. _ cg er 8 Cocotte on Finance, Ss 4 ees | eS Wat. WHEELOCK, MD. Committee on iieiileks CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. Dy _ 39F sith Street, New York City. 64 W. sobre, Nee See eer e Library ana Herbarium Committee, eo F "JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, . HELEN M. INGERSOI 4 Wil E, WHEELOCK, M.D, se Rev. iH, LIGHTHIEY a | Committees on the Locat Flora, oe > ? ‘Prov. THOS. Cc. PORTER, Ss “ELIZABETH G BRITTO: ; iB ra RUSBY, MD, ae oe BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Notes on Potentilla.—V. By P. A. RYDBERG. (PLATES 276, 277.) The Sudviscosae is a small group of low plants with many more or less spreading branches from the caudex, with a silky or hir- Sute pubescence, often intermixed with almost sessile glands, but not at all tomentose; with digitate leaves of 5—7 leaflets, and in fruit, with incurved sepals which enclose the large, but comparatively few achenes. The petals are more or less contracted at the base, ?. €., Semi-unguiculate, although indistinctly so in P. Wheeler. Porentitta WaEELERI Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 11: 148. 1876. The pubescence is quite densely silky, and the typical form is _ apparently without glands. The leaflets are obovate and crenate at the rounded summit, 1-1.5 cm. long. The petals are obcor- date, slightly contracted at the base, and a little exceed the Calyx. It has been collected in southern California, Arizona and _ forthern Mexico. A form connecting it with the next may be regarded as a variety or perhaps as a distinct species. It may be known for the present as : POTENTILLA WHEELERI VISCIDULA N. V. Subcaespitose, rather hirsute with spreading hairs, somewhat : glandular-granuliferous on the calyx, pedicel, etc.; leaflets shorter grand broader, generally less than 1 cm. long. — ene The following specimens have been seen: Arizona: C. G, Pringle, 1881; J. G. Lemmon, no. 158. 1881. 430 California: W. G. Wright, 1879; Coville & Funston, no. 1672. 189!. Pringle labelled his specimens Potentilla subviscosa Greene (near P. Wheeleri Wats.). I think, however, that it should be referred to P. Wheeleri rather than to P. subviscosa, as it does not have the dis- sected leaves and the subunguiculate petals of P. sudviscosa. PovrENTILLA suBviscosa Greene, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 8: 97. 1881. Differs from P. Wheeleri in the leaflets, which are deeply cleft into oblong divisions, and the middle one often 3-divided to near the midrib, in the petals which are more or less plainly un- guiculate and about one-half longer than the sepals, in the more . hirsute pubescence which is intermixed with numerous glands. It resembles closely the figure of P. Dombeyi in Nestler’s Mono- graph, but neither Nestler nor Lehmann mention anything con cerning the glands or the unguiculate petals. P. Dombeyi was de> 3: scribed from specimens from Chili, but has been reported from Mexico. I have not seen any specimens and doubt its existence there. P. subviscosa grows in Arizona and New Mexico. POTENTILLA RAMULOSA N. sp. Stems several from the thick perennial root, about 1 dm. high, scarcely exceeding the basal leaves, more or less hirsute, and branched. Stipules lanceolate, the lower scarious and brown, the upper herbaceous; basal leaves on hirsute petioles 5-8 cm. long, finely pubescent, in age shining; leaflets 5-7, obovate, coarsely and generally doubly toothed with somewhat divergent teeth, prominently veined beneath, the larger 5-7 cm. long. Flowers slender-pediteled in an open cyme; calyx and pedicels hirsute and with numerous sessile glands; bracts oblong, a little shorter than the oblong-ovate sepals; both distinctly veined, in fruit 10 curved and inclosing the rather few large achenes; petals obcor date, deeply emarginate and evidently contracted in a short claw ; stamens 15-20; pistils rather few; achenes striate. (Plate 27 6.) P. ramulosa resembles P. subviscosa, but is a much larger plant. The leaves, by their size, pubescence and form, remind one some” — what of P. Nuttallii and P. Blaskeana. The leaflets reach a length - ofeven 7 cm. The general habit, form of calyx and corolla, ete, e are those of P. sudviscosa, but the achenesare striate. The follow- ing specimens have been examined : 28 431 Arizona: J.G. Lemmon, no. 399, 1881; H.H. Rusby, 1883. The Concinnae have the same relationship to the iveae as the Aureae have to the Frigidae, t. e., they are Niveae with more than three leaflets. From the Sudbviscosae they differ by the tomentum on at least the lower surface of the leaves, and by their petals, which are not at all unguiculate. POTENTILLA CoNcINNA Richardson, Frank. Journ. 736. 1823. P. concinna resembles P. nivea in many respects, especially the variety quinquefolia, but is always more or less prostrate, and has broader petals and sepals. It is very variable as to the shape of the leaves. In the typical form the leaflets are obovate or cuneate and crenate, and slightly tomentose also on the upper surface. It ranges from Colorado to Utah and Saskatchewan. Potentilla concinna humistrata Rydberg, Cont. U. S..Nat. Herb. 3* 497 (P. concinna humifusa Lehm. Rev. Pot. 112. P. humifusa Nutt. Gen. 1: 310.) is a less spreading form with leaves that are green on the upper surface, but the two forms grade into each other in so many ways that it is useless to try to draw a line be- tween them. | P. CONCINNA DIVISA 0. V. P. nivea dissecta §. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 556, at least in part. 1873. Not 2 dissecta Pursh, 1814. _ Leaflets pinnately divided. In a few cases the leaves are also Pinnate rather than palmate. _ Dr. Watson included the three first specimens cited below in his P. nivea dissecta, but in every respect they are much nearer P. con- cinna than P. nivea, the sepals, petals and general habit being ex- actly that of the former. Rocky Mountains : Douglas. Montana : Howard. South Dakota: Jenney. 1875; W. H. Forwood, 1887; P. A. Rydberg, nos. 672 and 673. 1892. Assiniboia: John Macoun, no. 10,468, 1895. PoTENTILLA BICRENATA N. Sp. Low and simple from an erect scaly rootstock; stem — | 5-7 cm. high, about equalling the leaves, 1—3-flowered, nearly 432 leafless ; basal leaves on petioles 3-6 cm. long, digitately 5-foliolate, silky and greenish above, white-tomentose beneath; leaflets 4-2 cm. long, oblong-cuneate, margins entire, except at the very apex, where there are 2 (seldom 4) notches making the leaflet 3- (sel- dom 5-) toothed at the apex, the middle tooth generally the small-. est; flowers about I cm. in diameter; calyx silky; bractlets and sepals ovate or lance-ovate, the former smaller; petals obovate, merely truncate. It much resembles the preceding, but is more delicate, not at all spreading, has a subscapiform stem and smaller flowers, but the most striking difference is the form of the leaflets. New Mexico: C. D. Walcott, no. 66, 1883 (Type). Colorado: E. L. Greene, 1875. The Multjugae is a group of Potentillas in many respects re- minding us of the Multifidae. The leaves in both are pinnate with several leaflets, but the pinnae in the present group are generally much more numerous; the pubescence is hirsute, strigose or silky, always without any indication of tomentum, and the style is al- ways long and filiform. To this group belong P. Richardii Lehm., © from Mexico, differing from P. Plattensis mainly in the spreading pubescence, and the following North American species: PorenTILLA Pratrensis Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1+ : 439. 1840. The type specimens of Nuttall have light green leaves with 4-8 pairs of oblong-cuneate leaflets, dissected into broadly oblong obtuse segments 14 cm. long, and a stem that is more or less aS cending. In the more common form, however, the segments are often 34 cm. long, nearly linear and often acute, the stem more or less spreading and the flower-clusters very irregular. It may be a good variety. All forms of P. Plattensis are characterized by the stipules, which are unusually large for the size of the plant. Its range !$ from Colorado and Utah to the Saskatchewan, but it belongs t? the valleys of the high plains rather than to the alpine regions. POTENTILLA PINNATISECTA (Wats.) Aven Nelson, Bull. Wy. Exp. St. 28: 104. 1896. : P. diversifolia pinnatisecta Wats. King’s Rep. 5: 87 (in part), = 1871. 433 P. ovina James Macoun, Can. Rec. Sci. The specimens from which P. diversifolia pinnatisecta were de- scribed, viz: Watson’s nos. 331 and 332 of the King Expedition illustrate, I think, not less than three different species. In the Gray Herbarium, no. 331 is represented as it seems by a typical P. Plattensis. This is doubtless the reason why Watson afterwards transferred the var. pinnatisecta to that species. No. 332, which Watson, in King’s Report, characterizes as an alpine more hairy form, is there represented by a specimen of what James Macoun describes as P. ovina. This may be regarded as the typical P Pinnatisecta, as the other forms of the collection are already named In the Columbia Herbarium, no. 331 is represented: by an un- usually large form of P. pinnatisecta (P. ovina Macoun) and no. 332 by a depauperate specimen of P. Brewer expansa Wats. The main differences between P. Plattensis and P. pinnatisecta are well pointed out by Prof. Nelson, /. c., only that his character- izing of P. Plattensis refers rather to the most common, more pros- trate form with narrow segments, mentioned above, and that his Specimens representing P. prnnatisecta are unusually large, less hairy and with longer segments than usual. The typical form is sub- Caespitose, seldom over 1 dm. high, with nearly leafless flowering Stems, smaller stipules than in P. Plattensis, and a densely hoary pubescence, especially when young. It ranges from Colorado and Utah to British America, and is astrictly alpine plant. POTENTILLA MILLEFOLIA N. sp. Low, prostrate or spreading ; stems numerous from the caudex, about 1: dm. long, few-leaved, only a little exceeding the basal leaves, appressed-strigose, often sparingly so. Lower stipules lanceolate and scarious and brown, the upper ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, green, often 2-3 cleft. Basal leaves pinnate, of Many pairs, sparingly strigose-ciliate, nearly as long as the stems; Stem-leaves much reduced. Leaflets divided nearly to the base into linear subulate divisions, which therefore look as if verticillate. Pedicels slender, 1-2 cm. long, in fruit abruptly reflexed below the Strigose-hirsute calyx. Bractlets and sepals lanceolate, acute, the former slightly smaller. Corolla 12-18 mm. in diameter. Petals obcordate, deeply notched, longer than the sepals. Stamens about 20. Achene smooth, with a slender filiform nearly terminal style. (Plate 277, figs, 1-5.) 434 P. millefolia most resembles P. Plattensis, but differs in the long and very narrow segments of the leaves, the reflexed fruiting calyx and the longer sepals. The following specimens have been ex- amined: California: J.G. Lemmon, 1873, 1874, and no. 86, 1875 (Type); E. L. Greene, no. 750, 1876; J. W. Congdon, no. 277, 1880. PoTENTILLA MULTIJUGA Lehm. Rev. Pot. 29, 1856. This species has been lost for about 40 years. As in the col- lections of this country there were no specimens of a Potentilla whose leaves resembled those of Lehmann’s plate, and as those of the latter resembled the leaves of Horkelia cuncata, most botan- ists have cited P. multijuga as a synonym of that species, and even Professor Greene, in Flora Fransiscana, has adopted the name. It is not very likely that such an acute observer and eminent botanist as Dr, Lehmann would have figured a //or- kelia with true Potentilla flowers. In two collections, viz., those of. the National Herbarium and the herbarium of Harvard University, I have found a Potentilla that answers Lehmann’s description and plate, except that the plant is more rank and the leaflets are larger, more irregular in form and position. P. multyuga resembles much P. Plattensis, but the leaflets are more numerous, 8-13 pairs, obovate-cuneate and toothed only toward the apex, and the sepals broader ovate and abruptly con- tracted at the apex. The leaflets in Lehmann’s figure are about 2 cm. long; some in the latter specimens are nearly 1% decimeter- Lehmann’s figure illustrates an undeveloped specimen about 2% dm. high. Some of the better developed specimens are 34 ™- high, with leaves 3 dm. long. ‘ PorentiLLa Drummonpit Lehm. Nov. Stirp. Pug. 2: 9. 1830: Watson included this in P. dissecta. As he had only compara- tively poor specimens, with few, more approximate leaflets, it was not strange that he did so, especially with his tendency of uniting — forms somewhat related. Had he had such specimens as those collected by Suksdorf, or the one from which Lehmann'’s figure waS drawn, I doubt if he had done it. Such well-developed speci ‘mens have pinnate leaves of 3-5 rather distant pairs of leaflets, 435 very large stipules resembling those of P. Plattensis and a large calyx which is strongly hirsute. From P. Plattensis and the other species of the group it differs in the stoutness of the plant, which is 3-6 dm. high and by the fewer (2-5 pairs) and larger leaflets, which are from 3-6 cm. long, and the acute teeth. It is a rare Species. The only specimens seen are the following : ' Washington : W.N. Suksdorf, no. 539. 1875. Oregon: Elihu Hall, no. E35. 1878, California : J. G. Lemmon, no. 1200. 1875. British Columbia: John Macoun, no. 32. 1890. Rocky Mountains of British America: E. Bourgeau, 1858. Phyllotaxy as a Guide to Plant Analysis. By A. L. BENEDICT. There are few discrepancies in teaching more striking than the Contrast between the elaborate discussion of leaf-arrangement in nearly all text-books and courses on Organography and the neg- lect of the subject in practical analysis. Omitting the leaves of cryptogams and the coniferae, two methods of arrangement are found, the verticillate or whorled and _the spiral, alternate or scattered. The words verticillate and Whorled are really the same, if we seek their root. The term scar- tered is highly objectionable, since it suggests that the leaves occur haphazard, but nowhere in botany is a more exact mathematical System followed than in the putting forth of leaves. The term alternate should, from its meaning, be limited to the simplest va- riety of spiral phillotaxy, in which the leaves occur, first on one Side and then on the other, of the stem. If we conceive the outer layer of the stem to be made up of a Number of columns of cells, we have a simple and lucid explana- _ tion of the decussation of adjacent whorls and of the spiral line in Which leaves are otherwise thrown out. The development of a leaf involves a tremendous expenditure of vitality and it is easy to understand why one whorl of leaves should issue from the columns Which have rested during the formation of the preceding whorl, | 436 and why, in the other form of phyllotaxy, the effort should take place in relays till the first column is again reached. ne Considering the number of primitive leaves in the seed, it is obvious that we must regard the normal phyllotaxy of exogens as originally whorled and with two leaves in a whorl, while the leaves of endogens have, at first,aspiral arrangement. This conception, however, must not be taken as a practical guide for the study of mature plants, as it would prove misleading in a large proportion of cases. It isalso obvious that the flower is, in nearly every 1n- stance, a compact series of whorls, whatever the arrangement of the foliage leaves. The whorled phyllotaxy is very simply subdivided, according to the number of leaves ina circle. This number, omitting the primitive leaves and the flowers, is the same for every whorl of any individual, although it may differ in individuals of the same species. For example, I have found growing within a few feet of one another, Lupazoria with five, six and seven leaves, respectively, in a whorl; yet all were of the same species (Z. purpureum, I be- lieve). and, from their proximity, may very probably have grown from seeds of the same plant. Like almost every botanical fea- ture not connected with the flower, phyllotaxy is a very unreliable guide to generic and family grouping. Thus, all the mints have opposite leaves, but the closely-allied family of figworts includes examples of both general kinds of phyllotaxy; none of the genera of the composite family embrace species illustrating both kinds, but the genus Cornus includes both alternate-leaved and opposite- leaved dog-woods. My notes on phyllotaxy as a guide to analysis, relate almost without exception to the trees of North-eastern America, and are supplementary to the excellent table of Charles S. Newhall. All subsequent statements, must, therefore, be understood with this qualification. First of all, is to be noted a great preponderance of the spiral phyllotaxy, there being only seven genera represented, with Opp? site leaves—Acer, Negundo, Fraxinus, AEsculus, Viburnum, Chito- nanthus, and the single species, florida, of Cornus. Catalpa is the =) _ only instance of a tree with more than two leaves in a whorl, hav- a _ ing usually three (but sometimes only two.—Wood). 437 Although not strictly belonging in a discussion of phyllotaxy, ‘the arrangement of leaflets is an interesting and valuable guide to the study of our native trees. The palmately compound leaf is Tepresented only by the genus AZsculus, whose leaves are also ‘Opposite. Of the trees with pinnately compound leaves, only two — Senera, /raxinus and Negundo, belong to the opposite-leaved Stroup, and of all the trees with compound leaves there are but ‘two with abruptly pinnate leaves, namely, Gleditschia and Gym- nocladus, in which the compounding is also carried to the second -or third degree. The spiral phyllotaxy is subdivided according to the number ‘Of leaves in a series, which may be considered as a whorl length- ‘ened out by the growth of the stem between the times at which leaves were put forth. The beginnings of the several series—or, ‘Of course, any corresponding leaves of different series—are in the Same perpendicular column. A series of any particular number Of leaves is also included in a certain number of spiral turns about the stem. Thus, the simplest series has its leaves arranged 1-2, 1-2, each leaf being half a circumference from the next and the Series of two leaves being completed in one turn. The next Series runs 1-2-3, 2-3, each leaf being a third of a circumfer- nce from its neighbor, so that this series is also completed in one Spiral turn. The next series contains five leaves, but each is 2 in- Stead of 4 of a circumference from the next leaf above or below, So that the series requires two turns about the stem before we réach a leaf directly above no. 1. It will be noticed that nature has “pparently formed this third series by adding together the number Of turns and the number of leaves of the two preceding series, just as little children would add the fractions ¥% and &%, numerator to numerator and denominator to denominator, and get the result % The next series, characterized by eight leaves and three spiral . turns, seems, likewise, to have been formed by adding the one- turn and three-leaf series to the two-turn and five-leaf series. A series higher still has 2 +3 turnsand 5 + 8 leaves. Beyond this, we may still imagine nature continuing to add numerator to nu- Merator and denominator to denominator, but the leaves become So densely crowded, that we cannot bring them into order and, hence, we term the arrangement a fascicle, or dwuch to translate 438 literally. It should be remembered that Nature never adds any but consecutive series together, and this is the best possible sup- port of our theory, that one series really is joined with the next one, the distance between the adjacent leaves being averaged so that each successive fraction represents the numerator to numera- tor and denominator to denominator addition of the two next sim- pler series. The elms, hornbeam, hop-hornbeam and beeches form a group by themselves. All have simple leaves, of about the same general outline, ovate or quite broadly elliptical, with acuminate apices, rounded bases and serrated margins, those of the elms and the hornbeam being bi-serrate, and, most remarkable of all, every one of this group has its leaves arranged on the %-spiral plan, with the additional peculiarity that the leaves of a branch lie in the same plane with the stem, as if already pressed. The basswood, buttonwood and mulberries have the same flattened spray, but the similarity of the individual leaves is not marked. The mul- berries are like the sassafras in having leaves of different shapes, some being broadly ovate, others resembling mittens, others being’ best described as “ double-thumbed” mittens. In following out 4 young branch—this phenomenon is not so distinct on older trees— the first leaves are of simple outline, then the thumb is formed on the side of the leaf away from the branch, then follows a similar mitten, but the two are right and left-handed, then a pair of leaves with “ thumbs” on both sides of the leaf, then a pair again right and left, with two fingers on the outer side and one on the inner side. Almost exactly the same arrangement may be seen on the sassafras. It seems that nature, setting out with a very simple plan, keeps improving upon it, always-adding the variations 0 the side away from the branch, so that there results a succession of pairs of leaves, identical except for being right and left-handed. So far as I know, no other native tree has leaves of different pat- tern, save for the slight variations always seen in natural objects of any kind. The study of the higher spirals is attended with considerable difficulty, the branches from which no leaves are missing being quite short, so that the leaves are apparently crowded into a fasci-- cle, while older branches are apt to be deformed by accidents. 1¢5: ies 439 is to be noted, also, that Nature seems to have followed in practice the theory by which we have explained her curious development of series. For example, a short willow branch seems to exemplify the % phyllotaxy, but a longer stem plainly shows a 2 arrange- ment. The plum and apple, similarly, are promoted by the care- ful student from the ; class to the 34 class; and the walnut and butternut, which we are at first tempted to consider examples of the 34 spiral, belong at least to the ;3, series, and the suspicion §TOws on us that, if we could find a perfect branch with a large number of leaves on it, we might ascend still higher in the range of spiral series. But it is of analytical value to be able to assign a plant to a place in one of two series, just as it is helpful to be able to say, “ such a leaf has from five to seven pairs of leaflets.” The tulip tree, oaks, hickories, staghorn sumach and alternate leaved dogwood (the last two being arborescent) have the 3 ar- fangement quite distinctly. In other instances the results were So conflicting, or the practical difficulties of obtaining good speci- mens were so great, that the summer closed before I could reach definite conclusions, if, indeed, it is possible to ascribe plants to . certain series in all instances. With the exception of the dogwoods, variations in phyllotaxy n€ver cross generic lines and seldom if ever infringe upon the limits of families, Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By ALBERT SCHNEIDER. It is thought advisable to give a review of Reinke’s paper on lichenology, because this author is doubtless the most competent advocate of modern scientific lichenology. Although much of the author’s discussion is based upon theory and the observations of others, yet the papers are of inestimable value to the special student, and we hope that they will be collected and issued in book form. Meanwhile it is hoped that this review may be found useful by « those English-speaking students who can not readily avail them- Selves of the original communications. 440 L Tuer PopEetium oF CLADONIA.* This paper is in reality a criticism of Krabbe’st monograph of the genus Cladonia. Krabbe maintains that the podetia belong to and are a part of the spore-bearing organs (apothecia). His conclusions are based upon the observation of the morphological charactersand the mode of development which, according to Reinke and other modern biologists, are not sufficient. Nor canthe mor- phological characters or structure be deduced from its develop- ment. Krabbe assumes that since the podetia of Cladomia origi- nate in a manner similar to the apothecia of Ramalina, Parmelia, Lecanora, etc., they must be apothecial structures, The entire discussion depends upon the points of view. Krabbe, having con- sidered the podetia from the morphological and developmental point of view, naturally comes to different conclusions from Reinke, who views the same structures from the physiological standpoint. It is an excellent example illustrating the necessity of combining morphology and physiology. Reinke very aptly states that if we allow morphology and development to dominate our investiga- tions we may come to the absurd conclusion that the floral leaves are foliage-leaves and, vice versa, that the foliage-leaves are floral leaves. Extending the illustration we might conclude that mosses are liverworts, and that fungi are algae, etc. Reinke be- lieves that the development of an organ should be represented as describing a curve which extends from the beginning to the point of maximum development of that organ. Allintermediary stages of development are to be considered, but the special importance is _to be attached to the fully developed structure. According to this view thallus, foliage-leaf, thorn, tendril, sepal, petal, stamen, pistil, should be represented as terminating at different points of the curve. With these and similar introductory considerations, the author finally enters upon the discussion of the podetia of (/2- donia. * Reinke, J. Abhandlungen iiber Flechten. I, Das Podetium von Cladonia. — Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, 26: 495-523. 1894. : + Krabbe, G. Entwickelungsgeschichte und Morphologie der polymorphen Few pes Cladonia. Fin Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Ascomyceten. Leipzig (A. Fe — ix). 1891. ee ‘ 441 Reinke contents himself with de Bary’s definition of the lichen- thallus ; de Bary designates it as the vegetative organ bearing the apothecia, spermagonia, and in certain instances also pycnidia. This rather negative definition is accepted by most modern lichen- ologists who define the vegetative organ as the structure whose Prime function is to take up and assimilate food-substances. Reinke also accepts, or at least expresses his disinclination to. change, de Bary’s definition of the reproductive organs; that is, the reproductive organs are the apothecia and spermagonia. If the experiments and observations of Stahl* and Sturgis} prove correct it would be more correct to speak of the carpogone and Spermagone as the reproductive organs ; but since it is highly pro- bable that the spermagonia are merely parasitic fungi, or since their true nature is as yet problematical, we have no scientific au- thority to designate them as reproductive organs. This difference of opinion does not have any important bearing upon the question under consideration. It is, however, evident that Reinke con- Siders the spermagonia as reproductive organs. Reinke recognizes two portions of the Cladonia-thallus: the horizontal portion which is also called primary thallus or proto- thallus, and the vertical portion, or the podetium of lichenolo- gists. The term thallus is quite generally applied to the horizontal or primary thallus, while the term podetium is retained to desig- nate the vertical thallus. In all instances the podetium takes its Origin from the gonidial (algal) zone of the horizontal thallus. Whether the beginnings of the podetium are due to a sexual act °F not, is not definitely known. Krabbe and Reinke are inclined to believe that it is nonsexual. Reinke, however, hints at a fos- sible sexual act represented by a fusion of the nuclei of two neigh- boring hyphal cells. The primary axis of the podetium is negatively geotropic, thus differing essentially from the transversely geotropic dorsi- ventral horizontal structure of the primary thallus. If the po- detia branch, it is found that the negative geotropism decreases with * Stahl, E. Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Flechten, I. and I1., Leip- zig, 1877, t+ Sturgis, W. C. On the Carpologic Structure and Development of the Collem- aceae and Allied Groups. Proceedings of the American Acad. 25: 1890. 442 the number of branchings. In cross section the podetium is seen to have a radial structure, hollow, bearing a gonidial zone just within the outermost protective (cortical) covering. The assimi- lative surface of the podetium is usually much greater than that of the thallus-lobe, from which it took its origin. Both Krabbe and Schwendener * look upon the two distinctive forms of thallus as a species of alternation of generation. Wainio + believes that the apothecial stalk is converted into a vertical thallus by a form of metamorphosis. A similar view is held by Reinke; that is, the podetium was originally an apothecial stalk (perhaps comparable to that of the Caliciaceae and of Bacomyces) which finally became metamorphosed into a true thallus. This metamorphosis was of such a nature that the increase in size and assimilative function of the podetium corresponded to a decrease in size and function of the primary thallus. : The author enters into a more detailed discussion of the mor- phological characteristics of the leading types of Cladoma for the purpose of illustrating the structural modifications of the podetium and its relation to the primary thallus and apothecia. Life-size figures of the types accompany this discussion. Reinke quite frequently speaks of “ fertile forms” when only “ pycnidia” are present, which shows conclusively that he considers these structures as reproductive organs coequal in importance to the apothecia. The fact that the pycnidia (and spermagonia) may occur on either the primary thallus or the podetium, while the apothecia occur on the podetia (excepting a few C/adonias which are said to have no podetia or only pseudo-podetia) does not seem to raise any question in the author’s mind as to the feasibility of considering the former as true sexual organs. This is only in passing, but it is well to remember that sexual organs are gener- ally not so variable in their occurrence and position on the vege tative portion as the pycnidia and spermagonia evidently are. Without going into further details the following summary may be given of Reinke’s reasons for assuming that the podetium is 4 thallus rather than a reproductive organ. : zur Wissenschaftlichen Botanik, 2: 169. 1860. } Wainio, Monographia Cladoniarum Universalis. Helsingfors, 1867. 443 I. A gonidial layer is present whose special function is that of assimilation. This is, however, not conclusive, since all apothecia with a thalloid exciple contain gonidia (algae), and therefore aid in the process of assimilation. 2. The extreme variability in the size and form of the pode- tium indicates that it belongs to the vegetative portion of the plant rather than the reproductive portion. Constancy in size and form is peculiar to the organs of reproduction. 3. The association of a large primary thallus with a small po- detium and, vice versa,a small primary thallus (or none at all) with > well developed, much-branched podetia seems to indicate that the podetium is specially adapted to supplant the function of the pri- Mary thallus. 4. Cladonias with highly developed podetia (C. furcata, C. rangi- Jerina, etc.) are quite generally sterile (devoid of apothecia) and with primary thallus rudimentary or wanting. It would be absurd to consider such plants as reproductive organs since their prime function is vegetative. Reinke admits that the podetia are phylogenetically derived from apothecia and thus in part agrees with Krabbe. The follow- ing are the main reasons for assuming that this is the case: I. Podetia are developed endogenously from the gonidial zone of the pr imary thallus, similar to the apothecia. 2. Podetia have a radial structure similar to apothecia and ‘pothecial stalks. This is in sharp contrast to the dorsiventral Structure of the primary thallus. 3. The apothecia occur upon the podetia. An apparent €x- ception is met with in C. miniata in which the apothecia seem to be sessile upon the upper surface or margin of the primary thallus. In this case the podetium has become much reduced, while the Primary thallus has become much enlarged. The general conclusion at which Reinke arrives is that the fo- aetium is a true lichen-thallus phylogenetically derived from t he apothecium. s 444 EE Tue SysTEMATIC POSITION OF LICHENS.* This paper is a critical review of lichenology since the time of Schwendener’s epoch-making investigations.| The author credits De Bary with first having indicated the dual nature of lichens by demonstrating that species of NMostoc and Chroococcus may be con- verted into gelatinous lichens upon becoming penetrated with the hyphae of certain parasitic Ascomycetes. It must be remembered: that as late as 1863 Schwendener still believed that the gonidia (algae) were developed upon lateral and terminal branches of the ° hyphae.t De Bary made his discovery in 1865. In 1868§ Schwendener accepted this view and added that all lichens were the result of the union of an alga with some fungus. As the re- sult of his investigations Schwendener concludes that lichens should no longer be considered as a distinct class, but as fungi _ parasitic upon algae (gonidia). He states: In development the vegetative organs and the organs of reproduction of lichens are 10 all respects similar to those of Ascomycetes.’ Reinke has always agreed with Schwendener in the belief that the gonidia of lichens- were true algae and the hyphae true fungi. Their opinions differed,. however, as to the relationship of the two organisms. Reinke was. not at all willing to look upon it as a form of ordinary parasitism. During the summer of 1872,in verbal communication with Griese- bach, Reinke pointed out that the relationship indicated a mu- tual benefit. While the alga supplied the fungus with assimilated food-substances, the latter supplied the alga with water, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulphur and mineral salts. The relation of the fungus and alga in the lichen was comparable to the relation of the root and the leaves of a tree. In order to distinguish this form of re- lationship (symbiosis) from parasitism (antagonistic symbiosis) it: was necessary to introduce a new term. Reinke and Grisebach gma * Reinke, J. Die Stellung der Flechten im Pflanzensystem. Pringsheim’s Jaht- biicher, 26: 524-542. 1894. +Schwendener, S. Die Algentypen der Flechten-gonidien. “Basel, 1869. Schwendener, S, Nageli’s Beitrige zur Wissenschaftlichen Botanik, 3: 133- 136. 1863. § Schwendener, S. Nageli’s Beitrage zur Wissenschaftlichen Botanik, 4: 195-~ . 202, 1868, | 2 445 finally hit upon the word « consortism” as being especially appro- priate. Reinke gives conclusive evidence that he has not been duly credited with first having pointed out the true conditions met with in the. lichen thallus, This credit is given to de Bary, who is generally supposed to have been the first to point out and explain the phenomenon of « symbiosis” * as it occurs in lichens, The author had, however, previously explained this condition in three - different publications.+ From these it is evident that De Bary was not the discoverer of the phenomenon now known as mutualistic Symbiosis, and that the term consortism antedates that of sym- biosis. Reinke explains his views with regard to the lichen-thallus More fully as. follows: «We have,,therefore, in the thallus of lichens, a consortism, the components of which form a unit, a mor- Phological individual, somewhat as the different tissues in a higher Plant unite to form the individual. The fact that the alga can ex- ist independently is dependent upon its ability to assimulate car- bon. In the state of consortism, at least in the heteromerous thallus, the alga is nourished by the enclosing fungus ; that is it receives from the hyphae the necessary minerals, nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen and water. The alga in return supplies the fungus with the essential carbon compounds. From this it is evident that the components (alga and fungus) are biologically associated, mutu- ally dependent upon each other, for the formation of the organic Substances required for the upbuilding of the common body.” The above is certainly conclusive evidence that Reinke had a cor- ect view of the mutualistic relationship of alga and fungus in the lichen-thallus and furthermore that he was convinced that the lichen formed an autonomous structure. The author expresses it as his opinion that the fungi of the higher Ascolichenes no longer exist independently, perhaps never ‘9 existed. The alga is, however, still able to lead an independent existence. It is also evident that there are free algae closely re- lated, if not identical with the gonidia of lichens. This fact is of Steat importance in the consideration of the phylogenetic devel- * De Bary, Die Erscheinung der Symbiose. Strassburg, 1879. t Reinke, J. Géttinger Nachrichten. p. 100. 1872. Reinke, J. Morphologische Abhandlungen. Leipzig, 1873. ; oo and Grisebach, A. S. Oersted’s System der Pilze, Lichenen und Algen. 446 opment of lichens. It is practically impossible to determine what free fungi are identical with the fungi of lichens. A\ll investigators in this line have met with very unsatisfactory results, a thing natur- ally to be expected. According to Tavel* the fungi of the Colle- maceae, Arthoniae and Lecideaceae are more or less closely re-. lated to the Patellariaceae. The relationship of the fungi of the Pertusariae, Lecanareae, Pannarieae, Umbilicarieae, Peltidiaceae, Parmeliaceae, Usneaceae, Cladoniaceae, Sphaerophoreae, Ephebeae and Lichineae is practically unknown. The Verrucarieae, De- campieae and Endocarpieae are related to the Amphisphaeriae, Sphaerelloideae. Such uncertainty is certainly very unsatisfactory Although there may be algae, such as Cystococcus humicola, Pleurococcus vulgaris, Nostoc lichenoides, etc., which only await the opportunity to unite with some fungus to form a lichen, yet it is evident that no true Ascomycete has the power to enter into such aunion. There is great uncertainty as to the exact method by which the first lichen or lichens were formed. The author makes the following hypothetical assumption: “In the beginning several lichens were formed by the union of true fungi with algae. Ac- cording to Moller} such a process is now going on in the case of Cora pavonia and the related forms of Dictyonema and Laudatea The gelatinous lichens are very likely the oldest forms of the Ascolichenes. Such a gelatinous lichen took its origin as the re- sult of the parasitic union of a fungus and a spherical colony of Nostoc lichenoides. The question of the origin of the fungus coin- cides with the question of the phylogenetic origin of parasitic fungi in general and need not be further discussed. The fungus which at first behaved: like a true parasite (antagonistic symbiosis) took its entire food-supply from the nostoc. The condition of mutualism (consartism) was a phylogenetic product ; perhaps due to natural selection or other formative causes resulting from the union of alga and fungus. From this proto-Col/ema other gelatinous lichens were evolved; finally also such with hetero- merous thallus. It is probable that in the course of phylogenetic rs *Tavel, F, Vergleichende Morphologie der Pilze, pp. 94 and 108. Jen% 1892. : } Mater, A. Ueber die eine Thelephoree, welche die Hymenolichenen: Cora Dictyonema und Laudatea bildet. Flora 77: 254-278, 1893. cae 447 processes the developing spores of gelatinous lichens acquired the ability to enter into a mutually symbiotic union with other algae. A. series phylogenetically derived from Collema may have taken an upward course, that is, proceeded from the lower to the higher, from the simpler to the more complex. As an example we may cite the natural series Col/ema, Leptogium, Hydrothyria, Peltigera. ft Stictina is derived from Peltigera, Sticta, which is evidently S#ctina with bright green algae, would also be included in the series. Every phylogenetically derived lichen-type constituted the beginning of a new series which may have proceeded upward or downward; that is in the direction of either higher or lower forms. In certain cases it is difficult to decide whether given lichens form the beginnings of a series or whether they are degenerate forms. Among such doubtful forms are included Biatora uliginosa, Thelidium minu- tulum, and species of Buellia and Arthonia. Many of these plants live parasitically upon other lichens, and no doubt bear a relation to these similar to the relation of Cuscuta and Monotropa to the chlorophyll-bearing genera of the same family. The above sum- mary leads to the conclusion that there is a natural system of lichens distinct from that of fungi. The author deplores the pernicious effect of Schwendener’s plan _ Of the arrangement of lichens. Asa result lichens received only casual mention in an appendix to the different groups of lichens. | Lichenologists (systematic) in general have strongly opposed Schwendener’s plan of classification. Although Reinke has always sympathized with these lichenologists, yet he regrets very much that they should have made their special attack upon Schwendener’s theory of the dual nature of lichens. The following is a brief summary of the leading items discussed in this Paper: 1. The true relation of fungus and alga in the lichen-thallus Was first pointed out by Reinke. 2. The term Consortism antedates the term Symbiosis. 3. Schwendener’s (De Bary’s) theory of the dual nature of lichens is fully accepted. : 4. Most of the algal types occurring in lichens have been Specifically determined. The fungal types no longer exist (at least in most cases) and can therefore not be determined. 448 5. A lichen is a phylogenetically derived morphological unit. 6. Lichens form groups of natural series phylogenetically de- rived from distinct prototypes. Lichens have, therefore a poly- phyletic origin. 7. Lichens differ from the fungi morphologically as well as physiologically. The following are the general conclusions at which Reinke arrives : 1. Although fully accepting Schwendener’s aa lichens are phylogenetically, morphologically and physiologically wholly dis- tinct from fungi, and it is therefore inconsistent to arrange them under fungi. 2. Lichens form a natural group coequal in systematic impor- tance with fungi and algae. Since Reinke has written this paper Schwendener in a pef- sonal interview with E. L. Gregory * stated that he had no objec- tion to the proposed plan of classification. Tubeuf, + as well as other recent authors, expresses the opinion that the lichen is an autonomous structure, a morphological unit. There are also strong objections, such as those cited by Lindau. t | A new Gymnogramme from Venezuela, with Remarks on some other Venezuelan Ferns. By B. D. GILBert. Last spring Dr. H. H. Rusby, Secretary of this club, and Mr. R. W. Squires, of Minneapolis, made a botanical trip to Vene- zuela together and brought back with them a large collection of pressed plants, among which were about two dozen species of ferns. This fall Dr. Rusby placed the ferns in my hands for iden- tification and it is found that although the collection is small it con- * Gregory, E. L. Notes on the Classification of Lichens. Bull. Tor. Bot. Club. 23+ 361. 1896, + Tubeuf, K. F, Pflanzenkrankheiten. p. 102. Berlin. 1895. —-$ Lindau, G. Die Beziehung der Flechten zu den Pilzen, Hedwigia, 34% 195 c 204. nee 449 tains a number of choice things. .Of course there are. several common species which grow throughout the Antillean.and South American tropics, such as Polypodium Phyllitidis and P. Plumula, Dryopteris trifohatum and D. macrophyllum, Nephrolepis acuta and J. exaltata, Asplenium serratum and A, cicutarium. But along with these are others by no means.so common, some. of which are deserving of special mention, - lenges The first of these in importance as well as interest is a new Gymnogramme belonging tothe sub-genus Se/liguea. Mr. Squires was particularly interested in collecting. ferns and other crypto- §@ms, and this species was gathered by him on the last day of the €xpedition, after all their other specimens were packed up. As Dr. Rusby says: «It was fired into a bale of paper on the fly, and dried itself. Two or three times afterward it was dropped aside and all but lost ; and it seems quite remarkable that it should have survived for a description.” Fortunately the specimens were finely fruited and.complete in every respect; and they enable me | to present herewith a full description of the plant. GyMNOGRAMME (SELLIGUEA) HETEROPHLEBIA N. sp. Rhizome wide-scandent, the younger part thickly clothed with long (14 in.) lanceolate acuminate bright brown.scales, the stipes Springing directly from the rhizome, the older portion of rhizome bearing short branches on which the stipes are tufted. Stipes single or two to three in a cluster from the same short branch of thizome, when single 34 to 1% in. apart, 14 to 1 in. long, clothed at base with same scales as rhizome. Rachis distinct from base to tip stramineous naked. Frond § -8 in. long, 7-144 in. broad, lanceolate-ovate point generally acuminate, but sometimes round and blunt, surfaces naked, edge €ntire or slightly wavy, lower part of frond shortly narrowed into Stipe ; color light brown, texture membranaceous. __ Veins of two kinds, primary ones raised, very distinct, running in wavy line from rachis two-thirds of way to edge. Also a finer Series forming irregular areoles between the main veins with oc- casional free veinlets included, exterior veinlets free and clavate just within the edge. : Sori extending in two series from base to tip, one sorus in 450 each space between the primary veins situated half way between the rachis and edge oblique, one to three lines long, one line wide. The affinity of this species is with G. membranacea HK., a native of the Malay and Philippine Islands. It differs from that species in having a short and stramineous stipe instead of one that is black and 2-6 in. long; also in the character of the veins, the primary veins not reaching the edge and the interme- diate ones being much less distinct. Such a wide geographical separation as lies between the Philippines and South America need not of necessity be a bar to identity of species, since we have such examples as Asplenium filix-foemina and Dryopteris mollis that extend almost the world around. But these instances are quite rare; and in the genus Gymmnogramme lam not aware of a single species that is common to both the eastern and western hemispheres. This fern enjoys the distinction of being thé nil species, in the section of Se//iguea to which it belongs, that is found in the western hemisphere. Out of 21 known species of Se//iguea, including this, only 4 are natives of the new world, and of these only one occurs in any abundance. The fact that Gymnogramme heterophlebia has never been detected before is good evidence that it is a rare plant; for although new species of ferns are still discovered occasionally, South America has been pretty thoroughly ransacked and any fern that has hitherto escaped observation may be safely ranked among the rarities of that family. This species happily illustrates the duplication of venation in different genera. If the sori were round instead of long the spe- cies would be a good example of the sub-genus Phymatodes in Poly- podium, and would stand not far from Phymatodes persicariacfolium Schrad. Another exceedingly interesting species in this collection is Adt- antum olivaceum Baker. This belongs to the sub-genus Hewardia. In 1840 John Smith, of the Royal Botanical Gardens at Kew, then acknowledged to be one of the ablest pteridologists of his day, read a paper before the Linnaean Society and published a description in Hooker’s Journal of Botany, in which he represented Hewardia as an entirely new genus from Guiana, which he dedi- cated to his friend Robert Heward, a Jamaica botanist of that pe- 451 tiod. The pinnules of the original Hewardia are from 4 to 8 in. long, and are characterized by having a continuous involucre all around the edge, The involucre, however, is that of Adiantum, and when Sir Wm. Hooker came to publish his Species Filicum in 1858 he stated that he could “not see thatit is agreeable to nature to sepa- rate a genus of ferns on account of the mere anastomosing of the veins of the pinnae.” By that time another species of Adiantum with reticulated veins had been discovered on the Pacific side of tropical America, and Hooker only noted the two by putting them inasection by themselves. Butten years later, when the Synopsis Filicum was issued, he made a sub-genus of Hewardia, founded on the venation, and included two other species having long but in- terrupted sori. One of these was the fern now collected by Rusby and Squires, which was originally named by Mr. Baker. All of these four Species belong to Guiana, although 4. ofvaceum has now been found in Venezuela, and A. dolosum occurs in Jumaica and on the continent from Guatemala to Brazil. The last named is the only one of the Hewardiae that can be regarded as at all com- mon, while A. o/ivaceum is a rare and very desirable species. _There.are-specimens-of three~arborescent : ferns in thiscollec- tion, viz,: Alsophila blechnoides Hooker; Hemitelia grandifola Spreng.; and Hemitelia Guianensis var. Parkeri Hook. In Hook- et’s Species Filicum he was inclined to regard H, Parkeri as dis-. tinct from H. Guianensis; but before publishing the Synopsis Filicum he had received a large suite of specimens from South America and became satisfied that the two supposed species were only slight varieties of one and the same thing. 7. Parkeri is distinguished by its more abundant hairs and by a larger number of sori which extend farther up the segments. Hemiiteha granai- Jolia is found in the West India islands as well as on the continent. The caudex of these species is so low that they can be called “ ar- borescent” only by courtesy and because they belong to a genus the Majority of whose species are truly arborescent. we : Another curious fern in the collection is Dryopteris menisciordes (Willd .) Unlike any other species of the Aspzdium section, its barren and fertile fronds differ in form, the fertile being contracted and made narrower by the excessive production of fruit. The entire under side of the pinnae is filled with the sori in regular lines, and 452 as the indusia are persistent after the sporangia have burst out all around the edges of them, it forms a very pretty and unusual sight. On the upper side of the pinnae the moon-shaped veins are quite plainly to be seen similar to the veins of the genus Meniscoum and these give the fern its specific name. : Neither Hooker’s Species. Filicum nor the Synopsis Filicum ‘mentions the crowded state of the mature sori which gives this fern such a remarkable appear- ance; but Grisebach,'in his Flora of the British West — notes it as one of the characteristic features. The genus Antrophyum contains 18 acknowledged species, of which only six, or just one-third, are inhabitants of the western hemisphere. The species of this genus present quite as good an! example as those of Acvostichum of the changes that may be rung on a simple fronded fern without cutting of any kind. to break it up into separate sections. The forms are created by differences in breadth and width, by long or short stipes, by blunt. or.acute apices, and by possessing or not a distinct midrib. Two species are distinctly characterized by the last-named feature. The com- moner one is Antrophyum Cayennense Kaulf., which grows in Cuba as well as on the continent. The other 4. subsessile Kze., is much less abundant, and this is the one which Dr. Rusby’s col- lection contains. As its name implies, its fronds are almost, and sometimes quite sessile, whereas A. Cayennense has a stipe from 1 to 3 in. long. Another feature is that while the veizs are reticu- lated as in all the species of this genus, the sori follow the oblique forkings of the veins, but seldom the reticulations. It is an inter- esting species for study. I might go on and speak of other at- tractive ferns:in this collection, but the ones already mentioned are the most important and infrequent, while the others are liable to be found in almost any series coming from the American trop-. ics. Enough has been said, however, to show that this collection contains more good things than would ordinarily ve found in << a limited number of species. The following is a complete list of the ferns of this collection: Hemitelia grandifolia Spr. Rocky banks in deep forest along Eleanor Creek (110). Flemitelia Guianensis Parkeri Hook. soey soil along creek, Manoa (384). , 453 Alsophila blechnoidgs HK. Rory banks 3 in deep forest along Eleanor Creek (12 3). Trichomanes pinnatum Swz., with unusually larg pinnae (385). Trichomanes inerehraniiconin L. Completely covering the ver- tical faces, on the down-stream side, of large rocks among the cascades on Eleanor Creek and in deep shade (365). Adiantum Kaulfussii Kze. Steep hillsides in heavy forests along Eleanor Creek (375): Adiantum tetraphyllum Willd. With the last (374)- Adiantum (Hewardia) olivaceum Baker. With the last (376). Peris Kunzeana Agardh. With the last, but in dryer soil (373). Asplenium serratum L. In rich mould about high ledges, in partially sunny places, along Eleanor Creek (372). Asplenium cicutarium Swz. In rather dry locations on steep hillsides, in deep forest along Eleanor Creek (118). Asplenium cuneatum Lam. On rocks in bed of streanr in oe forest, Eleanor Creek (363). Dryopteris meniscivides (Willd.) Kuntze. With the last ( os Dryopteris trifoliata (L.) Kuntze With phenomenally small sori. Steep hillsides in deep forest, Eleanor Creek (383). Nephrolepis exaltata Schott. Pendant from the axils of pee leaves, Sacupana (368). Nephrolepis acuta Presl. On coe logs in deep forest, Sapte Catalina (386). Polypodium piloselloides moniliforme Hook. Climbing sheubbery in partly cleared land, Santa Catalina (369). Phegopteris tetragona megaloda (Schk). Forests about Santa Catalina (388). Polypodium Phyllitidis L. Rich mould about high ledges, in Sunny positions, Eleanor Creek (370). Le olypodium Plumula ABK. Pendent from axils of palm Hoan Santa Catalina (366). With unusually long fronds, more than 4 feet in length (36 Shinto eee (SELLIGUEA) HETEROPHLEBIA N. Sp. Climbing On tree-trunks, in deep forests about Santa Catalina (382). : Meniscium serratum Cav. On rocks in bed of stream, in deep Shade, Eleanor Creek (378). : Acrostichum es) alienate Swz. With the last (369): 454 Dryopteris propinqua (Br.). In the Synopsis Filicum this is made a variety of JV. wzitum, but it agrees with no WV. umitum that I ever saw. Rocky banks of Eleanor Creek, in deep forest (128). Dryopteris (Sagenia) Martinicensis (Spreng.) Kuntze. (Aspid- zum macrophyllum Baker.) Steep hillsides in deep forest, Eleanor Creek (381). Antrophyum subsessile Kze. Dry hillsides about Menoa (371). Nos. 364, 377, 380 and 401 are without fruit and not ina fit condition for determination. Resemblance of an Insect Larva to a Lichen Fruit. é By G. E. STONE. During the past summer while examining the bark of some sickly Camperdown Elms I observed a number of bodies about % inch in diameter, with a dark center and a drab lacerated folia- ceous margin. These bodies were considerably scattered over the trunk of the tree, they being confined largely, however, to the crevices caused by the irregularities of the bark. In taking a hasty glance at these bodies my first impression was that they were the apothecia of some lichen with which I was not familiar, although they had a marked resemblance in color, size and form to the apothecia of Physcia hypoleuca. In fact some of tliese bodies were attached to the thallus of species of Physcia, while others were simply at- tached to the bark, thus giving the appearance of a lichen fruit without a thallus. This feature impressed me as rather singular, as I had no previous recollection of seeing apothecia of this nature © without a thallus. On closer examination, however, it could be seen that these bodies were not vegetable organisms, as piercing them with a sharp pointed stick soon revealed their animal char- acteristics. Indeed, so marked was the resemblance of these bodies to certain lichen fruit that it required some little observa- tion before they could be discriminated. On taking them to the College Insectary I soon learned that they were the larvae of an insect known to entomologists as the Imported Elm-leaf Beetle—Gossyparia ulmi Geoff—which has not : been in Massachusetts but a few years, _ 455 The insect is common in Europe and attacks the European elms, but much less seldom our native U/mus Americana. Whether there is any remarkable significance in the close resemblance of the insect larvae to the fruit of certain lichens common to the elm Iam not able to say. The close resemblance nevertheless sug- gests mimicry. MASSACHUSETTS AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, id Two Nuttallian Species of Oxalis. By Joun K. SMALL. ? a In the earlier part of this century Mr. Nuttall collected two Species of Oxalis on the Pacific slope; the one he secuted in Oregon, the other in California. The collector sent descriptions of his two new species to Torrey and Gray while they were pub- lishing their Flora of North America. The descriptions were ac- companied by specimens which are now preserved in the Her- barium of Columbia University. Torrey and Gray reduced both the species to Oxalis corniculata* and printed Mr. Nuttall’s descriptions in a foot-note and thus the two plants for many years, and one to the present time, remained without further recognition. The first of the two species described was O-xalis pumila.t It Was said to occur in “Forests of the Rocky Mountains and Ore- gon.” The original specimen I have to refer to is from Oregon, and consists of two plants, the one in flower the other in fruit. This form was later described by Professor Trelease as Oxalis Suks- dorfii,t which name may stand on account of the earlier described Oxalis pumila,§ of D’Urville. The ample supply of Oxales Suks- ? which we now have from Oregon, agrees in all details with Mr. Nuttall’s original specimens of Oxalis pumila. In addition to ur material from Oregon, I find two specimens from California ; they were collected many years ago and sent to Dr. Torrey. The *FLN. Ay: 212, + T. and G, Fl. N. A. r: 212, ¢ Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 4: 89. § Mem. Soc. Linn. Par. 4: 616. 1826. 456 record accompanying one is simply: “ California, Rev. A. Fitch,’ while the other was collected by Dr. Parry when on the Mexican Boundary Survey, “between 32° and 36° N. Lat., and 114°-121° W. Long.” Professor Trelease referred with some doubt, both the original specimens of Mr. Nuttall and the later ones from California to his Oxalis corniculata var. (?) macrantha,* which. position, in the light of recent material and our present knowledge of geographic dis- tribution, cannot be maintained. The species is beautifully dis- tinct, and in addition to other characters, the pod is diagnostic, a Mr. Nuttall intimates,} differing from that of all other relatives 1n its short conic form. As descriptions of the plant are not easy of access I append the following: Oxa.is SuxsporFil Trelease, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 4: 89. 1888. Oxalis pumila Nutt.; T. & G, Fl..N. A. 1: 212, 183. Not D’Urv. 1826. Perennial by a slender horizontal or creeping woody rootstock, caulescent, low and bushy or much elongated, somewhat pilose of sparingly villous. Stems ascending or decumbent, .5—4 dm. long, simple or nearly so; leaves palmately 3-foliolate, 2-3 cm. broad, us- ually glabrate except the ciliate edge; petioles slender, 3-8 cm. long; stipules obsolete, or a narrow dilation; leaflets broader than long, sharply notched, the lobes usually unequal, ciliate; peduncles usually surpassing the leaves; pedicels forming umbellate cymes, commonly 2, subtended by linear-subulate bracts; flowers usually bright yellow, about 2 cm. broad; sepals oblong or oblong-lan- ceolate, 4-5 mm. long, obtuse, villous, erect or ascending; Pe obovate, 12-15 mm. long, undulate; filaments pilose; capsule conic, 8-11 mm. long, about twice as long as the. sepals, usually pubescent; seed oval in outline, nearly 2.5 mm. long, its tubercles almost united into continuous transverse ridges. Oregon and California. : The second species described by Mr. Nuttall in this connection, under the name Oxalis pilosa is just as worthy of specific rank as Oxalis Suksdorfii. It is apparently rarer; however the scarcity of it in our herbaria may be due to the fact that*some collectors are inclined to pass by apparently well-known species in the - field. The history of this species is shorter than that of Oxalts eaenets ee * Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 4: 88. Ste, Arad re p% us \s 4T. & G, FL N. A. 1: 212, ae 3 457 Suksdorfii ; it begins with the original description* and ends with its union to Oxalis corniculata var. (?) macrantha,f as in the case of its sister species. Mr. Nuttall collected his type in “ Woods around St. Barbara, California,” as is shown by his description and the label accom- Panying the type. The original specimen is sufficient to mark. it aS a very distinct species, and to support this I found an ample Specimen preserved in the Torrey herbarium, which agrees with Nuttall’s type in every particular.. This second specimen consists of two plants which were collected in the ‘ Valley of the Sacra- mento, California,” by Dr. Stillman. The gross characters which separate Oxalis pilosa from Oxalis Suksdorfii ate habit, the densely pale pilose pubescence found on the stems, petioles, peduncles and pedicels, and the longer col- umnar pods. The species doubtlesss occurs in many herbaria. I give the following description : Oxais Prtosa Nutt; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 212. 1838. Perennial by a woody base, caulescent, stoutish, densely pilose roughout, pale green. Stem erect, ascending, or decumbent, 1-3 dm. long, usually simple, woody below; leaves peltately 3-fol- lolate, 1-2 cm. broad, pilose on both sides; petioles slender, 2-6 cm. long, with narrow dilated stipules ; leaflets mostly broader than long, sharply notched at the apex, ciliate, the lobes equal or nearly so; peduncles stoutish, surpassing the subtending leaves, topped by I~3 umbellate-cymose pedicels which are subtended by linear-subulate bracts; flowers yellow, nearly 2 cm. broad, rarely Solitary ; sepals ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long, obtuse, pilose; petals obovate, notched, 12-15 .mm. long ; filaments pilose; capsule columnar, 1.4—1.7 cm. long, abruptly Pointed, tipped by the spreading style-tips, clothed by a minute Stay pubescence, commonly longer than the reflexed pedicels ; Seed obovoid, 1.5 mm. long, marked with slightly interrupted transverse ridges. California, from the Valley of the Sacramento to Santa Barbara. *T. & G. FL. N. Aor: 212, t Mem. Bot, Soc. Nat, Hist. 4: 88. 458 Notes on New England Marine Algae—VII. By Frank S. CoLvIins, (PLATE ——.) LyNnGByA GRACILIS (Meneg.) Rab.; Gomont, Monographie des Oscillarieés, 144. pl. 2, fig. 20. A small species, 5-8 in diameter, with slender sheath and cells usually shorter than broad; remarkable for the color, which is a purplish red, the living plant under the microscope reminding one of a very minute Bangia. 1 found it in July, 1896, at Cape Rosier, Maine, among other alge on a mooring buoy that: had been hauled up on the beach. SPIRULINA VERSICOLOR Cohn; Gomont, Monographie des Oscil- larieés, 273. The trichomes are much like the common S. sudsalsa Oersted, but the spiral is denser and more regular. The color is very dis- tinct, a dark purple in the stratum, and a rosy purple in the tr- chome. In the dried specimen this color disappears almost entirely, giving place to the usual light green of the genus. Found at Cape Rosier, on the mooring buoy, with the Lyngbya mentioned above. These two species just mentioned are, as far as I know, the only marine Nostochineae of a red color found in America; and it is somewhat interesting that both should have been found at the same time and place. The object on which they grew gives somewhat unusual conditions for the growth of algae; practically uniform depth combined with considerable movement of “the water. It would hardly be safe to draw the conclusion that thes¢ conditions tended to produce the exceptional color, but it is of interest to note that the localities given by Gomont for both spe cies are in the Mediterranean, Adriatic and Baltic, in all of which | the tidal movement is quite small. ENTEROMORPHA MINIMA Naeg. in Kuetz. Sp. Alg. 482. : A small species, somewhat resembling E. micrococca Kuete-» — but with larger cells, 5-7 # diam. In &. micrococca the cell-wall is _ much thickened, especially on the inside, while in the present 459 species there is no perceptible thickening, and the frond is only about 8-9 thick, as:against 18 pein £. micrococca. In consequence of this Z. minima is softer and more flaccid than the other species. Found at half-tide mark, on the shore of Spectacle Island, Penob- scot Bay, Maine, July, 1896. Ecrocarpus ovatus Kjellman, Om Spetsbergens Thallophyter, rates, Be polycarpus Kjellm. Skandinaviens Ectocarpeer och Tilopterideer, 93. pl. r.f. a ‘ A delicate species, characterized by the ovate plurilocular sporangia 28-52 ulong, 18-28 p broad, sessile on the branches and Opposite to each other or to a branch. Found at Edgartown, Mass., by Miss Colt, Feb., 1892. * Sorocarpus UVAEFORMIS Pringsheim, Beitrige zur Morphologie der Meeresalgen, 12. i. 3. f. I-8. Habit of Ectocarpus, differing in having the plurilocular spo- Tangia in dense masses, usually at the bases of the branches, Found at Martha’s Vineyard, Mass., by Miss Colt, in 1892. PHYCOCELIS MACULANS N. sp. Basal layer of radiating densely packed dichotomous some- what irregular filaments, cells 12-14 diam.; vertical filaments simple, 14-16 yp diam., terminating in a colorless hair; plurilocular Sporangia ovate-lanceolate, 50-60 x 18-25 yp, either terminal on few-celled filaments rising from the basal layer, or more commonly lateral on the longer erect filaments, and either sessile or on a one~ Several-celled pedicel. In early stages the basal: filaments are quite irregular in’ shape and branching, but when fully developed, form a regular circular disk, which, however, separates easily into fan-shaped segments. The erect filaments ate long, straight, not tapering, with cells in the lower part one or two diameters in length; at the place of gtowth, in the upper part of the filament, the cells are quite short, and above this point they are much longer, and nearly or quite Colorless.. Short filaments bearing plurilocular sporangia may arise from: any part of the basal layer; but more commonly SPorangia are borne on the long erect filaments, and are either Sessile or shortly pedicelled. One or several may be borne ona 460 filament; in the latter case they are usually secund, but some- times alternate; they issue about at right angles to the filament, and are usually produced a short distance below the point of growth. Found growing on Rhodymenia palmata Grev., in company ~ with other epiphytic algae, in a warm shallow tidepool on Spec- tacle Island, Penobscot Bay, Maine, from July to September, 1894 to 1896. Distributed in Collins, Holden and Setchell, Phycotheca Boreali-Americana, No. 274. PHYLLITIS ZOSTERIFOLIA Reinke, Algenflora der Westlichen Ostsee, 62. Distinguished from the common P. fascia Kuetz. by the very narrow, strictly linear frond. P. fascia varies much in width, but even the narrowest forms broaden upward, and are propor- tionally much wider than those of this species, which may attain a length of 3 dm, with a width of hardly 5 mm. After one has recognized the plant there is no danger of mistaking for it any of the numerous forms of P. fascia ; which moreover is essentially a winter and spring plant, while P. zosterifolia is a plant of the sum- mer months. Collected at Magnolia, Mass.,at extreme low-watet mark, by Miss Cora H. Clarke, August, 1896. Distributed in Col- lins, Holden & Setchell, Phycotheca Boreali-Americana, no. 277: LEPTONEMA FASCICULATUM Reinke, Atlas Deutscher Meeresalgem, 13, A 38. The filaments resemble those of a small Elachista, and grow in similar tufts, branching only at the base, where are sttuated the ovate unilocular sporangia. The plurilocular sporangia, which fom the principal characteristic of the genus, may be formed from any of the intercalary cells, but occur mostly in the upper part of the filament; the cell grows ina direction at right angles with the length ofthe filament, forming rather few-celled, usually pointed sporangia. Found at Spectacle Island, Penobscot Bay, Maine, Sep- - tember 2, 1894, growing on Rhodymenia palmata Grev., in a tide pool ; a form corresponding to var. majus Reinke, |. c., the abut” dant sporangia occurring through the whole length of the nearly 2 straight filament, and pointing in all directions. e 461 DictyOsIPpHON HISPIDUS Kjellman, Algae of the Arctic Sea, 270. Resembles a slender, much branched D. foeniculaceus Grev., and grows in similar places. Beside the ordinary branches of in- definite growth, the frond is beset with tapering branchlets, 2-4 mm. long ; these cover the whole plant, exceptthe base of the main stem and of the larger branches in old plants, from which they have apparently fallen off. The main stem is hollow, and the branches become hollow at an earlier stage of growth than in D. Soeniculaceus : the sporangia are smaller than in the latter. Origi- nally described as a form of D. foeniculaceus, it is now generally recognized as a good species. My specimens, collected at Nahant, Mass., in June,are of a darker brown in the dried state than Euro- pean specimens, which are more of an olive color; otherwise they agree well. ANTITHAMNION BOREALE (Gobi) Kjellman, Algae of the Arctic Sea, 180. A few small plants growing on Piilota pectinata Kjellm. were thrown upon the shore of Eagle Island, Penobscot Bay, Maine, after a storm in July, 1896. They seem to belong to forma zypica of Kjellman, and agree quite well with a specimen from northern Norway, received from Foslie. This species might be mistaken for a small form of 4. Americanum (Harv.) Farl., but the latter is Proportionally more slender and has longer cells. A. doreale sel- dom exceeds 3 cm. in length; the ultimate branches are secund oftener than opposite. .4, Americanum is a plant of early spring ; A. boreale of late summer and autumn. ~ RHODOMELA VIRGATA Kjellman, Algae of the Arctic Sea, I10. pl. 7, This species in its sterile state is hardly to be distinguished from R. subfusca Ag., the latter being, however, somewhat more densely and decompoundly branched. The distinction in fruit is Strongly marked; in R. subfusca the tetraspores are formed in Spring, in the slender terminal branches, which often become Somewhat moniliform. In 2. virgata they are found in winter, in short, densely branching ramuli, which issue without much order from the main stem and branches; cystocarps and antheridia occur in similar situstione: Both these forms of fruit have long been 462 known, but both have been supposed to belong to X. subfusca ; see Harvey, Nereis Boreali-Americana, Part 2,26. The distinc- tions of the two species are shown in detail by Kjellman, l. Probably common, but to be distinguished with certainty only when fruiting, which occurs chiefly in December and January. Found at Revere Beach, Mass., by the writer; at Martha’s Vine- yard by Miss L. E. Jernegan. PoOLysIPHONIA VESTITA J. Ag. Algae Mediterraneae, 133; Species Algarum, 2: 987. To this species I refer a plant from Martha’s Vineyard, col- lected by Miss L. E. Jernegan. It is four-tubed, somewhat cor- ' ticated below, with long patent branches, which are repeatedly branched and have a somewhat pyramidal outline. The whole plant is beset with short tufts of very fine and soft branching ramuli; in the older parts distant, in the younger closely set; color reddish purple. The specimen does not agree with any of the species credited to this coast, but is quite like the P. vestita of J. G. Agardh, as represented by a specimen from Hauck’s her- barium; the P. vestita of Kuetzing is a different species. Unless otherwise noted, all the species mentioned above were collected by the writer. Explanation of Plate 278. Lhycocelis maculans Collins. Fig. 1, Basal filaments at an early stage of growth. Fig. 2. Portion of fully developed basal disk. Fig. 3. Short, erect filament with terminal sporangium, and lower part of long erect filament, both arising from basal layer. Fig. 4. Upper pot- tion of erect filament. Fig. 5. Portion of erect filament with two lateral sporang'™, one of them emptied. Reviews. The Nursery Book, By Prof. L. H. Bailey. pp. 365. figs. 152. The Macmillan Company, New York. Price $1.00. This is a very comprehensive, compact and lucid description of all the various modes of propagation of plants, not only belong- ing to the nursery proper, but takes in the denizens of the her- baceous garden, greenhouse, and all plants usually found on either commercial or private grounds; it is profusely illustrated, showing very minutely the best methods of seed testing, the sowing of oe 463 seeds, Propagating by layering, budding, grafting and by cuttings. It gives very minute directions as to the treatment of all plants dur- ing their embryo state, in fact, all that can be learned about it ex- cept the actual practice. Some idea may be formed of the minute details gone into in this work when it is found that 180 pages are devoted to propagating alone. Altogether it is a very useful | book to have handy either for the professional or amateur. SAMUEL HENSHAW. Proceedings of the Club. WeEpneEspay EveENtINnG; OcTOBER 28th, 1896. Vice-President Allen occupied the chair and there were 29 Persons present. Mr. T. M. Fry, of 154 W. 98th street, and Mr. Laurence G. Goodhart, of 1 148 Park avenue, were elected active members. __ A paper by Mr. B. D. Gilbert, entitled «A New Gymno- Svamme from Venezuela, with Remarks on other Venezuelan Ferns,” was presented by Prof. L. M. Underwood, the author not being present. The paper is published in this issue of the BULLE- TIN. : In discussing it, Prof. Underwood mentioned several ferns of the collection which grow alsoin Florida. Dr. Britton remarked on the heterogeneous elements which seem to be included in the genus Gymnogramme. In reply Prof. Underwood assented, and €xpressed the opinion that the new fern was really a Polypodium, although present artificial generic limitations required that it be assigned to Gymnogramme. Mrs. Britton remarked upon its re- Semblance to a Bolivian Polypodium. Dr. Rusby spoke of the Sreat beauty of another fern of the collection, Zizchomanes mem- Sranaceum L., as it covered the rocks in Eleanor Creek, where the Specimens were collected. For the author, Mr. J. H. Lovell, who was not present, Dr. Britton Presented a communication on “ Cleistogamy in Dalibarda *epens.” Discussing the paper, Dr. Britton referred to previous Teferences in the BULLETIN on the same subject. Mr. Lovell also Sent specimens illustrating polyphylly in the strawberry. 464 Dr. H. H. Rusby described a new genus from Bolivia, in the family Jcacinaceae, illustrating it by specimens and black-board drawings. Its structural relations to the other groups of the family and to the associated genera were discussed. The com- munication was discussed by Dr. Britton. It will be published in the BULLETIN. A communication from Miss S. B. D. Lewis on the species of Nymphaea found in Raquette Lake was presented by Dr. Allen. It was illustrated by colored drawings. The form of Pontederia cordata with cream-colored flowers was also reported by Miss Lewis. An animated discussion of the communication was par- ticipated in by Dr. Britton, Prof. Lloyd, Mr. Rydberg, Mrs. Brit- ton and the Secretary. ie, Dr. Allen remarked on his collections and observations in the Far North, and exhibited a number of interesting specimens. TUESDAY Eveninc, NovEeMBER 10th, 1796. The President in the chair and 27 persons present. Miss S. B. D. Lewis was elected a corresponding member. . Miss Catharine Burnett read her announced paper entitled “The Influence of Light on the Morphology and Anatomy of Dorsiventral Organs,” which will be published in a subsequent issue of the BULLETIN. | Dr. Emily L. Gregory remarked on her observation of numer- ous adventitious buds on the roots of the Horsechestnut tree (AEsculus Hippocastanum), when exposed to light by excavations for a street. An extended discussion of the occurrence of adven- titious buds normally produced on the roots of other trees followed. Prof. Francis E. Lloyd read a paper on “Some Interesting Forest Trees of Oregon,” of which the following is an abstract: The physical and climatic conditions of Oregon and Washing- ton are’such as to result in a large annual rainfall in the region west of the Cascade Mountains. This rainfall, while not exceS- sive, is plentiful and nearly continuous’ for the greater part of the year. Further, a large body of snow is collected upon the Cas- cade Mountains; through the melting of this snow is furnished an abundant supply of water. The combined effect of a rich water — supply and mild temperature is seen in the abundant vegetable 460 . : u growth, and most strikingly in the forests. These ae pene - largely of conifers, a fair proportion of hardwoods being the valleys. ae gos do- Among the trees described the most np rutbior ah shine ‘uga taxifolia, Thuya gigantea, Pinus Lambertiana, ee eee “ Picea Stichensis, and Chamaecyparis Lawsoniana, and o hyllim woods, Queycus Garryana, Q. Californica and Acer nears a Their form and characters were briefly described an €conomic value discussed. Sar es h OOF more botanical than immediate economical pale te ; alpine trees, of which there were described z Pinus a on A. se Pattoniana and Abies lasiocarpa. The influence o ding base in high elevations produces compact growth and apie : Eo, we the latter two, while in the former extreme ee a ae gether with low stature. These may be regar ne ue the rough Tunners of the future forests ; itis their duty to su ‘Mountain peaks, owth The conditions for reforestation are of the : a ene Aas is rapid. ‘The present methods of lumbering in t err soon be west is extremely prodigal, and forestry methods s insisted upon, re ; ing the A Shinities ot photographs of trees were seu illustrating discussion, Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. eek, ique dans la Alboff, N. Rapport preliniinaire sur une Excursion ae. ai. Sierra Ventana, Revista del Museo de la Plata, 7: ’ 1895, 3 3 isco. Erythea, 4: Behr, H.H. Botanical Reminiscences of San Francisco. Hrythea, 168-173. 7N. 1896. ee po Burnham, S. H. Fragrant Wild Flowers of California. Asa Gray _ Bull. 4: 33. 1 My. 1896. ; ; Development Burt, E. A. The Phalloideae of the United near : “a is oe of the Receptaculum of Clathrus columnatus wanes 2 . 1896. 973-993. Ol. 77, 74. “90 0,4 : a x 8. Camp, S. H. Sis cristata Ait. Asa tet eo oe "1896, ve 466 Canning, E. J. Autumn Color of the Ziguidambar. Gard. & For. 9: 449. 4N. 1896. Clendenin, I. Stomata on Anthoceros laevis. Asay Gray Bull. 4+ 43. 1 My. 1896. Clute, W. N. Notes from Binghamton, N. Y. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 424. 25 O. 1896. 3 Clute, W. N. Notes on Cucumber Evolution. Asa Gray Bull. 4: 61, 62. 1 N. 1896. Coe, E. F. Rhododendron maximum in Connecticut. Gard. & For. 9: 337) 338: 19 Au. 1896. Davenport, G. E. Asfidium cristatum X marginale Davenport. Gard. & For. 9: 444-446. f. 58 4N. 1896. ; Davis, C. A. Aquatic Plants I.-II. Asa Gray Bull. 4: 16-18. 10 Mr. 49-51. 1 S. 1896. Davis, C. A. Orchids found about Alma, Mich. Asa Gray Bull. 4: 59. 158. 1896. Davy, J. B. Recent Introductions into California. Erythea, 4: 175, 176. 7N. 1896. Du Bois, C. G. Flowers of Southern California. Asa Gray Bull. 4: 70, 71. IN. 1896. Eastwood, A. angiosperm flora of the Dakota Group, Atone beds, Amboy clay$+ _ 539 etc.,and their equivalents, containing many genera identical with those now living, must have had a more simple ancestry, and in the lower Potomac and Wealden this ancestry seems to be repre- sented, and on plates cvi. and cvii., figures are given of some .of these plants from both foreign and home ‘localities, in order. that they may be compared. Such an eminent authority as Saporta was in doubt as to their precise affinities, and classed them-all un- der a special group, which he dalled Proangiosperms. When the entire flora of the lower Potomac shall have been described; we may hope to have many more representatives of these archaic types which will be of absorbing interest to the student of plant development. Ait. Grasses of North America. WJ. Beal, M.A., M.S., Ph.D., Pro- fessor of Botany and Forestry in Michigan Agricultural Col- lege. 2 volumes. Henry Holt &Co. | The first volume of this work appeared in 1887, and was de- voted to a consideration of the physiological and economic part of the subject. The second volume, which has just been pub- lished, treats of the grasses from the standpoint of the systematist. A classification of all the forms growing wild and introduced in North America and Mexico is attempted, the inclusion of those from the latter country much increasing the difficulty of the under- taking. The value of the work is greatly marred by the treat- ment of the plants in too large and comprehensive groups. This applies both to genera and species. To illustrate this in relation to genera, Andropogon may be selected as an example. In this such good and well-marked genera as Sorghum, HHeteropogon and Chrysopogon, natural groups that are altogether too distinct to be considered as mere parts of one group, are included. In Panicum this same plan of extreme aggregation has been followed, both generically and specifically. In P. dichotomum 1. the objection- able feature of this method is particularly noticeable. Six or eight good and valid species are here treated as a polymorphous one. While there may be considerale trouble as yet with the forms which have been called P. pubescens of Lamarck, certainly Such well-marked grasses as P. ciliatum EAL, P. ensiflorum Baldwin, and what is called 2. dardulatum Mx. are clear and distinct enough _ from casual observation to be kept apart as specifically distinct. a 540 They surely should not be made into one polymorphous species, as here treated, no attempt being made to separate them even as varieties, while P. daxzflorum Lam. is considered worthy of varietal rank, although its limitations are less distinct than those of the species referred to above. _ The present volume is plainly though neatly bound, the type clear and distinct. Some of the figures, however, do not come up as clearly as might be desired. It is the only work in this country which attempts to cover the forms from Mexico, and is a welcome addition to the literature of this difficult family of plants. Ge Wi Sphagna Boreali-Americana exsiccata. Prepared by Daniel Cady Eaton and Edwin Faxon. Issued by George F. Eaton, New Haven, Conn., October, 1896. * We have received the first two centuries of these very interest- ing North American Peat-Mosses, and are much pleased with the number and variety of species represented, the neat manner in which they are put up and the wide geographical range of the collections distributed. The bulk of the collections have been made by Edwin Faxon and Prof. Eaton in the New England States, to which Prof. Farlow and Edward L. Rand have also contributed. Dr. Evans has gathered many species in New Jer- sey, and Dr. Small in the Southern States, Mrs. A. M. Nicholson and C. H. Baker in Florida, A. C. Waghorne in Newfoundland, and Sandberg and Leiberg in Washington. Besides this there are a few rare arctic species from Hudson Bay and Alaska, col- lected by George Comer and C. H. Townsend. We have all felt the great loss that American bryologists suf- fered in Prof. Eaton’s death, and are glad to learn that his work was so far completed that his son has been able to issue this most attractive and useful collection. E. G. B. + Proceedings of the Club. Tuespay Eveninc, NovemMBER 24TH, 1899. Vice-President Allen occupied the chair and there were 20 _ persons present. a . d41 Mr. P. A. Rydberg gave an account of botanizing in the Crazy Mountains, Dr. J. K. Small described a. case of teretology in Saaifraga Sallax. Field notes were also presented by Mr. Howe, interesting re- marks being made on the subject Algae and Ferns in California. _ Dr. Britton described a new species of Crataegus from Virginia and North Carolina. Turspay Eveninc, DECEMBER 8TH, 1896. In the absence of the President and Vice-Presidents, Dr. Hav- ard occupied the chair. There were 30 persons present. Mr. Thomas A. Williams was elected an active tember, The following persons were elected corresponding members : Dr. Manuel Urbina, Director of the National Museum aud Professor of Natural eset in the National Preparatory School, ae 1 Institute Dr. Fernando Altamirano, Director of the National Institu of Medicine, Mexico. Dr. José Ramirez, Professor of Botany in the National Medi cal Institute, Mexico. : Dr. Alfonso Herrera, Calle de Santa Maria, N o. 6, ore ae Dr. G. Barroeta,; Professor of Physiology, Zodlogy and Botany, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Dr. Manuel Godoy, Professor in the Civil College, Queretaro, Mexico. Dr. Jesus Sanchez, Professor of Zodlogy i in the National Mu seum, Mexico. Dr. Britton spoke of the recent death of Mr. gramiare moved that a committee consisting of the President of t e 9 and two others be appointed to take appropriate ae ; i motion being carried, the Chair appointed ag such committe President, Dr. Britton and Mr. Ogden. "Th ee papers of the evening were then presented. In the absence of Dr. T. F. Allen, his papers, igre ' sili ions of New Species of Nizella,” was read by title by Dr. Britton. his issue of the BULLETIN. : “The pager o rs aah G. Britton, entitled “ Contribu- 542 tion to, the Bryology of Bolivia,” reviewed the more important collections of Bolivian mosses, the treatment which they had re- ceived and the present work in progress on this subject, and enumerated the bryological collections made by Dr. Rusby in Bolivia in the years 1885 and 1886. This collection contained 90 species in 39 genera, 42 of the species being hitherto undescrbied. The paper is printed in this issue of the BULLETIN. ; Dr. H. H. Rusby spoke of “ Botany at the Pan-American Medical Congress held in the City of Mexico, November, 1896.” This paper contained brief references to the character of the flora observed on the journey to Mexico, an account of the scientific progress in the city, especially pertaining to applied botany, and referred to the botanical work organized by the Pan-American Medical Congress. It was supplemented by remarks upon the same subject by Mrs. Britton, who attended the Congress. A number of important publications by the Instituto Medico Nacion- al were exhibited. Dr. N. L. Britton described a new species of Geranium hitherto confounded with G. Carolinianum. Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany. Arthur, J. Cy Forms of Xanthium Canadense and X. strumarium. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1895: 100. F. 1896. Bailey, L.H. Brassica juncea. Bot. Gaz. 22: 401. 23 N. 1896. Bastin, E.S. An instructive floral Monstrosity. Am. Journ. Pharm. 68: 430. Au. 1896. Benedict, A. L. Phyllotaxy as a Guide to Plant Analysis. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 435-439. 25 N. 1896. Beringer, G. M. The leaves of Drosera filiformis Raf. Am. Journ. — Pharm. 68: 675-677. D. 1896. Burrage, S. A new Station for Pleodorina Californica. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1895: 99, 100. F. 1896. Burt, E.A, The Phalloideae of the United States,—II. Systematic Account. Bot. Gaz. 22: 379—391. 23 N. 1896. Se - Butler, A. 'W. Indiana: A Century of Changes in the Aspects < oe Beast ‘Proc. ind ‘aged ne a B42. 1866. ee 543 Claassen, E. List of Mosses and Hefaticae, new or rare, in Ohio. Ann. Rep. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 4: 33: - 1896. Claassen, E. List of the ‘White Mildews”’ (Erysipheae Lev.) of Cuyahoga county and of their Host-plants. Ann. Rep. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 4: 31. 1896, Collins, F.S. Notes on New England Marine Algae, — VII. “Bull. Totr. Bot. Club, 23: 458-462. pl. 278-25 N. 1896. Lhycocelis maculans new. Coulter, S. A Report upon certain Collections of Phanerogams pre- sented to the State Biological Survey. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1895: 169-182. F. 1896. Notes on plants of Daviess county collected by H. J. Clements. Coulter, S. Noteworthy Indiana Phanerogams. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1895 : 183-198. F. 1896. Cunningham, A. M. Distribution of the Orchidaceae in Indiana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1895: 198-202. F. 1896. Davenport, G. E. Aspidium simulatum. Gard. & For. 9: 484. f. 69. 2D, 1896. ; Davis, B. M. Development of the Procarp and Cystocarp in the genus L4lofa. Bot. Gaz. 22: 353-378. pl. 18, 19. 23 N. 1896. Davis, J.-J. A new Smut. Bot. Gaz. 22: 413, 414. 23N. 1896. ) Dennis, D. W. The circulation of Protoplasm in the Manubrium of Chara fragilis. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1895: 95, 96. ‘F. 1896. Evans, W. H. Copper sulphate and Germination. Bull. U. S. De-. partment of Agriculture, Division of Veg. Phys. and Path. 10: 1-_ 24. 1896, fon ee Farwell, O. A. Contributions to the Botany of Michigan. Gray Bull. 4: 62-64. 1 N. 1896. Faxon, C. E. Asfer infirmus. Gard. & For. 9: 464. 18N. 1896. Fernald, M. L. Aster Jongifolius Lam. Gard. & For: bp 504. f. 73- 16D. 1896. Fischer, W. A new Station for Quercus Leana and some Remarks on the Parentage of this cde Ann. Rep. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 4: 29-31. 1896. Gallaher, F. M. Forest Conditions of the Southern Sierras. ate: — & For. gs’ 502-504. 16 D. 1896." Gallardo, A. Semillas y Frutos. Ani cae Cleat: rte 42: 217— +3. 7, ie Ss. pike Soe Asa 544 Galloway, B. T. Scientific Chief for the Department of Agriculture. Bot. Gaz. 22: 417. 23 N. 1896, Gilbert, B. D. A new Gymnogramme from Venezuela, with Remarks on some other Venezuelan Ferns. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 448- 454. 25 N. 1896. : Glatfelter N. M. Salix cordata X sericea. Bot. Gaz. 22: 392-400. 23 N. 1896. Golden, M. J. Notes on Wood Shrinkage. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1895: 100, 101. F. 1896. Harms, H. Zur Kenntnis der Gattungen Ara/ia und Panax. Eng- ler’s Bot. Jahrbiicher, 23: 1-23. 15S. 1896. Harshberger, J. W. A Botanical Excursion to Mexico. Am. Journ. Pharm. 68: 588-592. N. 1896. Hart, J. H., Editor. Mechanical Action and Irritability in the Flowers of Catasetum tridentatum Hook. Bull. Misc. Infor. Trinidad Bot. Gard. 2: 225-229. O. 1896. Hart, J. H., Editor. Report on the Re-discovery of Sacoglottis Ama- zonica Mart. Bull. Misc. Infor. Trinidad Bot. Gard. 2: 212-214. O. 1896. Hart, J. H., Editor. ‘‘Yams.’’ Bull. Misc. Infor. Trinidad Bot. Gard. 2: 206-212. O. 1896. Deals with various species of Dioscorea. Heinricher, E. Ueber die Widerstandsfahigkeit der Adventivknospen von Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernhardi, gegen das Austrocknen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 14: 234-244. 19 Au. 1896. Hemsley, W.B. Dipladenia Sanderi n.sp. Gard. Chron. 20: 652-— f. 111. 28N. 1896. Hennings, P. 4 Lcidium importatum P. Henn. n. sp. Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg, 37: xxv.-xxvi. 1896. Parasitic on Peltandra Virginica imported from North America. Hennings, P. Ueber eine auffillige Gallenkrankheit nordamerika- nischer Adses-Arten im Berliner botanischen Garten vervrsacht durch Pestalozzia tumefaciens P. Henn. n. sp. Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Bran- denburg, 37: xxvi.-xxviii. 1896. Holm, T. A Study of some anatomical Characters of North American _ Gramineae—VII. The genus ee Bot. Gaz. 22: sind ae at ae Oe er . 645 Holm, T. The Check-list and the new Illustrated Flora of North America. Bot. Gaz. 22: 417-420. 23 N. 1896. Offers questions for discussion. Hooker, J. D. Cycnoches Haagi. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: fZ 7502. IN. 1896. Native of Brazil, Hooker, J. D. Pentstemon azureus. Curt. Bot. Mag. 52: /. 7504. 1 N. 1896. Native of California. Kearney, T. H., Jr. Notes on Grasses and Forage Plants of the Southeastern States. Bull. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Divi- sion of Agrostology, 1: 1-28. 189s. Kerr, W. C. A Tree new to our Flora. Proc. Nat. Sci. Ass’n. Staten Isld. 6: 3. 14N., 1896. Ostrya Virginiana noted as new to the local flora of Staten Island. Kellerman, W. A. Additions to the Bibliogaphy of Ohio Botany. Ann. Rep. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 4: 5-18. 1896. Kranzlin, F. Cyrtochilum micranthum. Gardn. Chron. 20: 63. 18 Jl. 1896. A new species from Brazil. Lochman, C. L. Wild Parsnip and Wild Carrot. Pop. Sci. News, 30: 125. f. r-2. Je. 1896. Loesener, T. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Flora von Central-Amer- ika.—I. Engler’s Bot. Jahrbiicher, 23: 109-132. 15 S. 1896. MacDougal, D. T. Relation of the Growth of Foliage-leaves and the Chlorophyll Function. Jour. Linn. Soc. 31: 526-546. p/. 79. 31 O. 1896. MacMillan, C. Some Considerations on the Alternation of Genera- tion in Plants. Pp. 41, Lincoln, Neb. 1896. Massee, G. Redescription of Berkeley’s Types of Fungi. Soc. 31: 462-524. pf. 16-18. 31 O. 1896. Includes numerous N, A. species. McIlvaine, C. Edible and non-edible Mushrooms and Fungi. Journ. Pharm. 68: 648-663. D. 1896. McIlvaine, C. Some Truths about oneatgetana The Forester, 2 fain D. ese Jour. Linn. Am, 546 Meehan, T. Cirsium discolor. Meehans’ Month. 6: 161. pl. 9. S. 1896. Meehan, T. oe pubescens. Meehans’ Month. g: 201. J/. [272 ..IN. 1996. Meehan, T. Aysericum Kalmianum. Méchinnd’ Month. 6: 141. pl. 8. Au. 1896. Meehan, T. Lespedeya hirta. Meehans’ Month. 6: 181. /. 70. O. 1896. Meehan, T. Rudbeckia fulgida. Meehans’ Month. 6: 221. pl. 12. D. 1896. Mell, P. H. The Flora of Alabama. Bot. Gaz. 22: 420, 421. 23 N. 1896. : Answer to criticism in previous number of the Botanical Gazette. Mohr, C. The Timber Pines of the Southern United States. Together ’ with a discussion of the structure of their wood, by F. Roth. Bull. U.S.. Dept. Agric. Div. Forestry, 13: pp. 160. pi. 27. figs. 7. 1896. Descriptions, plates and figures of Pinus palustris, P, Taeda, P. echinata and & heterophylia, with maps, in quarto. Norton, J. B.S. A Study of the Kansas Ustilagineae, especially with reference to their Germination. ‘Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 7: 229- 241. pl. 25-29. 9 N. 1896. . Philippi, R. A. Plantas Nuevas Chilenas. Anales de la Univ. de Chile, go: 607-772; 9: 5-47; 105-160; 243-275; 415-4323 487-526. 18096. Pollard, C. L. Notes on a Trip to the Dismal Swamp. Gard. & For.g: 462. 18 N. 1896. Reiche, K. Zur Kenntniss von Gomortega nitida R. et P. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 14: 215-233. pi. 76. 19 Au. 1896. ; Ridgway, R. Have we two native Species of Trumpet-flower ? Gard. & For. g: 453. 11 N. 1896. Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. A provisional Key to the Species of Porophyllum ranging north of the Isthmus of Panama. Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 32: 31-33. 2D. 1896. Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. A Revision of the Genus Zinnia, Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 32: 14-20. 2D. 1896. = Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. Descriptions of new OF — little known Phaperogams, chiefly from Oaxaca. Proc. Am. Acad. pe ‘Sci. ga: 5h a Teh : 547 Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. Revision of the Genus Z77- dax. Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 32: 3-10. 2D. 1896. Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. Revision of the Mexican and Central American Species of the Genus Caea. Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 32: 20-30. 2D. 1896. * Robinson. B. L., and Greenman, J. M. Synopsis of the Mexican and Central American Species of the Genus A@kania. Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 32: 10-13. 2 D. 1896. Robinson, B L., and Schrenk, H. von. Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland. Can. Rec. Sci. 7: 3-31. Ja.—Ap. 1896. Rothrock, J. T. Red Pine. Forest Leaves, 5: 152. Ag. 1896. Illustrations of the Norway Pine, Pinus resinosa. Rothrock, J. T. Silver Maple. Forest Leaves, 5: 108. O. 1896. Illustrations of Acer dasycarpum. Rusby, H. H. An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 1-130. 17 N. 1896. Describes many new species and the genus Dendrodangia. Rydberg, P. A. Not:s on Potentilla— V. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23+ 429-435. pl. 276, 277. 25 N. 1896. £. ramulosa, P. bicrenata and P. miliefolia new. Sargent, C.S., Editor. Dog-tooth Violets on Mount Rainier. Gard. & For. 9g: 504. f. 72. 16 D. 1896. Scribner, F. L. Useful and ornamental Grasses. Bull. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Agrostology, 3: I-I19. 8&9 Jig. 18096. Sears, F.C. Conifers on the Grounds of the lege—II. Gard. & For. g: 462. 18 N. 1896. Sears, F.C. Vitis Doaniana. Gard. & For. 9: 454- Si so tk NN. 1896. Selby, A.D. A Peculiar Hydrophylum. 8: 128-130. f/. 2. D. 1893-1894- Selby, A. D. Poisonous Plants. Jour. Columbus Hort. Soc. 8: 119- 128, D. 1893. Selby, A. D. Preliminary Notes on the Diseases of the Peach. Annual Report Ohio State Hort. Soc. 1894. | Selby, A. D. Report on Vegetable Pathology. Jour. Columbus Hort. Soc. 10: 138-143. pl. 7, 2. D. 1895. 7 Kansas Agriculture Col- Jour. Columbus Hort. Soc. 548 Selby, A, -D.° The ‘Russian Thistle in Ohio ‘and. Weeds in general. Bull. Ohio Agric. Expt. Station. 55: .O, 1894. . Small; J..K. , Two Nuttallian species of Oxalis. Bull. Torr. Bot. Chub, 23 : 455-457. » 25 N. 1896. Smith, A. A. Abortive Flower-buds of 7) villium. Bot. Graz. 22: 402,403. 23 N. 1896. Smith, E. F. Legal Enactments-for the Restriction 1 of Plant Diseases. Bull. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Veg. was and _ Path. rr: 1-45. 1896. - Smith, J. G. Fodder and Forage. Plants, eadibive of the — Bull. U.S: ‘Department of Agriculture, Division of Agrostology, 2 1-58. 56. Jig. 1896. Stevens, F. L. A Freak. of Corns florida, Ann. Rep. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 4: 24. 1896. Stevens, F. L. Ohio Parasitic Fungi.’ Ann. Rep. State Acad. Sei. 4: 19-24.' 1896. Stone, G. E. Resemblance of an Insect Larva to a Lichen Fruit. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,’ a3: 454, 455-25 N. 1896. ‘Stuart, Ww. Fungicides for the Prevention of Corn Smut. _ Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1895: 96-99. F. bs oem Underwood, L. M. The Habitats of the rarer Ferns of Alabama. Bot. Gaz. 22: 407-413. pl. 27. 23 N. 1895. Plate of Botrychium biternatum. — : Von Wettstein, R. North American species « of Euiphrasta. Bot. » Gaz. 22: 401, 402. “23 N. 1896. ° Ward, D.B. Diatoms. _ Trans. Vassar Bros. Inst. 7: 66-85. 1894- 96. tome é . . Wright, J. S. Botanical Viteratite’ in the State Library. Bis Ind. > Acad.\Sci> 1895: 102105. F. 1896. Wright, J. S. Microscopic Slides of Vegetable Material for use in ‘Determinative Work. Proc. Ind. Acad. och 1895: 105; ies F. es BULLETIN OF THE BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 279. MUSKEAG IN NORTHERN MINNESOT BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 280. MUSKEAG IN NORTHERN MINNESOTA. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY. BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 281. MUSKEAG IN NORTHERN MINNESOTA. ae 1. AGRIMONIA HIRSUTA MUHL. 3 AGRIMONIA MOLLIS (T. & G.) BRITTON. i BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 282. 2. AGRIMONIA BRITTONIANA BICKNELL, 4. AGRIMONIA MOLLIS VAR. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 283. | \ ay 5. AGRIMONIA PUMILA MUHL. 6. AGRIMONIA STRIATA MICHX. 7. AGRIMONIA PARVIFLORA SOLAND. 8. AGRIMONIA INCISA T, &G. PLATE 284. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. NITELLA LAXA ALLEN. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 285. STeLi. ARIS, A. NITELLA STELLARIS ALLEN. CANMOL — BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 286. \ I, N \ / AT. SIRE \ \ w 1S” be nitell » C abetvlifera A NITELLA CAPITULIFERA ALLEN. Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. Z g°9 on No. 27. No. 29. No. 30. No. 31. No. 33-. No. 35- No. 37. No. 38. No. 39. No. 40. No. 41. oe een [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ] VotumE I. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas: By» N. L. Britten and “H. #1. ‘Rusby (18873, ©. fe eS 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton PIO 6 So eh Sa Se ey . 25 cents, An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ; not yet completed.) The Genus //zcoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), _. 25 cents. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. ac Nod, Britton. The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Monnudue and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888), . . 25 cents. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7Zssa, Adans. By N: L. Button (1880), ees . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton CBRE oo eee ie es ae ae, ~ , 25 cents. - Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel- Gt AORN ce a ee cde le ate 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton . 25 cents. ee a ee ee : The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L. Britton. RISO. oa ae ee a eee bie . 25 cents. Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulez. By “Thos. Morong RN ne me nee eet er . 25 cents. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, iN By N. L. Britton ee a ar ern _ , 25 cents, Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich . 25 cents. Ries (1892), . A Preliminary List ‘of the Species of the Genus AMeisomia occurring in the United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents VotuME II. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpusand Rynchospora occurring in North America. By N. L. Britton (1892),. . . . . 25 cents Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N- L. Britton (1892), . . ~ » 2% cents, New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. ' ByN. L. Britton PENG se ee . . 25 cents, Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alles. By NL. 25 cents. TE TRON or gs a ee ce A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small gs fs ee EE, COE een a ae ce 25 cents. A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong CRO bi is ee ee ee . 25 cents. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in | Paraguay, 1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. ......-.. $1.50 Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small Sour 5) I ce ge Oe ee eee ae Tee 25 cents, New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton CNR. seca ee ea es cae . . 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. ng reed ua #5 Conte, New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H_ H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents. The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Ar Mountain pode tem. By Joba K. Small (1893). «»: dg abe ot, Notes upon various Species of ieilaaiay ash: istear Oelens, ea RMD, 9815 2 2 Sie eae aine CN 3 : No. 54. No. $6 No. 57. No. 538. _No. 59. No. 60. No. 61. No. 62. No. 63. No. 64. No. 65. No. 66. No. 67. No. 68. No. 69. No. 70, No. 71. No. 72. No. 73. No. 74. | No. 75 _ Summer of 1892, By N. L. Britton Anna Murray Vail (1895). 50 cents. Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. II. Kearney, Jr: (1805 Se. : Sete Ds ee Briar 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K. small ClSO0} 6 3 Se ee seoegt cy ig it ot 2m CCiise Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual--Range with Notes on other See AGS 2 ts cine > OS OOS New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit- ton (1894), . . eee ti c aR at ee Te he . . 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893), . ..... . . . 25 cents, A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America. By Anna Murray Vail CPSE OES est ten ar a or ~ 4 eae . 25 Conte. VoLUME III. Our Conception of Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution. tee gig TA a eee ee 25 cents. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . . . . . . . 25 cents. A Revision of the Genus Lechea. New or little known Plants. of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), Bt cel a tee chap. eae ema de MS Be ieee nd ee ae eat 25 cents. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By small (ato), os ae ~ et a 25 COD. Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth Gi PORON CAMOR es oe Ue eee 25 cents. The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894) 4 25 cen A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By Theodore G. White (1894), a adhe See Raat Ns ay 25 cents, Two Species of Oxa/is, By John K. Small (1894) ‘ 25 cents. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small (idea eS: Rae . . . . 25 cents. Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), _ . . 25 cents. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), 25 cents. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By Anna Murray Vail (1895), ee ee an as ee . 25 cents. — Contributions to American Bryology, IX. ‘A Revision of the Genus Scou- leria ene Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. eae RROOG Ie ee ee a BS est eae iy a a tacky me Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K. mall (1895), ey 5 An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U.S. _ A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. By _ N. L. Britton and T. H. Reatney, Jr. (1804); 00 oe 5 Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of Physcomitrella putens. 2, Ona Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma — serrata Sul. 3. On a European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens. By Elizabeth G. Brit ’ vee fe a 25cents. (1895), bites og Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash. (1895,) |” 2g cents. An ion of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during the | VoLuME IV, No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents. No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton (ORs a oe eS pes Cente: No. 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents. No. 79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small CI ee as . 25 cents. No. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo, V. Nash (1895).25 cents. No. 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.) 25 cents, No. 82, .Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei- GRAIN ks ree Cee a OE No. 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail Oe UT ae eee eR as CPE Wee ee ee ; gti cane 25 cents. No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895). 25 cents. No. 85. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents. No. 86. Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell. to) Peete tae Be Keegy eae 25 cents. No. 87. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax- ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896), Cob ce 2 ae Contes No. 88. A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . . 25 cents, No. 89. Notes on some Florida Plants, II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896),. 25 cents, No. 90, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K, Small, (1896),. . . . Hee foo. es SenEs, No. 91, The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium). By Eugene P, Bicknell (1896),. . . 3 25 cents, No, 92, New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V. Nash (1896), 25 cents. No, 93. OLnothera and its Segregates. By John K, Small (1896),. . . 25 cents. No. 94. A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A, J. Grout (1896),. . Sopa oie ; hee 25 cents. No. 95. Revision of the Genus Asimina in North America. By Geo, V. Nash (1896). 25 cents. No. 96. Notes on Potentilla,1.,1I. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . 25 cents. No. 97. A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small ( 1896). . 25 cents. No. 98. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K. Small (1806). Sek . 25 cents, ) Tee ee a No. 99. Notes on Fotenti/ia—III. By P. A. Rydberg (1896). . . . . 25 cents. VOLUME V. i No. 101. The Genus Cepha/ozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood ( 1896). 25 cents. No. 102. New and Noteworthy Species of Sexifraga. By John K. Small (1896). 25 cents, Title-pages for Vols. I., I1., III. and IV. can be supplied. The series as above listed will be supplied for $12. : Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton, may be had for $2. Address Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY. ISSUED AUG. /5TH. “AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA — OF THE — NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA, Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA. By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN, with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups. Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG- URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Krys to species and genera, the SyNoNyMY, the English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE of Families. The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country. For Students and all Lovers of Plants. Vol. I, now ready; royal] 8vo, pp. XII.+-612; figured species, 1425; uncolored. FERNS to CARPET-WEED. Vols. II. and IIL. will appear during 1897. Price, $3.00 per Volume. Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers, Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York, or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York -.. COMMENTS... ‘« Everyone who has seen it is delighted with it."—JoHN Rosinson, Salem, Mass. _ “The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight tome. You should have the congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—Pror. Byron D, HALSTED, Rutgers College. - “ Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete a work. I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.”—Pror. CHAS. A. Davis, Alma College. «I am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine appearance.” — Benj. H. Smiru, Philadelphia. “I have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it. It is so good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend [ meet.”—-Rev. W. M Beaucnamp, Baldwinsville, N. Y. “I have received the illustrated Flora of the Northern States, and I am well pleased with it. A work of this kind has long been needed, and yours 1s excellent.”— Pror. L. H. PAMMEL, Iowa Agricultural College. “As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student will be led to the study of the more difficult families.”°—Pror, C. E. BESSEY in American Naturalist. “There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can fora moment becom- pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of sees such a work must necessarily consist.”— Pror. Conway MACMILLAN in _ ‘Inthe line of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, and at the same time adapted for popular use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the flora of any part of the United States.”—FREDERICK V. COVILLE, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Div. of Botany, Washington, D. C. - “Tt will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat eutendets 6s 5. The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success- ful ending of a great task.’”-—Weehans’. Monthly, Philadelphia. ‘“This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; for while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systemiatic botany that has been published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin- ners through its illustrations.’’— The Churchman, New York. _ “We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can consider his library complete without it.”— The Advance, Chicago. _ ‘The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as in the college class-room.’’—Chicago Tribune. ‘* A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides the accu- tate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species. The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy- clopaedia of American systematic botany.’-—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of Brown University. ‘Since the time of Linnzus no such important book on plants has been pub- TiSNG dso sss What is peculiar to this work and what will give to it a value for the general reader that is possessed by no other, is the accompaniment of illustra- yoo . . . It will be adopted immediately in this country as a standard.’”’—Brooklyn agle. “ An important new scientific book. The labor bestowed on such a work as this throws ordinary book-making quite in the shade.”—V. Y. Herald. ““As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a tréatise which will exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make botany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same time afford to those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of refer- “The work has finally appeared, and its friends have every reason to be proud of it... ... Theillustrations . . . are remarkably clear and characteristic . . . and show the salient features of the plants as well as any small figures can... . . This excel- lent work will have a most pronounced effect in stereotyping this particular system of nomenclature. .... It puts the student in the proper attitude toward the plant kingdom, and it is bound to work a genuine reform. We are confident that it isa great work. It has taken the latest convictions of the methods of ascent of the vegetable world and has worked them out fearlessly and logically.”—New York Sun. North American Sphagna. Sets of dried specimens prepared by Prof. D. C. Eaton and FE. Faxon. 172 numbers representing 39 species, with printed labels and index. Price, $15.00. Address, GEO. F. EATON, 70 Sachem St., New Haven, Conn. POR SALE. A few sets of 25 Flowering Plants, character- istic of W. Nebraska and E. Wyoming. Several not in Gray or Coulter. $1.90, postpaid. List sent on application. J. M. BATES, luonge Fine, Web. +SETS OF LICHENS+ — FROM — NEW YORK, PENNSYLVANIA, NEW JERSEY, VIRGINIA, NORTH CAROLINA, GEORGIA, Containing from 125 to 150 representative specimens (some forms duplicated), collected by J. K. SMALL and A, SCHNEIDER. Properly named and labelled. Price, about ten cents per specimen. ALBERT SCHNEIDER, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. PRINGLE’S MEXICAN FUNGI. Nos. 1-10. Postpaid $1.00. Sets of Economic Fungi, Grasses, Ferns, Myxomycetes, Lichens. All kinds of Piant Material for Study in Laboratories. Moss Anthe- ridia and Archegonia just received. Fern Prothallia always growing. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., _ Cambridge, Mass. a Everything Useful to Botanists. a ohne teen 1851. Dea ae EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS ret IMPORTERS OF : Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, | 205, 207, 209 & ou Third Ave, Corner of 18th Street, — NEW YORK. is SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR ae E. March’s Szline Chemical ' Stone . cr oe me Schleicher & Schuell’s quae Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). te Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bale ances, ¢tc. Le Brun F. Desmontes x Cos. Paris, Platinum. zi. ‘Tronesdorft “Os + Chemical, . TIONS: OF THE CLUB. | @ THE BULLETIN, | : This journal has ede published consecutively since a beats with four _ pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with — many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. - Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for England, Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. Back NumpBers.—The BuLietin was published from 1870 to 1875, isicloubee in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years, — The price of dis: volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa- rately,and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had tor 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. ols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed | S Separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete, — (2) THE MEMOIRS. stsription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers _ > pure singly and an invariable price will be fixed foreach. Those this list cannot be had separately. 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. = 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby South America, with descriptions of many new species, By Richard Spruce. Price, Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sateen | Price, 75 ¢ cents. : elaies So — gee Food Materials in Buds and Surrou s, with tv y Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. .—Contributions to the Botany of Yugiais, iis two lanes: ‘By Anna ‘ail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. - 2 A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygai ro illiam E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. oe Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter- y- By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Pri No. J Seaman ie Rca y Henry H. Rusby. Price, 5 NE 46 achis Aypogata Ae - with three 2h